UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

 

o  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ý  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2005

OR

o  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission file number:

 

RINKER GROUP LIMITED

ABN 53 003 433 118

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New South Wales, Australia

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

Level 8, Tower B, 799 Pacific Highway, Chatswood, NSW 2067, Australia

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Ordinary Shares(1)

New York Stock Exchange

American Depositary Shares(2)

New York Stock Exchange

 


 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

 


 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the date of the Annual report:

 

Ordinary shares, fully paid   941,232,368

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes  ý    No  o

 

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow

 

Item 17  o    Item 18  ý

 


(1)  Not for trading but only in connection with the listing of the American Depositary Shares.

(2)  Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, each American Depositary Share representing five Ordinary Shares.

 

 



 

Intentionally left Blank

 

2



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Rinker Group Limited demerger from CSR Limited

5

 

 

Certain definitions

5

 

 

Where you can find more information about Rinker Group Limited

7

 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

8

 

 

 

Item 1

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

9

 

 

 

Item 2

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

9

 

 

 

Item 3

Key Information

9

 

Currency of Presentation and Exchange Rates

9

 

A.

Selected Financial Data - US Dollars

10

 

B.

Capitalization and Indebtedness

12

 

C.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

12

 

D.

Risk Factors

12

 

E.

Supplementary Key Information - Australian Dollars

17

 

F.

Supplementary Selected Financial Data - Australian Dollars

18

 

 

 

 

Item 4

Information on the Rinker group

21

 

A.

History and Development of the Rinker group

21

 

B.

Business Overview

24

 

C.

Organizational Structure

40

 

D.

Description of Property, Plant And Equipment

41

 

 

 

 

Item 5

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

44

 

Significant Events in fiscal year 2005

44

 

Events subsequent to March 31, 2005

44

 

Basis of preparation and presentation

45

 

Critical accounting policies

46

 

A.

Management discussion and analysis of the financial results

50

 

B.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

70

 

C.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

75

 

D.

Trend Information

75

 

E.

Off-balance sheet financial arrangements

75

 

F.

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

75

 

G.

Major restructuring and rationalization charges

76

 

H.

Details of defined benefit pension plans

76

 

I.

Supplementary Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Australian Dollars

79

 

 

 

 

Item 6

Directors, Senior Management, and Employees

86

 

A.

Details of directors and senior management

86

 

B.

Remuneration Details of Executive Directors and Senior Management

90

 

C.

Board Practices and Corporate Governance

112

 

D.

Employees

130

 

E.

Share Ownership

131

 

 

 

 

Item 7

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

132

 

A.

Major Shareholders

132

 

B.

Related Party Transactions

132

 

C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

136

 

3



 

Item 8

Financial Information

136

 

A.

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

136

 

B.

Significant Changes

138

 

 

 

 

Item 9

The Offer and Listing

139

 

A.

Listing Details

139

 

B.

Plan of Distribution

140

 

C.

Markets

140

 

D.

Selling Shareholders

140

 

E.

Dilution

140

 

F.

Expenses of the Issue

140

 

 

 

 

Item 10

Additional Information

140

 

A.

Share Capital

140

 

B.

Overview of the Rinker constitution

140

 

C.

Material Contracts

143

 

D.

Exchange Controls

145

 

E.

Taxation

146

 

F.

Dividends and Paying Agents

150

 

G.

Statement by Experts

150

 

H.

Documents on Display

150

 

I.

Subsidiary Information

150

 

J.

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

151

 

 

 

 

Item 11

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

151

 

 

 

 

Item 12

Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

152

 

 

 

 

Item 13

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

152

 

 

 

 

Item 14

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

152

 

 

 

 

Item 15

Controls and Procedures

152

 

 

 

 

Item 16

Other matters

153

 

A.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

153

 

B.

Code of Ethics

154

 

C.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

154

 

D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committee

155

 

E.

Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

156

 

 

 

 

Item 17

Financial Statements

157

 

 

 

 

Item 18

Financial Statements

157

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

158

 

4



 

Rinker Group Limited demerger from CSR Limited

 

On March 28, 2003, the Federal Court of Australia approved the demerger of Rinker Group Limited (“Rinker”) from CSR Limited (“CSR”), after shareholders voted in favor of the demerger on March 25, 2003. Rinker was admitted to the official list of the Australian Stock Exchange (“ASX”) and its shares were quoted on the stock market conducted by the ASX effective March 31, 2003 (on a deferred settlement basis). In accordance with the terms of the demerger, Rinker issued 944.7 million shares on April 11, 2003.

 

The demerger process

 

On November 19, 2002, CSR announced a proposal to demerge Rinker from its building products, sugar and aluminium businesses. As a result of the demerger, CSR continues to hold its interest in its building products, sugar and aluminium businesses and Rinker holds Rinker Materials Corporation (“Rinker Materials”) and Readymix Holdings Pty Limited (“Readymix”), both of which were previously held within the CSR group.

 

The effect of the demerger was to split shares in CSR into separate investments in two Australian companies, both listed on the ASX:

 

                  Rinker – a focused, heavy building materials group, comprising Rinker Materials in the United States and Readymix in Australia and China; and

 

                  CSR – a diversified company with a portfolio of businesses comprising CSR Building Products (with operations in Australia, Asia and New Zealand), Aluminium and CSR Sugar.

 

The demerger was effected through an Australian court-approved scheme of arrangement and associated capital reduction and dividend distribution.

 

The demerger was effected in two simultaneous stages.  First, CSR reduced its share capital by A$0.84 per share and declared a notional cash dividend of A$0.69 per share. Second, under a scheme of arrangement effected by an order of the Federal Court of Australia and binding on all CSR shareholders and CSR, CSR shareholders agreed to purchase all the shares in Rinker utilizing as consideration their capital reduction and dividend entitlement from CSR. CSR shareholders received one Rinker ordinary share for each CSR share they held on the record date of April 4, 2003 (other than certain CSR shareholders, whose registered addresses were in places where the issuance of Rinker shares is not permitted or was impractical, who instead received the proceeds of sale of those Rinker shares).

 

For the demerger to proceed, approval was required from a majority in number of CSR shareholders present and voting, and holding at least 75% of the total number of CSR shares voted, at the shareholder’s meeting held to consider the demerger.  The shareholders’ meeting was held on March 25, 2003 and 95.3% of shareholders who voted, representing 99.5% of shares voted, voted in favor of the demerger.  The implementation of the demerger was also subject to the approval of the Federal Court of Australia considering the scheme of arrangement, which was approved on March 28, 2003.  Rinker shares commenced trading on the official list of the ASX on March 31, 2003 (on a deferred settlement basis).

 

Certain definitions

 

The fiscal year for Rinker ends on March 31.  As used throughout this annual report, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 is referred to

 

5



 

as fiscal year 2005 and other fiscal years are referred to in a corresponding manner.  All other references to years are specified and relate to calendar years.

 

References to tonnes herein are to metric tonnes, each of which equals approximately 2,205 pounds or 1.102 short tons.  Certain measures of distance referred to herein are stated in kilometres, each of which equals approximately 0.62 miles.  Certain measures of area referred to herein are stated in square kilometres or hectares; one square kilometre equals 0.3861 square miles and one hectare equals 2.47 acres.  Certain measures of volume referred to herein are stated in cubic metres, each of which equals approximately 1.31 cubic yard.

 

Estimates with respect to market size information represent the judgment of the management of Rinker, based on records and experience of Rinker and its subsidiaries as well as information available from industry and government publications and other sources.

 

Any discrepancies between totals and sums of components in tables contained in this annual report are due to rounding.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this annual report to:

 

“A-IFRS” means Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

“ADR” means American Depositary Receipt, evidencing American Depositary Shares.

 

“American Depositary Shares” or “ADSs” each represent five ordinary shares.

 

“associate or associated company” means in relation to Rinker, an entity other than a consolidated entity, where Rinker has the capacity to influence significantly the financial and operating policies of the entity.

 

“ASX” means the Australian Stock Exchange.

 

“Australian GAAP” means accounting principles generally accepted in Australia.

 

“consolidated entity,” means an entity that Rinker is required to consolidate within the financial statements.

 

“Consolidated” means, in relation to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, the consolidated financial statements for Rinker Group Limited and controlled entities.  In relation to the financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, “Consolidated” means the combined financial statements prepared on a carve-out basis consistent with the significant accounting policies set out in the financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

 

“CSR” means CSR Limited, ABN 90 000 001 276, an Australian company.

 

“CSR group” means CSR and the entities that CSR must consolidate under Australian GAAP.

 

“EBIT” means profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax in accordance with Australian GAAP.

 

“finance” means borrowing costs net of interest income.

 

6



 

“financial statements” means: (i) the audited consolidated statement of financial position of the Rinker group as at March 31, 2005, and 2004;  and (ii) the audited consolidated statements of financial performance, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Rinker group for each of the one-year periods ended March 31 for the years 2005, 2004, and 2003, together with accompanying notes included herein at pages F-1 to F-91.  The financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the financial performance and cash flows included in the financial statements assume that the Rinker group existed as a separate economic entity, and that the Rinker group comprised the businesses of Rinker Materials and Readymix and their respective subsidiaries, during all of the periods presented.

 

“fiscal year” means financial year ended March 31.

 

“GST” means Australian goods and services tax.

 

“hedge settlement rate” means the 9:55 a.m. hedge settlement rate compiled by the Australian Financial Markets Association at the end of each month in the period, as displayed on the Reuters financial news service.

 

“heritage business” means the business excluding all acquisitions that have not been included in Rinker group companies’ prior year operations for the full prior fiscal year.

 

“Kiewit” means Rinker Materials Western, Inc. (formerly known as Kiewit Materials Company), a company incorporated in Delaware, and its subsidiaries, which was acquired by Rinker Materials in September 2002.

 

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

“ordinary shares” means fully paid ordinary shares in the issued capital of Rinker.

 

“Readymix” means Readymix Holdings Pty Limited, ABN 87 099 732 297, an Australian corporation, and its subsidiaries.

 

 “Rinker” means Rinker Group Limited, ABN 53 003 433 118, an Australian corporation.

 

“Rinker Materials” means Rinker Materials Corporation, a company incorporated in Georgia, and its subsidiaries.

 

“Rinker group” means Rinker and its consolidated entities.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 “trading revenue” means revenue received from customers (net of discounts, returns and allowances), including fees for services as agent, rents and royalties.

 

“US GAAP” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Where you can find more information about Rinker Group Limited

 

Rinker is subject to the reporting obligations contained in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  You may read and copy any document that Rinker files at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.  Rinker’s filings with the SEC are available over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  Copies of these filings can also be obtained from

 

7



 

Rinker upon request.  Requests should be directed to Rinker Group Limited, Level 8, Tower B, 799 Pacific Highway, Chatswood, New South Wales 2067, Australia; Attention: Investor Relations.  Telephone requests may be directed to the attention of Investor Relations at +61 2 9412 6608.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This annual report contains a number of forward-looking statements.  Such statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “scheduled” or “continue” or the negative thereof or comparable terminology.  Rinker can give no assurances that the expected impact on financial condition, anticipated trading results or returns of entities in the Rinker group would not differ materially from the statements contained in this annual report.

 

Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future results or performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of Rinker, which may cause actual results of the Rinker group or industry results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the statements contained in this annual report.  Such factors include, among other things, the following:

 

                  general economic and business conditions in the United States (including the regional economies within the United States) and Australia;

 

                  trends and business conditions in the United States and Australian building and construction industries;

 

                  changes in interest rates;

 

                  competition from other suppliers in the industries in which the Rinker group operates;

 

                  changes in the Rinker group’s strategies and plans regarding acquisitions, dispositions and business development;

 

                  the Rinker group’s ability to efficiently integrate past and future acquisitions;

 

                  compliance with, and potential changes to, governmental regulations related to the environment, employee safety and welfare and other matters related to the entities of the Rinker group; and

 

                  changes in exchange rates, in particular the rate of exchange between United States dollars and Australian dollars.

 

The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive.  When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to investing in Rinker shares, a potential investor should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. Rinker does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by Rinker or on Rinker’s behalf.  For a discussion of certain of these factors, see “Item 3.D. - Risk Factors,” and see also “Item 3. - Key Information,” “Item 4. - Information on the Rinker group,” “Item 5. - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Item 8. - Financial Information” and “Item 11. - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks.”

 

8



 

PART I

 

Item 1                                      Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2                                      Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3                                      Key Information

 

Currency of Presentation and Exchange Rates

 

The Rinker group publishes its financial statements in both US dollars and Australian dollars.  In this annual report, unless otherwise specified herein or the context requires, references to “US$” or “US dollars” are to United States dollars and references to “A$” or “Australian dollars” are to Australian dollars. Rinker Materials maintains its financial records in US dollars and Readymix maintains its financial records in Australian dollars.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005, around 80% of the Rinker group’s trading revenue was generated by Rinker Materials in the United States.  For the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, there were virtually no movements of currency between US dollars and Australian dollars that resulted in a material amount of realized exchange gains or losses. The business activity in Australia is generating cash flow that is generally adequate to service the current level of Australian dollar dividends.  As a result, the only significant impact of changes in the US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rate is one of accounting translation for financial reporting purposes.  An appreciation of the A$ relative to the US$ would be expected to have a favorable impact on the Rinker group’s reported US$ results.

 

The directors believe that the best measure of performance for Rinker Materials in the United States and Readymix in Australia is their respective local currencies in as much as each generates all revenue and incurs all costs in that local currency.  Set out below is selected financial data for the Rinker group in US dollars.  Supplementary selected financial data for the Rinker group in Australian dollars is set out starting at page 18.

 

For the purposes of this annual report, A$ transactions are translated into US$ at the average of the hedge settlement rate at the end of each month in the period presented and A$ balances are translated into US$ at the hedge settlement rate at fiscal year end, consistent with the requirements of Australian GAAP and US GAAP.

 

The following are the average of the monthly rates expressed in US dollars per A$1.00 that have been used to translate Readymix A$ transaction amounts in this annual report:

 

Year ended March 31, 2005

 

0.7397

 

Year ended March 31, 2004

 

0.6977

 

Year ended March 31, 2003

 

0.5654

 

 

Unless otherwise stated the following year-end rates, expressed in US dollars per A$1.00 have been used to translate Readymix A$ balances at March 31 into US dollars in this annual report:

 

9



 

March 31, 2005

 

0.7713

 

March 31, 2004

 

0.7552

 

March 31, 2003

 

0.6006

 

 

The Australian dollar is convertible into United States dollars at freely floating rates and there are currently no restrictions on the flow of Australian currency between Australia and the United States.

 

A.            Selected Financial Data - US Dollars

 

The following table presents selected financial data of the Rinker group in United States dollars.  This table should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” and the audited financial statements that are included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

As discussed in “Significant accounting policies” in the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report, the financial statements and other information for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 have been prepared on a carve-out basis and include the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of Rinker Materials US businesses and the Readymix businesses that were transferred to the Rinker group from CSR prior to the demerger.  These financial statements have been prepared from historical accounting records of the CSR group and present all of the operations of the business as if the Rinker group had been a separate economic entity inclusive of all of these businesses for all periods presented.  The historical financial information presented for fiscal years prior to 2004 is not indicative of the Rinker group’s future financial performance.

 

The statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2005 and 2004 and statement of financial performance data for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, set forth below are derived from, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the Rinker group’s audited financial statements that are included elsewhere in this annual report.  The statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2003 and statement of financial performance data for the year ended March 31, 2002  set forth below are derived from the Rinker group’s audited financial statements that are not included elsewhere in this annual report.  The statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2002 and 2001 and statement of financial performance data for the year ended March 31, 2001 set forth below are derived from the Rinker group’s unaudited accounting records for those periods and have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements.  With respect to the US GAAP selected financial data, information for the Rinker group is provided for fiscal years 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

The Rinker group’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with Australian GAAP, which differs in certain material respects from US GAAP.  See Note 40 to the financial statements that are included elsewhere in this annual report for a description of the principal differences between Australian GAAP and US GAAP as they relate to the Rinker group and a reconciliation of net profit and shareholders’ equity for the years and as at the dates therein indicated.

 

The principal difference between Australian GAAP and US GAAP for fiscal year 2005 relates to the amortization of goodwill (US$56.3 million).

 

10



 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended March 31

 

 

 

 

 

US$ in million
except per share data and employees

 

 

 

Note

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

US$

 

US$

 

US$

 

US$

 

Amounts in accordance with Australian GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Financial Position Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

4,460

 

4,130

 

3,841

 

2,886

 

2,850

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

1,841

 

1,849

 

1,957

 

1,536

 

1,502

 

Contributed equity

 

 

 

1,476

 

1,497

 

1,497

 

1,216

 

1,235

 

Net assets

 

 

 

2,620

 

2,281

 

1,884

 

1,350

 

1,348

 

Statement of Financial Performance Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading revenue

 

 

 

4,312

 

3,706

 

2,956

 

2,577

 

2,495

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

707

 

504

 

373

 

322

 

279

 

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax (“EBIT”)

 

(5)

 

707

 

493

 

394

 

330

 

306

 

Borrowing costs net of interest income (“finance”)

 

 

 

(32

)

(47

)

(59

)

(63

)

(72

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(237

)

(149

)

(117

)

(98

)

(83

)

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

 

(5

)

(1

)

(2

)

(1

)

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker

 

(4)

 

433

 

296

 

216

 

169

 

151

 

Per Share Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

 

(1)

 

942.1

 

944.9

 

944.7

 

944.7

 

944.7

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

(2)

 

0.46

 

0.31

 

0.23

 

0.18

 

0.16

 

Dividends provided for or paid per share

 

(3)

 

0.11

 

0.09

 

0.01

 

 

0.11

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Expenditure – Operating

 

(6)

 

193

 

166

 

79

 

96

 

91

 

Capital Expenditure – Development

 

(7)

 

121

 

94

 

582

 

149

 

824

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

 

 

251

 

234

 

211

 

181

 

166

 

Employees at fiscal year end

 

 

 

13,279

 

13,772

 

13,030

 

11,354

 

11,417

 

Amounts in accordance with US GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

4,581

 

4,206

 

3,815

 

2,845

 

 

 

Net assets

 

 

 

2,617

 

2,235

 

1,785

 

1,272

 

 

 

Trading revenue

 

 

 

4,312

 

3,706

 

2,956

 

2,577

 

 

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

789

 

564

 

421

 

322

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker

 

(4)

 

490

 

346

 

259

 

168

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

(2)

 

0.52

 

0.37

 

0.27

 

0.18

 

 

 

 


(1)          As a result of the demerger from CSR, 944.7 million Rinker ordinary shares were listed on the ASX on March 31, 2003 (on a deferred settlement basis), prior to being issued on April 11, 2003.   Prior to that time Rinker was a 100% owned subsidiary of CSR. The weighted average number of ordinary shares assumes that same number of shares existed throughout fiscal years 2003, 2002, and 2001.  During the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 Rinker issued 237,900 and 324,700 shares respectively, as part of the Employee Universal Share Plan “USP”.  During the year ended March 31, 2005,

 

11



 

Rinker purchased 4,000,028 shares as part of an on-market buy-back.  See “Item 16E – Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers” for further details.

 

(2)          For fiscal years 2003, 2002, and 2001, based on the 944.7 million Rinker ordinary shares issued and outstanding subsequent to the demerger.  Diluted earnings per share are equivalent to basic earnings per share.

 

(3)          Dividends shown for 2005 and 2004 represent the amounts provided for.  The dividends in 2003 and 2001 represent amounts paid to CSR when Rinker was a wholly owned subsidiary.  Dividend per share information for fiscal years 2003, 2002, and 2001 has therefore been based on the 944.7 million shares issued and outstanding subsequent to the demerger.  These amounts are not necessarily representative of the amount that would have been paid if Rinker had been a separate publicly listed company.

 

(4)          Income from continuing operations is the same as net profit attributable to members of Rinker, and income from continuing operations per share is the same as basic earnings per share.

 

(5)          Throughout this annual report “EBIT” means profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax in accordance with Australian GAAP.

 

(6)          Operating capital expenditure represents capital expenditure required to maintain existing operating capabilities.

 

(7)          Development capital expenditure represents capital expenditure to acquire businesses, expand operating capabilities and extend market coverage.

 

B.            Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C.            Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D.            Risk Factors

 

Rinker group entities are subject to various risks resulting from changing economic, political, social, industry, business and financial conditions, particularly in the United States and Australia.  Certain of these risks are described below. Rinker group entities could also be subject to other risks that management has not anticipated.

 

Rinker group’s operations are dependent to a significant extent on demand across the construction industry economic cycle and the Rinker group’s revenues and profits in future periods may fluctuate with that cycle.

 

The activity of businesses in the Rinker group is dependent on the level of activity in the construction industry in the various regional markets in the United States and in Australia where Rinker group companies operate.  The construction industry in a given geographic market has historically tended to be cyclical.  Within each geographic region construction industry spending can vary significantly from peak to trough through the business cycle.  The construction industry is also very sensitive to fluctuations in general economic activity in the particular economy.  Rinker estimates that a 1% revenue change related to volumes across the Rinker group as a whole, without regard to the different cycles within each industry, region, or market, would have an annual impact on revenue of approximately US$43 million and on EBIT of approximately US$6 million. Rinker is not able to predict the timing, extent or duration of the business cycles or economic downturns in the construction industry in the geographic regions in which Rinker group companies operate.  Because many of the Rinker group’s costs are fixed, if an extended downturn in one or more segments of the construction industry occurs, particularly in Florida or Arizona in the US and Australia, companies in the Rinker group may not readily be able to reduce their costs in proportion to the extent of the downturn.  Any significant or extended downturn in the construction industry in those geographic regions will negatively affect the Rinker group’s financial performance and condition where revenues

 

12



 

fail to grow or fall and costs do not move to compensate.  An overview of the United States and Australian markets is included in “Item 4 – Information on the Rinker group”.

 

The Rinker group’s operations are dependent to a significant extent on demand in selected key US states and the Rinker group’s revenues and hence profits in future periods may fluctuate with the underlying industry economic cycle of those states.

 

A significant proportion of the Rinker group’s revenue was generated from Florida (40%) and Arizona (12%) in the year ended March 31, 2005. As a result, fluctuations in the underlying economic cycle may result in variations in EBIT in similar proportion to the overall margin impact on Rinker as previously described for the construction industry cycle.  The Rinker group is especially dependent on market demand for its heavy building materials products in those markets.  A downturn in demand in the residential or other heavy building materials markets in these states could have a significant adverse impact on the Rinker group’s financial performance and condition where revenues fail to grow or fall and costs do not move to compensate.

 

Government funded construction activity in the US may be lower in future periods and the Rinker group’s revenues and profits in future periods may fluctuate depending on the level of Government funding of civil construction.

 

The Rinker group’s largest exposure to the US civil construction sector is in roads, highways and bridges.  Approximately 20% of the Rinker group’s revenue for the year ended March 31, 2005 was estimated to be related to the US civil construction sector.  Funding for these infrastructure projects in the US has largely arisen from the Federal Highway Program, Transport Equity Act for the 21st Century (“TEA-21”), covering the period from September 1997 to September 2003 and extended into 2005.  The Rinker group has its operations in a number of states in which funding has historically exceeded the US national average.  The US Federal Government has not yet approved SAFETEA, the successor to TEA-21, which is the principal source of federal funds in the United States to improve the highway network.  Until SAFETEA is approved, the level of future US federal or state infrastructure funding levels is not known.  Any significant decrease in such funding levels may negatively affect the Rinker group’s financial performance and condition where revenues fall and costs do not move to compensate.

 

The Rinker group has grown significantly through acquisitions and may be unable to continue its growth by this means if suitable opportunities cannot be identified. The Rinker group’s performance is also affected by its ability to integrate any acquisitions into its existing operations.

 

The Rinker group has grown significantly in recent years through a series of bolt-on acquisitions, the most recent major acquisition being Kiewit in September 2002.  A key element of the Rinker group’s growth strategy is to continue its acquisition strategy.  The Rinker group’s ability to realize benefits from future acquisitions depends, in large part, on its ability to integrate the acquired businesses with its existing operations in a timely and effective manner.  The Rinker group’s efforts to integrate any future acquisitions may not be successful.  The Rinker group’s acquisition strategy also depends on its ability to identify and acquire suitable assets at desirable prices.  The Rinker group may not be successful in identifying or acquiring suitable assets at acceptable prices in the future.  To the extent the Rinker group fails to be successful in acquiring suitable assets at acceptable prices in the future, it is unlikely to be able to continue to grow its earnings at the same rate as it has done in the recent past.

 

Rinker may need to pay for all or part of the purchase price for any future acquisitions with its ordinary shares. These acquisitions and investments, if they were to occur, could have a diluting

 

13



 

effect for Rinker’s shareholders and, whether they are paid for in cash or Rinker shares may cause Rinker’s share price to decrease.

 

The Rinker group may be affected by problems in recently acquired businesses. Unforeseen problems may impact future profits.

 

The Rinker group has completed a number of significant acquisitions during recent years as detailed in “Item 4 – Information on the Rinker group.”  The Rinker group may not have anticipated all problems of acquired businesses, and losses associated with these recently acquired businesses may come to light prior to the expiration of any warranty and indemnity protections, or the Rinker group may be unable to enforce such provisions against the parties making the indemnities.  If problems arise they may impact the Rinker group’s future profit if the Rinker group is required to extinguish unforeseen liabilities or there is significant impairment of assets requiring write down at some future date.

 

The Rinker group may be subject to competition from existing and new market entrants and products, which could impact future revenues and profits.

 

Each market in which Rinker group companies operate is highly competitive.  The competitive environment can be significantly affected by a number of regional factors, such as the number of competitors, production capacity, economic conditions and product demand in the relevant regional market.  The pricing policies of competitors and the entry of new competitors into the regional markets in which Rinker group companies operate can have an adverse effect on demand for their products and on their financial performance or condition where revenues fail to grow or fall and profit margins are reduced.

 

Rinker group companies face competition from alternative products.  For example, the concrete pipe products operations of Rinker Materials and Readymix face competition from plastic, metal and fiber reinforced cement pipe products in the smaller diameter size segment of the market.  Product substitution of alternative materials for Rinker group products may have an adverse effect on the Rinker group’s financial performance or condition where revenues fail to grow or fall and profit margins are reduced.  In many markets in which the Rinker group operates there are no significant entry barriers that would prevent new competitors from entering the market or existing competitors from expanding in the market.

 

Rinker group entities are subject to extensive health, environmental, land use, and other governmental laws and regulations, which could have an impact on the Rinker group’s future financial performance.

 

Rinker group entities are subject to extensive health, environmental, land use, and other governmental laws and regulations and increasing regulatory compliance requirements.  Depending on the extent of future regulations that may be enacted, Rinker may be required to invest in preventive or remedial action, which could be significant, in which case it could have an adverse impact on the Rinker group’s financial performance and condition.

 

Tighter land use or zoning restrictions making new quarry permits more difficult to obtain could also restrict the ability of companies in the Rinker group to conduct their businesses economically or restrict some activities altogether.

 

Environmental liabilities, if incurred, could have an adverse impact on the Rinker group’s financial performance and condition.  Stricter environmental laws and regulations, or stricter interpretation and enforcement of existing laws or regulations, may impose new liabilities on Rinker

 

14



 

group companies or result in the need for additional investments in pollution control equipment, either of which could result in a decline in the Rinker group’s profitability.  Further details regarding environmental regulation and certain liability issues affecting companies within the Rinker group are contained in section ”Item 4 – Information on the Rinker group.”

 

Occupational health and safety risks and regulations may have an impact on future productivity and financial performance.

 

Rinker group entities are subject to the operating risks associated with construction materials and other manufacturing and handling risks, including the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes.  These hazards include storage tank leaks and ruptures, explosions, discharges or releases of hazardous substances, manual handling, exposure to dust and the operation of mobile equipment and manufacturing machinery.

 

Such operating risks can cause personal injury and property damage, and may result in the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.  The occurrence of any of these events may have an adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility and the operating results of Rinker group entities through increased costs or reduced operating flexibility and productivity.

 

Crystalline silica dust and its control have been identified as an occupational health issue in Rinker group entities’ operations in Australia and in the US.  Rinker group entities use raw materials containing silica in cement manufacturing, concrete plants, concrete products plants and asphalt plants.  Many quarry products also contain silica.  Rinker group entities may face future costs of engineering and compliance to meet new standards relating to crystalline silica since regulatory agencies in Australia and the US are re-examining existing standards and considering stricter exposure limits.  Rinker group entities cannot reliably quantify future claims related to crystalline silica.  Any future claims could have an impact on the Rinker group’s profitability.

 

Labor disputes between Rinker group companies and unions could disrupt operations that could have an impact on the Rinker group’s future financial performance.

 

Approximately one-third of Rinker Materials’ employees and half of Readymix employees are members of trade unions. These employees are generally covered by collective bargaining agreements, which periodically come up for renegotiation and renewal. In the next twelve months, 12 contracts, covering approximately 1,250 employees, are scheduled to expire in the United States.  In Readymix, Australia, 28 contracts are due to be renegotiated in the next twelve months covering approximately 600 employees.

 

Disputes with trade unions could lead to strikes or other forms of industrial action that could disrupt operations within the Rinker group, raise costs and reduce Rinker group’s revenues and profits. Any such disruptions to operations within the Rinker group may adversely affect the group’s financial performance and condition through increased costs and reduced productivity.

 

The Rinker group may face potential liability for defective products, which could have an impact on future profits.

 

Due to the nature of its operations, claims against Rinker group entities could arise from defects in material or products manufactured and/or supplied by Rinker group entities.  Purchasers and third parties could make claims against Rinker group entities based on their delivery of defective materials or products, or for damage or loss arising from the use of these defective materials or products.  If any claims of this type are determined against Rinker group entities and if the Rinker

 

15



 

group’s existing insurance arrangements do not cover the liability, it could have an adverse effect on the financial performance and condition of the Rinker group due to increased rectification costs or liability for compensation.

 

Antitrust (trade practices) risks may restrict the Rinker group’s business activities and its ability to grow.

 

Rinker group entities are subject to antitrust or trade practices laws.  Antitrust or competition considerations may restrict business activities within the Rinker group and the ability to grow through acquisitions or participate in industry rationalization in particular geographic markets.  This could have an adverse impact on the Rinker group’s financial performance where revenues fail to grow or fall and or profit margins are reduced.

 

Operation and supply failures or shortages could have an impact on the Rinker group’s future revenues and profits.

 

The manufacturing facilities and supply of finished products to customers of Rinker group entities could be disrupted for reasons beyond their control.  These disruptions include extremes of weather, fire, natural catastrophes, supplies of materials, transport logistics, services, energy or fuel, system failures, workforce actions or environmental issues.  Any significant disruptions or shortages could adversely affect Rinker group entities’ ability to make, sell and deliver products, which could cause revenues to decline or costs to increase and result in lower profits

 

Rinker group entities may be required to provide further funds to cover the defined benefit liabilities of those superannuation (pension) funds in which it participates. This may have a negative impact on future profitability.

 

Superannuation (pension) funds in which Rinker group entities participate provide both defined benefits and accumulation benefits.  The deficits of US pension plans under US GAAP as of December 31, 2004 total US$22.6 million.  Any deficits are intended to be funded progressively by Rinker Materials and all minimum funding requirements have currently been satisfied.  There is a risk that, in the future, changes in the value of the funds’ assets, changes in actuarial determinations of the funds’ liabilities or changes to government legislation could require Rinker group entities to increase their current level of contributions to these funds and adversely impact financial performance. Details of Rinker group entities’ defined benefit plans are included in “Item 5.H – Details of defined benefits pension plans”.

 

The adoption of new accounting standards for the year ending March 31, 2006 may have a material impact on our financial statements and may make a comparison between financial periods more difficult.

 

On July 3, 2002 the Australian Financial Reporting Council announced that Australia would adopt International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), formerly known as International Accounting Standards, for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 (fiscal year 2006 for Rinker).   Rinker currently reports under Australian Accounting Standards but is required to adopt Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“A-IFRS”), which may have a material impact on its financial statements and comparability to the financial statements previously published in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.  For further information on the impact of A-IFRS, see “Item 5 - Basis of preparation and presentation.”

 

16



 

The Rinker group could be affected by interest rate fluctuations.  If interest rates rise, borrowing costs may be higher and higher interest rates may adversely affect construction activity levels.

 

The Rinker group’s external borrowings at March 31, 2005 were US$868 million of which, prior to the effect of interest rate swaps, approximately US$610 million or 70% was paying interest at fixed rate.  Taking into account around US$250 million of variable to fixed rate interest rate swaps in place at March 31, 2005, the Rinker group’s net fixed interest rate borrowings were approximately US$860 million or 99 % of gross debt.  Accordingly, movements in interest rates may impact the Rinker group’s debt servicing obligations and borrowing costs, impacting its financial performance.  Rinker estimates that based on the amount of its outstanding indebtedness at March 31, 2005, a 1% increase in variable interest rates would have had approximately a US$0.2 million adverse impact on the Rinker group’s net profit for the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

An increase in interest rates may also reduce construction activity levels within both the residential and commercial segments of the market.  This could have an adverse impact on the Rinker group’s financial performance where revenues fail to grow or fall and costs do not move to compensate.  Details on interest rate risks are included in “Item 11 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risks.”

 

General risks associated with investing in shares may impact the value of Rinker shares and ADRs.

 

Rinker shares commenced trading on the ASX for the first time on March 31, 2003 and therefore do not have a trading history before that date. The price of Rinker ordinary shares and ADRs is subject to many influences that may affect the broad trend in the stock market or the share prices of individual companies.  The price at which Rinker ordinary shares trade on ASX and at which Rinker ADRs trade on NYSE may be affected by a number of factors unrelated to the Rinker group’s financial and operating performance and over which Rinker has no control. Factors such as currency exchange rates, product prices, the level of industrial production, changes in government fiscal, monetary and regulatory policy, investor attitudes, stock market fluctuations in Australia and other stock markets around the world, changes in interest rates and inflation, and variations in general market or economic conditions could all have an adverse effect on the price of Rinker ordinary shares and ADRs.

 

E.              Supplementary Key Information - Australian Dollars

 

Currency of Presentation and Exchange Rates

 

The Rinker group publishes its financial statements in both US dollars and Australian dollars.  In this annual report, unless otherwise specified herein or the context requires, references to “US$” or “US dollars” are in United States dollars and references to “A$” or “Australian dollars” are to Australian dollars.  Rinker Materials maintains its financial records in US dollars and Readymix maintains its financial records in Australian dollars.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005, around 80% of the Rinker group’s trading revenue was generated by Rinker Materials in the US.  For the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, there were virtually no movements of currency between US dollars and Australian dollars that resulted in a material amount of realized exchange gains or losses. The business activity in Australia is generating cash flow that is generally adequate to service the current level of Australian dollar dividends.  As a result, the only significant impact of changes in the US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rate is one of accounting translation for financial reporting purposes.  An appreciation of

 

17



 

the A$ relative to the US$ would be expected to have a favorable impact on the Rinker group’s reported US$ results.

 

The directors believe that the best measure of performance for Rinker Materials in the US and Readymix in Australia is their respective local currencies in as much as each generates all revenue and incurs all costs in that local currency.

 

Set out below is supplementary selected financial data for the Rinker group in Australian dollars.  Selected financial information in US dollars is set out starting at page 10.

 

The following table sets forth, for each of the Rinker group’s fiscal years indicated and for the most recent months, the high, low, average and period-end Noon Buying Rates for Australian dollars expressed in United States dollars per A$1.00.

 

Year ended March 31

 

At Period
End

 

Average
Rate
(1)

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2001

 

0.4881

 

0.5471

 

0.6005

 

0.4881

 

2002

 

0.5333

 

0.5124

 

0.5362

 

0.4828

 

2003

 

0.6045

 

0.5649

 

0.6161

 

0.5270

 

2004

 

0.7620

 

0.7004

 

0.7717

 

0.6262

 

2005

 

0.7729

 

0.7423

 

0.7974

 

0.6840

 

Month of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December, 2004

 

0.7805

 

0.7675

 

0.7805

 

0.7495

 

January, 2005

 

0.7759

 

0.7668

 

0.7790

 

0.7578

 

February, 2005

 

0.7940

 

0.7812

 

0.7940

 

0.7669

 

March, 2005

 

0.7729

 

0.7848

 

0.7974

 

0.7685

 

April, 2005

 

0.7834

 

0.7738

 

0.7834

 

0.7658

 

May, 2005 (to May 12)

 

0.7679

 

0.7755

 

0.7810

 

0.7679

 

 


(1)          The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last day of each month during the year or the average for each day of the month as applicable.

 

On May 12, 2005, the Noon Buying Rate was A$1.00 = US$0.7679.

 

The Australian dollar is convertible into United States dollars at freely floating rates and there are currently no restrictions on the flow of Australian currency between Australia and the United States.

 

F.              Supplementary Selected Financial Data - Australian Dollars

 

The following table presents selected financial data of the Rinker group in Australian dollars. This table should be read in conjunction with “Item 5-Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” and the financial statements that are included elsewhere in this annual report. See also “Item 3.E. – Supplementary Key Information – Currency of Presentation and Exchange Rates,” for a description of historical US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rates.

 

The statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2005 and 2004 and statement of financial performance data for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 set forth below are derived from, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the Rinker group’s audited financial statements that are included elsewhere in this annual report.  The statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2003 and statement of financial performance data for the year ended March 2002 set forth below are derived from the Rinker group’s audited financial statements that are not included elsewhere in this annual report.  The statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2001 set forth below are

 

18



 

derived from Rinker group’s unaudited financial statements that are not included elsewhere in this annual report.  With respect to the US GAAP selected financial data, information for the Rinker group is provided for fiscal years 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

19



 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended March 31

 

 

 

 

 

A$ in million
except per share data and employees

 

 

 

Note

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

Amounts in accordance with Australian GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Financial Position Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

5,783

 

5,469

 

6,395

 

5,462

 

5,804

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

2,386

 

2,449

 

3,258

 

2,907

 

3,058

 

Contributed equity

 

 

 

2,256

 

2,286

 

2,285

 

1,828

 

1,865

 

Net assets

 

 

 

3,397

 

3,020

 

3,137

 

2,555

 

2,746

 

Statement of Financial Performance Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading revenue

 

 

 

5,843

 

5,340

 

5,232

 

5,041

 

4,512

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

958

 

729

 

661

 

629

 

530

 

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax (“EBIT”)

 

(5)

 

957

 

713

 

698

 

646

 

497

 

Borrowing costs net of interest income (“finance”)

 

 

 

(44

)

(69

)

(104

)

(124

)

(132

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

(321

)

(216

)

(208

)

(192

)

(143

)

Net (profit) loss attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

 

(7

)

(1

)

(4

)

(1

)

4

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker

 

(4)

 

585

 

427

 

382

 

329

 

225

 

Per Share Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

 

(1)

 

942.1

 

944.9

 

944.7

 

944.7

 

944.7

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

(2)

 

0.62

 

0.45

 

0.40

 

0.35

 

0.24

 

Dividends provided for or paid per share

 

(3)

 

0.15

 

0.13

 

0.02

 

 

0.21

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Expenditure – Operating

 

(6)

 

261

 

257

 

140

 

187

 

164

 

Capital Expenditure – Development

 

(7)

 

164

 

132

 

1,065

 

294

 

1,418

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

 

 

 

339

 

337

 

372

 

354

 

304

 

Employees at fiscal year end

 

 

 

13,279

 

13,772

 

13,030

 

11,354

 

11,417

 

Amounts in accordance with US GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

5,941

 

5,570

 

6,352

 

5,383

 

 

 

Net assets

 

 

 

3,393

 

2,960

 

2,971

 

2,407

 

 

 

Trading revenue

 

 

 

5,843

 

5,340

 

5,232

 

5,041

 

 

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

1,067

 

815

 

745

 

630

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker

 

(4)

 

655

 

498

 

459

 

328

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

(2)

 

0.70

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

0.35

 

 

 

 


(1)          As a result of the demerger from CSR, 944.7 million Rinker ordinary shares were listed on the ASX on March 31, 2003 (on a deferred settlement basis), prior to being issued on April 11, 2003.   Prior to that time Rinker was a 100% owned subsidiary of CSR. The weighted average number of ordinary shares assumes that same number of shares existed throughout the fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001.  During the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, Rinker issued 237,900 and 324,700 shares respectively as part of the Employee Universal Share Plan (USP). During the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker purchased 4,000,028 shares as part of an on-market buy-back.  See “Item 16.E. – Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers” for further details.

 

20



 

(2)          For fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001, based on the 944.7 million Rinker ordinary shares issued and outstanding subsequent to the demerger.  Diluted earnings per share are equivalent to basic earnings per share.

 

(3)          Dividends shown for 2005 and 2004 represent the amounts provided for.  The dividends in 2003 and 2001 represent amounts paid to CSR when Rinker was a wholly owned subsidiary.  Dividend per share information for fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001 has therefore been based on the 944.7 million shares issued and outstanding subsequent to the demerger.   These amounts are not necessarily representative of the amount that would have been paid if Rinker had been a separate publicly listed company.

 

(4)          Income from continuing operations is the same as net profit attributable to the members of Rinker, and income from continuing operations per share is the same as basic earnings per share.

 

(5)          Throughout this annual report “EBIT” means profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax in accordance with Australian GAAP.

 

(6)          Operating capital expenditure represents capital expenditure required to maintain existing operating capabilities.

 

(7)          Development capital expenditure represents capital expenditure to acquire businesses, expand operating capabilities and extend market coverage.

 

Item 4                                      Information on the Rinker group

 

Estimates with respect to market size information represent the judgment of the management of Rinker, based on records and experience of Rinker and its subsidiaries, as well as information available from industry and government publications and other sources.

 

A.            History and Development of the Rinker group

 

Background

 

Rinker (formerly HBM International Limited which was formerly CSR Investments Overseas Limited) was incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia on December 23, 1987 and operates under the Corporations Act 2001. From incorporation to the date of the demerger, Rinker operated as a 100% owned subsidiary of CSR, holding principally the CSR group’s non-Australian interests.

 

On March 28, 2003, the Federal Court of Australia approved the demerger of Rinker from CSR. On March 31, 2003, Rinker ordinary shares commenced trading on the ASX (on a deferred settlement basis). In accordance with the terms of the demerger, Rinker issued 944.7 million ordinary shares on April 11, 2003.  For a further summary of the demerger, see “Rinker Group Limited demerger from CSR Limited.”

 

The effect of the demerger resulted in Rinker owning the ordinary shares of Rinker Materials and Readymix and becoming a separate company listed on the ASX. Rinker group companies are leading manufacturers and suppliers of heavy building materials in the United States and Australia. As at March 31, 2005 the Rinker group had total assets of US$4,460 million and generated trading revenue of US$4,312 million in the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

Rinker has its registered office at Level 8, Tower B, 799 Pacific Highway, Chatswood, NSW 2067, Australia, telephone (61-2) 9412 6600.

 

General

 

Rinker group companies are leading manufacturers and suppliers by revenue of heavy building materials in the US and Australia, based on published financial data of the Rinker group’s competitors.  In the US, Rinker’s subsidiary Rinker Materials is one of the largest producers of heavy building materials, also based on published financial data of Rinker Materials’ competitors, with its principal operations in Florida and Arizona, and additional operations in 29 other states.  Products include aggregate, cement, concrete, concrete block, asphalt and concrete pipe.  Rinker Materials also has a

 

21



 

gypsum wallboard distribution business in Florida.  Since 1998, the Rinker group has grown through a number of acquisitions, in particular through the following acquisitions by Rinker Materials:

 

 

American Limestone Company

 

US$211 million

 

June 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Florida Crushed Stone Company

 

US$348 million

 

July 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kiewit Materials Company

 

US$540 million

 

September 2002

 

During the year ended March 31, 2005 Rinker Materials divested its non-core Prestress and Polypipe polyethylene pipe businesses for total cash proceeds of US$100 million.

 

In Australia, Rinker’s subsidiary Readymix is one of the leading producers of aggregate, concrete, concrete pipe and other concrete products, based on Readymix’s knowledge of the industry.  Readymix also holds substantial joint venture interests in cement and asphalt operations.  In China, Readymix operates four concrete plants in the northern cities of Tianjin and Qingdao.

 

At March 31, 2005 commitments for capital expenditure totaled US$55.8 million.

 

Rinker is not directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation or by any foreign government and does not know of any arrangement the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of Rinker.

 

 

The chart above provides an overview of Rinker group companies’ operations.

 

22



 

Business Strategy

 

The Rinker group aims to be in the top quartile of its construction materials industry peers with respect to growth in revenue, profits and shareholder value, and to deliver top quartile shareholder returns.  Rinker group companies’ strategies to achieve these goals include:

 

Achieving the number one or number two market position in each market served in the US

 

The management of Rinker believes that performance is enhanced by holding the number one or number two position by market share in terms of revenue in all of the markets it serves. Rinker group companies have applied this strategy in most of their acquisitions.  A substantial portion of its revenue is now generated in markets where it has leading positions.  If this objective is not met after specific plans to achieve it have been implemented, the relevant business may be considered for divestment.

 

Overall cost leadership

 

Companies in the Rinker group aim to hold cost leadership positions in the majority of their markets.  Rinker group companies aim to instill a culture of continuous improvement through the benchmarking of performance against competitors as well as the implementation of operational improvement projects.  Businesses within the Rinker group have a track record of generating significant cost savings with total estimated savings from these initiatives for the year ended March 31, 2005 of US$49 million.

 

Continued growth through acquisitions

 

Rinker has grown significantly in recent years through regional and bolt-on acquisitions (acquisitions of companies which thereafter share existing administration, supply and distribution arrangements).

 

The Rinker group’s acquisition growth strategy is to:

 

                  Hold or develop the number one or number two positions by market share in terms of revenue, in each region, with a focus on Rinker Materials’ growth in US states where population growth is above the national average;

 

                  Focus on the acquisition of quarry operations in new regions with the acquisition of integrated operations considered on a case by case basis;

 

                  Consider acquisitions, such as concrete, cement and asphalt, to create vertically integrated operations, in markets where Rinker group companies have quarry operations; and

 

                  Consider small, value adding expansion opportunities in Australia, and in concrete pipe and gypsum distribution in the US.

 

Rinker Materials is expected to use its regional presence in the south east and western US to pursue bolt-on acquisitions with the current objective of investing an average of US$300 million a year on acquisitions.

 

A safe workplace

 

Rinker group companies recognize that good safety performance is an integral part of good business performance. The Rinker group is focused on improving the safety of its companies’ workplaces in the interests of all stakeholders. Rinker group companies’ policies and approaches to managing health and

 

23



 

safety are based on the key principles of management accountability, personal responsibility and training.

 

B.            Business Overview

 

1.              Introduction

 

Business segments are reported along geographic lines (Rinker Materials in the United States and Readymix in Australia and China) and within the United States, along product lines.  The business segments for Rinker Materials are Aggregate; Cement; Concrete, Concrete block and asphalt; Concrete pipe and products; and Other.  Readymix is one segment.  These segments are the same as those used for internal management as the basis for making decisions regarding the allocation of resources.

 

Rinker Materials business segments:

 

      Aggregates:  Rinker Materials extracts aggregate, which is crushed and sized for delivery to customers, primarily for use in the production of concrete, roadbase and asphalt.  Rinker Materials’ principal operations are in Florida and Arizona.  Overall, Rinker Materials is the fifth largest supplier of aggregate in the US, based on US Geological Survey production output data, with 90 quarries, sand and aggregate plant operations. Rinker Materials is a market leader, as measured by production, in Florida and Arizona.  Rinker Materials supplied about 97 million tons of aggregate for the year ended March 31, 2005. For the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials’ estimated end markets for aggregate by trading revenue were about equally divided among residential, commercial and civil construction.

 

      Cement:  Cement is produced through a highly capital intensive process with limestone as the major raw material.  Rinker Materials is the leading cement supplier in Florida in terms of volume sold, based on the Portland Cement Association’s production output statistics collected for the industry, operating two plants, which produced about 2.0 million tons for the year ended March 31, 2005.  Rinker Materials also has two strategically located cement import terminals in Florida, which imported 1.9 million tons for the year ended March 31, 2005.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials’ estimated external end markets for cement by trading revenue were about 65% residential, 30% commercial and 5% civil construction.

 

      Concrete, concrete block and asphalt:  Rinker Materials produces concrete by combining cement, aggregate, water and additives in batch plants for delivery to customers’ sites in mixer trucks.  Rinker Materials produced about 16 million cubic yards of concrete for the year ended March 31, 2005. Rinker Materials is a market leader in Florida, Arizona and Nevada, based on Rinker Materials’ knowledge of the industry, and operated a total of 157 concrete plants at March 31, 2005.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials’ estimated end markets for concrete by revenue were about 65% residential, 25% commercial and 10% civil construction.

 

Rinker Materials produced around 180 million units of concrete block for the year ended March 31, 2005.  Concrete block is used for residential and commercial building. Rinker Materials’ concrete block operations are principally located in Florida and Nevada, where it was the market leader in terms of production for the year ended March 31, 2005, based on Rinker Materials’ knowledge of the industry.

 

Rinker Materials also produces asphalt, which is used for roads, highways and airports with plants located in Arizona, northern California, Oregon and Washington state.

 

24



 

      Concrete pipe and products:  Concrete pipe is produced by inserting concrete into a mold, which is subsequently removed.  Rinker Materials, through its subsidiary, Hydro Conduit, is one of the leading suppliers of reinforced concrete pipe and pre-cast concrete products in the United States, based on Rinker Materials’ knowledge of the industry, with production of around 3.6 million tons for the year ended March 31, 2005 from 47 plants located in 22 states.  Hydro Conduit’s principal product is concrete pipe, which is used for storm water transmission, sewerage and irrigation.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Hydro Conduit’s estimated end markets by trading revenue were about 40% residential, 20% commercial and 40% civil construction.

 

                  Other:  This segment includes gypsum supply.  Its pre-stressed concrete products and polyethylene pipe operations were previously included in this segment and were divested during the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

Readymix:

 

In Australia, Readymix operates a vertically integrated heavy building materials business with leading market positions, based on Readymix’s knowledge of the industry.  As at March 31, 2005, Readymix had 377 operating plants including 87 quarries and sand mines, 242 concrete plants and 19 concrete pipe and product plants.  Concrete pipes and products are produced by Readymix’s Humes business.

 

Readymix also holds a 25% interest in Australia’s largest cement manufacturer, Cement Australia Holdings Pty Ltd, which has the capacity to produce around three million tonnes of cement a year from three plants in Gladstone, Queensland; Railton, Tasmania; and Kandos, New South Wales.  Cement Australia Holdings Pty Limited was formed on June 1, 2003 with the merger of Australian Cement Holdings (50% Readymix, 50% Hanson Australia Pty Ltd) and Queensland Cement Limited (“QCL”) (a 100% owned Holcim Ltd subsidiary).

 

25



 

Rinker group trading revenue:

 

The table below sets out the Rinker group’s trading revenues by segment for the fiscal years 2005, 2004, and 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts in US $millions

 

Rinker Materials, United States

 

Aggregates

 

 

907

 

 

 

803

 

 

 

626

 

 

 

 

Cement

 

 

421

 

 

 

377

 

 

 

327

 

 

 

 

Concrete, block and asphalt

 

 

1,637

 

 

 

1,365

 

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

 

472

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

437

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

461

 

 

 

411

 

 

 

397

 

 

 

 

Eliminations (1)

 

 

(577

)

 

 

(509

)

 

 

(414

)

 

 

 

Total Rinker Materials

 

 

3,321

 

 

 

2,868

 

 

 

2,383

 

 

Readymix, Australia and China

 

 

 

 

991

 

 

 

839

 

 

 

573

 

 

Total Rinker group

 

 

 

 

4,312

 

 

 

3,706

 

 

 

2,956

 

 

 


(1)          Eliminations represent internal revenue derived from sales by Aggregates and Cement to other segments within Rinker Materials, eliminated on consolidation.

 

Volumes for all market segments are sensitive to weather conditions, although historically seasonal patterns have not greatly impacted financial results.  In the United States, most operations of Rinker Materials are located in regions with relatively mild climates and normal weather patterns that have historically resulted in only slightly higher activity during the first half of the fiscal year (April – September) than the second half (October – March).  In Australia, although construction activity slows during the traditional summer holiday period during the months of December and January, this is largely offset by increased volumes during February and March which are historically very busy months.

 

2.              Major Acquisitions

 

On September 26, 2002, Rinker Materials acquired Kiewit for US$540 million (net of cash).  Kiewit was renamed Rinker Materials Western, Inc. (“Rinker Materials West”) in fiscal year 2003.  Rinker Materials West has significant operations in aggregates, concrete and asphalt in Arizona, representing over 75% of Rinker Materials West revenue for the fiscal year 2005.  Other regions in which Rinker Materials West operates include Oregon, Washington state and northern California.  These operations market to a wide variety of customers including highway contractors, commercial, industrial and residential contractors, public works contractors, wholesalers and retailers of decorative rock products, interstate railroads and manufacturers of concrete block products.

 

Similar to Rinker Materials’ other operations, Rinker Materials West’s operating results are primarily impacted by the level of construction activity in the residential, commercial and civil segments of the construction materials markets where it operates.  Rinker Materials estimates that about 55% of Rinker Materials West’s revenue was derived from residential construction, 25% from commercial construction, and 20% from civil construction during fiscal year 2005.

 

26



 

Rinker Materials West’s results since it was acquired by Rinker Materials are discussed in “Item 5.A. - Management discussion and analysis of the financial results.”

 

Prior acquisitions

 

The Rinker Materials operations that exist today were built on the substantial integrated quarrying, concrete and cement business in Florida acquired in 1988.

 

Since 1988, Rinker Materials has made a series of significant acquisitions in addition to Kiewit:

 

                  In 1990, it acquired the aggregate, concrete, asphalt and concrete pipe subsidiaries of ARC America Corporation for US$650 million;

 

                  In June and July 2000, it acquired American Limestone Company and Florida Crushed Stone Company, for US$211 million and US$348 million, respectively.

 

3.              United States industry overview

 

Based on data compiled by Dodge, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, the US construction and building market was estimated to have been about US$549 billion in calendar year 2004 (about 5.0% of the US gross domestic product).  Dodge figures are based on the ‘put-in-place’ value of contracts for new construction projects and include the cost of all types of building and construction materials, some of which are not produced by Rinker Materials, and the cost of labor.  ‘Put-in-place’ figures provided by Dodge are based on data Dodge collects at the time of the contract award and allocated over the course of the performance of the contract.

 

The construction materials industry primarily operates on a regional basis due to significant transportation costs and low value products.

 

The regional markets for Florida and Arizona are particularly important to Rinker Materials, representing about 50% and 15% of its trading revenue, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2005. Based on industry and Federal Government statistics, both these markets show high levels of activity and growth compared to national averages.

 

The construction materials industry comprises three major segments: residential, commercial (non-residential) and civil (non-building).  Residential construction includes single and multi-dwelling residential housing.  Commercial construction includes office buildings, hotels, shopping malls, sports stadiums, education facilities and hospitals.  Civil construction involves the construction of roads, highways, bridges, dams as well as many other infrastructure projects.  For calendar year 2004, Dodge estimates that the total value of new construction contracts in the US was residential 57%, commercial 28% and civil 15%.  The civil construction activity has been influenced heavily by the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century.

 

The construction market is generally cyclical but with a general upward trend.  Based on Dodge estimates, the total value of new construction contracts grew by an annual growth rate of 7.1% between calendar years 1994 and 2004. Based on Dodge estimates, the total value of new construction contracts in Florida increased by an annual growth rate of 10.3% between calendar years 1994 and 2004 and 9.5% in Arizona in the same period.

 

The key factors impacting on construction and building activity in the US include:

 

                  Population growth;

 

27



 

                  Economic growth;

 

                  Government infrastructure spending;

 

                  Interest rates; and

 

                  Business and consumer confidence.

 

4.              Australian market overview

 

The Australian construction materials market is a mature and cyclical industry.  For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Australian Bureau of Statistics estimates that total construction and building industry spending was A$86 billion, equivalent to US$63 billion.  This comprised expenditure on construction materials such as aggregate, concrete and cement but includes other building materials such as clay bricks, roofing, plasterboard and aluminium doors and windows.

 

Based on Australian Bureau of Statistics estimates, total Australian construction and building market spending increased by an annual growth rate of 4.6% between the years ended December 31, 1992 and December 31, 2004.  The market segments are similar to those categorized for the US market, namely residential, commercial and civil.  For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Australian Bureau of Statistics estimates that total construction spending by segment was about 44% for residential, 21% for commercial and 35% for civil.

 

Over the last three fiscal years, activity in the residential segment has been influenced by taxation and government housing initiatives.  GST introduced in July 2000 had a significant impact on activity prior to its introduction (supplemented in the Sydney market by the 2000 Olympic Games) but resulted in an oversupply and a weaker residential market for the subsequent year.  Falling interest rates and the introduction of the Australian Federal Government’s First Home Owners Grant led to an increase in residential commencements in the latter half of fiscal year 2002 and continued through fiscal year 2003.  Fiscal year 2004 saw a slight decline in residential commencements due to two interest rate rises, in November 2004 and December 2004, however the decline to date has been mild by historical standards with the market supported by a relatively strong economy and low levels of unemployment.

 

The commercial segment of the construction market continued to strengthen during fiscal year 2005 compared to fiscal year 2004.  According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics total spending in the commercial segment has grown from US$11.1 (A$15.9) billion in the year ended December 31, 2003 to US$13.6 (A$18.4) billion in the year ended December 31, 2004.  Spending in the year to December 2002 was estimated at US$8.1 (A$14.3) billion.

 

Civil construction in Australia is largely dependent on government infrastructure programs. According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics spending in the civil segment has risen from US$18.2 (A$26.1) billion in the year ended December 31, 2003 to US$21.5 (A$29.1) billion in the year ended December 31, 2004.  Spending in the year to December 2002 was estimated at US$12.8 (A$22.7) billion.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005, there was a decline in the residential segment but this was more than offset by an increase in activity across the commercial and civil segments, which has positively impacted the Australian construction market.  Continued growth in the civil segment over the next two years is largely dependent on a number of approved public and private infrastructure projects.  These projects include the Chatswood to Parramatta train line in Sydney, the Lane Cove Tunnel and the Western Sydney Orbital motorway that have already started, and others which are approved but not yet in progress, being the Mitcham-Frankston freeway in Victoria.

 

28



 

5.              Rinker Materials

 

Rinker Materials business segments as at March 31, 2005

 

 

i.      Aggregates

 

Overview

 

Rinker Materials is the fifth largest supplier of aggregate by volume in the US, based on US Geological Survey statistical data, with operations principally in the southeast (Florida, Georgia, Tennessee and Kentucky) and the western US states (Arizona, Nevada, Oregon, Washington state and northern California).  In total, Rinker Materials supplied about 97 million tons of aggregate for the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

In Florida, Rinker Materials is the market leader, based on Rinker Materials’ industry knowledge, by volume sold, with a market share estimated to be about 40% for the year ended March 31, 2005.  Rinker Materials is also the market leader, by volume sold, in Arizona.

 

Sales

 

Rinker Materials’ aggregate operations are often integrated with Rinker Materials’ downstream concrete and asphalt operations with over one-third of Rinker Materials’ aggregate production supplied for use in Rinker Materials’ manufacture of concrete, concrete block, asphalt and other products.  The balance is supplied to other construction companies primarily for the production of concrete, asphalt and roadbase.  Rinker Materials’ products are generally supplied at a local level directly to a large number of

 

29



 

unaffiliated customers that are generally the end users. Rinker Materials has no material long-term supply contracts for aggregate other than supply contracts to specific construction projects that have been generally subject to a competitive tender process.  These are typically made on the basis of competitive prices in each market area.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials’ estimated end markets for aggregate by trading revenue were about evenly distributed among residential, commercial and civil construction.

 

Crushed stone and sand are largely commodity products.  The basis of competition is as the lowest cost delivered supplier into the market.  Distribution logistics are very important, requiring a strong transport and distribution network.

 

Rinker Materials’ major competitors are: Florida Rock Industries, Tarmac Limited (Titan Cement Company), Vulcan Materials Company, Martin Marietta Materials, and Hanson Building Materials America, as well as smaller competitors who compete in certain regions.

 

Facilities, reserves and distribution

 

Aggregate (sand, gravel, crushed stone, and other quarry products) is used for roads, civil construction and building projects and as a raw material in the production of concrete, concrete block, cement and asphalt.  Aggregate production involves extracting quarry material that is then crushed and sized.  The product is then distributed by truck or rail.  The choice of aggregate for a particular purpose also depends largely on the local geology or availability.  As aggregate is expensive to transport relative to its price, the cost of transport will generally limit the availability of aggregate to what is readily accessible in the local area.  In Florida, aggregate is transported greater distances than in other states due to construction grade aggregate only being available in certain areas of the state.  This is primarily achieved using an extensive railway network serving the entire east coast of Florida and into central Florida.  For example, Rinker Materials’ FEC quarry near Miami in southern Florida, transports aggregate up to Jacksonville in northern Florida.

 

As at March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials operated 90 quarries, sand and aggregate plant operations located in 15 states.  The majority of these are located in Florida (14), Tennessee (10), Arizona (30) and Washington state (12). Rinker Materials’ total estimated aggregate reserves as at March 31, 2005, were 2,737 million tons with an average reserve life estimated to be 31 years at current usage levels.

 

Rinker Materials’ estimated aggregate reserves by product type as at March 31, 2005

 

Regional Summary

 

Reserves

 

Average life
in years

 

 

 

(million tons)

 

 

 

Limestone

 

1,533

 

40

 

Hard rock

 

595

 

33

 

Sand and gravel

 

586

 

19

 

Other (volcanic cinder, gypsum)

 

23

 

71

 

Total

 

2,737

 

31

 

 

Estimates of reserves are of recoverable stone, sand and gravel and other quarry products of suitable quality for economic extraction based on drilling, studies and mine plans reviewed annually by Rinker Materials geologists and engineers, recognizing reasonable economic and operating restraints as to maximum depth of overburden and aggregate excavation.  Reserves are proven (measured) or probable (indicated) based upon inspection, sampling and measurement and the geological character of the resource.

 

30



 

In determining the average life of aggregate reserves Rinker Materials management has used the most recent annual production rate at each quarry.  The foregoing life by product type is an overall average.  Certain locations, however, are subject to more limited reserves and have a relatively short life.  Rinker Materials’ sand and gravel quarries are typically small operations producing from reserves with a shorter life.

 

Rinker Materials’ estimated aggregate reserves by region as at March 31, 2005

 

Regional Summary

 

Reserves

 

Average life
in years

 

 

 

(million tons)

 

 

 

Florida

 

812

 

21

 

Southeast (GA, TN, KY, VA)

 

1,161

 

68

 

West

 

764

 

24

 

Total

 

2,737

 

31

 

 

Approximately 70% of quarry reserves are on Rinker Materials owned sites, with the remainder located on leased property.  In Rinker Materials Florida operations, owned reserves constitute approximately 80% of total reserves.  In Arizona, owned reserves comprise approximately 50% of total reserves.  Leasehold reserves are subject to various expiry dates and renewal options.  While not all of the reserves are permitted, it is Rinker’s view that the ultimate permitting of the reserves is probable.

 

Of Rinker Materials 90 aggregate, sand and gravel quarries, the largest 4 by quarry reserves as at March 31, 2005 were as follows:

 

 

 

Reserves

 

Average life
in years

 

 

 

(million tons)

 

 

 

Midway Quarry, Mascot TN

 

276

 

208

 

FEC Quarry, Miami FL

 

273

 

22

 

Macon Quarry, Macon GA

 

156

 

35

 

Dogwood Quarry, Augusta GA

 

145

 

71

 

 

Rinker Materials’ largest quarry in terms of production is the FEC Quarry in Miami, Florida.  The quarry is one of the largest in the US, producing about 12.5 million tons of aggregate each year.

 

Rinker Materials has a continuing program to identify, acquire or lease replacement reserves and in the case of Florida to pursue offshore reserves.

 

ii.    Cement

 

Overview

 

Rinker Materials operates in Florida where it is a leading cement supplier by volume, based on Portland Cement Association data on supplier output.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials produced about 2.0 million tons of cement and imported 1.9 million tons of cement through two strategically located terminals.  Rinker Materials supplies grey and white cement and a range of special products.  Rinker Materials estimates the total Florida cement market to be about 11.5 million tons a year.

 

31



 

Sales

 

Rinker Materials supplies cement to its concrete businesses as well as to external pre-mix, masonry and pre-cast concrete producers and building supply companies.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, about 50% of Rinker Materials’ cement production was sold internally.

 

Rinker Materials manages its cement business by fully utilizing its own cement production capacity and supplying any additional demand from imports and purchasing cement from other domestic producers.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials’ estimated external end markets for cement by trading revenue were about 65% residential, 30% commercial and 5% civil construction.

 

Rinker Materials’ competitors’ positions in Florida have changed significantly during the past several years.  Tarmac America has been acquired by Titan Cement Company and Southdown by Cemex.  The Eastern Cement terminal on the west coast of Florida has been acquired by Schwab and Florida Rock has acquired the LaFarge import terminals on the west coast of Florida.  Domestic and import capacity has also increased with both Florida Rock Industries and Votorantim (Suwanee) recently constructing new Florida cement plants.  Titan Cement Company has built a new cement import terminal on the west coast of Florida in Tampa and doubled their Miami capacity.  Rinker Materials’ major competitors in cement are Cemex, Lehigh (Heidelberg), Titan Cement Company, and Florida Rock Industries.

 

Facilities and distribution

 

The production of cement is a highly capital intensive business.  The production process starts by crushing limestone aggregate.  The crushed limestone aggregate and other raw materials, depending on the type of cement to be produced, are fed into a grinding process, which mixes the various materials more thoroughly and reduces them further in size in preparation for the kiln.  In the dry process, the raw materials are calcined or processed at a very high temperature in the kiln to produce clinker.  Clinker is the intermediate product used to manufacture cement.  Finally, clinker and gypsum are fed into a cement grinding mill where they are ground into extremely fine powder to produce finished cement.

 

Rinker Materials has two cement plants, located in Miami and Brooksville in Florida.  The Miami plant was upgraded and commissioned in 2000 for a total cost of US$150 million, which increased annual capacity from 0.6 million tons to about 1.2 million tons.  The Brooksville plant was acquired in 2000 as part of the Florida Crushed Stone acquisition and has an annual capacity of about 0.8 million tons.  Both cement plants are located adjacent to quarries owned and operated by Rinker Materials that provide the limestone raw material.  The estimated limestone reserves owned by Rinker Materials exceed the currently anticipated life of the plants.  Both plants are dry process technology operations that utilize modern energy efficiency and emission control systems.  The plants source electricity from local utilities at state-regulated prices.

 

The cement produced is delivered to concrete plants and other concrete product manufacturing facilities, normally within a radius of about 125 miles, by bulk cement tankers or in bagged form.

 

Rinker Materials imports a large volume of cement (fiscal year 2005, 1.9 million tons) through cement import terminals located at Port Everglades in southeastern Florida and Port Canaveral in central Florida.  Cement is sourced primarily from Europe and South America on contracts that expire annually. One contract allows for two additional annual periods of supply.

 

32



 

iii.   Concrete, block and asphalt

 

Overview

 

Rinker Materials produced about 16 million cubic yards of concrete in the year ended March 31, 2005, from 157 concrete plants.  In Florida, Rinker Materials’ concrete operations are integrated with its cement and aggregate operations, providing it with a number of supply advantages.  Overall, Rinker Materials is the market leader in Florida with an estimated total market share by volume sold in the year ended March 31, 2005 of more than 30%, based on Rinker Materials’ industry knowledge.  Rinker Materials also held market leadership positions, by volume sold, in Arizona and Nevada in the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

In concrete block, Rinker Materials produced about 180 million units for the year ended March 31, 2005, that was used for residential and commercial building. Rinker Materials’ concrete block operations are principally located in Florida where it was the market leader in terms of volumes sold in the year ended March 31, 2005, based on Rinker Materials’ industry knowledge.

 

Rinker Materials also produces asphalt, which is used for roads, highways and airports with plants located in Arizona, northern California, Oregon and Washington state.

 

Sales and facilities

 

As at March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials operated 157 concrete and 24 concrete block plants, with a delivery fleet of over 2,600 company owned vehicles.  These plants are located in Arizona, California, Florida, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Tennessee and Washington state.  Of the 157 concrete plants, 78 are in Florida and 48 in Arizona.

 

During the fiscal year 2005, Rinker Materials invested in an additional 16 concrete plants.  Two new plants were constructed in Florida to meet demand in existing markets with the balance from business acquisitions in Florida, Arizona, Tennessee and Nevada.  Florida block capacity was also expanded with the completion of two new block manufacturing facilities.

 

Concrete is produced by combining cement, aggregate, water and additives in a batch plant for delivery to the customer’s site in a mixer truck.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials’ estimated end markets for concrete by trading revenue were about 60% residential, 30% commercial and 10% civil construction. Rinker Materials’ concrete operations provide a full range of products to meet a number of applications, including reinforced slabs for residential construction, high strength concrete for high rise structures and flowable fill concrete for back filling trenches.

 

Concrete block is manufactured in factories by a continuous process of combining cement and aggregate raw materials, which are molded and cured into required dimensions.  Delivery to customers takes place on trucks, which usually have on-board material handling equipment to permit the driver to unload at the job site.  Concrete block customers are primarily residential and commercial building companies.

 

Rinker Materials also manufactures and sells hot-mix asphalt products.  These are a mixture of aggregate and asphalt oil made to the customer’s specification in a batch plant. Rinker Materials produced about 4.1 million tons of asphalt for the year ended March 31, 2005.  All asphalt operations are vertically integrated with Rinker Materials’ aggregate businesses.  In most instances the asphalt plants are located on the site of a Rinker Materials’ quarry, offering significant synergies both in raw material supply and management and administration resources.  Asphalt is sold to road contractors for the construction of highways, driveways and parking lots and directly to state and local authorities.

 

33



 

In concrete, the main competitors are a combination of large publicly listed companies and a number of small privately held regional companies. In asphalt, competitors vary between regional markets, including large public companies such as Vulcan and Granite Construction, but often include smaller local operations.

 

Concrete, concrete block and asphalt plants as at March 31, 2005

 

 

 

Number of plants

 

 

 

Concrete

 

Concrete block

 

Asphalt

 

Total

 

Florida

 

78

 

 

22

 

 

0

 

 

100

 

 

Arizona

 

48

 

 

0

 

 

13

 

 

61

 

 

Nevada

 

10

 

 

1

 

 

0

 

 

11

 

 

Washington

 

3

 

 

0

 

 

5

 

 

8

 

 

Tennessee

 

9

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

9

 

 

California

 

5

 

 

0

 

 

1

 

 

6

 

 

New Mexico

 

0

 

 

1

 

 

0

 

 

1

 

 

Oregon

 

3

 

 

0

 

 

1

 

 

4

 

 

Virginia

 

1

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1

 

 

Total

 

157

 

 

24

 

 

20

 

 

201

 

 

 

iv.    Concrete pipe and products

 

Overview

 

Rinker Materials’ concrete pipe and products business, held through its 100% owned subsidiary, Hydro Conduit Corporation (“Hydro Conduit”), is one of the largest producers by volume of reinforced concrete pipe and concrete products in the US in the year ended March 31, 2005, with a market share in excess of 20% based on Rinker Materials’ industry knowledge.  Hydro Conduit’s products are primarily concrete pipe, concrete box and other pre-cast products used for storm water transmission, sewerage and irrigation.  Auxiliary products include manholes, drainage structures and storm water pollution prevention devices. Rinker Materials has progressively expanded Hydro Conduit’s geographic presence since its acquisition in 1990 with a series of small bolt-on acquisitions and investment in new plant and equipment to expand production capacity.

 

Sales

 

Sales demand is driven by the construction of roads and highways, residential and commercial developments and airports.  Hydro Conduit’s primary customers are general and utility contractors that provide services for federal, state and local government agencies and private developers.

 

In most markets Rinker Materials competes with other large companies, including Hanson, CRH plc, CEMEX and The Cretex Companies, Inc.  Despite substantial consolidation in recent years, the industry remains fragmented and localized, with over 100 producers operating more than 300 plants.  High freight costs for transporting concrete pipe limit most markets to a radius of about 150 miles from the plant site.  On a national basis Hanson is Hydro Conduit’s principal competitor.  In addition, producers of alternative plastic, metal, and fiber cement pipe products compete with Hydro Conduit particularly in the market for small diameter pipe.

 

34



 

For the year ended March 31, 2005, Hydro Conduit’s estimated end markets by trading revenue were about 40% residential, 20% commercial and 40% civil construction.

 

Facilities

 

Hydro Conduit manufactures concrete pipe primarily using the dry cast, packerhead and wet cast processes.  In the dry cast manufacturing process, a dry formulation of concrete is introduced into a mold.  The concrete is then compacted by an intense mechanical vibration.  The mold is immediately stripped from the product and is reused repeatedly throughout the production run.

 

In the packerhead method, a vertical mold is filled with a dry formulation of concrete.  A revolving trowel packs the concrete outward against the mold, while simultaneously forming the inside wall of the pipe.  As with the dry process, the mold is stripped and reused.  In the wet cast process wet concrete is introduced into a mold.  Unlike the dry and packerhead methods, the product remains in the mold until sufficient strength has developed in the concrete to allow the mold to be removed.

 

As at March 31, 2005, Hydro Conduit operated 47 concrete pipe and product plants.  A program of plant upgrades and replacements over the past six years has allowed Hydro Conduit to reduce its cost structure through the benefits of more modern technology and economies of scale.

 

v.     Other businesses

 

Gypsum supply

 

During the period 1992 to 1996, Rinker Materials acquired several wallboard distributors in Florida, becoming one of the state’s leading distributors of gypsum wallboard, based on Rinker Materials’ industry knowledge.  Rinker Materials also acquired Dierco Supply, a ceiling tile and insulation distributor.

 

As at March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials had 29 gypsum supply outlets in Florida (27), South Carolina (1), and Alabama (1).  An export operation in Miami sells its products for delivery in the Caribbean, and Central and South America.

 

Rinker Materials’ principal competitor in gypsum supply is L&W Supply, owned by USG Corporation.

 

Pre-stressed concrete products and Polyethylene pipe

 

During the financial year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials sold the principal assets of its small prestress concrete products business to Coreslab Structures as well as the stock of its polyethylene pipe and liner business to the Halifax Group.  Both businesses were regarded as “non-core” operations and had been slated for divestment for some time.  Rinker Materials will continue to deliver and recognize revenue on completed manufactured prestressed concrete components, which were not sold to Coreslab.  Coreslab assumed responsibility for completion of all contracts open at the date of sale.

 

6.              Readymix

 

Readymix operates a vertically integrated heavy building materials business in Australia, with about 40% of aggregate production used internally in the concrete, asphalt and concrete pipe businesses, which also sources about 75% of their cement requirements on the east coast of Australia from the Cement Australia joint venture.  Operations and investments include the production of aggregate, concrete, cement, asphalt and reinforced concrete pipe and products.  Readymix subsidiaries operate concrete businesses in Tianjin and Qingdao, China.  Readymix has been involved in the supply of heavy building

 

35



 

materials in Australia, initially through CSR, since 1965 when it and Blue Metal Industries Limited jointly acquired Ready Mixed Concrete Limited.  In 1981, the operations of Ready Mixed Concrete were divided between Readymix and Blue Metal Industries.

 

Readymix (through its predecessor) has made a series of acquisitions to expand into new products:

 

                  In 1974, it entered the cement industry in a joint venture with Pioneer Services Limited (since acquired by Hanson), with the acquisition of Australian Cement Holdings Pty Limited (“ACH”);

 

                  In 1988, it acquired the reinforced concrete pipes and other concrete products business of Humes Limited;

 

                  In 1989, ACH purchased Goliath Cement of Tasmania;

 

                  In 1994, CSR established a joint venture in Tianjin, China.  In June 2003, Readymix increased its ownership to 99% with 100% rights to profits and assets in this concrete business.

 

                  In 1996, CSR and Mobil Oil formed a new road surfacing joint venture to become Emoleum (in which CSR’s 50% interest was transferred to Readymix on March 1, 2003); and

 

                  In June 2003, ACH merged with QCL to form Cement Australia Holdings Pty. Ltd.  In addition, on June 2, 2003, Readymix acquired three aggregate operations and six concrete plants from a subsidiary of the newly merged company.

 

 

Including joint ventures, Readymix operated 384 plants in Australia and four in China at March 31, 2005.  An overview of Readymix’s current organization structure is provided in the above chart.

 

i .     Aggregate

 

Based on Readymix’s knowledge of the industry, Readymix is one of the leading suppliers of aggregate in Australia, producing a range of gravel, road pavement materials and manufactured and natural sand.  Readymix operates in all mainland states and territories in Australia.  In the year ended

 

36



 

March 31, 2005, Readymix produced about 26 million tonnes of aggregate.  As at March 31, 2005 Readymix had estimated aggregate quarry reserves of about 1,033 million tonnes, with an average reserve life of 39 years.

 

Readymix’s estimated aggregate reserves by product type as at March 31, 2005

 

Total Australia

 

Reserves

 

Average life
in years

 

 

 

(million tonnes)

 

 

 

Hard rock

 

954

 

48

 

Sand and gravel

 

79

 

11

 

Total

 

1,033

 

39

 

 

Estimates of reserves are of recoverable stone, sand and gravel of suitable quality for economic extraction, based on drilling, studies and mine plans reviewed annually by Readymix geologists and engineers, recognizing reasonable economic and operating restraints as to maximum depth of overburden and aggregate excavation.  Reserves are proven (measured) or probable (indicated) based upon inspection, sampling and measurement and the geological character of the resource.

 

In determining the average life of aggregate reserves Readymix management has used the most recent annual production rate at each quarry.  Certain locations, however, are subject to more limited reserves and have a relatively short life.  The foregoing life by product type is an overall average.

 

Readymix’s largest quarry in terms of annual production is at Penrith, New South Wales and is operated under the PLDC venture with Boral and Hanson.  The operation currently supplies about 5.2 million tonnes of the Sydney market’s estimated 9.0 million tonne annual requirement for concrete aggregates, and has an estimated life of 5 years.  Other quarries in the Sydney basin have limited capacity for expansion.  Readymix sales volumes from Penrith for fiscal year 2005 were 1.8 million tonnes.

 

Readymix has a continuing program to identify, acquire or lease replacement reserves, and during fiscal year 2005 has acquired property at Marulan, on the outskirts of Sydney, as a potential replacement for the Penrith quarry.  Work is underway to confirm and measure reserves at this site, which are not included in the above table of aggregate reserves.

 

The Australian market for aggregate was estimated to have been over 90 million tonnes in the calendar year 2004, generating in excess of US$1.7 billion (A$2.4 billion) in revenue.  Readymix’s quarry operations are highly integrated with about 40% of aggregate volumes sold internally in the year ended March 31, 2005.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Readymix’s estimated aggregate end use markets were 28% residential, 29% commercial and 43% civil construction.  Readymix’s major competitors are Boral and Hanson Australia.

 

ii.    Concrete

 

Readymix manufactures and distributes concrete throughout all states and territories of Australia.  Customers are normally located within a 20 kilometre radius of the plant.  In the year ended March 31, 2005, Readymix produced in excess of 6.6 million cubic metres of concrete from 242 plants.

 

The Australian market for concrete was estimated by the Australian Bureau of Statistics to have been 22.7 million cubic metres in the calendar year 2004, generating about US$2.2 billion (A$3.0 billion) in revenue.  Readymix’s major competitors are Boral and Hanson.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Readymix’s estimated end use markets were 43% residential, 33% commercial and 24% civil construction.

 

37



 

iii.   Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete products

 

Readymix produces concrete pipe and reinforced concrete products through its Humes business.  Based on Humes’ knowledge of the industry, Humes is one of the two leading suppliers in Australia with production of over 450 thousand tonnes a year.  As at March 31, 2005, Humes operated 19 plants producing concrete pipe, pre-cast concrete products including pre-stressed beams, storm water pollution prevention devices and other environmental products, concrete sleepers and flooring products.

 

The Australian civil infrastructure market was estimated, based on Humes’ knowledge of the industry to be 1.3 million tonnes in calendar year 2004, generating more than US $350 million (A$470 million) in revenue.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, Humes’ estimated end use markets were civil 95% and commercial construction 5%.  Humes’ main competitor is Rocla Pipeline Products, and there are also small companies who compete in individual regional sectors of the market.

 

iv.    Cement

 

At the beginning of fiscal year 2004, Readymix held a 50% interest in ACH, a joint venture with Hanson Australia Pty Ltd.  On June 1, 2003, ACH merged with QCL, a 100% owned Holcim subsidiary, to form Australia’s largest cement manufacturer, based on Readymix’s knowledge of the industry, Cement Australia Holdings Pty Ltd.  Readymix holds 25% of the new company, Hanson holds 25%, and QCL holds the remaining 50%.  Annualized production volumes are in excess of 3.5 million tonnes of which approximately 75% is sold internally to shareholders.

 

The size of the Australian market for cement and cement blends was estimated by the Australian Bureau of Statistics to be about 8.9 million tonnes for the calendar year 2004, generating in excess of US$887 million (A$1,200 million) in revenue.  Cement Australia’s main competitors in cement are Boral Blue Circle Cement, Adelaide Brighton Limited and imported cement.

 

Additionally, Cement Australia owns 100% of Pacific Lime which produces high grade limited products and a 50% interest in Australian Steel Mill Services which is responsible for processing of blast-furnace slag, a by-product of iron and steel making at the BHP Steel facility at Port Kembla in New South Wales.

 

v.     Asphalt

 

The Emoleum joint venture is one of the leading pavement and road-surfacing producers in Australia, based on Readymix’s knowledge of the industry.  CSR’s 50% interest in Emoleum was transferred to Readymix on March 27, 2003. Vacuum Oil Company Pty Limited, a subsidiary of Mobil Oil Australia Pty Limited, holds the other 50% interest.  Emoleum produces a wide range of road surfacing products that are used for new roads and the maintenance of existing roads. The Australian Bureau of Statistics estimated the value of the Australian asphalt and road-surfacing market for the year ended December 31, 2004 to be about US$540 million (A$740 million), Emoleum operated 29 plants across Australia and produced in excess of 1.7 million tonnes of asphalt during the year.  Emoleum’s major competitors are Boral, Pioneer Road Services and Astec.

 

7.              Government Regulation

 

The business activities of Rinker group companies in each country where they operate are subject to and affected by laws and regulations relating to the environment, health and safety, and other regulatory matters.

 

38



 

Environment, health and safety

 

Rinker Materials’ operations are subject to extensive regulation by US federal, state and local environmental control agencies.  Environmental laws and regulations impose requirements on a broad range of environmental matters including air emissions, effluent limitations, site remediation, the use, handling and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes, employee health and safety, groundwater quality, noise and the protection of wetlands and other natural resources.  These laws require Rinker Materials to obtain and operate in compliance with the conditions of permits and other authorizations and requirements of the relevant governmental authorities.

 

In the United States, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations are promulgated and overseen by a variety of federal, state and local bodies, among these are the US Environmental Protection Agency, state environmental protection agencies, the US Army Corps of Engineers, various state water management districts, the US Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the US Mine Safety and Health Administration, various state occupational health and safety agencies, and local zoning boards.

 

For Readymix, Australia’s principal laws governing environmental and sustainable management of natural and physical resources are contained in legislation and regulations enacted by the Commonwealth Government and the states and territories of the Commonwealth of Australia.  This body of legislation regulates the operations of companies principally in regard to air, water and noise emissions, waste disposal, land contamination, and the handling and storage of environmentally hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods.  The principal environmental regulators in Australia are the state Environmental Protection Agencies/Authorities and, at the federal level, Environment Australia/Department of Environment and Heritage.  The principal safety regulators to which Readymix is subject are the state workers’ compensation authorities and state mine authorities.

 

Rinker Materials and Readymix have implemented comprehensive safety, health and environmental management systems.  These systems are based on US, Australian and international standards and set out the requirements for managing and monitoring environmental impacts across operations.  Sites are routinely audited for compliance.

 

As with other construction materials companies engaged in similar activities, environmental compliance obligations and liability risks are inherent in many activities within the Rinker group.  From time to time Rinker group companies investigate and remediate contamination at their properties, consisting primarily of petroleum compounds associated with fuel storage and vehicle maintenance and elevated pH levels related to the processing and handling of limestone and concrete products.  In the US certain environmental remediation laws, such as the federal “Superfund” law, can impose joint and several liability for site clean-up, regardless of fault, upon certain statutorily-defined categories of parties, including companies that sent wastes to a contaminated third party site.  Rinker Materials has been named as a potentially responsible party at five sites requiring environmental remediation.  These liability claims are expected to be resolved without having a material effect on Rinker group companies.  The Rinker group holds provisions for anticipated clean up costs and does not expect to incur any additional material remedial obligations.  Although unanticipated and unexpected remedial obligations can always arise in the course of operations, management is not aware of any remedial actions that would be expected to have a material effect on the Rinker group companies’ operations or competitive positions.

 

Following the demerger, as between Rinker and CSR, Rinker is responsible for any liabilities and costs associated with environmental contamination and compliance in respect of the businesses it owns after the demerger.  CSR has agreed to indemnify the Rinker group, to the maximum extent permitted by law, in respect of the liabilities and costs associated with environmental contamination and compliance in respect of the businesses owned by CSR group companies after the demerger, irrespective of when the contamination occurred or the liabilities or costs arise.

 

39



 

Antitrust (trade practices) laws

 

Rinker group companies in the United States are subject to antitrust laws.

 

Rinker group companies in Australia are subject to regulation by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (“ACCC”) which administers the Trade Practices Act 1974.  Rinker group entities are from time to time involved in investigations conducted by the ACCC.

 

Antitrust or competition considerations may restrict business activities within the Rinker group and the ability to grow through acquisitions or participate in industry rationalization in particular geographic markets.

 

8.              Marketing channels and sales methods

 

Details of marketing channels and sales methods are included in the business analysis above. Customers include a range of commercial building and construction companies, government departments and a variety of trades and individuals. Sales personnel operate from central regional locations or individual operating facilities.

 

Rinker’s management does not believe the loss of any single contract would have a material impact on the Rinker group’s performance.

 

9.              Source and availability of raw materials and inputs

 

A large proportion of the raw materials and inputs used in Rinker group entities’ products are bulk commodities, which are either produced internally or are purchased under contract or agreements with outside vendors.  Rinker’s management is not aware of any restrictions on the availability of raw materials, under normal circumstances and subject to normal competitive forces, which would materially impact the Rinker group’s result.

 

10.       Corporate and securities regulation

 

As an Australian company, Rinker is subject to corporate regulation by (principally) the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.  Because its ordinary shares are listed on the securities exchange operated by ASX, Rinker is also subject to regulation by ASX.

 

Rinker files periodic reports and other information with the SEC, including this annual report on Form 20-F.  Rinker also furnishes to the SEC on Form 6-K its semi-annual consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with Australian GAAP, and other material information on Form 6-K that Rinker makes public in Australia or provides to its shareholders.  See “Where you can find more information about Rinker Group Limited.”  Furthermore, as its ordinary shares are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) representing its ordinary shares are listed for trading on the NYSE, Rinker is subject to various US corporate governance requirements including those resulting from the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and those promulgated by the NYSE.

 

C.            Organizational Structure

 

Rinker has a group of more than 50 subsidiaries in the United States, Australia and China.  The complete list of these entities, with their country of incorporation and percentage of Rinker’s ownership, is listed at Note 36 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

40



 

D.            Description of Property, Plant And Equipment

 

Rinker’s principal executive offices are located at, Level 8, Tower B, 799 Pacific Highway, Chatswood, New South Wales, 2067, Australia.

 

As at March 31, 2005, Rinker group entities had over 700 production facilities in the United States, Australia and China.

 

These sites include:

 

Facilities

 

Number

 

Concrete (8 are 50% owned)

 

399

 

Quarries and sand (1 is 40% owned, 2 are 50% owned)

 

177

 

Pipe & concrete products

 

66

 

Asphalt (29 are 50% owned)

 

49

 

Concrete block

 

24

 

Cement mills (3 are 25% owned)

 

5

 

 

In addition, Rinker group entities have a number of distribution sites.

 

As a result of the demerger, CSR’s beneficial 40% interest in Penrith Lakes Development Corporation Limited (“PLDC”), which extracts the majority of the aggregates for the Sydney region, was transferred to Readymix.  Boral and Hanson own 40% and 20% respectively of PLDC.  Readymix has agreed to share future profits produced from land sales equally with CSR.  A significant portion of the PLDC land holdings have been identified as having potential, subject to planning approvals, for a major urban land development, creating up to 4,900 residential lots.

 

Management believes that the facilities of Rinker group entities are suitable and adequate for its present needs and are well maintained and in good operating condition.  The Rinker group entities carry insurance covering property and casualty and certain other risks to which their facilities and operations may be subject.  The Rinker group entities own most of their principal operating facilities and lease the remainder.  Management does not believe the Rinker group earnings are dependent upon any single operating facility. The most significant single facility is FEC quarry, which is discussed below.

 

41



 

The following table is a list of the principal facilities in the Rinker group. This list is not intended to be a complete list of all the Rinker group’s operating locations. Principal facilities are owned by Rinker group entities unless stated otherwise.

 

RINKER SITE

 

LOCATION

 

PRODUCT SOLD

Chatswood (leased)

 

New South Wales

 

Australia

 

Administration

 

READYMIX SITE

 

LOCATION

 

PRODUCT SOLD

Chatswood (leased)

 

New South Wales

 

Australia

 

Administration

Albion Park

 

New South Wales

 

Australia

 

Aggregates

Gosnells

 

Western Australia

 

Australia

 

Aggregates

Oaklands

 

Victoria

 

Australia

 

Aggregates

Pakenham

 

Victoria

 

Australia

 

Aggregates

Penrith Quarry (1)

 

New South Wales

 

Australia

 

Aggregates

Blacktown

 

New South Wales

 

Australia

 

Pipe

Eagle Farm

 

Queensland

 

Australia

 

Pipe

Petrie

 

Queensland

 

Australia

 

Pipe

Laverton

 

New South Wales

 

Australia

 

Pipe

Welshpool

 

Western Australia

 

Australia

 

Pipe

 

RINKER MATERIALS SITE

 

LOCATION

 

PRODUCT SOLD

West Palm Beach

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Administration

FEC Quarry (2)

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Brooksville Quarry

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Krome Quarry (leased)

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Macon Quarry (partially leased)

 

Georgia

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Everett Quarry

 

Washington

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Alico Quarry (leased)

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Dogwood Quarry (partially leased)

 

Georgia

 

USA

 

Aggregates

St Catherine Quarry (leased)

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Davenport Sand

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Ft Calhoun (partially leased)

 

Nebraska

 

USA

 

Aggregates

Glendale (leased)

 

Arizona

 

USA

 

Aggregates/Concrete/Asphalt

Maricopa (leased)

 

Arizona

 

USA

 

Aggregates/Concrete/Asphalt

19th Avenue

 

Arizona

 

USA

 

Aggregates/Concrete/Asphalt

Beeline

 

Arizona

 

USA

 

Aggregates/Concrete/Asphalt

Cortaro

 

Arizona

 

USA

 

Aggregates/Concrete/Asphalt

Sacaton

 

Arizona

 

USA

 

Aggregates/Concrete/Asphalt

Orchards

 

Washington

 

USA

 

Aggregates/Concrete/Asphalt

Cache Creek

 

California

 

USA

 

Aggregates/Concrete/Asphalt

Riviera Beach

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Block

Crego

 

New Mexico

 

USA

 

Block

Las Vegas

 

Nevada

 

USA

 

Block

Miami Cement Mill

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Cement

Brooksville Cement Mill

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Cement

Port Everglades Terminal (leased)

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Cement

Port Canaveral Terminal (leased)

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Cement

Bonita Springs

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Concrete/Block

7th Street

 

Arizona

 

USA

 

Concrete

Miami

 

Florida

 

USA

 

Pipe

 

42



 

RINKER MATERIALS SITE

 

LOCATION

 

PRODUCT SOLD

Houston Pipe (partially leased)

 

Texas

 

USA

 

Pipe

Frederick (leased)

 

Maryland

 

USA

 

Pipe

Dallas

 

Texas

 

USA

 

Pipe

Denver

 

Colorado

 

USA

 

Pipe

Corona (leased)

 

California

 

USA

 

Pipe

Las Vegas

 

Nevada

 

USA

 

Pipe

Phoenix

 

Arizona

 

USA

 

Pipe

Greenfield

 

Indiana

 

USA

 

Pipe

Albuquerque

 

New Mexico

 

USA

 

Pipe

Columbia

 

S. Carolina

 

USA

 

Pipe

Fresno

 

California

 

USA

 

Pipe

Alexandria

 

Louisiana

 

USA

 

Pipe

 


(1)          40% beneficial interest in quarry land held through PLDC.  See above.

 

(2)          The FEC quarry near Miami is one of the largest volume quarries in the US, producing about 12.5  million tons of aggregate each year. Its in-situ reserves are estimated to be about 320 million tons of aggregate, and comprises approximately 10% of Rinker Materials’ total estimated recoverable reserves as at March 31, 2005. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, aggregate accounted for about 27% of Rinker Materials’ trading revenue. About 13% of Rinker Materials’ total aggregate trading revenue is derived from the FEC quarry in Florida. Accordingly, Rinker Materials’ revenues could be materially adversely affected if its access to the aggregate reserves of FEC quarry for both internal use and external sale were restricted.

 

Environmental issues affecting properties, plant and equipment

 

Certain environmental issues that are potentially material to the operations of businesses in Rinker group companies are discussed below:

 

Lake Belt Permit Challenge.  Rinker Materials holds one and is the beneficiary of one other of 12 federal mining permits granted for the Lake Belt area in South Florida.  The permit held by Rinker Materials covers Rinker Materials’ SCL and FEC quarries.  Rinker Materials’ Krome quarry is operated under one of the other permits.  The FEC quarry is the largest of Rinker Materials’ quarries measured by volume of aggregates mined and sold.  See Item 3.D. “Risk Factors — Land use, governmental laws and regulations.”  Various governmental agencies are involved in litigation brought by environmental groups concerning the manner in which all 12 permits were granted.  The plaintiffs allege that the relevant governmental agencies acted capriciously, abused their discretion and failed to comply with administrative regulations and procedures and to consider all appropriate information when issuing the permits.  The plaintiffs seek to set aside the permits and to enjoin the relevant governmental agencies from granting further permits.  Although not named as a defendant, Rinker Materials has intervened in the proceedings to protect its interests.  The proceedings are continuing and it is not possible to determine the likely outcome or what impact that will have on Rinker Materials’ operations.  If the Lake Belt permits, including the key permits for the SCL, FEC and Krome quarries were ultimately set aside, Rinker Materials and the other industry participants with quarries in the Lake Belt region would need to source aggregates, to the extent available, from other locations in Florida or import aggregates. This would likely result in increased costs and other adverse operational effects on Rinker Materials. However, Rinker believes that its permits were validly issued and does not believe that there is a material risk of such an outcome.

 

43



 

Cement Kiln Dust:  Like other cement manufacturing facilities, Rinker Materials’ Miami cement plant has a cement kiln dust (“CKD”) former disposal site that could pose a risk of elevated pH levels and other impacts to surrounding groundwater.  Cement kiln dusts are currently reused in the manufacturing process and as such Rinker Materials does not currently envisage a need to open a new CKD landfill.  If it did so, such a site would require extensive permitting and environmental controls.

 

Silica Exposure:  Rinker group entities are not defendants in any silicosis litigation at present.  Rinker group has a comprehensive workplace silica exposure monitoring program in place with current exposure action levels in accord with the recommendations of a number of independent occupational health organizations.  Rinker group’s permitted exposure limits are well below the applicable US and Australian standards.

 

Waste Disposal:  In the United States, regulated solid and hazardous wastes are sent to licensed third party sites.  Rinker Materials also operates permitted construction and demolition debris landfills in Everett, Washington and Miami, Florida.  In Miami, Florida, Rinker Materials operates a facility that receives petroleum contaminated soils from outside sources, burns the soils in a kiln to remove the petroleum and uses the clean soils in its cement manufacturing process.

 

Quarry Reclamation:  Permits for some of the Rinker group’s quarries require reclamation activities to be performed when quarry activities cease.  Costs related to these reclamation obligations are not expected to be material to the Rinker group.

 

Item 5                                      Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

Significant Events in fiscal year 2005

 

                  Rinker divested two “non-core” businesses.  In December 2004 the prestress concrete manufacturing business was sold to Coreslab Structures for total cash proceeds of around US$45 million.  This includes US$33 million received from the purchaser and approximately US$12 million expected to be realized from the liquidation of working capital retained by Rinker.  In February 2005 the Polypipe plastic pipe and liner operations were sold to the Halifax Group for proceeds of around US$67 million.

 

                  In May 2004 Rinker commenced the on-market repurchase of shares pursuant to the February 19, 2004 announcement that it would conduct a buyback of up to 10% of ordinary shares.  During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, 4,000,028 shares were purchased representing 0.4% of Rinker’s issued capital.

 

Events subsequent to March 31, 2005

 

                  Between April 1, 2005 and May 12, 2005 a further 4,270,446 shares were repurchased, representing 0.4% of Rinker’s issued capital.  On May 12, 2005, Rinker announced the commencement of a new 12 month on-market share buyback program of up to 10% of Rinker’s ordinary shares.  The effect of this transaction has not been recognized in the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2005 because it occurred after March 31, 2005.

 

                  On April 15, 2005, Rinker announced that it was altering the conversion ratio of its American Depositary Receipts (ADR’s), listed on the NYSE.  The change became effective on April 27, 2005 and means that each ADR represents 5 ordinary Rinker shares.  Prior to the change, each ADR represented 10 ordinary shares.  This change will have no effect on the financial statements of the Rinker group.

 

44



 

                  On April 22, 2005, a Rinker Materials subsidiary disposed of a property at Buffalo Road, Las Vegas, Nevada, for net proceeds of US$33.6 million. The effect of this transaction has not been recognized in the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2005 because it occurred after March 31, 2005.  A gain on disposal of approximately US$30 million, or A$39 million, is expected to be recognized in the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2006.

 

Basis of preparation and presentation

 

The financial statements for fiscal year 2005 included elsewhere in this annual report include Rinker and its controlled entities.

 

Rinker demerged from CSR in accordance with an order of the Federal Court made on March 28, 2003. Rinker’s ordinary shares commenced trading on the ASX on March 31, 2003 (on a deferred settlement basis).

 

In preparation for Rinker’s demerger from CSR, a number of heavy building materials businesses were transferred to Rinker subsidiaries at different times during fiscal year 2003. In addition, a number of sugar and light building products businesses were transferred out of Rinker subsidiaries at different times during the fiscal year 2003.  As a consequence, the results of the Rinker group as a statutory entity for fiscal year 2003 and previous fiscal years did not reflect the businesses that now comprise the Rinker group. Under Australian GAAP, all of these acquisitions were accounted for at net fair value. Under US GAAP, the internal transactions were accounted for as entities under common control. To consummate the demerger, CSR effected a capital reduction and distribution to its shareholders in an amount equivalent to the value of Rinker after the internal transfers were completed. The entitlement of CSR’s shareholders to the capital reduction and distribution was ultimately satisfied in the demerger through the distribution to CSR’s shareholders of ordinary shares in Rinker on a one-for-one basis.

 

The financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements.  These standards and reporting requirements form part of Australian GAAP.  A reconciliation of the major differences between these principles and those applicable under US GAAP is included as Note 40.

 

The financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention, except for certain assets, which are at deemed cost. Unless otherwise stated, the accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous fiscal years.

 

The consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2003 have been prepared on a carve-out basis and include the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of Rinker Materials’ United States businesses and of the Readymix businesses that were transferred to the Rinker group from CSR prior to the demerger.  These financial statements have been prepared from historical accounting records of the CSR group and present all of the operations of the businesses as if the Rinker group had been a separate economic entity inclusive of all of these businesses for fiscal year 2003.  The historical financial information presented for fiscal year 2003 in this annual report is not indicative of the Rinker group’s future financial performance.

 

An estimate of general corporate overheads related to corporate headquarters and common support divisions has been included in the fiscal year 2003 consolidated statements of financial performance based on amounts previously incurred by CSR, less those amounts considered specific to the remaining businesses of CSR.  Management believes that the allocation basis is reasonable.  Following the demerger, Rinker performed these functions using its own resources or purchased services and was responsible for the costs and expenses associated with the management of a public company.

 

45



 

Changes to equity in the periods presented arise from net income or loss, other comprehensive income and other deemed contributions/distributions with CSR.

 

Rinker Materials, historically a 100% owned subsidiary of Rinker, held external debt.  In addition, other financing was obtained through CSR or its 100% owned subsidiary, CSR Finance Limited. Other businesses, previously owned by CSR were funded through equity contributions.

 

Prior to the date of the demerger, the consolidated statement of financial position, therefore, includes all of the external debt and interest bearing intercompany debt.  The statement of financial performance for fiscal 2003 and previous years includes the associated interest expense.

 

Critical accounting policies

 

The financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report are prepared under Australian GAAP.  A description of the significant accounting policies is included in the financial statements.

 

A US GAAP reconciliation to Australian GAAP is provided in Note 40 to the financial statements. The principal difference in fiscal year 2005 relates to the amortization of goodwill (US$56.3 million).

 

Based on a critical assessment of the Rinker group’s accounting policies and the underlying judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of those policies, Rinker’s management believes that the financial statements for fiscal year 2003 provide a fair perspective of the Rinker group as it existed after the demerger.

 

The accounting policies under Australian GAAP and US GAAP that Rinker management believes are critical to understanding the Rinker group’s financial performance and financial condition are discussed below.

 

Use of estimates and assumptions

 

In applying Australian GAAP and US GAAP, Rinker group entities’ management will often be required to make individual estimates and assumptions regarding expected outcomes or uncertainties.  Actual results or outcomes generally differ from estimated or assumed amounts.  In the past, these differences have not been material.  In the future such differences will be included in the financial statements of the Rinker group as soon as they are known.  The individual estimates and assumptions generally do not involve a level of risk or uncertainty that would be material to the financial statements of the Rinker group as a whole because, although numerous, they generally are relatively immaterial in amount.

 

There are estimates and assumptions made by management in preparing the financial statements of the Rinker group for which actual results will emerge over long periods of time. Although there is greater risk with respect to the accuracy of these long-term estimates and assumptions because of the long period over which actual results will emerge, Rinker group’s management believes that such risk is mitigated by its ability to closely monitor and periodically adjust these estimates and assumptions over the same long period.

 

Depreciation lives of property, plant and equipment

 

Rinker group entities depreciate their property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives.  This requires Rinker group entities’ management to make estimates as to technological and/or market redundancy issues affecting their assets as well as any potential physical asset life.

 

46



 

The Rinker group had US$1,758 million of property, plant and equipment in its statement of financial position as at March 31, 2005 and depreciation and depletion on those assets totaled US$180 million for the year ended March 31, 2005, or approximately 10% of book asset value. Depreciation in fiscal year 2004 amounted to US$162 million, or approximately 9% of book asset value.  The annual review of the recoverable value of non current assets is undertaken to determine whether there are any material errors in judgment in respect of the rate of depreciation of property, plant and equipment impacting the carrying value of those assets.

 

Impairment and recoverable value of non-current assets

 

Under Australian GAAP, the Rinker group is required to write-down non-current assets to their estimated recoverable amount based on their proposed future use. Recoverable amounts involve significant judgments by Rinker group entities’ management and represent the estimated current value of the cash flows arising from the continued use or the sale of the non-current assets. In calculating recoverable amounts, Rinker group entities discount cash flows to present value. Management calculates the cash flows utilizing forecasts of how the business is expected to operate based on the current performance and business environment but taking into account expected future changes. These include approved strategic initiatives by the Rinker group and any expected external factors, such as economic activity levels, degree of competition and the relevant Rinker group entity’s position in the market for the business under review. Rinker group entities’ management review these cash flow projections at least annually and any assets with a carrying value not supported by their discounted future cash flows are written down to their estimated recoverable amount. Sensitivity analysis is applied to the calculation of future cash flows to determine whether the asset carrying value is supported under different assumptions.  Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying value of non-current assets exceeds their recoverable amount as calculated above.  Impairment losses are recognized immediately in earnings.  There were no material impairment losses in fiscal year 2005.  Details of impairment losses in the fiscal year 2004 are included on page 67 in the management discussion and analysis of Prestress results.  There were no material impairment losses in fiscal year 2003.

 

As described in Note 40 of the financial statements, prior to adoption of Australian Accounting Standard AASB No. 1041 “Revaluation of Non-Current Assets” (“AASB 1041”) by the Rinker group from April 1, 2001, Australian GAAP allowed non-current assets to be revalued upwards through an asset revaluation reserve. Such revaluations of assets were not allowed under US GAAP and so were reversed in presenting the US GAAP reconciliation. The depreciation charge on the revaluation increment of revalued assets was also reversed for US GAAP reconciliation purposes. Since adoption of AASB 1041 on April 1, 2001, the Rinker group has elected to apply the cost basis of recording property, plant and equipment, discontinue the practice of revaluing property, plant and equipment upwards and deemed all revalued property, plant and equipment carrying amounts as at March 31, 2001 to be their cost going forward. This means that the asset revaluation reserve was fixed as at April 1, 2001, and write-downs of assets may no longer be made through the asset revaluation reserve.  Assets which had previously been revalued upwards will still require a US GAAP adjustment for depreciation and profit on disposal.

 

Under US GAAP, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite useful lives are tested for impairment when an event or change in circumstance indicates that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of such assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset (as adjusted from Australian GAAP to US GAAP) to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated from the assets’ use.  When the cash flow analysis indicates an asset is impaired, the impairment loss to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.  Fair value is determined by quoted market prices, discounted cash flows or other valuation techniques.

 

47



 

Amortization of goodwill

 

Under Australian GAAP, Rinker group entities currently amortize goodwill over a maximum of 20 years on a straight-line basis.  As at March 31, 2005 the carrying value of goodwill was US$749 million.  The amortization expense in fiscal year 2005 amounted to US$56.3 million and amounted to US$56.5 million in fiscal year 2004.  Any unamortized goodwill is included in asset values that are tested at least annually for impairment.

 

For purposes of impairment testing management projects the cash flows utilizing forecasts of how the business is expected to operate based on the current performance and business environment but taking into account expected future changes.  These include approved strategic initiatives by the Rinker group, and any expected external factors such as economic activity levels, degree of competition and the relevant Rinker group entity’s position in the market for the business under review. Rinker group entities’ management review these cash flow projections at least annually and any assets with a carrying value not supported by their discounted future cash flows are written down to their estimated recoverable amount. Sensitivity analysis is applied to the calculation of future cash flows to determine whether the asset carrying value is supported under different assumptions.

 

For US GAAP purposes pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” effective April 1, 2002, the Rinker group does not amortize goodwill but reviews the carrying value for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when impairment factors indicate.  The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of reporting units based on future cash flows.

 

Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds their recoverable amount as calculated above.  Impairment losses are recognized immediately in earnings.

 

Provision for uninsured losses and future claims

 

Rinker group companies retain significant liability for workers compensation, automobile liability, product, and general liability claims, as well as certain liabilities for employee medical claims under benefit programs.  Rinker group companies have insurance coverage above the retained liability for each claim and an aggregate amount for each year.

 

Management believes that adequate provision has been made for all known claims and for the value of probable future claims to the extent such claims can be measured reliably.  Measurement is based on the annual report of an independent actuary.

 

New accounting standards

 

Australian Standards

 

Rinker currently reports under Australian GAAP, but is required by the Australian Financial Reporting Council to adopt A-IFRS for fiscal year 2006.  Rinker has included in Note 39 to the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report its assessment of the impact of the adoption of A-IFRS.  The principal areas expected to be impacted by the adoption of A-IFRS are goodwill, impairment of assets, employee benefits (superannuation), taxation, derivatives (interest rate swaps), restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions and functional and presentation currency.

 

48



 

US Standards

 

In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46.  “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities – an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46”).  The interpretation addresses consolidation by business enterprises of Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”) that either:  (1) do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest.  FIN 46 requires disclosure of VIEs in financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, if it is reasonably possible that as of the transition date:  (1) the enterprise will be the primary beneficiary of an existing VIE that will require consolidation or, (2) the enterprise will hold a significant variable interest in, or have significant involvement with, an existing VIE.  In December 2003, the FASB further revised FIN 46 through FIN No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”).  FIN 46R changes the effective date for certain entities and makes other significant changes to FIN 46 based on implementation issues that arose during 2003.  The Rinker Group adopted FIN 46R on April 1, 2004.  The Rinker Group found no material entities that would be judged to be VIEs and therefore the adoption of FIN 46R had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 109-1 “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP 109-1”).  FSP 109-1 clarifies that the deduction for qualified domestic production activities should be accounted for as a special deduction under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.”  As such, the special deduction has no effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities existing at the date of enactment. Rather, the impact of this deduction will be reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on the Rinker group tax return beginning in fiscal year 2006.  Rinker is still evaluating the impact of FSP 109-1 on tax expense in future years.

 

In March 2005, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force on Issue No. 04-6 “Accounting for Stripping Costs Incurred during Production in the Mining Industry” (“EITF 04-6”).  EITF 04-6 requires that stripping costs incurred during the production phase of a mine are variable production costs that should be included in the cost of the inventory produced during the period that the stripping costs are incurred.  The consensus is effective for the first reporting period in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005, with early adoption permitted.  The Rinker group has elected to adopt EITF 04-6 as of April, 2004.  The impact on the Rinker group is set out in Note 40W to the financial statements.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs—An Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” (“SFAS No. 151”). SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing” (“ARB” No. 43”), to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Among other provisions, the new rule requires that items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal” as stated in ARB No. 43. Additionally, SFAS No. 151 requires that the allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005.  Rinker is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS No. 151 will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows but does not expect SFAS No. 151 to have a material impact.

 

In December 2004, the FASB, issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), which replaces SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”) and supersedes Accounting Principle Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”.  SFAS 123R, addresses the accounting for share-based payments transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or

 

49



 

liabilities that are based on the fair value on the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments.  This statement eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using an intrinsic value method as prescribed under APB 25, and generally requires that such transaction be accounted for using a fair value based method (based on the most appropriate model to calculate the value of the options) and recognised as an expense.  The Rinker group will also be required to determine the transition method (the prospective or retrospective adoption options) to be used at the date of adoption.  SFAS 123(R) will be effective for the Rinker group as of April 1, 2006.  Rinker group is currently evaluating the impact SFAS 123(R) will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“the Act”) was signed into law.  The Act introduced a prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retirement health care plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D.  In accordance with FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 106-1, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (“FSP 106-1”), the Rinker group elected to defer recognizing the effect of the Act on the accounting for its postretirement benefit plans until authoritative accounting guidance was issued.  FSP 106-1 is effective as of the first period beginning after June 15, 2004.  In May 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (“FSP 106-2”) which supersedes FSP 106-1 and provides final guidance on accounting for the Act.  The Rinker group will adopt the provisions of FSP 106-2 for the year ending March 31, 2006.  The Rinker group is currently evaluating the impact FSP 106-2 will have on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets in paragraph 21(b) of APB Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions,” and replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance.  SFAS 153 specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange.  SFAS 153 is effective for the fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005.  Rinker is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows but does not expect it to have a material impact.

 

A.            Management discussion and analysis of the financial results

 

Management discussion and analysis – executive summary

 

During the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 through March 31, 2005 the Rinker group’s trading revenue has grown by 46% from US$2,956 million to US$4,312 million, EBIT has increased by 79% from US$394 million to US$707 million, and net profit attributable to members of Rinker has doubled from US$216 million to US$433 million.

 

This financial performance and growth has been primarily influenced by the level of activity in the US and Australian construction materials industries, the ability to acquire businesses and expand and improve heritage operations within the group, and by capitalizing on leadership and cost advantages of vertically integrated operations.  A summary of these factors is contained below in the detailed management discussion and analysis that follows.

 

50



 

Construction materials industry

 

The level of construction activity in the residential, commercial and civil segments of the US and Australian construction materials industry has created a favorable environment for the Rinker business during the last three fiscal years.

 

In the US, Dodge estimates that total construction expenditure has grown at an average annual rate of 7.1% from US$478 billion in calendar year 2002 to US$549 billion in calendar year 2004.  In Florida, expenditure has grown at an annual rate of 17.3% from US$40 billion to US$55 billion over the same period.  In both the US overall and in Florida, this growth has been driven by the residential market segment.  Rinker Materials, as one of the largest heavy building materials companies in the US with strong number 1 or 2 market positions in most of its served market areas, has benefited by this expansion with significant growth in volumes, trading revenue and EBIT in each of the Aggregate, Cement, and Concrete, Block and Asphalt segments.

 

The table below sets out volumes in these segments and highlights the growth that has been obtained.  The increase in revenue has been driven by the additional volume.  Volumes include the benefit of acquisitions that have been made during this period.

 

 

 

Volume
Year Ended March 31

 

Increase
2003 to 2005

 

Revenue
Year Ended March 31

 

Increase
2003 to 2005

 

 

 

2003

 

2005

 

Unit

 

%

 

2003

 

2005

 

US$m

 

%

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate – m tons

 

75.0

 

96.5

 

21.5

 

29

%

626

 

907

 

281

 

45

%

Cement – m tons

 

3.5

 

3.9

 

0.4

 

13

%

327

 

421

 

94

 

29

%

Concrete, Block, Asphalt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,010

 

1,637

 

627

 

62

%

Concrete – m cubic yards

 

11.1

 

15.8

 

4.7

 

42

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Block – m units

 

137

 

180

 

43

 

32

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asphalt – m tons

 

2.1

 

4.1

 

2.0

 

93

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


m = million

 

Across these segments, EBIT has risen from US$277 million in fiscal year 2003 to US$478 million in fiscal year 2005.

 

Rinkers’ other US segments are Concrete Pipe and Products and Other (comprising Polypipe polyethylene pipe (sold in February 2005), Prestress prestressed concrete products (sold in December 2004), gypsum supply, and Rinker Materials unallocated corporate and other costs) and have experienced more cyclical financial performance.

 

In the Concrete Pipe and Products segment, activity is more exposed to the civil market segment and our plants participate in regional markets in 31 states, which have been subject to more cyclical markets.  During fiscal years 2003 and 2004 competitive conditions in certain markets precluded recovery of cost inflation in selling prices, while from fiscal year 2004 to 2005 conditions were more favorable, the benefits of prior year facility rationalization have been realized, and aggressive cost reductions were implemented, enabling a restoration of margins.

 

51



 

In the Other segment, EBIT increases in Gypsum supply and Polypipe have been partially offset by reductions and rationalization charges in Prestress.  Both the Prestress and Polypipe operations were considered “non-core” and had been slated for divestment for some time.  During the fiscal year 2005 the businesses were sold for US$100 million in proceeds, with a US$15 million pre-tax loss on the sale of Prestress partly offset by a US$8 million pre-tax gain on the sale of Polypipe. Rinker Materials continues to participate in the Gypsum supply business, which is largely Florida based and over the last 2 years has benefited from the strong residential market.

 

In Australia, the Readymix financial results have similarly benefited from increased construction activity, improving from a trough that occurred following completion of many 2000 Olympic construction projects and implementation of the GST.

 

Acquisitions

 

A key contributor to the improvement in Rinker’s financial performance has been growth through acquisition.  Major acquisitions are summarized on pages 26 and 27.

 

Acquisitions that had not been included in Rinker results for a full prior year before fiscal year 2003 contributed 18% of fiscal year 2005 trading revenue and 15% of EBIT.  They represent 58% of the growth in trading revenue and 34% of the growth in EBIT during this three year period.

 

During the three year period ended March 31, 2005, Rinker’s major acquisition was Kiewit in September 2002.  In fiscal years 2004 and 2005 acquisitions have been smaller and have strengthened market positions and provided pull-through profits (from the vertically integrated business) rather than the large step-out growth initiated by Kiewit.

 

The respective contributions of heritage operations and acquisitions to trading revenues and EBIT for fiscal year 2005 is set out in the following table:

 

 

 

Trading
Revenues
US$M

 

EBIT
US$M

 

Trading
Revenues
%

 

EBIT
%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Heritage

 

3,528.8

 

599.1

 

82

%

85

%

Acquisitions

 

783.6

 

107.6

 

18

%

15

%

 

 

4,312.4

 

706.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

The importance of the contribution from acquisitions compared with heritage operations is discussed in more detail in the segment review that follows this summary.

 

Managing Rinker’s vertically integrated business

 

A key Rinker Materials operating strategy is to hold a strong number 1 or number 2 market position in terms of revenue in its served markets, and manage the businesses through integrated markets where the company’s concrete, block and asphalt operations source most of their aggregate and, in Florida, cement internally. This enables operations to take a price leadership role to improve trading revenue and EBIT and creates operational efficiencies across the integrated system.

 

During the last three fiscal years prices have generally increased at or above inflation levels. Operating cost increases associated with the increased volumes have been minimized.  Further detail of

 

52



 

the contribution of price improvement to results is outlined in the segment review that follows this summary.

 

In Australia, Readymix is one of the top three companies in terms of revenue in most of its markets.  Following a long period of inability to recover cost inflation in selling prices and insufficient profitability, Readymix has in the last three fiscal years implemented a price leadership strategy and obtained significant trading revenue and EBIT growth to exhibit good returns on the capital invested in the business.

 

Operational efficiencies have also been achieved by a culture of continuous improvement through the benchmarking of performance against competitors as well as the implementation of operational improvement projects.  Businesses within the Rinker group have a track record of generating significant cost improvement with total savings for the fiscal year 2005 estimated at US$49 million.  There are currently more than 900 active operational improvement projects across the Rinker group.

 

The following table highlights the Rinker group’s ability to improve costs as a percentage of trading revenue during the last three fiscal years:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Trading revenue

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

Cost of sales

 

55.8

%

58.2

%

59.8

%

Gross margin

 

44.2

%

41.8

%

40.2

%

Warehouse and distribution

 

19.1

%

18.6

%

17.8

%

Selling, general & admin

 

9.4

%

9.9

%

10.3

%

Other

 

0.7

%

0.0

%

1.2

%

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax

 

16.4

%

13.3

%

13.3

%

 

While warehouse and distribution costs have increased gradually over the three fiscal years, this reflects an increased proportion of Rinker operations in aggregate and concrete where the freight cost in delivered product trading revenue is relatively high compared to higher priced manufactured goods, such as concrete pipe, prestressed concrete products and building materials. Fuel and ocean freight costs have also increased at a faster rate than price increases.

 

The following discussion of the Rinker group’s operating results uses financial data prepared under Australian GAAP.  See Note 40 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for a description of the principal differences between Australian GAAP and US GAAP as they relate to the Rinker group and a reconciliation of net profit and shareholders’ equity for the years and as of the dates therein indicated.

 

1.              General factors affecting the financial results of the Rinker group

 

Overview

 

Rinker group entities are manufacturers and suppliers of heavy building materials primarily in the US and Australia. In the US, Rinker’s subsidiary, Rinker Materials, has five reporting segments: Aggregates; Cement; Concrete, concrete block and asphalt; Concrete pipe and products; and Other, which includes gypsum supply, prestressed concrete (sold in December 2004), polyethylene pipe (sold in February 2005) and Rinker Materials’ corporate overheads.

 

53



 

In Australia, Rinker’s subsidiary, Readymix, produces aggregate, concrete, concrete pipe and other concrete products.  Readymix also holds substantial joint venture interests in cement and asphalt operations and operates a concrete business in China.

 

Rinker Materials

 

Rinker Materials’ operating results are primarily impacted by the level of construction activity in the residential, commercial and civil segments of the construction materials industry. For the year ended March 31, 2005, approximately 50% of Rinker Materials’ trading revenue was estimated by Rinker Materials’ management to have been derived from residential construction, 30% from commercial construction, and 20% from civil construction.

 

Economic and population growth, coupled with rising personal incomes and low mortgage rates, have resulted in substantial growth in US residential construction over the last four years. Residential housing starts in the US in calendar years 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 were estimated by the US Department of Commerce to have been 1.96, 1.85, 1.71, 1.60 and 1.57 million respectively, which compares to an average annual rate of 1.61 million housing starts between calendar years 1994 and 2004.

 

In Florida, which accounted for about 50% of Rinker Materials’ trading revenues for the year ended March 31, 2005, the residential construction market has outperformed the US national average. Between calendar years 1999 and 2004, Dodge estimated an average annual growth of 19.1% in Florida residential construction and building spending, compared to a US average of 11.2%.

 

Growth in the US economy and falling interest rates resulted in strong growth in commercial construction between 1999 and 2001. Dodge estimates that total commercial construction and building spending increased from US$132.6 billion in calendar year 1999 to US$139.9 billion in calendar year 2001. In calendar years 2002 and 2003, commercial construction activity softened to US$134 billion and US$126 billion respectively due to a number of factors principally related to the weaker economic climate, but has strengthened in calendar year 2004 to US$130 billion.  Florida construction expenditure has increased, from US$8.9 billion in calendar year 1999 to US$9.0 billion in calendar year 2004.

 

Rinker Materials’ exposure to the civil construction sector primarily relates to the construction of roads, highways and bridges. Civil construction activity in the US has increased over the last five years with spending as estimated by Dodge, increasing from US$74.6 billion in calendar year 1999 to US$97.3 billion in calendar year 2004. This was primarily due to TEA-21, the legislated federal government infrastructure spending program.

 

Between the fiscal years ended 2003 and 2005, Rinker Materials’ volumes have increased as a result of acquisitions, underlying growth in key residential and non residential construction markets, and the expansion of manufacturing and delivery capacity to strengthen market positions.

 

The acquisition of Kiewit in September 2002 provided step-out growth for Rinker Materials into the very strong Arizona construction market, and has become a regional platform for further expansion in western US states.  Arizona now accounts for approximately 15% of Rinker Materials revenue and growth in construction activity in that state continues to be high compared to national averages.  Smaller regional and bolt-on acquisitions have expanded the Rinker Materials footprint and provided volume growth for the businesses in Nevada, Tennessee and Florida.

 

Capital investment in new manufacturing facilities has also expanded production capacity in heritage operations.  In the Florida operations in particular, during the last three years Rinker Materials has constructed three new concrete plants, installed four new block manufacturing lines, and has significantly expanded the fleet of concrete mixers and block delivery trucks to strengthen market positions and

 

54



 

supply growing demand.  Rinker Materials has also invested to expand quarry production capacity to supply the increased aggregate and sand requirements of the internal concrete and block operations, external manufacturers, and the buoyant road construction market.

 

Rinker Materials’ financial performance is impacted by changes in prices for its products. Pricing is determined by the level of demand and supply and the competitive environment in the various geographic and product markets in which Rinker Materials operates. In Florida, over the last three fiscal years, Rinker Materials has achieved price growth in excess of inflation for the majority of its products. In other regions, price increases have also generally been in excess of inflation, particularly in fiscal year 2005 with the recovery in commercial construction markets.

 

Readymix

 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, Readymix’s trading revenue was estimated to have been derived approximately 25% from residential construction, 45% from civil construction and the remaining 30% from commercial construction.

 

Over the last three fiscal years activity in the residential segment has been influenced by taxation and government housing initiatives.  GST introduced in July 2000 had a significant impact on activity prior to its introduction (supplemented in the Sydney market by the 2000 Olympic Games) but resulted in an oversupply and a weaker residential market for the subsequent year.  Falling interest rates and the introduction of the Australian Federal Government’s First Home Owners Grant led to an increase in residential commencements in the latter half of fiscal year 2002 which continued through fiscal year 2003.  Fiscal year 2005 saw a slight decline in residential commencements due to two interest rate rises, in November 2004 and December 2004, however the decline has been mild by historic standards with the market supported by a strong economy, low levels of unemployment and higher underlying demand.

 

The commercial segment of the construction market has continued to strengthen during the current fiscal year 2004 compared to 2003. According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics total spending in the commercial segment has grown from US$11.1 billion (A$15.9 billion) in the year ended December 31, 2003 to US$13.6 billion (A$18.4 billion) in the year ended December 31, 2004.  Spending in the year to December 2002 was estimated at US$8.1 billion (A$14.3 billion).

 

Civil construction in Australia is largely dependent on government infrastructure programs. According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics spending in the civil segment has risen from US$18.2 billion (A$26.1 billion) in the year ended December 31, 2003 to US$21.5 billion (A$29.1 billion) in the year ended December 31, 2004. Spending in the year to December 2002 was estimated at US$12.8 billion (A$22.7 billion).

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005 there was a decline in the residential segment but this was more than offset by an increase in activity across the commercial and civil segments, which has positively impacted the Australian construction market.  Continued growth in the civil segment over the next two years is largely dependent on a number of approved public and private infrastructure projects. These projects include the Chatswood to Parramatta train line in Sydney, the Lane Cove Tunnel and the Western Sydney Orbital motorway that have already started, and others which are approved but not yet in progress, being the Mitcham-Frankston freeway in Victoria.

 

Major acquisitions

 

As discussed in “Item 4 - Information on the Rinker group” Rinker Materials acquired Kiewit for US$540 million (net of cash) on September 26, 2002.

 

55



 

Since the acquisition on September 26, 2002, for the fiscal year 2003, the former Kiewit operations reported US$244.6 million in trading revenue and US$18.2 million in EBIT and for the fiscal year 2004 trading revenue of US$555.5 million and EBIT of US$55.2 million. In fiscal year 2005, those same businesses reported US$646.7 million and US$83.8 million in trading revenue and EBIT respectively. These results are integrated with the remainder of Rinker Materials as part of the Aggregate and Concrete, concrete block and asphalt segments and included in the discussion of Rinker Materials results, which follows.

 

In early fiscal year 2001, Rinker Materials acquired Florida Crushed Stone and American Limestone.  The results of these acquisitions are discussed in the comparison of Rinker Materials’ results below.

 

2.              Exchange rates

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005, around 80% of the Rinker group’s trading revenue was generated by Rinker Materials in the US.  For the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, there were virtually no movements of currency between US dollars and Australian dollars that resulted in a material amount of realized exchange gains or losses. The business activity in Australia is currently generating adequate cash flow to service the current level of Australian dollar dividends.  As a result, the only significant impact of changes in the US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rate is one of accounting translation for financial reporting purposes.  An appreciation of the A$ relative to the US$ would be expected to have a favorable impact on the Rinker group’s reported US$ results.

 

The directors believe that the best measure of performance for Rinker Materials in the US and Readymix in Australia is their respective local currencies in as much as each generates all revenue and incurs all costs in that local currency.  Set out below is performance information in US$.  Supplementary performance information in Australian dollars is set out starting at page 78.

 

The average month end exchange rates used for translation of the Readymix A$ transactions into US$, for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out in the table below.

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$/US

 

 

$

0.7397

 

 

 

0.6977

 

 

 

0.5654

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year-on-year change

 

 

6%

 

 

 

23%

 

 

 

11%

 

 

 

Source: average of hedge settlement rates at the end of the calendar month.

 

56



 

3.              Overview — Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

 

The Rinker group’s trading revenue and EBIT for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below in United States dollars.  A further breakdown of the Rinker group’s results to net profit is included in the statement of financial performance in the financial statements, which are presented elsewhere in this report.

 

 

 

Rinker group
Trading revenues and EBIT
US$ millions
Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

3,321

 

 

 

578

 

 

 

2,867

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

2,383

 

 

 

334

 

 

Readymix

 

 

991

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

839

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

68

 

 

Corporate costs

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

Total Rinker group

 

 

4,312

 

 

 

707

 

 

 

3,706

 

 

 

493

 

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

394

 

 

 

As previously defined under “Certain definitions,” “EBIT” means Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax in accordance with Australian GAAP.

 

Trading revenue

 

The Rinker group’s trading revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 were US$4,312 million compared to US$3,706 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004. This represented an increase of US$606 million, or 16%. In Rinker Materials an increase in trading revenue of US$454 million was primarily due to improved prices, which increased compared to fiscal year 2004 in all product categories and in most markets.  Improved economic conditions also resulted in favorable volumes in most business segments.  Reported US$ trading revenues in Readymix increased by US$152 million, reflecting a US$98 million movement in constant currency from higher volumes due to continued growth in construction markets in Australia and China and price improvement in Australia.  In addition, an increase of US$54 million was caused by the 6% change in the A$/US$ exchange rate.

 

The Rinker group’s trading revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 were US$3,706 million compared to US$2,956 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003. This represented an increase of US$750 million, or 25%. In Rinker Materials an increase in trading revenue of US$484 million was from improved trading and a full year contribution from the Kiewit acquisition in September 2002.  Reported US$ trading revenues in Readymix increased by US$266 million, reflecting a US$105 million movement in constant currency from higher volumes and price improvement in strong construction markets in Australia and China.  In addition, an increase of US$161 million was caused by the 23% change in the A$/US$ exchange rate.

 

Cost of sales

 

Cost of sales for the Rinker group increased by 11% to US$2,405 million in fiscal year 2005 from US$2,158 million in fiscal year 2004 and from US$1,766 million in fiscal year 2003.  In Rinker Materials, cost of sales increased by US$149 million, or 9%, in fiscal year 2005, due principally to higher trading volumes, and higher costs for fuel, steel, imported cement and ocean freight which have increased at rates above general inflation.

 

57



 

Cost of sales for the Rinker group increased by 22% to US$2,158 million in fiscal year 2004 from US$1,766 million in fiscal year 2003 and from US$1,542 million in fiscal year 2002.  In Rinker Materials, cost of sales increased by US$227 million, or 17%, in fiscal year 2004, due principally to the inclusion of a full year of Kiewit, after having increased by US$175 million or 15% in fiscal year 2003 due principally to the inclusion of a half year of Kiewit.

 

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

Warehouse and distribution costs rose 19% to US$825 million in fiscal year 2005 from US$691 million in fiscal year 2004 and from US$527 million in fiscal year 2003. In Rinker Materials, the increase in costs of US$113 million in fiscal year 2005 was due principally to higher fuel costs and increased distribution costs on the higher volumes sold.

 

In fiscal year 2005 warehouse and distribution costs represented 19.1% of trading revenue compared to 18.6% in fiscal year 2004 and 17.8% in fiscal year 2003.  The gradual increase in warehouse and distribution costs as a percentage of trading revenue over the last three fiscal years reflects an increased proportion of Rinker operations in aggregate and concrete where the freight cost in delivered product revenue is relatively high compared to higher priced manufactured goods, such as concrete pipe, prestressed concrete, concrete products and building materials.  Fuel and ocean freight costs have also increased at a faster rate than price increases.

 

Warehouse and distribution costs rose 31% to US$691 million in fiscal year 2004 from US$527 million in fiscal year 2003 and from US$454 million in fiscal year 2002. In Rinker Materials, the increase in costs of US$134 million in fiscal year 2004 was due principally to the inclusion of a full year of Kiewit.

 

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

Selling, general and administrative costs rose 11% to US$407 million in fiscal year 2005 from US$368 million in fiscal year 2004 and from US$303 million in fiscal year 2003.  Selling, general and administrative costs were 9.4% of trading revenue in fiscal year 2005 compared to 9.9% in fiscal year 2004 and 10.3% in fiscal year 2003. Increased trading volumes and the integration of business acquisitions within existing administration cost structures have reduced administration and other operating costs as a percentage of trading revenue, with operating cost improvements offsetting upward cost pressures in existing businesses and from the addition of new businesses.

 

Other revenue and expenses from ordinary activities

 

Other revenue, primarily related to the divestment of non-core businesses and the disposal of property, plant and equipment and other assets, was US$126 million in fiscal year 2005, an increase from US$32 million in fiscal year 2004 which represented a US$42 million decrease from US$74 million in fiscal year 2003.  In fiscal year 2005, the Prestress business was divested by Rinker Materials in December 2004 with revenue on disposal of US$33 million, and the Polypipe business was divested in February 2005 with revenue on disposal of US$67 million.  In fiscal year 2004 the largest item of the other revenue was the sale of surplus land in Florida for US$11 million.  All other transactions in fiscal year 2005 and 2004 related to the sale of surplus property, plant and equipment, primarily in Rinker Materials, and were all individually less than US$10 million.

 

Other expenses primarily represent the book value of businesses divested and property, plant and equipment and other assets sold.  In fiscal year 2005 other expenses included US$48 million book value of disposed assets in the Prestress business, and US$59 million book value of disposed assets in the Polypipe business.  In fiscal year 2004 other expenses additionally included a US$11 million impairment write-down

 

58



 

in the value of the prestress business and a provision of US$5 million for exit from the Dayton, Ohio precast facility.

 

EBIT

 

The Rinker group’s EBIT of US$707 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$214 million, or 43%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$493 million.  The increase was due primarily to a US$186 million increase in Rinker Materials and a US$30 million increase in Readymix.  The increase in Rinker Materials principally reflects strong price growth in cement, and continuing increases in volumes and prices in the aggregate and concrete and block operations.  The increase in Readymix reflects margin improvement from strong volume and price growth and increased contribution from joint venture earnings.

 

The Rinker group’s EBIT of US$493 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$99 million, or 25%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$394 million.  The increase was due primarily to a US$58 million increase in Rinker Materials EBIT and a US$42 million increase in Readymix EBIT, with the increase in Rinker Materials EBIT reflecting a full year contribution from the Kiewit acquisition and increased volumes and prices in the aggregate and concrete and block operations.  The increase in Readymix EBIT reflects the contribution from fiscal year 2004 acquisitions and improved prices and volumes.

 

EBIT for the fiscal year 2003 included corporate costs of US$8 million which represented an estimate of total corporate costs which would reasonably be expected to have been incurred by Rinker if it had been a separately listed company for the periods reported.   Corporate costs included in EBIT for the fiscal years 2005 and 2004 amounted to US$12 million and US$9 million respectively.

 

Borrowing costs

 

Borrowing costs were US$52 million in fiscal year 2005 and US$59 million in each of fiscal years 2004 and 2003.   Average outstanding debt was lower in fiscal year 2005 from fiscal year 2004 which resulted in the lower borrowing costs.  Rinker debt is predominantly borrowed by Rinker Materials and borrowing costs are predominantly incurred in Rinker Materials.

 

Interest income

 

Interest income was US$19 million in fiscal year 2005 compared to less than US$12 million in fiscal year 2004 and less than US$1 million in fiscal year 2003.  The increase in interest income in fiscal years 2005 and 2004 reflects strong cash flows in both years and cash balances received from CSR on demerger during both fiscal years 2004 and 2003.   Cash balances have been invested in short term interest bearing investments pending investment in acquisition opportunities. At the end of fiscal year 2005 Rinker had approximately US$531 million on short term deposit, principally in A$ accounts earning approximately 5.5% interest.

 

Income tax expense relating to ordinary activities

 

Income tax expense relating to ordinary activities increased by US$88 million to US$237 million in fiscal year 2005, compared to US$149 million in fiscal year 2004 and US$117 million in fiscal year 2003. The Rinker group’s effective tax rate increased from 33.4% in fiscal year 2004 to 35.1 % in fiscal year 2005 and compares to 35.0% in fiscal year 2003.  The increase in the Rinker group’s effective tax rate in fiscal year 2005 reflects a slightly higher proportion of the Rinker group’s EBIT being derived in the United States, where the federal rate of 35% plus state tax on earnings is higher than the corporate rate of 30% in

 

59



 

Australia.  In fiscal year 2004 the Rinker Materials effective rate was lower also due to one-time tax refunds principally due to finalization of tax returns on recent acquisitions.

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker

 

The net profit attributable to members of Rinker increased by US$137 million or 46% to US$433 million for fiscal year 2005 from US$296 million for fiscal year 2004 and US$216 million for fiscal year 2003.

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker of US$433 million in fiscal year 2005 comprised EBIT of US$707 million plus interest income of US$19 million less borrowing costs of US$52 million, tax expense of US$237 million, and outside equity interests of US$5 million.

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker of US$296 million in fiscal year 2004 comprised EBIT of US$493 million plus interest income of US$12 million less borrowing costs of US$59 million, tax expense of US$149 million, and outside equity interests of US$1 million.

 

4.              Results of operations for Rinker Materials segments

 

Rinker Materials has five business segments: Aggregate; Cement; Concrete, concrete block and asphalt; Concrete pipe and products; and Other.  Rinker Materials records its transactions in its own financial statements in US dollars.  Results of operations in US$ for Rinker Materials for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below.

 

 

 

Rinker Materials
Business Segment Trading revenues and EBIT (3)
US$ millions
Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Trading

 

 

 

Trading

 

 

 

Trading

 

 

 

 

 

revenues

 

EBIT

 

revenues

 

EBIT

 

revenues

 

EBIT

 

Aggregates

 

907.0

 

172.1

 

802.6

 

138.2

 

626.0

 

104.0

 

Cement

 

421.0

 

109.0

 

377.0

 

95.5

 

327.2

 

86.8

 

Concrete, concrete block and asphalt

 

1,636.9

 

197.2

 

1,365.0

 

116.4

 

1,010.1

 

85.8

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

472.1

 

81.5

 

421.4

 

53.1

 

437.0

 

60.1

 

Other (2)

 

461.6

 

18.3

 

410.6

 

(11.4

)

396.6

 

(3.1

)

Eliminations (1)

 

(577.1

)

 

(509.0

)

 

(413.9

)

 

Total Rinker Materials in US$

 

3,321.5

 

578.1

 

2,867.6

 

391.8

 

2,383.0

 

333.6

 

 


(1)          Aggregates and Cement sell products to other Rinker Materials segments. This internal revenue is eliminated on consolidation.

 

(2)          Other includes Gypsum Supply, Prestressed concrete (sold in December 2004), Polypipe (sold in February 2005) and Rinker Materials corporate costs.

 

(3)          EBIT means profit on ordinary activities before finance and income tax in accordance with Australian GAAP.

 

60



 

i.                 Aggregates

 

The results of operations for the Aggregates segment for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below.

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

US$ million

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

External revenue (1)

 

 

554.6

 

 

 

488.1

 

 

 

387.3

 

 

Inter segment revenue (2)

 

 

352.4

 

 

 

314.5

 

 

 

238.7

 

 

Trading revenue

 

 

907.0

 

 

 

802.6

 

 

 

626.0

 

 

EBIT

 

 

172.1

 

 

 

138.2

 

 

 

104.0

 

 

EBIT margin % (3)

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

17.2

 

 

 

16.6

 

 

 


(1)          External revenue means revenue from customers not part of the Rinker group

 

(2)          Inter segment revenue means revenue from customers within the Rinker group

 

(3)          EBIT margin % is EBIT divided by trading revenue

 

Aggregates trading revenue has increased over the last three fiscal years as a result of both volume and price increases. Volumes have increased with the growth of residential construction in Florida and Arizona, and growth in highway spending in Florida and Georgia.  Between fiscals years 2004 and 2003 the increase in Aggregates volume was principally due the acquisition of Kiewit in September 2002 with operations in Arizona, Oregon, northern California and other western states, and a number of acquisitions in prior years in Florida, Nevada, Tennessee and Kentucky.  Aggregates prices have generally increased at or greater than inflation.

 

Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$907.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$104.4 million, or 13%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$802.6 million.

 

The increase principally reflects:

 

                  Increased prices and volumes in the Florida market, which accounted for increased trading revenue of approximately US$59 million;

 

                  Price improvement across all Rinker Materials western markets, particularly Arizona, Portland, Nevada and Everett in Washington state, with an overall increase in trading revenue of US$36 million; and

 

                  Increased prices and volumes in Georgia, Kentucky and Tennessee where trading revenue increased by US$9 million, including the impact from the purchase of the Loven concrete business in Tennessee in April 2004 which subsequently sourced more of its aggregates requirements from Rinker Materials operations

 

EBITEBIT of US$172.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$33.9 million, or 25%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$138.2 million.  This was due

 

61



 

principally to an increase in average prices of 9%, with improvement generally achieved across most markets and ahead of cost inflation.  The EBIT margin increased by 1.8 percentage points to 19.0%

 

Year ended March 31, 2004 compared to the year ended March 31,2003

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$802.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$176.6 million, or 28%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$626.0 million.

 

The increase principally reflected:

 

                  The full year contribution from the Kiewit acquisition on September 26, 2002 which accounted for approximately US$105 million of the increase in trading revenue;

 

                  Increased volumes and prices in the Florida market which increased trading revenue by approximately US$56 million; and

 

                  Increased volumes and prices in Georgia, Tennessee and Kentucky partly offset by reduced volumes in Nevada and Everett, with an overall increase in trading revenue of US$14 million.

 

Excluding Kiewit, aggregate volumes increased by 6% and average prices increased by approximately 6% over the previous fiscal year.

 

EBITEBIT of US$138.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$34.2 million, or 33%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$104.0 million. This was due principally to a full year’s contribution from the September 2002 Kiewit acquisition, which increased its EBIT contribution by approximately US$23 million compared to the year ended March 31, 2003.  Volume and price improvements in “heritage businesses” (heritage businesses include acquisitions that have been included in Rinker Materials results for the full prior fiscal year) also contributed to the increased EBIT.

 

ii.             Cement

 

The results of operations for the Cement segment for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below.

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

US$ million

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

External revenue (1)

 

 

196.3

 

 

 

182.5

 

 

 

151.9

 

 

Inter segment revenue (2)

 

 

224.7

 

 

 

194.5

 

 

 

175.3

 

 

Trading revenue

 

 

421.0

 

 

 

377.0

 

 

 

327.2

 

 

EBIT

 

 

109.0

 

 

 

95.5

 

 

 

86.8

 

 

EBIT margin % (3)

 

 

25.9

 

 

 

25.3

 

 

 

26.5

 

 

 


(1)          External revenue means revenue from customers outside the Rinker group

 

(2)          Inter segment revenue means revenue from customers within the Rinker group

 

(3)          EBIT margin % is EBIT divided by trading revenue

 

62



 

Trading revenue growth over the last three fiscal years was driven principally by volume increases and strong price growth during the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$421.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$44.0 million, or 12%, increase compared to the trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$377.0 million.  The increase in trading revenue reflected a 13% average increase in prices, partly offset by a 2% decline in volumes.

 

Supply shortages in Florida, and shipping shortages which restricted imports, significantly increased the cost of imported cement, enabled strong price growth following flat prices in fiscal year 2004, while the fall in volumes was a result of reduced bulk sales to other major producers following their increased manufacturing capacity coming on line.

 

EBITEBIT of US$109.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$13.5 million, or 14%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$95.5 million.  This was primarily due to increased prices.

 

Year ended March 31, 2004 compared to the year ended March 31, 2003

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$377.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$49.8 million, or 15%, increase compared to the trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$327.2 million.  The increase in trading revenue reflected 16.3% increase in total volumes, and an increase in transport revenue from the cement tanker fleet.

 

Prices were flat compared to the year ended March 31, 2003, principally due to increased manufacturing capacity coming on line in Florida and higher bulk cement sales to trading partners.

 

EBITEBIT of US$95.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$8.7 million, or 10%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$86.8 million.  This was primarily due to increased volumes.

 

iii.         Concrete, concrete block and asphalt

 

The results of operations for the Concrete, concrete block and asphalt segment for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below.

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

US$ million

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Trading revenue

 

1,636.9

 

1,365.0

 

1,010.1

 

EBIT

 

197.2

 

116.4

 

85.8

 

EBIT margin % (1)

 

12.0

 

8.5

 

8.5

 

 


(1)                                  EBIT margin % is EBIT divided by trading revenue

 

Trading revenue growth over the last three fiscal years has been driven by both volume and price increases.  The increase in volumes reflects acquisitions, particularly Kiewit in September 2002, and the growth in underlying markets.

 

63



 

Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$1,636.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$271.9 million, or 20%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$1,365.0 million. Approximately 70% of the increased revenue was in the Florida market, where both concrete and block volumes were at record levels, mainly due to growth in the Florida residential market.

 

Overall, concrete volumes were ahead of the previous year by 6% and average prices were up 12%.  Average block prices increased by 17% and volumes were up by 13%.

 

EBITEBIT of US$197.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$80.8 million, or 69%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$116.4 million.

 

Approximately 72% of the EBIT increase was in the Florida market, where housing activity remained very strong.  Operations in Arizona, Nevada, and northern California where also strongly ahead of the previous year, and in Tennessee a slowly improving economic outlook, and the purchase of Loven concrete, assisted results.

 

Year ended March 31, 2004 compared to the year ended March 31, 2003

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$1,365 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$354.9 million, or 35%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$1,010.1 million. The incremental effect of a full year contribution from the Kiewit acquisition accounted for approximately US$247 million or 70% of the increase, along with improved trading revenues from operations in Florida, where both concrete and concrete block volumes were at record levels mainly due to growth in the Florida residential market.

 

Excluding Kiewit, concrete volumes increased by 11% and concrete block volumes increased by 16%.  Also excluding Kiewit, average concrete prices increased by 3% and block prices by 4%.

 

EBITEBIT of US$116.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$30.6 million, or 36%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$85.8 million. The increase in EBIT mainly reflected the full year contribution to EBIT from the acquisition of Kiewit.  In total, the incremental contribution to EBIT in the year ended March 31, 2004 from this acquisition was approximately US$16 million.

 

The strong Florida residential market accounted for the balance of the increase in EBIT.  Smaller EBIT improvement in Tennessee concrete and Nevada concrete block and New Mexico concrete block was offset by weaker results in Nevada concrete and Everett concrete and asphalt.

 

iv.           Concrete pipe and products

 

The results of operations for the Concrete pipe and products segment for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below.

 

64



 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

US$ million

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Trading revenue

 

472.1

 

421.4

 

437.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT

 

81.5

 

53.1

 

60.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT margin % (1)

 

17.3

 

12.6

 

13.8

 

 


(1)          EBIT margin % is EBIT divided by trading revenue

 

EBIT lifted sharply and margin growth in the concrete pipe and products segment were restored in the year end March 31, 2005 with improvement in market conditions that had been depressed in the previous two fiscal years, along with significant operational cost improvements.

 

Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$472.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$50.7 million, or 12%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$421.4 million. This improvement was principally due to a 5% increase in volumes combined with a 7% increase in prices compared to the previous year.

 

EBIT:  EBIT of US$81.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$28.4  million, or 53%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$53.1 million.

 

This reflects principally:

 

                  Increased volume, from both improved economic conditions across most states and market share gains (US$6 million);

 

                  Gross margin recovery, with price increases more than offsetting sharply higher costs for steel, cement and fuel (US$17 million); and

 

                  Completion of facility rationalization programs in the prior fiscal year, which had adversely impacted that year’s EBIT by US$5 million.

 

Year ended March 31, 2004 compared to the year ended March 31,2003

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$421.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$15.6 million, or 4%, decrease compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$437.0 million. This decrease was principally due to a 2% decline in average prices and flat concrete pipe volumes.  Market activity was low in many regions and a number of operations experienced significant price declines.

 

EBIT:  EBIT of US$53.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$7.0 million, or 12%, decrease compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$60.1 million.

 

This reflected principally:

 

65



 

                  Decreased contribution from several regions which were faced with market declines and, in some markets, new competition entrants (US$7 million);

 

                  Partly offset by gross margin improvement in most regions through reduction of material, labor, and maintenance costs amounting to US$5 million; and

 

                  Provision for rationalization of the Dayton, Ohio precast facility (US$4.9 million).

 

v.               Other

 

The results of operations for the Other segment for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below. This segment includes gypsum supply, Rinker Materials’ corporate unallocated costs, and the pre-stressed concrete and polyethylene pipe businesses, which were divested during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005.

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

US$ million

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Trading revenue

 

461.6

 

410.6

 

396.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT excluding Rinker Materials corporate unallocated costs

 

36.4

 

8.3

 

8.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials corporate unallocated costs

 

(18.1

)

(19.7

)

(11.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT

 

18.3

 

(11.4

)

(3.1

)

 

Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004

 

Trading RevenueTrading revenue of US$461.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$51.0 million or 12% increase compared to the trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$410.6 million.

 

Gypsum supply trading revenue increased by 42%, primarily due to price increases across the range of building materials sold by the business, which include wallboard, metal framing, stucco cement and accessories.  Volumes also increased, with wallboard volume 4% higher than the previous fiscal year.

 

The Prestress business was divested in December 2004 for estimated total cash proceeds of around US$45 million.  This includes US$33 million received from the purchaser and approximately US$12 million expected to be realized from the liquidation of working capital retained by Rinker.  Prior to the sale the business had contributed revenue of US$58 million, and during the last quarter additional revenue of US$9 million has been recorded from delivery of product manufactured prior to divestment and included in retained working capital.

 

The Polypipe polyethylene pipe and pipe liners business was divested in February 2005 for sale proceeds of US$67 million.  Prior to the sale the business had contributed revenue of US$96 million.

 

EBITExcluding Rinker Materials’ corporate unallocated costs, EBIT was US$36.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 representing a US$28.1 million increase compared to EBIT of US$ 8.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2004.  The segment EBIT includes the trading results from the gypsum supply, prestress and polypipe operations, as well as the gain/loss on the divestments.

 

66



 

Gypsum Supply EBIT was sharply higher, primarily due to improved margins as selling prices increased faster than rapidly increasing product costs in an environment of very tight supply, and from the higher volume.

 

The divestment of Prestress was below book value, resulting in a non-cash pre-tax book loss of approximately US$15 million.  The operations were incurring trading losses prior to the sale.

 

The divestment of Polypipe realized a book gain before tax of around US$8 million.  Trading operations prior to the divestment had been favorable, assisted by strong demand from the oil and gas industry for pipeline products.

 

Rinker Materials’ corporate unallocated costs decreased by US$1.6 million to US$18.1 million compared to costs of US$19.7 million for the prior fiscal year, benefiting from favorable self insurance liability adjustments.  Costs are net of gains on land sales that were approximately US$0.4 million lower than the previous year.

 

Year ended March 31, 2004 compared to the year ended March 31, 2003

 

Trading RevenueTrading revenue of US$410.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$14.0 million or 4% increase compared to the trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$396.6 million.

 

Gypsum supply trading revenue increased 10%, primarily from an 8% increase in wallboard volumes.  Wallboard prices increased by 1%.

 

Prestress trading revenue decreased by 17%, reflecting lower market activity in the US Midwest.  In March 2004, the Lafayette, Indiana and Henderson, Kentucky plants were sold.

 

Polypipe trading revenue increased by 23% from an increase of 8% in polyethylene pipe volumes and 18% in prices.

 

EBITExcluding Rinker Materials’ corporate unallocated costs, EBIT was US$8.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 representing a US$0.2 million or 2% increase compared to EBIT of US$8.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2003.

 

Gypsum Supply EBIT increased by US$1.8 million from the increase in drywall volumes and a 3% improvement in gross margin.

 

Polypipe EBIT increased by US$5.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2004 from the increase in volume and price.

 

Prestress results decreased, mainly as a result of a US$10.5 million impairment write-down in the value of the business taken in September 2003.  The prestress business was 100% exposed to the weak US commercial construction sector.  Excluding the write-down, Prestress results improved following completion of a few technically challenging projects that had incurred additional costs in the year ended March 31, 2003.

 

Rinker Materials’ corporate unallocated costs increased by US$8.5 million to US$19.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 compared to costs of US$11.2 million for the prior year.  Costs are net of gains on land sales that decreased by US$11.4 million from the previous year.

 

67



 

5.              Results of the Readymix segment

 

Impact of currency exchange rate

 

As Readymix records its transactions in its own financial statements in Australian dollars and these results are translated into US dollars for the purposes of combination into the financial statements of the Rinker group, the Rinker group is then susceptible to changes in the exchange rate between the US dollar and the Australian dollar.  An appreciation of the A$ relative to the US$ has a favorable impact on the Rinker group’s reported US$ results.

 

Given that Readymix records its transactions in its own financial statements in Australian dollars,  the following management discussion and analysis of the financial results also identifies the impact of currency exchange rates on results.

 

The results of operations for the Readymix segment have been set out in Australian dollars starting at page 83, below.

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

US$ million

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading revenue

 

 

990.9

 

 

 

838.6

 

 

 

572.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT

 

 

140.4

 

 

 

110.1

 

 

 

67.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT margin % (1)

 

 

14.2

 

 

 

13.2

 

 

 

11.8

 

 

 


(1)                                  EBIT margin % is EBIT divided by trading revenue

 

Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$990.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented a US$152.3 million, or 18%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$838.6 million.  This reflected a US$97.5 million movement in constant currency and an increase of US$54.8 million caused by the 6% change in the A$/US$ exchange rate.

 

The increase in constant currency trading revenue was due to volume and price improvement in all Australian product lines.

 

Australian concrete volumes increased by 9%, aggregate volumes by 2%,  and concrete pipe and products volumes by 13% in fiscal 2005.  Volumes were assisted by continued growth in the Australian construction sector, and included a full year contribution from acquisitions during the year ended March 31, 2004. Concrete prices increased by 5%, aggregate by 11%, and concrete pipe and products by 4% in fiscal 2005.

 

In China, concrete volumes were ahead of the previous fiscal year by 15% reflecting large project work, but the economy slowed during the year, which combined with intense competition resulted in a decline in average prices of 6%.

 

EBIT:  EBIT of US$140.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented US$30.3 million, or 28%, increase compared to EBIT of US$110.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2004. This reflected a US$22.8 million movement in constant currency and an increase of US$7.5 million caused by the 6% change in the A$/US$ exchange rate.

 

68



 

The increase in constant currency reflects principally:

 

                  Margin improvement in each of the Australian concrete, aggregate and concrete pipe and products operations, from the achievement of strong volume and price growth (US$14 million);

 

                  A full year contribution from the Excel, Broadway & Frame, Edwards & Beerwah acquisitions in fiscal year 2004 (US$4 million);

 

                  The adoption of tax consolidation by Cement Australia, which resulted in a favorable US$10 million increase in the Readymix share of joint venture after tax earnings (which is equity accounted into Rinker EBIT);

 

                  Sharply improved results from the other Readymix joint venture operation, Emoleum (US$5 million); and

 

                  Reduced EBIT (US$10 million) from the China operations impacted by a slowing economy and increased provisions for doubtful customer receivables.

 

Year ended March 31, 2004 compared to the year ended March 31, 2003

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of US$838.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented a US$266.1 million, or 46%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2003 of US$572.5 million. This reflected a US$105.5 million movement in constant currency and an increase of US$160.6 million caused by the 23% change in the A$/US$ exchange rate.

 

The increase in constant currency trading revenue was approximately evenly divided between volume improvement in the heritage business, the contribution from acquisitions, and price improvement across all product lines.  Acquisitions included the Excel quarry and concrete business in southeast Queensland, Broadway & Frame in Victoria, two other small acquisitions in Australia and Qingdao concrete in China.  Concrete volumes and aggregate volumes, assisted by the acquisitions, increased by 18% and 15% respectively.  Pipe and concrete products volume increased by 5%.  Concrete prices increased by 5%, aggregate prices by 3%, and concrete pipe prices by 6%.

 

EBIT:  EBIT of US$110.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented US$42.3 million, or 63%, increase compared to EBIT of US$67.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2003. This reflected a US$22.0 million movement in constant currency and an increase of US$20.3 million caused by the 23% change in the A$/US$ exchange rate.

 

The increase in constant currency was principally due to a US$7.7 million contribution from fiscal year 2004 acquisitions, a US$4.4 million increase in EBIT from the concrete pipe and products business, with the balance from improved margins in the aggregate and concrete businesses.  Improved results from China partly offset lower EBIT in Cement Australia and Emoleum.

 

69



 

B.            Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity

 

The Rinker group meets its working capital needs and capital expenditure requirements through a combination of operating cash flows and external debt raising.  In management’s opinion, the Rinker group’s current working capital is sufficient to meet the Rinker group’s current liquidity requirements.

 

The table below sets out the Rinker group’s statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003.

 

Statements of cash flows (1)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

(US$ million)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

659.4

 

660.6

 

514.3

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(177.6

)

(231.0

)

(592.5

)

Net cash (used in) from financing activities

 

(237.6

)

(244.7

)

172.7

 

Net increase in cash held

 

244.2

 

184.9

 

94.5

 

 


(1)          A reconciliation of net profit attributable to members of Rinker group to net cash from operating activities (including movements in working capital) is set out in the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Cash flows from operating activities in the year ended March 31, 2005 of US$659.4 million represented a US$1.2 million, or 0.2%, decrease compared to US$660.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2004.  This was principally due to improved EBIT of US$214.0 million, with approximately 40% of the increase from the Concrete, concrete block and asphalt segment due to strong growth in both price and volume, 6% from the Cement segment, due mainly to price increases, and the balance spread relatively evenly over the other segments, offset by US$152.5 million increase in working capital needs and US$112.9 million increase in income tax payments than in the year ended March 31, 2004.  Cash flows from operating activities in the year ended March 31, 2004 of US$660.6 million represented a US$146.3 million, or 28%, increase compared to US$514.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2003.  This was principally due to improved EBIT of US$98.8 million, about 30% from the Kiewit acquisition and improvements in aggregate price and volumes, 30% from improved concrete and concrete block volumes in Florida, and 40% from price and volume improvements in Florida.  Net investing cash flows consist primarily of capital expenditure necessary to maintain the productive capacity of the Rinker group, outflows relating to acquisitions (net of cash acquired), and net proceeds from divestments.

 

Capital expenditure including purchases of controlled entities and businesses, were as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

US$ millions

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

239

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

639

 

 

Readymix

 

 

75

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

22

 

 

Total Rinker group

 

 

314

 

 

 

260

 

 

 

661

 

 

 

Rinker Materials acquired Kiewit during the year ended March 31, 2003 for US$540 million.  There were no material acquisitions in the year ended March 31, 2005 or 2004.

 

70



 

Acquisitions, particularly large ones, have been slow across the industry during the last two years, and Rinker’s capital expenditure has mainly comprised smaller, “bolt-on” acquisitions and expansion of the heritage operations, as well as operating capital expenditure to maintain capacity.  In fiscal year 2005 acquisitions comprised six small concrete or concrete and quarry operations – two in Florida and one each in Nevada, Tennessee, Oregon, and New South Wales in Australia.

 

Heritage operations were expanded with the completion or expansion of two concrete plants and two concrete block plants in Florida and associated expenditure to expand aggregate capacity and concrete mixer and block truck fleets to service these plants.  In Australia, a concrete plant was also completed at Fyshwick, Canberra.  A number of new concrete and concrete block plants are under construction in Florida, and in Australia construction began on three new concrete plants at Kawana on Queensland’s Sunshine Coast, Humpty Doo in the Northern Territory, and at Grantville in Melbourne, Victoria (in a joint venture with Boral Limited).

 

At March 31, 2005, the Rinker group had capital expenditure commitments of US$55.8 million outstanding.

 

Capital resources

 

The Rinker group’s debt profile during fiscal years 2005, 2004, and 2003 has been as follows:

 

Group Debt Profile as at March 31

 

(US$ millions, except where indicated)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Long term debt (1)

 

610.9

 

 

912.4

 

 

1,051.5

 

 

Total debt (2)

 

868.0

 

 

929.8

 

 

1,213.2

 

 

Net debt (3)

 

279.8

 

 

601.3

 

 

948.9

 

 

Net debt to capitalization ratio (4)

 

9.7

%

 

20.9

%

 

33.5

%

 

 


(1)          Debt maturing in excess of 12 months from period end.

 

(2)          Long term debt plus short-term debt (including bank overdrafts).

 

Total Debt as at March 31

 

(US$ millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Current interest-bearing debt

 

257.1

 

17.4

 

 

161.7

 

 

Non-current interest-bearing debt

 

610.9

 

912.4

 

 

1,051.5

 

 

Total debt

 

868.0

 

929.8

 

 

1,213.2

 

 

 

(3)          Total debt less cash and short term lending, including cash owed in 2003 by CSR of US$153.3 million.

 

Net Debt as at March 31

 

(US$ millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Total debt

 

868.0

 

 

929.8

 

 

1,213.2

 

 

Cash assets

 

(588.2

)

 

(328.5

)

 

(264.3

)

 

Net debt

 

279.8

 

 

601.3

 

 

948.9

 

 

 

71



 

(4)          Ratio of net debt to net debt plus total shareholders’ equity.

 

Net debt to capitalization ratio as at March 31

 

(US$ millions, except where indicated)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net debt

 

279.8

 

 

601.3

 

 

948.9

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

2,619.8

 

 

2,280.6

 

 

1,884.2

 

 

Net debt to capitalization ratio

 

9.7

%

 

20.9

%

 

33.5

%

 

 

Rinker’s management uses net debt and capitalization ratio information to assess the financial position of the Rinker group and believes it is useful to investors because it relates the net debt levels of the group to the equity of the business.  Net debt does not include off balance sheet financial commitments, such as operating leases or other commitments.  Net debt to capitalization ratio does not represent a measure of solvency, nor liquidity, nor Rinker’s ability to pay debts or make other required payments as they fall due.  This non-GAAP measure should not be considered a substitute for the statement of financial position included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Debt facilities

 

As at March 31, 2005 the Rinker group had debt facilities comprised as follows:

 

Type

 

Maturing

 

Limits /
Outstanding
US$ million

 

Uncommitted working capital

 

Annual review

 

 

131.3

 

 

Bank loans

 

March 2006 – April 2009

 

 

1,177.5

 

 

Commercial Paper

 

No fixed maturity

 

 

400.0

 

 

Rinker Materials Bonds

 

July 2005

 

 

250.0

 

 

Rinker Materials Private Placement

 

August 2010

 

 

100.0

 

 

Rinker Materials Private Placement

 

December 2010

 

 

100.0

 

 

Rinker Materials Bonds

 

July 2025

 

 

149.9

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2005, the Rinker group is in compliance with all debt covenants.

 

Bank loans

 

Rinker Materials has established banking credit facilities of US$1,177.5 million at March 31, 2005 (of which US$670.7 million were undrawn at March 31, 2005). These are revolving cash advance facilities provided by the Rinker group’s eight relationship banks on a bilateral basis.  The borrowings under each of these bilateral facilities are guaranteed by Rinker.  In total, the facilities provided have four maturities as follows:

 

                  US$225.0 million, which mature 364 days from initial draw down notice date;

 

                  US$307.5 million, which mature in April 2007.

 

                  US$495.0 million, which mature in April 2008.

 

                  US$150.0 million, which mature in April 2009.

 

72



 

Interest is payable by Rinker Materials on amounts drawn under the facilities at LIBOR plus a margin.  The margins payable under the facilities are generally consistent with that which an A-/BBB+ rated entity would expect to obtain for facilities of this size and nature and vary by tranche for each individual bank.  Facilities totaling US$562.5 million feature credit margins that are fixed over the life of the agreement, while facilities totaling US$615 million feature margins that are set by reference to the actual levels of gearing (defined as net debt divided by “EBITDA” which means consolidated profit from ordinary activities before finance, income tax, depreciation and amortization, in accordance with Australian GAAP) or interest cover (defined as EBITDA divided by net interest expense) reported by Rinker and calculated on a rolling 12 month basis, using publicly reported consolidated half yearly and annual results.  Based on Rinker’s results at March 31, 2005, the overall weighted average margin over LIBOR across all facilities was approximately 0.32% per annum.

 

The facilities contain customary provisions relating to events of default, which could trigger early repayment. The facilities also contain certain restrictive covenants and financial covenants that are customary for facilities of this nature.  The restrictive covenants limit the addition of new secured debt (generally not to exceed 10% of consolidated assets of Rinker group) and the amount of debt permitted to be incurred by entities other than Rinker and Rinker Materials (not to exceed 15% of consolidated assets of Rinker group).  The financial covenants specify a maximum net debt to EBITDA ratio (3 times) and a minimum EBITDA divided by net interest expense ratio (3.25 times) that must be maintained, with both covenants calculated on a rolling 12 month basis using publicly reported consolidated half yearly and annual results.  Other than the requirements to comply with the limitations and satisfy the ratios set forth above, the facility agreements do not restrict the borrowing of additional amounts of unsecured debt by companies in the Rinker group as long as the loans under the credit facilities have at least the same preference in the sharing of assets upon liquidation as any additional unsecured obligations. There are no credit rating downgrade triggers that could cause early repayment under these facilities.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Rinker Materials can issue from time to time commercial paper under a US commercial paper program that was established in 1991.

 

The program has no maturity and allows for a maximum of US$400 million of notes to be issued and outstanding at any one time.  The notes have maturities up to 270 days from the date of issuance and are issued at par less a discount representing an interest factor or, if interest bearing, at par.  As at March 31, 2005, US$250 million in aggregate principal amount of notes were issued and outstanding under the program.

 

US$ Bonds

 

Rinker group companies have outstanding US$ bonds as follows:

 

2005 bonds

 

The indenture governing the US$250 million bonds outstanding paying interest of 6.875% per annum guaranteed by CSR and due on July 21, 2005 was amended to add Rinker as guarantor of Rinker Materials’ obligations under the indenture on the same terms and conditions as the existing guarantee from CSR.

 

Rinker and Rinker Materials have agreed to indemnify CSR for any obligations that come due under CSR’s guarantee in respect of the 2005 bonds. To support its indemnity, Rinker Materials has procured, under its US$1,177.5 million credit facilities, bank letters of credit for CSR’s benefit, for any obligations that come due under CSR’s guarantee obligations in respect of the 2005 bonds.

 

73



 

2025 bonds

 

Rinker Materials has issued US$149.9 million in bonds paying interest of 7.70% per annum due on July 21, 2025 guaranteed by Rinker.

 

The indentures governing the 2005 bonds and the 2025 bonds contain customary provisions relating to events of default, which could trigger early repayment.  The indentures also contain certain restrictive covenants that are customary for financings of this nature.  The restrictive covenants limit the addition of new secured debt (generally not to exceed 10% of consolidated net tangible assets of Rinker group) and restrict any merger of Rinker or Rinker Materials with another party unless the bonds are assumed by the entity resulting from such merger.  The indentures do not restrict the borrowing of additional amounts of unsecured debt by companies in the Rinker group.  There are no credit rating downgrade triggers that could cause early repayment of the bonds.

 

Private Placements

 

Rinker Materials has privately placed US$200 million in senior notes, in two series of US$100 million each, maturing on August 8, 2010 and December 1, 2010, guaranteed by Rinker.

 

The notes contain customary provisions relating to events of default, which could trigger early repayment. The notes also contain certain restrictive covenants and financial covenants that are customary for financings of this nature.  The restrictive covenants limit the addition of priority debt (generally not to exceed 25% of consolidated assets of Rinker group), where priority debt is defined as debt secured in priority to the notes and debt incurred by entities other than Rinker and Rinker Materials.  The financial covenants specify a maximum net debt to EBITDA ratio (3.5 times) and a minimum EBITDA divided by net interest expense ratio (2.75 times) that must be maintained, with both covenants calculated on a rolling 12 month basis using publicly reported consolidated half yearly and annual results.  Other than the requirements to comply with the limitations and satisfy the ratios set forth above, the notes do not restrict the borrowing of additional amounts of unsecured debt by companies in the Rinker group as long as the notes have at least the same preference in the sharing of assets upon liquidation as any additional unsecured obligations.  There are no credit rating downgrade triggers that could cause early repayment of the notes.

 

Other borrowings

 

At March 31, 2005 Rinker group entities had in place uncommitted working capital facilities available for short-term cash advances and the issuance of letters of credit and bank guarantees which totaled US$131 million.  US$75 million in letters of credit and bank guarantees were issued against these working capital facilities at March 31, 2005.

 

There are no legal or economic restrictions on the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to Rinker in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, with the exception of the previously existing 15 percent US dividend withholding tax which was eliminated effective July 1, 2003.

 

Rinker is not aware of any restrictions on the use of committed borrowing facilities other than as detailed. Borrowing requirements are not normally subject to any seasonal factors.

 

74



 

C.            Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

 

Rinker group entities incur research and development (“R&D”) costs in a number of business areas, which are expensed when incurred.  In Australia, certain research and development project expenditure qualifies for Australian R&D tax concessions.  The amounts for the following fiscal years were:

 

2003

 

US$2.8 million

 

2004

 

US$1.3 million

 

2005

 

US$1.5 million

 

 

Rinker Materials is not entitled to material US taxation concessions on R&D expenditures.

 

D.            Trend Information

 

Relevant industry and market trends for the Rinker group as a whole and for Rinker Materials and Readymix are discussed in “Item 5.A. - Management discussion and analysis of the financial results”.

 

Rinker is not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Rinker group’s trading revenues, income from continuing operations, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause reported financial information not necessarily to be indicative of future operating results or financial condition, other than as described in this annual report.

 

E.              Off-balance sheet financial arrangements

 

The Rinker group does not use special purpose vehicles or any other significant form of off-balance sheet financing.  Details of the Rinker group’s use of financial instruments are included in “Item 11 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks” and Note 28 of the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Guarantees have been made in respect of self-insured workers compensation obligations and in lieu of contract retention payments, deposits for rehabilitation of quarry sites and for insurance policy deductible amounts, with the majority of terms up to one year as described in Note 37 of the financial statements, included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

The Rinker group has certain off-balance lease obligations in the form of operating leases as outlined in the table of “Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments” below.

 

F.              Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

 

The Rinker group’s short term and long-term obligations and commitments are detailed below:

 

75



 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

US$ million
As at March 31, 2005

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 to 3
years

 

3 to 5
years

 

Over 5
years

 

Short-term debt (excluding interest)

 

257.0

 

257.0

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt (excluding interest)

 

610.6

 

 

10.9

 

248.8

 

350.9

 

Lease obligations – Finance leases

 

0.4

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

 

 

Lease obligations – Operating leases

 

186.5

 

38.9

 

52.6

 

33.9

 

61.1

 

Contracted capital expenditure

 

55.8

 

55.8

 

 

 

 

Other long-term obligations

 

52.2

 

5.5

 

28.2

 

12.8

 

5.7

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

1,162.5

 

357.3

 

92.0

 

295.5

 

417.7

 

 

Rinker believes these short-term and long-term obligations and commitments will be satisfied through cash generated from operations, together with cash on hand and, where necessary, borrowings available under the existing and proposed financing facilities described above.

 

Details of the long-term debt arrangements above are included in “Item 5.B. - Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

Rinker group entities have not entered any material long-term purchase obligations, which specify fixed or minimum quantities, although they negotiate purchase terms including price, in the ordinary course of business.

 

Rinker has made certain transitional agreements with CSR with respect to the demerger and guarantees in relation to workers compensation self insurance.  Details are included in “Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.”

 

G.            Major restructuring and rationalization charges

 

No material restructuring or rationalization charges were incurred in fiscal years 2005, 2004 or 2003.

 

H.            Details of defined benefit pension plans

 

Details of the Rinker group superannuation arrangements are included in Note 40 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this report.  Rinker and its controlled entities participate in a number of superannuation funds in Australia, the United States and other countries where they operate.  The funds provide benefits either on a defined benefit or cash accumulation basis, for employees on retirement, resignation, or disablement, or to their dependents on death.  Employer contributions are legally enforceable, with the right to terminate, reduce or suspend those contributions upon giving adequate written notice to the participants and trustees.  Rinker and its Australian controlled entities are required to provide a minimum level of superannuation support for employees under the Australian Superannuation Guarantee Legislation.

 

76



 

Asset Backing

 

The assets of the US based superannuation funds were not sufficient to satisfy all benefits which would have been vested in the event of termination of the funds, or in the event of the voluntary or compulsory termination of the employment of each employee.  Using US GAAP methods and assumptions under SFAS No. 87 “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” (SFAS 87), the total deficit of the US plans is US$22.6 million as of December 31, 2004 and is detailed by plan in the table below under “Defined Benefit Funds sponsored by Rinker group entities”.  This reflects the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2004.  Note 33 to the financial statements includes further information on the US plans, including measurements of the plan deficits on alternative bases that are also consistent with US GAAP.

 

Accumulation Funds

 

The benefits provided by accumulation funds are based on the contributions and income thereon held by the fund on behalf of the member.  Contributions are made by the member and the company based on a percentage of the member’s salary, as specified by the rules of the fund.  These contributions are expensed in the period they are incurred.

 

Defined Benefit Funds

 

The benefits provided by defined benefit funds are based on length of service or membership and salary of the member at or near retirement.  Member contributions, based on a percentage of salary,  are specified by the rules of the fund.

 

Employer contributions generally vary based on actuarial advice and may be reduced or even cease when a fund is in actuarial surplus.  Under Australian GAAP, these contributions are expensed in the period they are incurred.  The currently assessed shortfall of net market value of plan assets compared to accrued benefits in the US based defined benefit funds has not been recognized as a liability in the financial statements as Rinker and its controlled entities do not presently have a legal or constructive obligation to meet the deficit, other than the annually determined minimum funding amount.  The annually determined minimum funding amount has been appropriately recognized as a liability at year-end.

 

Harwood Superannuation Fund

 

In Australia, Rinker group entities participate in the Harwood Superannuation Fund (formerly CSR Australian Superannuation Fund) for those Rinker group employees who are currently members of that fund and any new employees who become members of that fund.  CSR Limited and Rinker each separately cover, in effect, 50% of the funding of the accrued defined benefit liabilities of the Harwood Superannuation Fund as at the demerger date, which are revalued by the actuary at least annually.  Rinker Group Limited is responsible for the obligations with respect to benefits accrued after the demerger relating to individuals who are employed within the Rinker group post demerger by their respective group companies.

 

77



 

Defined Benefit Funds Sponsored by
Rinker Group Entities
(US$ million)

 

Projected
Benefit
Obligation

 

Market
Value
of
Assets

 

Surplus
(Deficit)

 

Employer
Contributions for the
Year

 

Harwood Superannuation Fund Defined Benefit Division(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Demerger component

 

4.1

 

6.6

 

2.5

 

0.0

 

Post-Demerger component

 

0.9

 

1.5

 

0.6

 

0.5

 

Rinker Materials Corporation Defined Benefit Pension Plan(b)

 

16.9

 

11.6

 

(5.3

)

1.4

 

Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan(b)

 

28.9

 

16.5

 

(12.4

)

3.7

 

United Metro/San Xavier Collectively Bargained Pension Plan(b)

 

19.3

 

14.4

 

(4.9

)

2.2

 

 


(a)          The amounts are calculated in accordance with US GAAP methods and assumptions to show the projected benefit obligation under SFAS No. 87 with a measurement date of March 31, 2005.  The actuarial review was performed by K. Knapman FIAA.

 

The Fund was separated into two separate plans from the date of demerger, a Rinker group plan and a CSR Limited plan.  Each of the plans comprises a pre and post demerger component.  Shown above is information on the pre and post demerger components of the Rinker group plan.

 

As at March 31, 2005, the assets attributable to the Rinker group and CSR Limited combined predemerger plan were 118% of the corresponding actuarial liabilities as calculated under Australian rules.  There is an enforceable obligation for Rinker and CSR Limited to contribute such amounts as to ensure that the assets are not less than 120% of the amount required to meet the accrued defined benefit liabilities as at the demerger date.  CSR Limited has made available to the fund a bank guarantee to satisfy this obligation.  The actuary revalues the accrued benefit liabilities at least annually.  Rinker is required to cover, in effect, 50% of such obligations.  CSR Limited is required to cover, in effect, the remaining 50%.

 

As at March 31, 2005, the assets attributable to the post demerger Rinker Group plan were 140% of the corresponding actuarial liabilities as calculated under Australian rules.  There is an enforceable obligation for Rinker to contribute such amounts as to ensure that the assets are not less than 120% of the amount required to meet the actuarial liabilities.  The actuary revalues the accrued benefit liability at least annually.

 

(b)         The amounts are calculated in accordance with US GAAP methods and assumptions to show the projected benefit obligation under SFAS No. 87 with a measurement date of December 31, 2004.  The actuarial review was performed by Michael Von Behren EA MAAA.

 

The key assumptions used in the calculations of pension accrued benefits and market value of assets as shown in the above table (weighted by total fund assets) were: discount rate (applicable to all plans listed above): 5.9%, compensation increase (applicable to Harwood Superannuation Fund and Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan):  4.2% and rate of return on assets (applicable to all plans listed above):  7. 8%.

 

In addition, Rinker Materials contributes to a number of multi-employer defined benefit plans, under the terms of enterprise bargaining/union agreements.  Contributions to these plans are expensed in the period incurred, and amounted to US$11.0 million or A$14.9 million during 2005 (2004: US$9.9 million, A$14.2 million).

 

78



 

US GAAP

 

In addition to the table above, the US GAAP impact is described in Note 40 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

 

I.                 Supplementary Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Australian Dollars

 

Certain information presented in US$ in Item 5 - A to H above has been represented below in A$.

 

1.              Supplementary Management discussion and analysis of the financial results – Australian Dollars

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005, over around 80% of the Rinker group’s trading revenue was generated by Rinker Materials in the US.  For the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, there were no movements of currency between US dollars and Australian dollars that resulted in a material amount of realized exchange gains or losses.  The business activity in Australia is currently generating adequate cash flow to service the current level of Australian dollar dividends.  As a result, the only significant impact of changes in the US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rate is one of accounting translation for financial reporting purposes.  An appreciation of the A$ relative to the US$ would be expected to have a favorable impact on the Rinker group’s reported US$ results.

 

The directors believe that the best measure of performance for Rinker Materials in the US and Readymix in Australia is their respective local currencies in as much as each generates all revenue and incurs all costs in that local currency. Set out below is performance information in A$. Performance information in US dollars is set out starting at page 50.

 

The average month end exchange rates used for translation of the Rinker Materials’ US$ transactions into A$ for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are set out in the table below.

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$/A$- average

 

0.7397

 

 

0.6977

 

 

0.5654

 

 

Year-on-year change

 

6

%

 

23

%

 

11

%

 

 

Source:  average of Australian dollar hedge settlement rates at the end of the calendar month.

 

For further information regarding historical US$/A$ exchange rates, see “Item 3. E. – Supplementary Key Information - Australian Dollars Currency of Presentation and Exchange Rates” commencing on page 17.

 

i.      Overview — Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

 

The Rinker group’s trading revenue and EBIT for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below in Australian dollars. A further breakdown of the Rinker group’s results to net profit is included in the statement of financial performance in the financial statements, which are presented elsewhere in this annual report.

 

79



 

 

 

Rinker group
Trading revenues and EBIT
A$ millions
Year Ended March 31

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Rinker Materials

 

4,502

 

782

 

4,139

 

568

 

4,218

 

592

 

Readymix

 

1,341

 

191

 

1,201

 

158

 

1,014

 

119

 

Corporate costs

 

 

(16

)

 

(13

)

 

(13

)

Total Rinker group

 

5,843

 

957

 

5,340

 

713

 

5,232

 

698

 

 

As previously defined under “Certain definitions,” “EBIT” means Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax in accordance with Australian GAAP.

 

Trading revenue

 

In Australian dollars, the Rinker group’s trading revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 were A$5,843 million compared to A$5,340 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004. This represented an increase of A$503 million, or 9%.  Reported A$ trading revenues for Rinker Materials increased by A$363 million, reflecting an A$654 million increase in constant currency from improved trading, offset by a reduction of A$291 million caused by the 6% change in the US$/A$ exchange rate.  In Readymix, increased trading revenue of A$140 million was due principally to price and volume increases across all Australian product lines.

 

In Australian dollars, the Rinker group’s trading revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 were A$5,340 million compared to A$5,232 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003. This represented an increase of A$108 million, or 2%.  Reported A$ trading revenues for Rinker Materials decreased by A$79 million, reflecting an A$856 million increase in constant currency, from improved trading and a full year contribution from Kiewit, offset by a reduction of A$937 million caused by the 23% change in the US$/A$ exchange rate.  In Readymix, increased trading revenue of A$187 million related principally to price and volume increases in concrete and aggregates.

 

Cost of sales

 

In Australian dollars, cost of sales for the Rinker group increased by 5% to A$3,260 million in fiscal year 2005 from A$3,110 million in fiscal year 2004 which increased 1% from A$3,126 million in fiscal year 2003.  In Rinker Materials in fiscal year 2005, the Australian dollar reported cost of sales increased A$215 million, expressed in constant A$.  This was due principally to higher trading volumes, and higher costs for fuel, steel, and imported cement which have increased at rates above general inflation.  The effect of this was offset by the strengthening of the A$ relative to the US$ by 6%, reducing this increase by A$152 million.

 

As a percentage of trading revenue, cost of sales was 56% in fiscal year 2005, 58% in fiscal year 2004 and 60% for fiscal year 2003.  In fiscal year 2005, the percentage decreased due to strong price growth in all product lines and volume improvement largely using existing capacity. In fiscal year 2004 the reduction was due primarily to the inclusion of a full year of Kiewit, where the mix of aggregate, concrete

 

80



 

and asphalt businesses have a lower cost of sales than concrete pipe, prestressed products, and gypsum wallboard.

 

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

In Australian dollars, Rinker group’s warehouse and distribution costs rose 12% to A$1,117 million in fiscal year 2005 from A$994 million in fiscal year 2004 and from A$932 million in fiscal year 2003. In Rinker Materials, a cost increase of A$163 million, expressed in constant Australian dollars, reflects the increase in trading volumes combined with sharply higher costs for fuel and ocean freight, which have increased at a faster rate than price increases.  The strengthening of the A$ relative to the US$ had the effect of reducing the increase by A$60 million.

 

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

In Australian dollars, selling, general and administrative costs increased 4% to A$551 million in fiscal year 2005 from A$529 million in fiscal year 2004 after having decreased 1% from A$537 million in fiscal year 2003.  In Rinker Materials an increase of A$6 million comprised an increase of A$31 million from operating activities offset by an A$25 million reduction from the 6% stronger A$ relative to the US$.  In fiscal year 2005 selling, general and administrative costs were 9.4% of trading revenue compared to 9.9% in fiscal year 2004 and 10.3% in fiscal year 2003.  Increased trading volumes and the integration of business acquisitions within existing administration cost structures, have reduced administration and other operating costs as a percentage of trading revenue, with operating cost improvements offsetting upward cost pressures in existing businesses and from the addition of new businesses.

 

Other revenue and expenses from ordinary activities

 

Other revenue, primarily related to the divestment of non-core businesses and the disposal of property, plant and equipment and other assets, was A$162 million in fiscal year 2005, an increase from A$45 million in fiscal year 2004 which represented an A$85 million decrease from A$130 million in fiscal year 2003.  In fiscal year 2005, the Prestress business was divested by Rinker Materials in December 2004 with revenue on disposal of A$42 million, and the Polypipe business was divested in February 2005 with revenue on disposal of A$86 million.  In fiscal year 2004 the largest item of the other revenue was the sale of surplus land in Florida for A$19 million.  All other transactions in fiscal years 2005 and 2004 related to the sale surplus property, plant and equipment, primarily in Rinker Materials and were all individually less than A$10 million.

 

Other expenses primarily represent the book value of businesses divested and property, plant and equipment and other assets sold.  In fiscal year 2005 other expenses included A$61 million book value of disposed assets in the Prestress business, and A$75 million book value of disposed assets in the Polypipe business.  In fiscal year 2004 other expenses additionally include an A$15 million impairment write-down in the value of the prestress business and a provision of A$6.5 million for rationalization of the Dayton, Ohio precast facility.

 

EBIT

 

The Rinker group’s EBIT of A$957 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented an A$244 million, or 34%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2004 of A$713 million.  The increase was due to A$33 million increase in Readymix due to margin improvement from strong volume and price growth and increased contribution from joint venture earnings, combined with an A$214 million increase in Rinker Materials.  The increase in Rinker Materials reflects an A$270 million increase in constant A$ currency partly offset by an A$56 million negative impact from the stronger A$ relative to the US$.

 

81



 

The Rinker group’s EBIT of A$713 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented an A$15 million, or 2%, increase compared to EBIT for the year ended March 31, 2003 of A$698 million.  The increase was due to A$39 million increase in Readymix due to improved prices and volume offset by A$24 million decrease in Rinker Materials.  The decrease in Rinker Materials reflected a A$127 million negative impact from the stronger A$ relative to the US$ with Rinker Materials’ constant currency A$ EBIT increasing from A$592 million to A$695 million.

 

EBIT for the fiscal year 2003 included corporate costs of A$13 million, which represent an estimate of total corporate costs, which would reasonably be incurred by Rinker if it had been a separately listed company for the periods reported.  Corporate costs included in EBIT for the fiscal years 2005 and 2004 were A$16 million and A$13 million respectively.

 

Borrowing costs

 

Borrowing costs decreased by 18% to A$70 million in fiscal year 2005 from A$85 million in fiscal year 2004 and A$105 million in fiscal year 2003.  The decrease in fiscal year 2005 reflects reduced average outstanding debt balances due to strong cash flow and the impact of the stronger Australian dollar on translating interest on US dollar denominated debt. In fiscal year 2004, borrowing costs were also lower than fiscal year 2003, primarily as a result of the stronger Australian dollar impact of translating interest on US dollar denominated debt and lower market interest rates.

 

Interest income

 

Interest income was A$26 million in fiscal year 2005 compared to A$16 million in fiscal year 2004 and less than A$1 million in fiscal year 2003.  The increase in interest income in fiscal years 2005 and 2004 reflects strong cash flows in both years and cash balances received from CSR on demerger during both fiscal years 2004 and 2003. Cash balances have been invested in short term interest bearing investments pending investment in acquisition opportunities.  At the end of fiscal year 2005 Rinker had approximately A$689 million on short term deposit, principally in A$ accounts earning approximately 5.5% interest.

 

Income tax expense relating to ordinary activities

 

Income tax expense relating to ordinary activities increased by A$105 million to A$321 million in fiscal year 2005, compared to A$216 million in fiscal year 2004 and A$208 million in fiscal year 2003. The Rinker group’s effective tax rate increased from 33.6% in fiscal year 2004 to 35.2% in fiscal year 2005, reflecting a slightly higher proportion of the Rinker Group’s EBIT being derived in the United States, where the federal rate of 35% plus state tax on earnings is higher than the corporate rate of 30% in Australia.  In fiscal year 2004 the Rinker Materials effective rate was lower also due to one-time tax refunds principally from finalization of tax returns on recent acquisitions.

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker

 

The net profit attributable to members of Rinker increased by A$158 million or 37% to A$585 million for fiscal year 2005 from A$427 million for fiscal year 2004.

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker of A$585 million in fiscal year 2005 comprised EBIT of A$957 million plus interest income of A$26 million less borrowing costs of A$70 million, tax expense of A$321 million, and outside equity interests of A$7 million.

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker of A$427 million in fiscal year 2004 comprised EBIT of A$713 million plus interest income of A$16 million less borrowing costs of A$85 million, tax expense of A$216 million, and outside equity interests of A$1 million.

 

82



 

ii.    Results of operations for Rinker Materials segments – Australian Dollars

 

Rinker Materials records its transactions in its own financial statements in US$, and, generates all revenue and incurs all costs in US$.  As a result, virtually the only impact of changes in the US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rate is one of accounting translation for financial reporting purposes.

 

For the purpose of the management discussion and analysis of the financial results of Rinker Materials, management believes it is most useful to present that discussion in US dollars which starts at page 60.

 

For the convenience of readers interested in financial statements in A$, the results of operations in A$ for Rinker Materials for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 are set out below followed by a discussion of the impact of currency exchange rates:

 

 

 

Rinker Materials
Business Segment Trading revenues and EBIT (3)
A$ millions
Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Aggregates

 

1,229.9

 

233.7

 

1,157.7

 

200.9

 

1,108.6

 

185.4

 

Cement

 

569.0

 

147.1

 

542.5

 

137.6

 

579.2

 

153.5

 

Concrete, concrete block and asphalt

 

2,216.5

 

265.3

 

1,968.8

 

166.9

 

1,782.8

 

151.3

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

642.4

 

111.3

 

611.5

 

78.6

 

777.2

 

107.6

 

Other (2)

 

625.2

 

24.5

 

591.6

 

(16.0

)

703.5

 

(5.8

)

Eliminations (1)

 

(780.7

)

 

(733.6

)

 

(733.7

)

 

Total Rinker Materials in A$

 

4,502.3

 

781.9

 

4,138.5

 

568.0

 

4,217.6

 

592.0

 

 


(1)          Aggregates and Cement sell products to other Rinker Materials segments. This internal revenue is eliminated on consolidation.

 

(2)          Other includes Gypsum Supply, Prestressed concrete, Polypipe and Rinker Materials corporate costs.

 

(3)          EBIT means profit on ordinary activities before finance and income tax in accordance with Australian GAAP.

 

Impact of currency exchange rate

 

As Rinker Materials records its transactions in its financial statements in US dollars and these results are translated into Australian dollars for the purposes of combination into the financial statements of the Rinker group for Australian dollar reporting purposes, the Rinker group is susceptible to changes in the exchange rate between the US dollar and the Australian dollar.  The sensitivity of the Rinker group’s Australian dollar reported results to movements in the exchange rate are described in “Item 11 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks,” with sensitivity reduced through the Rinker group’s currency hedging policies also described in “Item 11 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks.”

 

83



 

The table below sets out the results of Rinker Materials in A$.  The average month end Australian dollar hedge settlement rates (“US$/A$ average exchange rate”) used for translation of the Rinker Materials US$ transactions into A$ for Australian dollar reporting purposes for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 is also included in the table below.  An appreciation of the A$ relative to the US$ has an adverse impact on the Rinker group’s reported A$ results.

 

 

 

Rinker Materials
Trading Revenues and EBIT
$ Millions unless otherwise stated
Year ended March 31

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Trading
revenues

 

EBIT

 

Total Rinker Materials in US$

 

3,321.5

 

578.1

 

2,867.6

 

391.8

 

2,383.0

 

333.6

 

Total Rinker Materials in A$

 

4,502.3

 

781.9

 

4,138.5

 

568.0

 

4,217.6

 

592.0

 

US$/A$ average exchange rate

 

0.7397

 

 

 

0.6977

 

 

 

0.5654

 

 

 

 

For Australian dollar reporting purposes, compared to the fiscal year 2005 exchange rate, the appreciation of the A$ in fiscal year 2005 has had a negative impact on Rinker Materials’ trading revenue of A$291 million, and on EBIT of A$56 million. For Australian dollar reporting purposes, compared to the fiscal year 2003 exchange rate, the appreciation of the A$ in fiscal year 2004 has had a negative impact on Rinker Materials’ trading revenue of A$937 million, and on EBIT of A$127 million.

 

iii.   Results of the Readymix segment – Australian Dollars

 

The results of operations for the Readymix segment in Australian dollars for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are set out below.

 

Readymix operations in Australia generate all revenue and incur all costs in A$.  As a result, the only impact of changes in the US dollar/Australian dollar exchange rate is one of accounting translation for financial reporting purposes.

 

 

 

Year ended March 31

 

A$ million

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Trading revenue

 

1,340.7

 

 

1,201.0

 

 

1,014.1

 

 

EBIT

 

191.1

 

 

158.3

 

 

119.5

 

 

EBIT Margin %(1)

 

14.2

 

 

13.2

 

 

11.8

 

 

 


(1)          EBIT margin % is EBIT divided by trading revenue

 

Year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the year ended March 31, 2004

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of A$1,340.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented an A$139.7 million, or 12%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2004 of A$1,201.0 million.  The increase was due to volume and price improvement in all Australian product lines.

 

84



 

Australian concrete volumes increased by 9%, aggregate volumes by 2%, and concrete pipe and product volumes by 13% in fiscal 2005.  Volumes were assisted by a full year contribution from acquisitions during the year ended March 31, 2004. Concrete prices increased by 5%, aggregate by 11%, and concrete pipe and products by 4% in fiscal 2005.

 

In China, concrete volumes were ahead of the previous fiscal year by 15% reflecting large project work, but the economy slowed during the year, which combined with intense competition resulted in a decline in average prices of 6%.

 

EBIT:  EBIT of A$191.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 represented an A$32.8 million, or 21%, increase compared to EBIT of A$158.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2004.

 

The increase reflects principally:

 

                  Margin improvement in each of the Australian concrete, aggregate and concrete pipe and products operations from the achievement of strong volume and price growth (A$20 million);

 

                  A full year contribution from the Excel, Broadway & Frame, Edwards & Beerwah acquisitions in fiscal year 2004 (A$5 million);

 

                  The adoption of tax consolidation by Cement Australia, which resulted in a favorable A$14 million increase in the Readymix share of joint venture after tax earnings (which is equity accounted into Rinker EBIT);

 

                  Sharply improved results from the other Readymix joint venture operation, Emoleum (A$7 million); and

 

                  Reduced EBIT (A$13 million) from the China operations impacted by a slowing economy and increased provisions for doubtful customer receivables.

 

Year ended March 31, 2004 compared to the year ended March 31, 2003

 

Trading Revenue:  Trading revenue of A$1,201.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented an A$186.9 million, or 18%, increase compared to trading revenue for the year ended March 31, 2003 of A$1,014.1 million.  The increase in trading revenue was approximately evenly divided between volume improvement in the heritage business, the contribution from fiscal year 2004 acquisitions, and price improvement across all product lines. Acquisitions included the Excel quarry and concrete business in southeast Queensland, Broadway & Frame in Victoria, two other small acquisitions in Australia and Qingdao concrete in China.  Concrete volumes and aggregate volumes, assisted by the acquisitions, increased by 18% and 15% respectively.  Pipe and concrete products volume increased by 5%.

 

EBIT:  EBIT of A$158.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2004 represented an A$38.8 million, or 32%, increase compared to EBIT of A$119.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2003.  The increase in the EBIT was principally due to a A$10.9 million contribution from fiscal year 2004 acquisitions, a A$6.4 million increase in EBIT from the concrete pipe and concrete products business, with the balance from improved margins in the aggregate and concrete businesses.

 

85



 

Item 6                                      Directors, Senior Management, and Employees

 

A.            Details of directors and senior management

 

The board of Rinker sets the group’s strategic direction and delegates responsibility for management to the Chief Executive. Rinker’s constitution provides that the number of non-executive directors shall be such number from five to ten as the directors from time to time determine.  In addition, the directors may appoint up to three executive directors of whom one may be the managing director of Rinker. As of the date of this annual report, the number of directors is six, one of whom is the executive managing director, as set out in further detail below.

 

Non-executive directors may be appointed by the board of directors to fill a vacancy on the board or to increase the number of non-executive directors. Executive directors and non-executive directors, who are appointed by the board of directors, hold office until the next general meeting unless their appointment is ratified by the shareholders at such meeting.  Additionally, one third of the non-executive directors, rounded down to the nearest whole one,  (or such greater number as the listing rules of the ASX may require, or the board of directors may from time to time determine) are required to retire at each annual general meeting by order of seniority of election or, if equal in seniority, as determined by directors.  Directors, other than the managing director, may not continue to hold office without re-election or ratification of their appointment by the shareholders after the third annual general meeting following their last election or ratification of their appointment by the shareholders.

 

Additionally, each director is required by Rinker’s constitution to own a minimum of 2,000 ordinary shares in Rinker.

 

Details of the directors in office at May 12, 2005 are as follows:

 

John Morschel

DipQS, FAIM, age 61

Chairman.  Independent, non-executive director.

Joined the Rinker board, and was elected chairman, on February 3, 2003.  Prior to the demerger, John had been a member of the CSR board since 1996 and chairman since 2001.  John is a director of ANZ Banking Group Ltd, Singapore Telecommunications Limited and Tenix Pty Limited.  A former managing director of Lend Lease Corporation Limited, he has particular experience in the building and construction and finance industries.  John is chairman of Rinker’s Nominations Committee and a member of Rinker’s Safety, Health & Environment Committee.  Resides in Sydney, Australia.

 

Listed company directorships held during last three financial years:

ANZ Banking Group Limited from October 2004 (current)

CSR Limited from April 1996 to April 2003

Leighton Holdings Limited from August 2001 to March 2004

Rio Tinto Limited from November 1998 to April 2005

Rio Tinto plc from November 1998 to April 2005

Singapore Telecommunications Limited from September 2001 (current)

 

John was last elected at the 2004 annual general meeting.  His current term will expire no later than the close of the 2007 annual general meeting.

 

86



 

Marshall Criser

JD, age 76

Deputy Chairman.  Independent, non-executive director.

Joined the Rinker board on April 12, 2003.  Prior to the demerger, Marshall had been a director and chairman of Rinker Materials since 1993.  Marshall is a lawyer and is currently chairman of Scripps Florida Funding Corp and a director of Flagler System Inc.  He is a former Chairman of the Florida Council of 100, the State Board of Regents and a former President of the Florida Bar.  Marshall is a former president of the University of Florida, and a former chairman of the university’s board of trustees. Marshall is the chairman of Rinker’s Audit Committee and a member of Rinker’s Nominations Committee and its Compensation & Human Resources Committee.  Resides in Florida, USA.

 

Listed company directorships held during last three financial years:

Nil

 

Marshall was last elected at the 2003 annual general meeting.  He is seeking re-election at the 2005 annual general meeting.

 

David Clarke

DipEng, age 61

Chief Executive Officer.  Non-independent, executive director.

Joined the Rinker board on February 3, 2003.  Prior to the demerger, David had been an executive director of CSR since 1996.  He has been chief executive officer of Rinker Materials since 1992 and a director of Rinker Materials since 1987.  David’s entire career has been based in the heavy building materials industry, and he has worked extensively in the US, Australia and South East Asia.  Resides in Florida, USA.

 

Listed company directorships held during last three financial years:

CSR Limited from July 1996 to April 2003

 

David was last elected at the 2003 annual general meeting.  As Chief Executive Officer, he is not required to seek re-election.

 

John Arthur

LLB, age 50.  Independent, non-executive director.

Joined the Rinker board on February 3, 2003.  Prior to the demerger, John had been a member of the CSR board since 2001.  John is a commercial lawyer with extensive experience in property development and construction, information technology, e-commerce and the financial sector.  He is a partner at law firm Gilbert + Tobin and was previously a partner at Freehills.  Prior to that, John was general counsel at the Lend Lease Group. John is a director of the integrated real estate group Investa Property Group and of CPG Australia Pty Ltd. He is a former director of EDS Australia Pty Ltd.  John is chairman of Rinker’s Safety, Health & Environment Committee and a member of Rinker’s Compensation & Human Resources Committee and its Nominations Committee.  Resides in Sydney, Australia.

 

Listed company directorships held during last three financial years:

CSR Limited from March 2001 to April 2003 Investa Property Group from July 2001 (current)

 

John was last elected at the 2003 annual general meeting.  He is seeking re-election at the 2005 annual general meeting.

 

87



 

John Ingram

FCPA, age 63.  Independent, non-executive director.

Joined the Rinker board on October 1, 2003.  John is chairman of Wattyl Limited and Nick Scali Limited.  He is also a director of United Group Limited and Savings Australia Pty Ltd (Superannuation Trust of Australia).  John has extensive experience in manufacturing and in the building materials industry, both in Australia and overseas and was previously managing director of Crane Group Limited.  John is chairman of Rinker’s Compensation & Human Resources Committee and is a member of Rinker’s Audit Committee and its Nominations Committee.  Resides in Sydney, Australia.

 

Listed company directorships held during last three financial years:

Crane Group Limited from June 1984 to January 2004

Nick Scali Limited from May 2004 (current)

United Group Limited from April 2003 (current)

Wattyl Limited from December 2001 (current)

 

John was last elected at the 2004 annual general meeting.  His current term will expire no later than the close of the 2007 annual general meeting.

 

Walter Revell

BS, age 70.  Independent, non-executive director.

Joined the Rinker board on April 12, 2003.  Prior to the demerger, Walter had been a director of Rinker Materials since 2000.  He is a former secretary of transportation for the State of Florida, former chairman of the Florida Chamber of Commerce, former chairman of the Florida 2020 Energy Commission and former chairman of the Greater Miami Foreign Trade Zone.  Walter is a director of The St. Joe Company, International Finance Bank, NCL Corporation Limited and Edd Helms Group, Inc.  He is a member of Rinker’s Audit Committee, its Safety, Health & Environment Committee and its Nominations Committee.  Resides in Florida, USA.

 

Listed company directorships held during last three financial years:

Edd Helms Group, Inc. from April 2002 (current)

The St. Joe Company from May 1994 (current)

 

Walter was last elected at the 2003 annual general meeting.  He will stand for re-election at the 2006 annual general meeting.

 

Senior Management

 

The profiles of the Rinker group’s senior management teams at May 12, 2005 are set out below.

 

Rinker Group Limited

 

David Clarke – Chief Executive Officer.

 

Peter Abraham, BEc, LLB, FCPA, FCIS, age 50 – General Counsel and Company Secretary.

 

Prior to joining Rinker, Peter Abraham had been Company Secretary of CSR since 1994 and Legal Counsel since 2001.  Previously executive assistant to the managing director, Peter held a number of senior commercial and legal roles with CSR.

 

88



 

David Berger, BS, MBA, age 42 – Vice President Strategy and Development

 

David Berger joined Rinker Materials as Vice President Gypsum Supply Division in 1999. In 2001, he also undertook responsibility for Polypipe, and for Prestress in 2002. Before joining Rinker Materials, David’s experience included consulting at A.T. Kearney Inc and he has been vice president of the building products division of Georgia-Pacific.

 

Thomas Burmeister, BSBA, age 61 – Chief Financial Officer.

 

Thomas Burmeister joined Rinker Materials as Chief Financial Officer in 1998. He was previously the chief financial officer of Siemens ElectroCom International for five years, after 26 years in various financial roles with the General Electric Company.

 

Ira Fialkow, BBA, CPA, age 46 - Vice President Shared Services

 

Ira Fialkow joined Rinker Materials in 1990. Prior to being responsible for the Shared Services organization in 1996, which includes Human Resources, Information Technology, and Transactional Accounting, Ira held various positions within the Finance organization of Rinker Materials. Ira started his career as a public accountant.

 

Debra Stirling, BA, age 46 – Vice President Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations.

 

Prior to joining Rinker, Debra Stirling had been General Manager, Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs at CSR since 1998.  Debra was previously with Coles Myer Limited for 10 years where she held a number of senior positions in investor relations and public affairs, including general manager government affairs and general manager corporate affairs.

 

Rinker Materials Corporation

 

David Clarke – President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Thomas Burmeister – Chief Financial Officer

 

Ira Fialkow - Vice President Shared Services

 

Duncan Gage, BS, age 55 – President Hydro Conduit

 

Duncan Gage joined Rinker Materials in his present role in July 2002. Before then, he held a number of management positions with Lafarge Corporation since 1972, most recently as the regional president of Lafarge Asia Pacific.

 

Karl Watson Jr., BS, MBA, age 40 – President Rinker Materials West

 

Karl Watson, Jr. was appointed President Rinker Materials West effective June 2004. Previously, he had been Chief Executive Readymix Holdings and Vice President of Florida Materials.  Karl has 16 years experience in the construction materials industry, having worked his way up through Rinker Materials in a variety of roles.

 

Karl Watson, Sr., AS, age 63 – President and Chief Operating Officer, US Construction Materials

 

Karl Watson, Sr. joined Rinker Materials of Florida in 1965 and has since held a range of senior management positions. Appointed Chief Operating Officer and President of Rinker Materials Construction Materials in 2002, he is responsible for the quarries and cement operations in Florida, Georgia, Tennessee, and Kentucky as well as the concrete operations in Tennessee, Florida Materials and Gypsum Supply Divisions.  Karl is a director of Fidelity Federal Bank & Trust.

 

89



 

Karl Watson, Sr. and Karl Watson, Jr. are father and son.

 

Readymix

 

Sharon DeHayes, AB, MS, age 51 – Chief Executive Readymix Holdings

 

Sharon DeHayes joined Rinker Materials in 1994 and has been in her present role since June 2004.  Prior to her current appointment, Sharon was President of Florida Materials and Gypsum Supply Divisions.  Prior to joining Rinker she was a director of technical services for California Portland Cement.

 

Indemnity, insurance and access for Rinker directors

 

Deeds of indemnity, insurance and access for directors of Rinker

 

At the time of their appointment, Rinker entered into deeds of indemnity, insurance and access with each of the Rinker directors.  In summary, each deed provides:

 

                  an indemnity, to the extent permitted by law, in favor of the director of Rinker against liability which is incurred by the director in his or her capacity as a director of Rinker and subsidiaries of Rinker;

 

                  that Rinker must effect and maintain for the entire period for which the director is a director of Rinker and for seven years after the date they cease to be a director of Rinker, a company reimbursement insurance policy and cause a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy to be made available to the director, both of which are to be on terms and conditions which are appropriate for a reasonably prudent company in Rinker’s circumstances which is acting fairly;

 

                  that Rinker must maintain a copy of Rinker’s board papers for a period of seven years after the date of the board or committee meeting for which the board papers were prepared or for a longer period if legal proceedings are current in respect of the board papers; and

 

                  that a former director of Rinker may, after he or she ceases to be a director of Rinker, inspect and take copies of Rinker’s board papers that were circulated during that former director’s term as a director of Rinker, and which have been retained by Rinker, for the purpose of defending any claim made against the former director.

 

Indemnities under Rinker’s constitution

 

The indemnification of Rinker directors in accordance with Rinker’s constitution is summarized under “Item 10.B. - Additional Information — Overview of the Rinker constitution — Directors’ indemnity.”

 

B.            Remuneration Details of Executive Directors and Senior Management

 

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

 

The aggregate remuneration paid and accrued to directors and senior Management of Rinker group entities, including superannuation and termination payments for fiscal year March 31, 2005, was US$11,942,176. The aggregate amount set aside or accrued by Rinker group entities during fiscal year-end March 2005, to provide pension and retirement benefits for directors and senior management of Rinker

 

90



 

was US$865,717. Further compensation details are provided in Note 26 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

 

1.              Remuneration & Human Resources Committee

 

The Remuneration & Human Resources Committee (the Committee) operates under the delegated authority of Rinker’s Board of Directors.  The Committee’s charter is available on Rinker’s website (www.rinkergroup.com).

 

The Committee is comprised solely of independent non-executive directors, being John Ingram (Chairman),  John Arthur and Marshall Criser.

 

The Committee met five times during the year, with all members attending each meeting.

 

The Committee’s primary responsibility is to assist the Board in fulfilling its corporate governance and oversight responsibilities with respect to:

 

                  Providing sound compensation and employment policies and practices that enable Rinker group companies to attract and retain high quality executives and directors who are dedicated to the interests of Rinker’s shareholders.

 

                  Fairly and responsibly rewarding executives, having regard to the interest of shareholders, Rinker’s performance, the performance of the relevant executive and employment market conditions.

 

                  Evaluating potential candidates for executive positions, including the Chief Executive, and overseeing the development of executive succession plans.

 

The Committee has the resources and authority appropriate to discharge its duties and responsibilities, including the authority to engage external professionals, on terms it determines appropriate, without seeking approval of the Board or management.

 

Rinker engaged external advisors on matters relating to remuneration.  All information relevant to matters being considered by the Committee has been made available to its members.  The Committee did not separately retain any advisors during the year.

 

The table below lists those advisors who were retained during the year.  All advisors are independent and were engaged solely on the basis of their competency in the relevant field.

 

Advisor

 

Services Provided

Compensation Strategies Inc.

 

US Non-Executive Director Compensation and Benchmarking.
US Executive Compensation and Benchmarking.

Deloitte & Touche (1)

 

401(k) and Pension Plan Audits.

John V. Egan Associates

 

Australian Non-Executive Director Compensation and Benchmarking.
Australian Executive Compensation and Benchmarking.

Stern Stewart

 

Short Term Incentive Plan Design.

 


(1)          Services provided by Deloitte & Touche were approved in advance by the Audit Committee.

 

91



 

2.              Remuneration Principles

 

The Board recognizes that Rinker’s performance is dependent on the quality of its people.  To successfully achieve its financial and operating objectives, Rinker must be able to attract, retain, and motivate highly skilled executives dedicated to the interests of its shareholders.

 

Rinker’s remuneration principles:

 

                  Competitive compensation arrangements are provided to attract, retain and motivate executive talent.

 

                  A significant portion of executives’ rewards is linked to performance in creating value for shareholders.

 

                  The Chief Executive and other Senior Executives are encouraged to adhere to Rinker’s Share Ownership Guidelines.

 

                  Severance payments for executives are limited to pre-established contractual arrangements which do not require Rinker to make any unjustified payments in the event of termination for cause.  (See Section 5.1.3 for termination benefits for the Chief Executive.  Section 6, footnotes 7 and 8 outline termination benefits for Senior Executives).

 

                  Full legal compliance and disclosure of executive compensation.

 

The Board and the Committee also recognize that although compensation is a major factor in recruiting and retaining highly talented and effective people, other factors play a substantial role, including Rinker’s corporate reputation, its ethical culture and business values, its executive leadership, and its other human resources policies and practices.

 

3.              Remuneration Structure

 

The remuneration structure for senior management comprises policies and programs under two general categories:  fixed and variable remuneration

 

                  Fixed remuneration is made up of base salary and welfare, retirement, and incidental other benefits.

 

                  Variable remuneration consisting of an annual short-term incentive plan and long-term incentives is tied to performance and is at risk, depending upon performance.

 

The remuneration structure is designed to strike an appropriate balance between fixed and variable remuneration.  To accomplish this, the Committee considers, in addition to the performance of individual executives, external benchmarking data and Rinker’s relative performance against a group of peer companies.  The peer group includes companies in the construction materials business.  (See performance chart under section 3.2.2a for a comparison of Rinker’s performance against its group of peer companies.)  After this review, the Committee determines the base salary for the Chief Executive and Senior Executive team and determines the parameters for variable remuneration.

 

All remuneration received by the Chief Executive and Senior Executive team is detailed in sections 5 and 6 of this “Item 6.B. Remuneration Details of Executive Directors and Senior Management”.

 

92



 

3.1  Base Salary

 

Base salaries are determined by reference to appropriate benchmark information, taking into account an individual’s responsibilities, performance, qualifications, experience and geographic location. The broad objective is to ensure that the base salary is set at median market levels.  For fiscal year 2005, the base salary of Rinker’s Chief Executive was slightly below the 50th percentile of salaries of chief executives of a broad sample of comparable companies.

 

3.2  Variable Remuneration

 

The Committee and the Board believe that well designed and managed short-term and long-term incentive plans are important elements of employee remuneration, providing tangible incentives for employees to strive to improve Rinker’s performance both in the short-term and long-term for the benefit of shareholders.  Participation in these plans encourages employees within the Rinker group to enjoy a greater involvement and share in the future growth, prosperity and profitability of the company in a way that gives them a common interest with shareholders.

 

The proportions of total remuneration which may be received in variable form varies between senior Rinker group managers but is consistent with local practices in each country, and takes into account individual’s responsibilities, performance and experience.  All variable remuneration is tied to performance.

 

Under the Short-Term Incentive Plan (“STI”), performance is measured through generation of Economic Profit (“EP”), a measure of profit after taking into account the cost of invested capital required to produce that profit (that is, the profit after tax less the cost of capital).  The Committee chose this measure as it is closely linked to the creation of additional value for shareholders.   If EP is positive, shareholder value is being created.  Through its design, the STI encourages participants to both sustain and improve upon performance levels reached in the prior year.  Since EP is measured at the operating unit level, each manager in the organization has an incentive to maximize the EP of his or her operating unit.

 

For fiscal year 2005, the targeted bonus opportunity for the Chief Executive was 75% of his base salary and for the members of the Senior Executive team, the targeted bonus opportunity was 55% of their base salary.  Because actual performance greatly exceeded target levels, STIs earned by the Chief Executive and members of the Senior Executive team also exceeded the targeted percentages of base salary.   Maximum annual payment to all participants was limited to their base salary as at March 31, 2005.  Amounts earned that exceed the payment limitations are tracked in a “Contingent Bonus Reserve” and are at risk of forfeiture based on future results and continued employment.

 

For fiscal year 2006, after consideration of external advice the Committee recommended and the Board approved an increase in the maximum annual payment limitation for the chief executive to one and a half times his base salary as at March 31, 2006.  All other provisions of the plan are unchanged.

 

Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTI”), performance is measured by comparing Rinker’s Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) (share price appreciation plus dividends reinvested) with a group of peer companies.  This is an equity based plan under which participants can earn Rinker shares, American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) or both. The Committee believes this best aligns the interests of participants in the LTI with those of its shareholders as it measures Rinker’s performance in generating returns to shareholders against its peer group of companies.

 

93



 

Although the maximum number of shares that could vest for each individual participant is limited by the number of shares granted, as the market price of the shares increases (or decreases) so does the value of the grant to the participants.

 

3.2.1                     Short-Term Incentive Plan

 

The STI is designed to directly link variable remuneration to financial performance.  It is an integral part of the Rinker high performance culture and is designed to drive continuous performance improvement in each business in the Rinker group.

 

Effective fiscal year 2005, Rinker redesigned the STI Plan to reward for sustained improvements in EP, clearly aligning participants’ interests with those of shareholders.    A goal of this design was to segregate the internal planning process from incentive plan targets by building in mechanisms that ensure that rewards are only paid for sustainable improvements in EP.

 

Key components of the STI include:

 

a.               Incentives based on changes in EP from the prior year.  In any given year and subject to the overriding cap referred to below, cash payments are limited to:

 

                  the value of the target bonus plus one-third of the amount earned over target bonus for the Chief Executive and Senior Executive team; or

 

                  twice the target bonus for all other participants.

 

For fiscal year March 2005, in all cases payments were capped at a participant’s March 31, 2005 annual base salary.  For fiscal year March 2006, the payment to the Chief Executive will be capped at one and a half times his base salary (as at March 31, 2006), and all other participants will continue to be capped at one times their base salary (as at March 31, 2006).

 

b.              EP improvement targets are set for multiple years to encourage longer-term decision making and continuous improvement.

 

c.               Amounts Declared represent the full amount of the STI plan award earned during the year.  These amounts are fully accrued and expensed in Rinker’s accounts during the year in which they are earned.  Amounts declared above the payment caps (as described in Section 3.2.1a, the first point above) are tracked in a Contingent Bonus Reserve and may be paid out in future years.

 

d.              The Contingent Bonus Reserve is at risk, based on future performance and is not subject to interest.  Upon termination of employment, the participants do not have any claims for this amount.  Should performance fall below acceptable levels, part or all of the amounts conditionally deferred in the Contingent Bonus Reserve may be forfeited.  This component is intended to further motivate STI participants to sustain and improve results into future years.

 

e.               The Committee has discretion to adjust the calculated awards for the Chief Executive and Senior Executive team based on company performance related to safety, health and environmental issues; and their overall compliance with policies and commitment to Rinker’s Code of Business Ethics and to the organization’s values.

 

Based on the excellent performance of Rinker during the past fiscal year, as measured by improvement in EP and achievement of individual goals, the Board has approved a declaration totaling

 

94



 

US$6,797,879 for the Chief Executive and Senior Executive team.  Due to the above-mentioned caps, the Committee has approved incentive award payments equal to US$3,424,542 for this group with the balance, or US$3,373,337, tracked in the Contingent Bonus Reserve.  (See table “Short-term incentive plan – Contingent Bonus Reserve” for additional detail regarding the STI amounts earned and tracked in the Contingent Bonus Reserve for the Chief Executive and Senior Executive team.)

 

3.2.2                   Long-Term Incentive Plans

 

Effective fiscal year 2005, Rinker introduced the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”).  This plan supersedes all previous Long-Term Incentive Plans although one of those plans, the Cash Award Share Plan (“CASP”) will continue until the completion of its performance period.

 

3.2.2a               Performance Share Plan

 

The PSP is a long-term equity incentive plan for Rinker’s Chief Executive, Senior Executive team and employees making key contributions in Australia or the United States.  The PSP is designed to align participant’s interest with that of shareholders by increasing the value of Rinker shares.  For executives in the United States, the PSP replaced a Long-Term Incentive Plan, the performance period of which concluded March 31, 2004.  No further payments will be made under that plan.  For executives in Australia, the PSP replaced any new issues that would have been made under CASP in Australia.  The qualifying period for the one CASP grant issued (and which is still outstanding) will conclude no later than August 11, 2008.

 

Under the PSP, eligible participants are offered the opportunity to qualify for Rinker shares based on Rinker’s TSR performance versus a peer group of companies.   The initial value of the award that can be potentially earned by a participant is based on Rinker’s financial performance, as well as level of responsibility and individual performance.  Shares are acquired on market, on behalf of participants.  The shares only vest if performance and time qualifications are met.

 

The initial value of the potential award, as referred above, is applied under the PSP to purchase Rinker shares (or ADRs or both) on market in the ordinary course of trading on the Australian Stock Exchange (“ASX”) or the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or both.  Once the shares are purchased on market, participants are entitled to any dividends, return of capital or other distribution made in respect of Rinker shares (and/or ADRs) held on their behalf, prior to vesting.  Each participant may direct the plan trustee how to vote any shares held on the participant’s behalf.  In the absence of those directions the shares will not be voted.

 

The first offering under the PSP was during fiscal year 2005.  The vesting hurdle for these shares is the Rinker TSR percentile ranking within a group of peer companies between April 1, 2004 and March 31, 2007.  For that first offering, a portion of the award will vest at 25th percentile performance and increase up to 100% vesting at 75th percentile performance versus the group of peer companies.  (See table “Summary of Long-Term Incentive Plans” that follows.)

 

A proportionate share of the PSP award grant related to fiscal year 2005, has been included in the remuneration table in sections 5.1.1 and 6 under the heading “Long-Term Incentive – PSP.”

 

Participants will be encouraged to make progress toward achieving full compliance with Rinker’s Share Ownership Guidelines (see Section 4) by retaining at least 25% of vested shares.

 

A second grant has been approved for fiscal year March 2006 on similar terms to the first grant.

 

95



 

Having regard to the long-term incentive plan design changes taking place in Australia and the United States, the Committee will undertake a further review of the PSP design during the coming year, including vesting provisions, to determine if any changes to the plan should be considered for future grants.

 

Performance of Rinker for Performance Share Plan

 

The chart below shows Rinker’s Total Shareholder Return compared with its group of peer companies.

 

From April 1, 2004 to March 31, 2005

 

 

3.2.2b               Cash Award Share Plan

 

The CASP is a long-term equity incentive plan for Australian-based Senior Executives and key contributor employees that was also designed to promote the TSR of Rinker shares.  As described above, it has been superseded by the Performance Share Plan effective from April 1, 2004.

 

Under CASP, eligible participants were offered the opportunity to qualify for Rinker shares based on the achievement of TSR goals.  The value of the potential incentive was based on level of responsibility and performance.  The shares were acquired on behalf of a participant by the plan trustee and are being held by the trustee subject to performance and time qualifications being met.  The performance hurdle for shares offered in August 2003 (the only offer made under CASP) was for the percentage increase in Rinker TSR to exceed the percentage increase in the S&P/ASX 200 TSR between August 11, 2003 and any time between August 11, 2006 and August 11, 2008.  Each offer was also subject to a minimum holding period.  Shares cannot be withdrawn from CASP until 10 years from the date of vesting or until the participant is no longer an employee of any member of the Rinker group, whichever occurs first.

 

Except as provided in the plan rules, participants are entitled to any dividend, return of capital or other distribution made in respect of Rinker shares held on their behalf, prior to vesting.  The plan rules

 

96



 

specify the basis on which any bonus shares issued in respect of shares received under CASP, or shares received on behalf of a participant on exercise of rights issues, will be held.

 

Each participant may direct the trustee how to vote any shares held on the participant’s behalf.  In the absence of those directions, the shares will not be voted.

 

For Australian-based executives, a proportion of the CASP award grant related to fiscal year 2005, has been included in the remuneration tables in section 6 under the heading “Long-Term Incentive - CASP.”

 

Performance of Rinker for Cash Award Share Plan

 

The chart below illustrates the performance of Rinker relative to the S&P/ASX 200.

 

From August 11, 2003 to March 31, 2005

 

Rinker’s Total Shareholder Return compared to the S&P/ASX 200

 

 

97



 

3.2.2c               Summary Of Long-Term Incentive Plans

 

 

 

CASH AWARD SHARE

 

PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN (PSP)

FEATURE

 

PLAN (CASP)

 

Fiscal Year 2005

 

Fiscal Year 2006

Offered To:

 

Australian-based Executives

 

Australian and US-based Executives

 

Australian and US-based Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Cycle:

 

Not Applicable – Legacy Plan Qualifying / Performance period for the only grant issued has not yet concluded

 

Annual Grants with Performance Based Vesting Three-years from Grant Date

 

Annual Grants with Performance Based Vesting Three-years from Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Measurement
From:
To:

 

Remaining Grant:
August 11, 2003 (1)
August 11, 2006

 

Fiscal Year 2005
April 1, 2004 (2)
March 31, 2007

 

Fiscal Year 2006
April 1, 2005
March 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Qualifying / Performance
Period Ends:

 

August 11, 2008

 

March 31, 2007

 

March 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Condition

 

TSR compared to S&P/ASX 200

 

TSR ranking within a Peer Group of Companies

 

TSR ranking within a Peer Group of Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule

 

TSR <= S&P/ASX 200 = 0%
TSR > S&P/ASX 200 = 100%

 

<25th percentile = 0%
25th – 50th percentile = 20% - 40%
50th – 75th percentile = 40% - 100%
>75th percentile = 100%

 

<25th percentile = 0%
25th – 50th percentile = 20% - 40%
50th – 75th percentile = 40% - 100%
>75th percentile = 100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peer Group (3)

 

S&P/ASX 200

 

Boral Limited
Cemex SA de CV
CRH plc
Florida Rock Industries, Inc.
Hanson plc
Heidelberg Cement AG
Holcim Limited
Lafarge N.A.
Lafarge S.A.
Martin Marietta Materials, Inc.
St. Lawrence Cement Group, Inc.
US Concrete, Inc.
Vulcan Materials Company

 

Boral Limited
Cemex SA de CV
CRH plc
Florida Rock Industries, Inc.
Hanson plc
Heidelberg Cement AG
Holcim Limited
Lafarge N.A.
Lafarge S.A.
Martin Marietta Materials, Inc.
St. Lawrence Cement Group, Inc.
US Concrete, Inc.
Vulcan Materials Company

 

98



 


(1)        The performance period for the CASP began August 11, 2003 when Rinker’s share price was A$5.40.  As at March 31, 2005, it had increased to A$10.80.  The TSR for this period was 108%.

 

(2)          The performance period for the PSP began April 1, 2004 at which time Rinker’s share price was A$7.05.  The individual grants were approved on June 22, 2004.     The June 21, 2004 share price of A$8.02 determined the PSP values listed in the Chief Executive and Senior Executive remuneration tables in sections 5.1.1 and 6.  As at March 31, 2005, Rinker’s share price was A$10.80.

 

The PSP TSR* for the performance period from April 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005 was 63.68% and ranked the highest amongst the peer group.

 

* For the PSP, the annual TSR is calculated as:

 

(Ending Share Price – Beginning Share Price + Dividends) /Beginning Share Price

 

Beginning and ending share prices will be calculated from a 30-day trading average at the beginning and ending of each fiscal year.  (For fiscal year 2005, the beginning price was A$7.04 and the ending share price was A$11.38.)  The TSR for the three-year performance cycle will be calculated as the average for the three annual TSRs.

 

(3)          At the discretion of the Committee, the companies listed as members of the peer group under the PSP may be added to or deleted for purposes of calculating performance under each grant.  As a result of consolidation in the construction materials industry during the past year, Aggregate Industries plc and RMC Group plc have been removed from the peer group and Cemex SA de CV has been added.

 

3.2.2d               Company Performance

 

The chart below illustrates the performance of Rinker’s ordinary shares since they began trading on March 31, 2003 after the demerger from CSR Limited.  As reflected in the chart, Rinker’s share price has increased 119% over the subsequent two-year period, during which Rinker paid four dividends totaling A$0.28 per share.  A final dividend of A$0.14 per share has been declared for year-end March 31, 2005.  Total TSR for the two-year period is 124.7%.  Rinker’s return on shareholders’ equity increased from 12.2% to 17.3%.

 

Rinker’s Share Price Appreciation Compared to a Group of Peer Companies,
S&P/ASX200 and S&P 500 Index

 

From March 31, 2003 to March 31, 2005

 

 

99



 

Rinker’s strong performance over the past two years has resulted in high levels of remuneration being paid to some employees participating in the short-term incentive plan.  If performance is maintained, we anticipate the current long-term plans to fully vest.  Because these plans are designed to align participant’s interest with those of shareholders, both have benefited from Rinker’s strong performance to date.

 

3.3 Other Benefits

 

Rinker provides senior executives with other benefits commonly provided at their peer management level.  These may include life insurance, vehicle allowance, and club memberships.  Additionally, it may include relocation and expatriate related expenses.  All such benefits are included in the remuneration disclosed for the Chief Executive in Section 5.1.1 and members of the Senior Executive team in Section 6.

 

3.4 Retirement and Superannuation Benefits

 

Rinker provides retirement and superannuation benefits for its employees, including Senior Executives.  Senior Executives in Australia are members of one of the two divisions of a Rinker group sponsored superannuation pension fund. The defined benefit division (a long-established plan available only to a limited number of former CSR employees, which ceased accepting new members from 1989) provides lump sum benefits on withdrawal prior to the age of 52, and lump sum or pension benefits, or a combination of the two, on retirement from the age of 52.  The accumulation division provides a lump sum benefit equal to the balance of a member’s account, which includes contributions made by the member and the relevant Rinker group entity, together with net fund earnings.

 

Senior Executives in the United States are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Profit Sharing Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (a non-qualified deferred compensation plan).  The 401(k) Profit Sharing Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan are defined contribution plans, with contributions made by both the employee and the company.   All such benefits are included in the remuneration disclosed for the Chief Executive and members of the Senior Executive team in Section 5.1.1 and 6, respectively.

 

Retirement benefits for non-executive directors are discussed in Section 7.1.

 

3.5 Employee Share Plans

 

3.5.1                     Rinker Employee Share Acquisition Plan

 

The Rinker Employee Share Acquisition Plan (“ESAP”) enables directors and employees of Rinker in Australia to purchase Rinker shares with pre-tax remuneration or bonuses.  Those shares are purchased on market, in the ordinary course of trading on ASX, by the ESAP trustee and held in trust for the participant.

 

Eligibility to participate in ESAP is determined by the Rinker board.

 

Shares may be retained in Rinker ESAP for an indefinite period while a participant remains an employee of a Rinker group company.  However, taxation deferral benefits currently only apply for a maximum of 10 years.  If a participant ceases to be employed by any Rinker group company, the Rinker ESAP trustee must either transfer the relevant shares to the participant or sell the shares and distribute the proceeds of sale (less authorized deductions) to them.

 

Withdrawal of shares from Rinker ESAP and transfer to a participant or sale requires the approval of the Rinker board.

 

100



 

Participants are entitled to any dividend, return of capital or other distribution made in respect of Rinker shares held in the plan on their behalf.  The Rinker ESAP trustee may allow participants to participate in any pro rata rights and bonus issues of shares made by Rinker or sell such rights (if renounceable) or bonus shares on behalf of the participants and distribute the cash proceeds of such sale (less authorized deductions).

 

Participants may direct the trustee how to vote any shares held on the participant’s behalf.  In the absence of such direction, the shares will not be voted.

 

3.5.2                     Rinker Universal Share Plan

 

Rinker’s Universal Share Plan (USP) is open to all Australian employees who have been employed for at least one year.  Those employees may annually acquire a parcel of shares at market price and receive an equal number of additional shares for no further consideration.  The maximum number of shares available for each employee under the plan is set by the board on the recommendation of the Committee.  Last year, the maximum was 100 shares, with an entitlement of up to an additional 100 shares for no further consideration.  The plan enables participants to qualify for the limited favorable tax treatment available in Australia for broad-based employee share plans.

 

No loan facility is offered under USP.

 

Shares allotted under USP are ordinary shares, equivalent in all respects to, and ranking equally with, existing fully paid ordinary shares.  During fiscal year 2005, 237,900 shares were issued in total to the 1,259 employees who participated in USP.

 

Shares allotted under Rinker USP may not be disposed of before the earlier of the end of three years after the time of acquisition of the shares, or when the participant ceases to be employed by any Rinker group company.  After that time, the participant may retain ownership of the shares or sell them.

 

4.              Share Ownership Guidelines

 

The Committee recognizes that the interest of shareholders is supported by the establishment of Share Ownership Guidelines.  Share Ownership Guidelines have been set for the Non-Executive Directors, the Chief Executive and Senior Executives of the company.  The guidelines help to maintain a continuous link between their financial interests and those of shareholders.  A “Multiple of Salary” approach has been put into operation, as follows:

 

Position

 

Share Ownership Guideline

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

100% of base fees

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive

 

300% of base salary

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Executives

 

200% of base salary

 

 

Under the Guidelines, established in November 2003, executives are expected to make reasonable progress toward reaching the target share ownership with the objective of meeting the guidelines by March 2008.  The guidelines are based on best practices for public companies, which suggest senior management accumulate a meaningful shareholding in their employing company on a long-term basis.

 

(See footnote 32 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for listing of holdings for non-executive Directors, Chief Executive and Senior Executives as at March 31, 2005).

 

101



 

5.              Executive Director

 

At the date of this report there is one Executive Director on the Board of Directors, Mr. David Clarke, age 61, Chief Executive.

 

5.1          Employment Contract

 

David Clarke was appointed by the Board as President and Chief Executive Officer of Rinker on April 1, 2003.  Prior to the demerger, Mr. Clarke had been an executive director of CSR since 1996.  He has been chief executive officer of Rinker Materials since 1992 and a director of Rinker Materials since 1987.  Mr. Clarke’s entire professional career has been in the heavy building materials industry, and he has worked extensively in the US, Australia and South East Asia.

 

Mr. Clarke has a three-year employment contract with the company that automatically extends the employment term by one year on the anniversary date of his contract unless written notice is given by either Mr. Clarke or Rinker that the contract is not to be extended.  This notice must be given at least 180 days prior to the anniversary date.  Under the contract, Mr. Clarke receives an annual salary, participation in both short and long-term incentive plans, regular company retirement, health and welfare plans, and reasonable perquisites that are similar to those of comparable Chief Executive Officers.  The details of Mr. Clarke’s remuneration are displayed below.  A copy of Mr. Clarke’s employment contract was filed with the SEC as an exhibit to Rinker’s 2004 Form 20-F and is available on the Rinker website.

 

5.1.1                     Remuneration

 

The remuneration paid to Mr. Clarke is set out in the tables below.

 

Chief Executive David Clarke’s Remuneration

 

(Amounts in US$ with A$ equivalents also shown)

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

POST
EMPLOYMENT

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Base
Salary

 

Short-Term
Incentive(1)

 

Cash Long-
Term
Incentive(2)

 

Non-
Monetary
and Other
Benefits(3)

 

Retirement
Benefits(4)

 

Long-
Term
Incentive
— PSP(5)

 

TOTAL

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

792,500

 

 

815,000

 

 

0

 

 

48,872

 

 

400,238

 

 

987,770

 

 

3,044,380

 

A$

 

 

1,071,349

 

 

1,101,766

 

 

0

 

 

66,068

 

 

541,066

 

 

1,335,330

 

 

4,115,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

740,661

 

 

644,400

 

 

1,541,736

 

 

120,461

 

 

378,647

 

 

0

 

 

3,425,905

 

A$

 

 

1,061,575

 

 

923,606

 

 

2,209,741

 

 

172,654

 

 

542,707

 

 

0

 

 

4,910,283

 

 


(1)          Amount shown for 2005 represents the amount of the Short-Term Incentive award presently payable to Mr. Clarke for performance.  (See the following table showing Mr. Clarke’s short-term incentive tracked in the Contingent Bonus Reserve).

 

102



 

(2)          Long-Term Incentive amount was earned for the two years ended March 31, 2004.  The 2004 payment represented the last payment due under this superseded plan.

 

(3)          For fiscal year 2005, Other Benefits comprise the costs of life insurance, tax preparation, vehicle allowance, and club membership fees.  No loans were made to Mr. Clarke during the year and no loans were outstanding to him at March 31, 2005.

 

(4)          Retirement Benefits include Rinker’s matching and profit sharing contributions relating to retirement plans and increase in the value of Mr. Clarke’s interest in the defined benefit superannuation plan.  The retirement plans comprise the Company’s 401(k) Plan and the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”).  Under the SERP, the company matching and profit sharing contributions included in the table represent Rinker’s full financial commitment (or obligation) to Mr. Clark under this plan.

 

(5)          The performance period for the PSP grant listed in the above table ends March 31, 2007 when the PSP grant may vest based on the actual performance of Rinker’s TSR as compared to a specified group of peer companies.  The above value has been prorated based on the market price on June 21, 2004 (the prevailing market price when the Board formally approved the grant) and the earliest possible vesting date of March 31, 2007.  This represents 33.3% of the total projected number of shares estimated to vest.  The estimate is based on Rinker’s TSR for year-end March 31, 2005 compared to the TSRs of the specified group of peer companies for the same period.  Performance during that period was above the 75th percentile resulting in a projected payout of 100% of the pro rata number of shares granted.  This projection will be adjusted each year of the performance period based on the projected (or actual) performance against the peer companies.

 

As at March 31, 2005, no dividends had been paid to Mr. Clarke in respect of shares held by him under the initial PSP grant.  (See PSP table below for additional detail regarding this grant).

 

(6)          Prior year data as reflected in last year’s annual report.  No adjustments have been made for changes to exchange rates.

 

Chief Executive David Clarke’s Short-Term Incentive Plan --- Contingent Bonus Reserve

 

(Amounts in US$ with A$ equivalents also shown)

 

 

 

Year End March 2005
Total Declaration(1)

 

Payable in 2005

 

Conditionally Deferred
and Tracked in
Contingent Bonus
Reserve(2)

 

US$

 

 

1,992,675

 

 

815,000

 

 

1,177,675

 

A$

 

 

2,693,818

 

 

1,101,766

 

 

1,592,052

 

 


(1)          Represents total Short-Term Incentive Award Earned during fiscal year March 2005.  These amounts have been fully accrued and expensed.

 

(2)          Amount shown is carried forward and may be paid out in future years, in all or in part.  The Contingent Bonus Reserve for Mr. Clarke is at risk, based on future performance and is not subject to interest.  Upon termination of employment, Mr. Clarke does not have any claims for this amount.  (See further discussion of STI under Section 3.2.1.)

 

103



 

Chief Executive David Clarke’s Performance Share Plan Award

 

(Amounts shown in number of Rinker shares)

 

Year End March
2005
Total Number
of Shares Granted(1)

 

Performance
below 25th
Percentile
0% Vesting

 

Performance at
50th Percentile
Target Level

40% Vesting

 

Performance at
or above 75th
Percentile
100% Vesting

 

500,000

 

0

 

200,000

 

500,000

 

 


(1)          Total Number of Shares Granted represents the maximum number of shares that may vest if Rinker’s TSR reaches 75th percentile performance or above when compared to a specified group of peer companies.  Mr. Clarke is also eligible to receive dividends, returns on capital or other distributions made with respect to these shares.  He may also direct the trustee how to vote these shares.  (See PSP discussion under Section 3.2.2a and the table titled Summary of Long-Term Incentive Plan in Section 3.2.2c.)

 

5.1.2                     Share Ownership Guidelines

 

At the time of this report Mr. Clarke was in full compliance with Rinker’s Share Ownership Guidelines for directors and senior executives.

 

5.1.3                     Termination

 

After considering independent advice, the Board is satisfied that Mr. Clarke’s termination benefits, as set out below, are reasonable, having regard to current US employment practices.

 

If Mr. Clarke resigns from his employment, he is entitled to the full amount of his salary through termination date and any unpaid amounts accrued for unused leave.  The Board may, in its sole discretion, also elect to pay Mr. Clarke a pro rata portion of his short-term incentive for the period of his active employment during the financial year.

 

If during his Employment Period (as defined in Mr. Clarke’s employment contract), the company terminates the employment of Mr. Clarke other than for Cause (as defined in Mr. Clarke’s employment contract), or Mr. Clarke resigns from his employment for Good Reason (as defined in Mr. Clarke’s employment contract) the company is required to:

 

                  Pay Mr. Clarke, in a lump sum, a pro rata portion of his short-term incentive, a pro rata share of his long-term incentive (in accordance with plan rules) and amounts accrued for unused leave.

 

                  Pay Mr. Clarke amounts he would have received in the following 24 months, at the times indicated in his employment contract, for his base salary and short-term incentive at target performance.  Additionally, Mr. Clarke would continue to receive any other benefits he was entitled to at time of termination for the following 24 months.

 

                  Provide Mr. Clarke with professional outplacement services valued up to US$15,000.

 

If, during the Employment Period, Mr. Clarke is terminated for Cause, Rinker will have no further obligations, other than the amount of base pay due to Mr. Clarke through his termination date and any unpaid amounts of accrued leave.

 

104



 

Upon termination of Mr. Clarke’s employment for any reason, Mr. Clarke is prohibited from engaging in any activity that would compete with Rinker for a period of 24 months.

 

6.              Senior Executives

 

The table below sets out remuneration details for all members of the Senior Executive team.  This includes the five most highly remunerated executives in both Rinker and the consolidated Rinker group, together with executives holding equal authority with those executives.

 

105



 

Senior Executives’ Remuneration

 

(Amounts in US$ with A$ equivalents also shown)

 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

POST EMPLOYMENT

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

Base
Salary

 

Short-
Term
Incentive
(1)

 

Cash Long-
Term
Incentive
(2)

 

Non-
Monetary
and Other
Benefits (3)

 

Retirement
Benefits (4)

 

Long-
Term
Incentive –
CASP (5)

 

Long-Term
Incentive –
PSP (6)

 

TOTAL

 

Karl Watson, Jr.

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President – Rinker Materials West (7)

 

US$

 

 

326,250

 

 

293,434

 

 

0

 

 

219,433

 

 

23,936

 

 

76,864

 

 

237,065

 

 

1,176,982

 

 

A$

 

 

441,044

 

 

396,682

 

 

0

 

 

296,643

 

 

32,358

 

 

103,909

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,591,115

 

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

297,504

 

 

247,656

 

 

0

 

 

248,390

 

 

35,163

 

 

43,921

 

 

0

 

 

872,634

 

 

 

A$

 

 

426,407

 

 

354,960

 

 

0

 

 

356,013

 

 

50,398

 

 

62,951

 

 

0

 

 

1,250,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sharon DeHayes

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive – Readymix Holdings(7)

 

US$

 

 

310,000

 

 

304,620

 

 

0

 

 

209,559

 

 

47,610

 

 

0

 

 

237,065

 

 

1,108,854

 

 

A$

 

 

419,077

 

 

411,804

 

 

0

 

 

283,294

 

 

64,362

 

 

0

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,499,016

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

275,004

 

 

247,464

 

 

283,929

 

 

37,012

 

 

37,894

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

881,303

 

 

 

A$

 

 

394,158

 

 

354,685

 

 

406,950

 

 

53,049

 

 

54,313

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,263,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Burmeister

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VP and Chief Financial Officer (7)

 

US$

 

 

337,500

 

 

337,517

 

 

0

 

 

37,734

 

 

53,100

 

 

0

 

 

237,065

 

 

1,002,916

 

 

A$

 

 

456,253

 

 

456,276

 

 

0

 

 

51,011

 

 

71,784

 

 

0

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,355,803

 

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

320,004

 

 

292,500

 

 

387,679

 

 

33,971

 

 

40,919

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,075,073

 

 

 

A$

 

 

458,656

 

 

419,235

 

 

555,653

 

 

48,690

 

 

58,648

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,540,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Karl Watson, Sr.

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Operating Officer – US Construction Materials (7)

 

US$

 

 

337,500

 

 

337,517

 

 

0

 

 

34,267

 

 

55,856

 

 

0

 

 

237,065

 

 

1,002,205

 

 

A$

 

 

456,253

 

 

456,276

 

 

0

 

 

46,324

 

 

75,509

 

 

0

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,354,841

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

320,004

 

 

292,500

 

 

388,304

 

 

50,868

 

 

46,031

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,097,707

 

 

A$

 

 

458,656

 

 

419,235

 

 

556,549

 

 

72,908

 

 

65,975

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,573,323

 

 

106



 

 

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

POST EMPLOYMENT

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

Base
Salary

 

Short-
Term
Incentive
(1)

 

Cash Long-
Term
Incentive
(2)

 

Non-
Monetary
and Other
Benefits (3)

 

Retirement
Benefits (4)

 

Long-
Term
Incentive –
CASP (5)

 

Long-Term
Incentive –
PSP (6)

 

TOTAL

 

David Berger

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VP Strategy and Development (7)

 

US$

 

 

310,000

 

 

313,408

 

 

0

 

 

22,232

 

 

37,962

 

 

0

 

 

237,065

 

 

920,667

 

 

A$

 

 

419,077

 

 

423,684

 

 

0

 

 

30,055

 

 

51,319

 

 

0

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,244,614

 

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

290,004

 

 

255,942

 

 

393,120

 

 

21,943

 

 

12,080

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

973,089

 

 

 

A$

 

 

415,657

 

 

366,837

 

 

563,451

 

 

31,450

 

 

17,314

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,394,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Duncan Gage

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President – Hydro Conduit (7)

 

US$

 

 

292,500

 

 

296,358

 

 

0

 

 

29,191

 

 

42,950

 

 

0

 

 

197,554

 

 

858,553

 

 

A$

 

 

395,419

 

 

400,635

 

 

0

 

 

39,462

 

 

58,062

 

 

0

 

 

267,066

 

 

1,160,644

 

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

275,000

 

 

209,160

 

 

378,000

 

 

23,895

 

 

16,277

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

902,332

 

 

 

A$

 

 

394,152

 

 

299,785

 

 

541,780

 

 

34,248

 

 

23,330

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,293,295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ira Fialkow

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VP Shared Services (7)

 

US$

 

 

285,000

 

 

289,300

 

 

0

 

 

19,010

 

 

42,451

 

 

0

 

 

197,554

 

 

833,315

 

 

 

A$

 

 

385,280

 

 

391,093

 

 

0

 

 

25,699

 

 

57,388

 

 

0

 

 

267,066

 

 

1,126,526

 

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

265,000

 

 

234,252

 

 

248,049

 

 

32,727

 

 

29,112

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

809,140

 

 

 

A$

 

 

379,819

 

 

335,749

 

 

355,524

 

 

46,907

 

 

41,726

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,159,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Abraham

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Counsel and Company Secretary (8)

 

US$

 

 

288,625

 

 

223,768

 

 

0

 

 

1,128

 

 

119,312

 

 

40,033

 

 

69,144

 

 

742,010

 

 

A$

 

 

390,182

 

 

302,503

 

 

0

 

 

1,525

 

 

161,294

 

 

54,119

 

 

93,473

 

 

1,003,096

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

254,476

 

 

155,695

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

149,717

 

 

23,142

 

 

0

 

 

583,030

 

 

 

A$

 

 

364,736

 

 

223,155

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

214,586

 

 

33,169

 

 

0

 

 

835,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debra Stirling

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VP Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations (8)

 

US$

 

 

251,991

 

 

213,620

 

 

0

 

 

854

 

 

33,647

 

 

26,689

 

 

49,389

 

 

576,190

 

 

A$

 

 

340,657

 

 

288,785

 

 

0

 

 

1,155

 

 

45,486

 

 

36,080

 

 

66,767

 

 

778,930

 

 

 

2004(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

225,638

 

 

151,324

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

30,066

 

 

15,421

 

 

0

 

 

422,449

 

 

 

A$

 

 

323,402

 

 

216,890

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

43,093

 

 

22,102

 

 

0

 

 

605,487

 

 

107



 


(1)          Amounts shown for 2005 represent the amount of the Short-Term Incentive awards presently payable to each executive named for performance.  (See the following table showing the executives short-term incentive tracked in the Contingent Bonus Reserve).

 

(2)          Long-Term Incentive amount was earned for the two years ended March 31, 2004.  The 2004 payment represented the last payment due under this superseded plan.

 

(3)          For fiscal year 2005, Other Benefits comprise the costs of life insurance, vehicle allowance, and club membership fees.  For Ms. DeHayes and Mr. Watson, Jr. this column also contains relocation or expatriate related expenses.

 

Additionally, Other Benefits include interest imputed on a loan of US$59,000 to an executive that dates back to 1998.  The loan relates to a relocation benefit and, at the time, was a customary benefit for relocating executives.  The loan is interest free and is payable upon the executive’s termination of employment.

 

(4)          For the US executives, Retirement Benefits include the company matching and profit sharing contributions relating to retirement plans.  The retirement plans comprise the Company’s 401(k) Plan and the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”).  Under the SERP, the company matching and profit sharing contributions included in the table represent Rinker’s full financial commitment (or obligation) to the named executives under this plan.

 

For the Australian executives, Retirement Benefits represent the greater of the incremental increase in the value of the executive’s interest in the defined benefit superannuation plans during the year or company contributions made to accumulation superannuation plans in Australia.

 

(5)          CASP grants are valued at the pro rata value of the total grant.  The above value has been prorated based on the market price at August 11, 2003 (the date of grant) and the earliest possible vesting date of August 11, 2006.  This represents 33.3% of the projected number of shares estimated to vest.  Dividends received by participants are included in amounts.  Total dividends for executives shown in the above table for 2005 were A$14,954.

 

(6)          The performance period for the PSP grants listed in the above table ends March 31, 2007 when the PSP grant may vest based on the actual performance of Rinker’s TSR as compared to a specified group of peer companies.  The above value has been prorated based on the market price on June 21, 2004 (the prevailing market price when the Board formally approved the grant) and the earliest possible vesting date of March 31, 2007.  This represents 33.3% of the total projected number of shares estimated to vest.  The estimate is based on Rinker’s TSR for the year ending March 31, 2005 compared to the TSRs of the specified group of peer companies for the same period.  Performance during that period was above the 75th percentile resulting in a projected payout of 100% of the pro rata number of shares granted.  This projection will be adjusted each year of the performance period based on the projected (or actual) performance against the peer companies.

 

As at March 31, 2005, no dividends had been paid to the named executives in respect of shares held by them under the initial PSP grant.  (See PSP table below for additional detail regarding this grant).

 

(7)          After considering independent advice, the Board is satisfied that the termination benefits of the relevant executives, as set out below, are reasonable, having regard to current US employment practices.

 

The duration of employment agreements with the relevant executives are for three years, which automatically extends by one year on the anniversary date of the agreement unless written notice is given by either the named executive or Rinker that the agreement is not to be extended.  This notice must be given at least 180 days prior to the anniversary date.

 

If the executive resigns from his or her employment, the company is required to pay the executive the full amount of his or her salary through to his or her termination date and any unpaid amounts accrued for unused leave.  The Board may in its sole discretion also elect to pay the executive a pro rata portion of his or her short-term incentive for the period of his or her active employment during the financial year.

 

If, during the Employment Period (as defined in the executive’s employment contract), the company terminates the employment of the executive other than for Cause (as defined in the executive’s employment contract), or the executive resigns from his or her employment for Good Reason (as defined in the executive’s employment contract) the company is required to:

 

108



 

                  Pay the executive, in a lump sum, a pro rata portion of his or her short-term incentive, a pro rata share of his or her long-term incentive (in accordance with plan rules) and amounts accrued for unused leave.

 

                  Pay the executive amounts he or she would have received in the following 24 months, at the times indicated in his or her employment contract, for his or her base salary and short-term incentive at target performance.  Additionally, the executive would continue to receive any other benefits he or she was entitled to at time of termination for the following 24 months.

 

                  Provide the executive with professional outplacement services valued up to US$10,000.

 

If, during the Employment Period, the company terminates the employment of the executive for Cause, the company shall have no further obligations to the executive except the amount of base pay due through his or her termination date and any unpaid amounts of accrued leave.

 

Upon termination of the executive’s employment for any reason, the executive is prohibited from engaging in any activity that would compete with Rinker for a period of 24 months.

 

(8)          Termination benefits for Mr. Abraham and Ms. Stirling are the greater of 12 months total remuneration (including target incentives) or three month’s base remuneration (‘base remuneration’ is equivalent to approximately 75% of fixed remuneration) plus 0.7 months base remuneration per year of service, not to exceed 24 months.  As at March 31, 2005, Mr. Abraham had 25 years of service and Ms. Stirling had 6 years.

 

Should Mr. Abraham or Ms. Stirling resign or be terminated for cause, the Company shall have no further obligations to them except the amount of base pay due up to the termination date and any unpaid amounts of accrued leave.

 

(9)          No adjustments have been made for changes to exchange rates.

 

Senior Executives’ Short-Term Incentive Plan — Contingent Bonus Reserve

 

(Amounts in US$ with A$ equivalents also shown)

 

 

 

 

 

Year End March 2005
Total Declaration(1)

 

Payable in 2005

 

Conditionally
Deferred and Tracked
in Contingent Bonus
Reserve(2)

 

Karl Watson, Jr.

 

US$

 

 

506,303

 

 

293,434

 

 

212,869

 

 

 

A$

 

 

684,451

 

 

396,682

 

 

287,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sharon DeHayes

 

US$

 

 

556,359

 

 

304,620

 

 

251,739

 

 

 

A$

 

 

752,120

 

 

411,804

 

 

340,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Burmeister

 

US$

 

 

627,550

 

 

337,517

 

 

290,033

 

 

 

A$

 

 

848,360

 

 

456,276

 

 

392,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Karl Watson, Sr.

 

US$

 

 

627,550

 

 

337,517

 

 

290,033

 

 

 

A$

 

 

848,360

 

 

456,276

 

 

392,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Berger

 

US$

 

 

582,725

 

 

313,408

 

 

269,317

 

 

 

A$

 

 

787,763

 

 

423,684

 

 

364,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Duncan Gage

 

US$

 

 

553,575

 

 

296,358

 

 

257,217

 

 

 

A$

 

 

748,356

 

 

400,635

 

 

347,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ira Fialkow

 

US$

 

 

537,900

 

 

289,300

 

 

248,600

 

 

 

A$

 

 

727,165

 

 

391,093

 

 

336,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Abraham

 

US$

 

 

416,055

 

 

223,768

 

 

192,287

 

 

 

A$

 

 

562,448

 

 

302,503

 

 

259,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debra Stirling

 

US$

 

 

397,187

 

 

213,620

 

 

183,567

 

 

 

A$

 

 

536,943

 

 

288,785

 

 

248,158

 

 


(1)          Represents the Short-Term Incentive Award earned during fiscal year 2005.  These amounts have been fully accrued and expensed.

 

 

109



 

(2)          The amount shown is carried forward and may be paid out in future years, in all or in part.  The Contingent Bonus Reserve for the executives named is at risk based on future performance, and is not subject to interest.  Upon termination of employment, the executives named do not have any claims for this amount.  (See further discussion of STI in Section 3.2.1.)

 

Senior Executives’ Performance Share Plan Award

 

(Amounts shown in number of Rinker shares)

 

 

 

Year End
March 2005
Total
Number of
Shares
Granted(1)

 

Performance
below 25th
Percentile
0% Vesting

 

Performance at
50th Percentile
Target Level
40% Vesting

 

Performance at
or above 75th
Percentile
100% Vesting

 

Karl Watson, Jr.

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

Sharon DeHayes

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

Thomas Burmeister

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

Karl Watson, Sr.

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

David Berger

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

Duncan Gage

 

100,000

 

0

 

40,000

 

100,000

 

Ira Fialkow

 

100,000

 

0

 

40,000

 

100,000

 

Peter Abraham

 

35,000

 

0

 

14,000

 

35,000

 

Debra Stirling

 

25,000

 

0

 

10,000

 

25,000

 

 


(1)          Total Number of Shares Granted represents the maximum number of shares that may vest if Rinker’s TSR reaches 75th percentile performance or above when compared to a specified group of peer companies.  The executives named are also eligible to receive dividends, returns on capital or other distributions made with respect to these shares.  The executives named may also direct the trustee how to vote these shares.  (See PSP discussion under Section 3.2.2a and the table titled Summary of Long-Term Incentive Plan in Section 3.2.2c.)

 

7.              NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

7.1          Remuneration Policy

 

Fees for non-executive directors are based on the nature of their work and their responsibilities.  In determining the level of fees, survey data on comparable companies is considered in detail.  Non-executive directors’ fees are recommended by the Rinker’s Board Remuneration & Human Resources Committee and determined by the Board within the aggregate annual limit of A$1,250,000 approved by shareholders at the July 2004 annual general meeting.

 

For year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker paid non-executive directors base fees of A$110,000 per year.  The Chairman received A$300,000 per year (inclusive of committee fees) and the Deputy Chairman received a base fee of A$220,000  (inclusive of committee fees).  Non-executive directors, other than the

 

110



 

Chairman, who were members of committees (other than the Nominations Committee) received additional remuneration.  Members of the Audit Committee received an additional A$12,000 (were the position of Audit Committee chair not occupied by the Deputy Chairman, A$18,000 would be payable for that role) and members of both the Safety, Health & Environment Committee and the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee received an additional A$8,000 (A$12,000 for those committee chairs).

 

Rinker’s non-executive directors (other than John Ingram, who joined the Board on October 1, 2003) were, prior to Rinker’s demerger from CSR, previously non-executive directors of either CSR or Rinker Materials and were entitled to retirement benefits under those companies’ non-executive directors’ retirement plans.  Those plans provided for payment on retirement of a maximum amount equal to a director’s last three years remuneration after five years of service (pro rata for a lesser period).  At the time of demerger, Rinker adopted a similar retirement plan under which periods of service as a director of CSR or Rinker Materials were treated as periods of service with Rinker for the purposes of calculating benefits under that plan.  In response to the publication of the ASX Corporate Governance Council Guidelines, in April 2003 the Board closed the plan to new directors and the then current directors agreed to freeze their entitlements with effect from March 31, 2004.  Rinker has accrued a provision of A$1,362,384 (US$1,028,873) in respect of those benefits.

 

Consistent with the freezing of retirement benefits, fees are now inclusive of any compulsory superannuation guarantee contributions (these were previously deducted from retirement allowances).  Rinker will also take those contributions into account in calculating the total amount able to be paid to non-executive directors, even though Rinker’s constitution excludes these amounts.

 

The Board, on the recommendation of the Remuneration & Human Resources Committee, approved an increase in base non-executive director fees to A$120,000 from April 1, 2005.  Fees for the Chairman and Deputy Chairman were increased to A$330,000 and A$240,000, respectively.  Committee fees remained unchanged.

 

The remuneration of non-executive directors is fixed.  They do not participate in any incentive plans available to executives.

 

111



 

7.2          Non-executive Directors Remuneration

 

Details of all fees paid to non-executive directors during the fiscal year 2005 are set out in the following table.  Accrued retirement benefits are also shown (these amounts were frozen at March 31, 2004).

 

(Amounts in A$ with US$ equivalents also shown)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Fees

 

Committee
Fees

 

Total Year
End March
2005

 

Total Year
End March
2004 (2)

 

Accrued
Retirement
Benefit
(frozen at
March 31,
2004) (2)

 

John Arthur (1)(3)

 

A$

 

 

110,000

 

 

20,000

 

 

130,000

 

 

106,820

 

 

133,919

 

 

 

US$

 

 

81,369

 

 

14,795

 

 

96,164

 

 

74,528

 

 

101,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marshall Criser

 

A$

 

 

220,000

 

 

0

 

 

220,000

 

 

188,000

 

 

419,329

 

 

 

US$

 

 

162,738

 

 

0

 

 

162,738

 

 

131,167

 

 

316,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Ingram (1)

 

A$

 

 

110,000

 

 

24,000

 

 

134,000

 

 

42,452

 

 

0

 

 

 

US$

 

 

81,369

 

 

17,753

 

 

99,122

 

 

29,619

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Morschel (1)

 

A$

 

 

300,000

 

 

0

 

 

300,000

 

 

240,000

 

 

661,260

 

 

 

US$

 

 

221,916

 

 

0

 

 

221,916

 

 

167,448

 

 

499,384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Walter Revell

 

A$

 

 

110,000

 

 

20,000

 

 

130,000

 

 

92,000

 

 

147,876

 

 

 

US$

 

 

81,369

 

 

14,795

 

 

96,164

 

 

64,188

 

 

111,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

A$

 

 

850,000

 

 

64,000

 

 

914,000

 

 

669,272

 

 

1,362,384

 

 

 

US$

 

 

628,761

 

 

47,343

 

 

676,104

 

 

466,950

 

 

1,028,873

 

 


(1)          Mr. Arthur, Mr. Ingram and Mr. Morschel all contributed to ESAP during the year. Of the above totals Mr. Arthur received A$78,000, Mr. Ingram received A$16,000 and Mr. Morschel received A$75,000  in the form of ESAP shares, with the balance in cash.

 

(2)          Prior year data as reflected in last year’s annual report.  No adjustments have been made for changes to exchange rates.

 

(3)          Included in Mr. Arthur’s base fees and committee fees are compulsory superannuation contributions of A$11,700.

 

 

C.    Board Practices and Corporate Governance

 

Details of directors and their term of office are included in “Item 6.A. - Details of directors and senior management.”

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

A well-established corporate governance structure

 

Rinker has an entrenched, highly developed governance culture based on strong ethical values and a commitment to openness and transparency.

 

112



 

First listed on the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) on March 31, 2003, following its demerger from CSR Limited (CSR), Rinker commenced with well-established corporate governance practices developed over many years at CSR.

 

Rinker has further extended and refined its corporate governance practices to reflect its circumstances (including, in particular, its strong presence in the United States and its listing on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)).

 

ASX Principles and Recommendations

 

The ASX Corporate Governance Council has published Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations (ASX Principles and Recommendations).  One of the features of the ASX Principles and Recommendations is an ‘if not, why not’ disclosure obligation in relation to practices that differ from the ASX recommendations.

 

With one potential exception, Rinker’s corporate governance practices accord with the ASX recommendations.  The potential exception relates to ASX Recommendation 9.4, which provides that plans for equity-based executive remuneration should be approved by shareholders.

 

Rinker’s Universal Share Plan (USP) is open to all Australian employees who have been employed for at least one year. Under the USP, those employees may annually acquire a parcel of shares at market price and receive an equal number of additional shares for no further consideration. Although executives are not prohibited from participating in the plan, it is designed for Australian employees as a whole, not for executives – last year a total of 1,259 Australian employees (45.9% of those eligible) participated. The maximum number of shares that can be purchased under the plan is identical for each employee. Last year, that maximum was 100 shares, giving rise to an entitlement to an additional 100 shares for no further consideration. USP is an incidental and insignificant component of executive remuneration and has been fully disclosed to shareholders.

 

After taking the above factors into account, the board has not sought shareholder approval for USP as a plan for equity-based executive remuneration. However, the board will put its Remuneration Report to shareholders for adoption by way of a non-binding resolution at Rinker’s annual general meeting on 18 July 2005.

 

Documents that are italicised and underlined in this statement (for example Board Charter) are available on Rinker’s internet site, (www.rinkergroup.com) under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’. A table cross-referencing each of the ASX Principles and Recommendations to the relevant section of this statement also appears there.

 

1.              Rinker’s board

 

1.1 Accountability and approach to governance

 

Rinker’s board is accountable to shareholders for the activities and performance of the Rinker group.

 

The board’s key responsibility is to oversee the building of sustainable value for shareholders within an appropriate risk framework, having regard to the interests of other stakeholders.

 

To fulfil that responsibility, the board strives to ensure that a strong performance culture continues to be driven throughout the Rinker group, within a structure of governance and ethical values that warrant the trust, respect and confidence of shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers, regulators and the communities within which Rinker group companies operate.

 

113



 

1.2 The board’s duties

 

The board has identified key duties that it has reserved for itself and will not delegate to management. These duties, many of which are carried out with the assistance of the board’s committees, are set out in Rinker’s Board Charter. The duties include:

 

                  Promote and oversee the maintenance of Rinker’s high integrity and high performance culture.

 

                  Review and confirm the strategic direction of the Rinker group.

 

                  Approve business plans, budgets and financial policies.

 

                  Consider management recommendations on key issues, including proposed acquisitions, divestments and significant capital expenditure.

 

                  Fulfil its responsibilities in relation to safety, occupational health and environmental matters arising out of Rinker group activities and the impact of those activities on employees, contractors, customers, visitors and the communities and environments within which Rinker group companies operate.

 

                  Oversee the establishment of proper processes and controls to maintain the integrity of accounting and financial records and reporting.

 

                  Reward executives fairly and responsibly, having regard to the interests of shareholders, Rinker’s performance, the performance of the relevant executive and employment market conditions.

 

                  Determine dividend policy and the amount, timing and nature of dividends to be paid to shareholders.

 

                  Adopt and oversee implementation of corporate governance practices that represent best practice in Rinker’s particular circumstances from time to time.

 

                  Oversee capital management and financing strategies.

 

                  Oversee appropriate and effective risk management policies and strategies.

 

                  Determine the scope of authority (and limits on that authority) delegated to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO).

 

                  Strive to ensure that the board is comprised of strongly performing individuals of the utmost integrity with complementary skills, experience, qualifications and personal characteristics that are highly suited to Rinker’s present and anticipated future needs, with regular performance reviews supporting this objective.

 

                  Appoint, evaluate, reward and determine the duration of appointment of the CEO and approve the appointments and remuneration (sometimes referred to in this statement as ‘compensation’) of those reporting to the CEO, including the chief financial officer and the company secretary.

 

1.3 Powers delegated to Rinker’s management

 

The board has delegated to the CEO the authority and powers necessary to implement the strategies approved by the board and to manage the business affairs of the Rinker group within the policies and specific delegation limits specified by the board from time to time. The CEO may further delegate within

 

114



 

those specific policies and delegation limits, but remains accountable for all authority delegated to executive management.

 

1.4 Rinker’s chairman and deputy chairman

 

The chairman is appointed by the board and must be an independent, non-executive director.

 

The role of the chairman includes:

 

                  Leading the board, including ensuring that board meetings are conducted in an open and professional manner and that all directors know that they are expected to be well informed and are encouraged to express their views forthrightly, without fear or favour, leading to objective, robust analysis and debate.

 

                  Representing the views of the board to shareholders and the public.

 

                  Conducting meetings of shareholders in an open, democratic manner and providing a reasonable opportunity for shareholders (as a whole) to express their views and to ask questions of the board, management and the external auditors.

 

                  Ensuring that new directors are properly briefed on the terms of their appointment and their rights, duties and responsibilities.

 

                  Setting an example of the culture and values for which Rinker stands.

 

If appropriate, the board may also appoint a deputy chairman to assist the chairman from time to time and to act as chairman in his absence. In Rinker’s current circumstances, the board has determined it appropriate that Marshall Criser, a US-based director, perform that role.

 

1.5 The composition of Rinker’s board

 

Rinker’s constitution provides for a minimum of five and a maximum of 10 non-executive directors. The board has determined that currently, the appropriate number of non-executive directors is five. All five non-executive directors have been determined by the board to be independent.

 

The constitution also provides for a maximum of three executive directors. In Rinker’s current circumstances, the board has determined it appropriate that the CEO be the only executive director on the board.

 

The Board Charter specifies that the majority of Rinker’s directors must be independent (see criteria below). Under Rinker’s constitution, non-executive directors will always comprise a majority of the board.

 

With assistance from the nominations committee, the board strives to ensure that it is comprised of strongly performing individuals of the utmost integrity and whose complementary skills, experience, qualifications and personal characteristics are highly suited to Rinker’s present and anticipated future needs. Specific duties have been assigned to the nominations committee (as set out in the Nominations Committee Charter) to support that objective. Membership of the nominations committee (all members are independent non-executive directors) and attendance at its meetings is set out on page 129.

 

Details of current directors, including their skills, experience, qualifications, length of service and current term of office are on pages 86-88.

 

115



 

1.5.1                     Assessing the independence of directors

 

The board’s policy on assessing independence is based on criteria established in Australia and the United States, including that established by the:

 

                  ASX Corporate Governance Council.

 

                  Australian Investment and Financial Services Association (the IFSA Blue Book).

 

                  US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) rules.

 

                  Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE.

 

The board’s overarching test for independence is whether a director is:

 

‘Independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with (or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with) the exercise of their unfettered and independent judgment.’

 

In determining whether this test is satisfied, the board applies the criteria set out below to determine whether there are any indicators of matters that may impair a director’s unfettered and independent judgment.

 

The board may determine that a director is independent even though one or more of the threshold criteria below are not met, in which case the board will publicly disclose its reasons for making that determination.

 

Similarly, the board recognizes that in certain circumstances it is possible that a director may not be independent, even if the criteria are met.

 

In considering independence, the board will distinguish between:

 

                  a relationship that may, on isolated occasions, potentially give rise to a narrow, discrete and immediately identifiable conflict of interest (that can be completely quarantined by the board’s conflict of interest procedures); and

 

                  a relationship that may potentially affect the director’s underlying objectivity or independence of mind.

 

The board tests the independence of directors at least annually. In addition, each director is required to promptly provide the board with any new information that may be relevant to that director’s independence. The board will promptly consider any such information and then re-assesses its determination of that director’s independence.

 

The board will disclose, in each annual report, its determination of whether or not each director is independent.  The board has recently determined that each of its non-executive directors is, in fact, independent and that none of the criteria set out below have been triggered.

 

1.5.2                     Criteria for assessing independence

 

                  The director is not a member of management within the Rinker group.

 

116



 

                  The director is not a substantial shareholder (as defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act 2001) of Rinker or an officer of, or otherwise associated directly with, a substantial shareholder of Rinker.

 

                  Within the past three years neither the director, nor an immediate family member (as defined in the Board Charter), has been employed in an executive capacity by any company in the Rinker group or has been a director after ceasing to hold such employment.

 

                  Within the past three years neither the director, nor an immediate family member, has been a principal of an auditor or of any material professional adviser or consultant to any company in the Rinker group or has been an employee materially associated with any such service provided.

 

                  Within the past three years neither the director, nor an immediate family member, has been employed by an entity that had an executive officer of a company in the Rinker group on its compensation committee.

 

                  The director does not hold cross-directorships or have other significant links with other directors through involvement in other companies or bodies where those cross-directorships or links could materially interfere with the director’s unfettered and independent judgment.

 

                  Neither the director, nor an immediate family member, is a material supplier or customer of the Rinker group or an officer of, or otherwise associated directly or indirectly with, a material supplier or customer. In this context the supplier or customer shall be deemed to be ‘material’ if payments to or from that customer or supplier exceed two per cent of the consolidated gross revenue of either the Rinker group or of that customer or supplier.

 

                  The director has no material contractual relationship with a company in the Rinker group other than as a director, nor does the director receive additional compensation from any such company, apart from approved director’s and committee fees.

 

                  The director has not served on the board for a period which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the Rinker group.

 

                  The director satisfies the independence criteria specified from time to time by the NYSE.

 

Critically, in addition to the above criteria, the board is required to determine whether the director is independent in character and judgment.

 

Directors who currently sit on Rinker’s audit committee satisfy the additional independence criteria specified under the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

1.5.3                     Materiality of relationships

 

The board, in part, determines whether a relationship with a professional adviser or consultant is material by assessing whether payment for the services provided is five per cent or more of the expenditure by the Rinker group on professional or consulting services or is five per cent or more of the revenue of the relevant professional adviser or consultant.

 

Because there are inherent weaknesses in mechanically applying quantitative criteria, the board will always strive to determine the true substance of any relationship that may call a director’s independence into question. Qualitative aspects of materiality will be closely considered, including the strategic significance and underlying nature of the relationship.

 

117



 

While Rinker will automatically disclose relationships if the quantitative threshold is exceeded, a relationship will not be regarded as immaterial simply because it involves payments that fall below that quantitative threshold.

 

Rinker director John Arthur and his spouse are partners in the law firm Gilbert + Tobin (G+T). The board specifically examined the fact that in the past G+T had undertaken matters relating to businesses now conducted by companies in the Rinker group (commencing many years prior to Mr Arthur joining G+T) and could potentially do so in the future. In recognizing the potential sensitivity of the connection, the board undertook that examination even though the materiality threshold outlined above had not been remotely approached.

 

The board determined that:

 

                  Neither Mr Arthur nor his spouse had ever personally acted in any such matters and would not do so in future.

 

                  Mr Arthur had not and would not seek to influence any decision on whether or not a company in the Rinker group should use G+T.

 

                  Mr Arthur had never received, nor would in future receive, any additional financial benefit (that is, apart from normal partnership distributions – there being more than 40 partners in G+T) or other recognition or benefit of any nature whatsoever by G+T in connection with any matters carried out by G+T for a company in the Rinker group.

 

                  There were no other aspects of the relationship with G+T that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the exercise of Mr. Arthur’s unfettered and independent judgment.

 

                  It would be against Rinker’s best interests to restrict its long-standing policy that in each case the most appropriate lawyer for a particular matter be engaged, by refusing to consider any lawyer working for G+T.

 

1.6 Appointment, election and re-election of Rinker directors

 

The board’s nominations committee has specific duties (set out in its charter) to assist the board in assessing the skills required by the board from time to time and in identifying candidates for potential appointment to the board.

 

When it is appropriate to appoint a new director and a suitable candidate has been found, the Chairman ensures that prior to appointment, the candidate understands, and agrees to, the board’s expectations of that candidate including, in particular, the time commitment and nature and quality of the contribution required. A formal letter of appointment is provided to the proposed director which includes (among other things) the terms and conditions of appointment, the Board Charter and the charters of each committee, Rinker’s constitution, details of future board and committee meetings, indemnity and insurance arrangements and details regarding remuneration, expenses and superannuation.

 

In accordance with ASX Listing Rules, the Corporations Act 2001 and Rinker’s constitution, non-executive directors are subject to re-election by rotation at least every three years and new directors appointed by the board are required to seek election at the first general meeting of shareholders following their appointment. Non-executive directors are required to agree not to seek re-election after serving three three-year terms, unless the board specifically requests the director to remain, to enable the board to

 

118



 

accommodate unforeseen and unusual circumstances that may exist at the time the director would otherwise leave the board.

 

Before each general meeting the nominations committee is required to make recommendations to the board regarding the board’s support for the re-nomination of each non-executive director who will retire at that meeting. Notices of the meetings at which directors are standing for election or re-election will provide details of the relevant directors’ skills, experience, age and qualifications, the board’s assessment of their independence, other directorships they hold, their time in office and a statement as to whether the board recommends the individual’s election or re-election. Each director standing for election or re-election will be invited to briefly introduce themselves to shareholders at the general meeting.

 

Rinker’s constitution provides that an executive director’s office automatically becomes vacant when he or she ceases employment with Rinker, unless the board determines (prior to that cessation of employment) that the director will remain in office as a director for a specified period that may not exceed 12 months.

 

1.7 Rinker’s board meetings

 

The board meets as often as the directors determine is necessary to fulfil their responsibilities and duties. Details of board and committee meetings held during Rinker’s most recent financial year and each director’s attendance at those meetings is set out in the table below. Because of the international nature of the Rinker group’s operations, Rinker’s directors are required to travel substantially. The dates and locations of scheduled meetings are generally agreed at least a year in advance. However the board always retains flexibility to reschedule meetings or to schedule additional meetings if significant issues arise outside the planned program of meetings.

 

The board aims to strike an appropriate mix between meetings held in Australia, meetings held in the United States and meetings conducted by video-conference or other electronic means.

 

Board and committee papers are distributed sufficiently in advance of each meeting to afford directors adequate time to fully consider the material before the meeting.

 

The board reviews the overall content of its meeting agendas and board and committee papers at least annually as part of the board’s performance review process (this must also be done at any other time on the request of any director). The company secretary is required to prepare a draft agenda for each meeting, which is finalized by the Chairman in consultation with the CEO. In addition, any director may require a matter to be placed on the board’s agenda.

 

Independent non-executive directors meet on a regular basis, without any executive director or other member of management present. The Chairman presides over these meetings. Interested persons may raise issues with the Chairman for consideration by the non-executive directors – contact details are available on Rinker’s internet site.

 

Whenever necessary to ensure that discussion on sensitive matters may be conducted plainly and openly, the Chairman will request executive directors and other members of management who may be present to temporarily leave the board meeting. If necessary, the Chairman will call a separate formal meeting of non-executive directors.

 

Subject to any need for the directors to meet in private, the company secretary and, at the Chairman’s invitation, the chief financial officer, attend all board meetings.

 

119



 

Senior managers who report to the CEO are expected to make personal presentations to the board regularly – including at the board’s annual budget and strategy meeting with management and on other appropriate occasions – to provide an in-depth review of the performance and issues of the business for which they are responsible. Other managers are invited to attend such sessions when appropriate.

 

Directors are expected to participate actively in debate at board meetings and to bring independent judgment to bear. Constructive differences of opinion and robust debate are fundamental to the effective operation of the board. Any director may request matters of concern to be recorded in board minutes.

 

In accordance with the board’s Policy for Obtaining Independent Professional Advice, the board, each committee of the board, and each individual director have the right to obtain independent professional advice at Rinker’s expense to assist them to carry out their duties. For individual directors, the prior approval of the Chairman is required, but may not be unreasonably withheld. If such consent is withheld, the board must be promptly informed and the director may then seek board approval to obtain such advice. This right to obtain independent professional advice was neither exercised nor sought to be exercised during the year.

 

1.8  Rinker’s board committees

 

The board has established the following committees to advise and support the board in carrying out its duties:

 

                  Audit committee (see charter).

 

                  Safety, health & environment committee (see charter).

 

                  Remuneration & human resources committee (see charter).

 

                  Nominations committee (see charter).

 

Each committee has a written charter which addresses the committee’s composition, overall responsibilities, specific duties, reporting obligations, meeting frequency and arrangements, authority and resources available and provisions for reviewing the committee’s charter.

 

The composition of each committee and the attendance of their members at meetings is set out in the table on page 129.

 

1.9  Induction, access to information and continuing education for directors

 

Upon joining the board, and in addition to their letter of appointment, new directors are provided with a comprehensive information pack and special briefings from management. At the earliest practical opportunity, they take part in visits to key operations in the United States and Australia to assist them to rapidly understand the Rinker group’s businesses, strategies, people, culture, policies and other key issues.

 

With the consent of the Chairman, which may not be unreasonably withheld, any director may attend (at Rinker’s expense) briefings, lectures or courses that the director believes will assist in further developing the director’s knowledge and understanding of either his or her duties and responsibilities as a director or of issues clearly pertinent to the Rinker group’s businesses.

 

To assist directors to maintain their understanding of the group’s businesses and to assess the people running them, senior managers brief the board regularly in person. Site visits and briefings are organised

 

120



 

as frequently as practical. Subject to safety requirements, directors have unrestricted access to employees during such visits. External professionals and consultants also brief the board when appropriate.

 

All directors have direct access to the company secretary and general counsel, who is required to provide guidance on corporate governance issues and developments and to provide assistance on all other matters reasonably requested by directors. The company secretary and general counsel monitors compliance with the Board Charter and other policies and procedures and is accountable to the board, through the Chairman, on all corporate governance matters.

 

Directors have unrestricted access to Rinker’s records and information. If the board or an individual director seeks information, the CEO is required to take all reasonable steps to ensure that no material information is withheld and that no misleading impressions are conveyed.

 

Comprehensive performance reports are provided to directors monthly, regardless of whether a board meeting is scheduled for that month.

 

1.10  Performance reviews of the board

 

Through its nominations committee, and using the services of an independent third party, the board annually formally reviews the performance of the board, its committees, and individual non-executive directors. A review was undertaken in March/April 2005, and a report on its findings and recommendations was presented to the board in May 2005. The review was initially conducted by way of questionnaire, with the opportunity for follow-up discussions if any director, or the independent third party, thought it would be beneficial to do so. The review indicated that the board was performing soundly.

 

Matters canvassed in the performance review included:

 

                  The effectiveness of the board and each committee in meeting the requirements of their charters, and any amendments that should be made to those charters.

 

                  The contribution, effort and time commitment made by individual directors, both at board meetings and in their other responsibilities.

 

                  The effectiveness of the Chairman in leading the board.

 

                  The quality of debate and discussion at board meetings.

 

                  The quality of the relationship between non-executive directors and management.

 

                  The quality and timeliness of board agendas, board papers and secretarial support services.

 

                  The suitability of the blend of skills, experience, qualifications and personal characteristics represented on the board and an identification of any current or potential gaps.

 

                  Any other significant matters that arose during the process.

 

Through the remuneration & human resources committee, the performance of the CEO (and other executive directors, if any) is separately and formally reviewed each year. The review evaluates performance against pre-set financial and non-financial goals.

 

121



 

1.11 Safeguards against conflicts of interest

 

Rinker’s directors are required to take all reasonable steps to avoid any action, position or interest that conflicts with an interest of the Rinker group, or could reasonably be perceived to represent a conflict. This is one of the elements of Rinker’s Code of Business Ethics – a code that applies to all directors, management and other employees.

 

If a director has a material personal interest in any matter that concerns the affairs of the Rinker group, he or she must give the other directors immediate notice of such interest. Such notice is to be provided in writing (although the director may first advise the matter personally) to the company secretary, who shall ensure it is brought to the attention of other directors.

 

If a potential conflict arises, the director concerned does not receive the relevant board papers and is required to withdraw from the board meeting while the matter is considered. The director must not endeavour, in any other manner, to exercise any influence in connection with the board’s consideration of the matter.

 

If a significant conflict of interest arises that is not capable of being completely quarantined by the above procedure, and which has the potential to affect a director’s underlying objectivity or independence of mind, the Chairman, after consultation with the director, may request the director to resign.

 

1.12 Shareholding requirements for directors

 

Rinker’s constitution requires each director to hold a minimum of 2,000 Rinker ordinary shares (or the equivalent in Rinker ADRs) in their own name.

 

In addition, the board’s policy is that each non-executive director be encouraged to acquire Rinker shares or ADRs, with a value equivalent to not less than one year’s base director’s fees, within a reasonable time of joining the board, and that such Rinker shares or ADRs continue to be held while remaining on the board.

 

The board’s policy also encourages the CEO to acquire Rinker shares or ADRs, with a value equivalent to three year’s of the CEO’s base remuneration, within a reasonable time and that such Rinker shares or ADRs continue to be held while remaining as CEO.

 

Details of directors’ shareholdings are set out in the table on page 129.

 

1.13 Restrictions on share dealings by directors and employees

 

Directors and employees are subject to Australian and US legal restrictions on buying or selling Rinker securities while in possession of price sensitive information that has not been disclosed to the market (known as insider trading).

 

Rinker has adopted a Policy on Dealings in Shares by Rinker Directors and Employees that places additional restrictions on the ability of directors and employees to buy or sell Rinker’s shares, designed to minimise the risk of actual or perceived insider trading. Regular monthly purchases by the trustee of Rinker’s Employee Share Acquisition Plan, on behalf of directors and employees, are permitted to continue throughout the year in accordance with standing instructions. However, those standing instructions may not be changed outside the limited ‘trading windows’ identified in the policy. The policy has recently been updated to reflect Rinker’s quarterly reporting of results to the market. An additional trading window has been added, opening after Rinker’s third quarter results are released to

 

122



 

the market in January.  Also, on a one-off basis this year, as a consequence of Rinker’s early announcement to the market (on 8 April 2005) of its expected financial results for the year ended March 31, 2005, directors brought forward and extended (in each case by one month) the trading window that normally opens with the formal announcement of those results in May.

 

In accordance with ASX Listing Rules, Rinker is required to notify ASX, within five business days, of any sale or purchase of Rinker securities by a director.  This notification is also filed publicly by Rinker with the SEC (on Form 6-K). To enable Rinker to fulfil this obligation, each director has entered into an agreement with Rinker under which the director is required to notify the company of any such sale or purchase as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within three business days.

 

2.              Rinker’s shareholders

 

2.1  Communications strategy

 

Rinker is committed to providing shareholders with extensive, transparent, accessible and timely communications on company activities, strategy and performance.

 

The primary tools used to communicate with shareholders include:

 

                  Releases to ASX and SEC/NYSE in accordance with continuous disclosure obligations.

 

                  Extensive use of Rinker’s internet site (www.rinkergroup.com).

 

                  Annual report.

 

                  Half-yearly results summary published on internet.

 

                  Annual general meeting (AGM).

 

                  Email distribution of company releases, reports and other communications.

 

                  Media coverage of significant announcements.

 

                  Rinker’s communications program includes:

 

                  Posting on Rinker’s internet site of all announcements and reports to the market, immediately following release by ASX.

 

                  Mailing annual report to shareholders (unless requested otherwise) and posted on Rinker’s internet site for downloading.

 

                  Email alerts to shareholders (upon request) informing them of significant announcements and the availability of reports on Rinker’s internet site.

 

                  AGM, results briefings to media and analysts, and conference calls with analysts are all webcast live and archived for later viewing on Rinker’s internet site.

 

                  Other major briefings, presentations and management speeches are immediately posted on Rinker’s internet site.

 

123



 

                  Site visits and strategy briefings are provided for fund managers and analysts.  All new presentations made during those visits and briefings are released to ASX and SEC and immediately posted on Rinker’s internet site.

 

                  My Rinker employee newsletters posted on Rinker’s internet site.

 

Shareholder questions about Rinker:

 

Shareholders can send questions by

 

                  Sending emails to Rinker.

 

                  Contacting Rinker by telephone, facsimile or mail.

 

Contact details are provided on Rinker’s internet site.

 

Shareholder participation at Rinker AGMs:

 

                  Shareholders are encouraged to attend Rinker’s AGM each year, to ask questions and to exercise their voting right.

 

                  At Rinker’s request, our external auditor has undertaken to attend each Rinker AGM to be available to answer relevant shareholder questions.

 

                  Shareholders who cannot attend in person are encouraged to lodge a proxy and to view the live webcast.

 

                  Addresses by the Chairman and the CEO, together with any relevant presentation materials, are released to ASX and the SEC and posted on Rinker’s internet site concurrently with the AGM.

 

                  Voting results (including a summary of proxy voting) on matters considered at the AGM are released to ASX and the SEC and posted on Rinker’s internet site as soon as they are determined.

 

                  A report on the AGM is provided to shareholders on request and is posted on Rinker’s internet site.

 

2.2  Market disclosure policy

 

Rinker’s ordinary shares are listed on ASX and its ADRs are listed on NYSE. Rinker must comply with disclosure obligations in both Australia and the US.

 

Rinker’s Market Disclosure Policy, coupled with its communication strategy referred to above, is designed to put into practice Rinker’s commitment to:

 

                  Provide relevant information about the company, its performance and activities to the market in strict compliance with its disclosure obligations under Australian and US law.

 

                  Avoid selectively disclosing price sensitive information.

 

                  Take all reasonable steps to provide all shareholders and other interested parties with equal access to information that is made available to the market.

 

124



 

3.              Rinker’s ethical culture

 

Rinker’s Code of Business Ethics applies to all directors, officers and employees within the Rinker group.

 

The key elements of the code include:

 

                  Acting within the law and Rinker’s policies.

 

                  Acting with integrity.

 

                  Acting responsibly with respect to all stakeholders, including fellow employees, customers, communities, shareholders and suppliers.

 

                  Conflicts of interest.

 

                  Integrity in financial reporting.

 

                  Respecting the value and confidentiality of information.

 

                  A drug-free, safe and healthy working environment.

 

                  Safeguarding company assets and resources.

 

Over 3,000 middle ranking and senior employees are required to certify annually, in writing, their knowledge of and compliance with the code. A hotline telephone number is available for confidential reporting of concerns or suspected violations. Anonymous reports may also be made. The code protects any employee who makes a report in good faith from indignity or retaliation.

 

Rinker has also established a separate Policy on Dealings in Shares by Rinker Directors and Employees.

 

4.              Rinker’s remuneration

 

Rinker’s board has established a remuneration & human resources committee, the main role of which (as set out in its charter) is to assist the board in fulfilling its corporate governance and oversight responsibilities with respect to:

 

                  Providing sound remuneration and employment policies and practices that enable Rinker group companies to attract and retain high quality executives and directors who are dedicated to the interests of Rinker’s shareholders.

 

                  Fairly and responsibly rewarding executives, having regard to the interests of shareholders, Rinker’s performance, the performance of the relevant executive and employment market conditions.

 

                  Evaluating potential candidates for executive positions, including the CEO, and overseeing the development of executive succession plans.

 

All members of the committee are independent non-executive directors. Its charter is available on Rinker’s internet site. Attendance at its meetings is set out on page 129.

 

The board and the committee recognize that – while remuneration is important in recruiting, retaining and motivating highly talented and effective people – other factors also play a major role. These

 

125



 

include Rinker’s corporate reputation, its ethical culture and business values, its executive leadership, and its other human resources policies.

 

Rinker has prepared a separate Remuneration Report, set out on pages [89-109] of this annual report. Among other things, the report:

 

                  Explains the board’s policies in relation to the nature and level of remuneration paid to directors, secretaries and senior managers within the Rinker group.

 

                  Discusses the link between the board’s policies and Rinker’s performance.

 

                  Provides a detailed summary of performance conditions, explaining why they were chosen and how performance is measured against them.

 

                  Identifies the companies that Rinker’s performance is measured against for the purpose of its long-term incentive plan.

 

                  Sets out remuneration details for each director and for each member of Rinker’s senior executive management team.

 

With the exception of USP, described at the beginning of this statement, no current or proposed equity-based remuneration within Rinker involves the issue of new shares. All shares for equity plans are purchased on-market and the relevant cost expensed in accordance with accounting standards. The board has noted clarification that ASX Recommendation 9.4, relating to shareholder approval of equity-based executive remuneration plans, is intended to apply only to plans involving the issue of new shares, that is, plans that dilute the holdings of existing shareholders. Even so, the board is satisfied that shareholders will be afforded adequate opportunity to consider and pass comment on such plans, which are fully explained in the Remuneration Report, when considering the adoption of the Remuneration Report at Rinker’s AGM on July 18, 2005.

 

5.              Integrity of Rinker’s financial reporting

 

The primary responsibility of the audit committee is to assist the board in fulfilling its corporate governance and oversight responsibilities with respect to:

 

                  The integrity of Rinker’s financial reporting.

 

                  Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and with Rinker’s Code of Business Ethics.

 

                  The external auditor’s qualifications and independence.

 

                  The system of risk management and internal controls that management has established and the process of internal and external auditor review of internal control.

 

                  The performance of Rinker’s internal audit function and external auditors.

 

All members of the audit committee are independent non-executive directors. Its charter is available on Rinker’s internet site. Attendance at its meetings is set out on page 129.

 

Because Rinker is registered with the SEC, under US law the audit committee is required to be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the external auditor and the pre-approval of all auditing, audit-related and permitted non-audit services performed by the

 

126



 

external auditor. Under the Corporations Act 2001 the company in general meeting must approve the removal of external auditors and the appointment of new external auditors, giving rise to a potential inconsistency. Rinker will give effect to the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 to the extent of any inconsistency, giving shareholders ultimate authority in such circumstances.

 

The audit committee annually reviews the qualifications, performance and independence of the external auditor. Further details of the matters taken into account in reviewing performance and assessing independence are set out in its charter. Those matters, together with a review of the external auditor’s proposed work plan for the coming year and an assessment of the external auditor’s ability to conduct an effective, comprehensive and complete audit for an agreed fee, are the key factors in determining whether to appoint the incumbent external auditor for a further year or to seek the appointment of a new external auditor.

 

The lead and concurring partners of Rinker’s external auditor must be rotated at least every five years, followed by a five-year minimum time out period during which those partners may not take part in the Rinker audit. Other audit partners on the engagement team must be rotated at least every seven years, followed by a minimum two-year time out period.

 

Rinker’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer are required to state in writing to the board that Rinker’s financial reports present a true and fair view, in all material respects, of Rinker’s financial position and performance and are in accordance with relevant accounting standards.

 

6.              Oversight of risk

 

The board is responsible for the Rinker group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness in meeting Rinker’s objectives, with the goal of achieving a responsible assessment and mitigation of risks. This includes reviewing financial, operational and compliance controls and risk management procedures.

 

The board has established a process for identifying, evaluating and managing significant risks faced by Rinker. The process is reviewed annually and was in place during the year ending March 31, 2005 and up to and including the date of approval of the 2005 annual report and financial statements.

 

Rather than having a single risk policy, Rinker has specific policies and processes for addressing the key areas of business risk, financial risk, financial integrity risk and compliance risk. Relevant policies cover areas such as limits of authority, ethics and integrity, compliance with laws and regulations, treasury management, safety, health and environment, and human resources.

 

Rinker’s management is responsible to the board for managing, reporting upon and implementing strategies to address those risks. In addition to formal strategic planning sessions, monthly reports to the board identify issues that represent business, financial and compliance risks, and include updated information on key economic indicators. The audit committee reports to the board on financial and financial integrity risks and the group’s risk management systems overall. The safety, health & environment committee and the remuneration & human resources committee report to the board on risks (mainly business and compliance risks) relating to matters within their charters.

 

Rinker is subject to economic risks in its markets, including variations in demand across the construction industry economic cycle, the level of government funded construction projects, interest rates, competition, and sources and prices for purchased goods and services. An important part of Rinker’s strategy is growth through acquisitions, and there is a risk that future acquisition opportunities may not be as attractive as past opportunities or may fail to achieve target returns. Disruptive events such as labor disputes, severe weather, natural disasters, or terrorist activities could affect day-to-day

 

127



 

operations. Rinker must also manage risks of breaches of compliance with health, safety, environmental, land use, trade practices, and other laws and regulations, and contractual obligations.

 

Rinker has adopted the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations framework (1992 COSO framework) as its risk management and internal control framework. Controls are assessed at both the entity and activity levels.

 

Assurance functions – including internal auditors and health, safety and environmental auditors – perform reviews of control activities and provide regular written and face-to-face reports to the board, its committees, and to senior management. The board receives and reviews minutes of the meetings of each board committee.

 

Some risks, such as natural disasters, cannot be mitigated to an acceptable degree using internal controls. Such major risks are transferred to third parties through insurance coverage, to the extent considered appropriate.

 

Rinker has established a disclosure committee, drawn from management, which is responsible for reviewing the effectiveness of the group’s controls and procedures for the public disclosure of financial and related information. This committee presents the results of its review to executive management and directors.

 

In the course of approving Rinker’s financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended March 31, 2005, the board considered certificates from the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer stating that, in the opinion of those officers:

 

                  The integrity of Rinker’s financial statements and notes thereto was founded on a sound system of risk management and internal compliance and control systems which, in all material respects, implement the policies adopted by the board.

 

                  Rinker’s risk management and internal compliance and control systems, to the extent they relate to financial reporting, were operating effectively in all material respects, based on the 1992 COSO framework.

 

7.              NYSE corporate governance rules

 

Because Rinker’s ADRs are listed on the NYSE, Rinker is required to disclose any significant differences between its corporate governance practices and the NYSE corporate governance rules. There are two potentially significant differences.

 

Under the NYSE rules, the nominations committee is required to develop and recommend to the board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the corporation. In Rinker’s case, the board as a whole has developed and adopted Rinker’s corporate governance principles. The board believes that this is appropriate for Rinker, particularly given that five of Rinker’s six directors, including the Chairman and Deputy Chairman, are independent, non-executive directors.

 

To provide checks and balances on the potential dilution resulting from the process of earmarking shares to be used for equity-based awards to employees and directors, the NYSE rules generally require that all ’equity-compensation plans’ be approved by shareholders. The NYSE rules define an ’equity-compensation plan’ broadly to include plans involving both newly issued shares and shares acquired on-market.

 

128



 

With the exception of its Universal Share Plan (USP), all of Rinker’s other share plans involve shares acquired on-market and, therefore, are non-dilutive to shareholders. Full disclosure is made of shares purchased under these plans and the costs are expensed and disclosed in accordance with accounting standards. Rinker’s USP is described above (under the heading ’ASX Principles and Recommendations’).

 

Rinker has not obtained shareholder approval for its share plans open to employees and directors. However, the board has elected to put its Remuneration Report, which includes details of all share plans, to shareholders for adoption by way of a non-binding resolution at Rinker’s annual general meeting on July 18, 2005.

 

Directors’ attendance at board and committee meetings

 

Year ended
March 31, 2005

 

Board

 

Audit
Committee

 

Remuneration &
HR Committee

 

Nominations
Committee

 

Safety, Health &
Environment
Committee

 

Name

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

John Arthur

 

10

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

1

 

1

 

4

 

4

 

David Clarke(1)

 

10

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marshall Criser

 

10

 

10

 

4

 

4

 

5

 

5

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

John Ingram

 

10

 

10

 

4

 

4

 

5

 

5

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

John Morschel

 

10

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

4

 

4

 

Walter Revell

 

10

 

10

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

4

 

4

 

 

Legend:

Current member

 

Current Chairman

 


Notes:

A               shows number of meetings held during the period the director was a member of the board and/or committee

 

B               shows number of meetings attended during the period the director was a member of the board and/or committee

 

(1)          As an executive director, David Clarke is not a member of any committees.

 

Directors’ interests in Rinker shares (including Rinker ADRs) are set out below.

 

As at May 12 2005

 

Relevant Interest
2005

 

Relevant Interest
2004

 

John Arthur

 

34,700

 

25,458

 

David Clarke*

 

1,010,519

**

260,414

 

Marshall Criser

 

34,000

 

34,000

 

John Ingram

 

17,175

 

15,000

 

John Morschel

 

59,487

 

51,333

 

Walter Revell

 

20,000

 

20,000

 

 


*                 During year end March 31, 2004, Mr. Clarke had an additional exposure to movements in Rinker’s share price by virtue of his election to invest in 245,026 “notional Rinker shares” under the Rinker group’s SERP.  The SERP is a non-qualified defined contribution plan in the United States to which employees and employers make contributions.  The interest was economic only – notional Rinker shares did not carry any rights in connection with Rinker ordinary shares or Rinker ADRs.  During year ended March 31, 2005, a Rinker subsidiary (through a trustee) acquired Rinker ordinary shares or Rinker ADRs, reflecting Rinker’s liabilities under the SERP, and gave

 

129



 

participants the ability to decide how the shares and ADRs will be voted. Mr. Clarke’s SERP interests are therefore now included in the amount shown under the Relevant Interest 2005 column.

 

**          Includes 500,000 PSP shares granted to Mr. Clarke during year end March 2005.  These shares are at risk and will be eligible to vest if performance criteria are met.

 

D.            Employees

 

As of March 31, 2005, Rinker group companies had a total of 13,279 employees.  A breakdown of employees by geographic location is set out below.

 

Employee numbers for Rinker Group Limited at March 31:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2004-2005
%
CHANGE

 

2003

 

United States

 

10,186

 

10,695

 

(4.8

%)

10,262

 

Australia

 

2,600

 

2,591

 

0.3

%

2,243

 

China

 

493

 

486

 

1.4

%

525

 

Total

 

13,279

 

13,772

 

(3.6

%)

13,030

 

 

Note:  Represents full time equivalent employees.  The decrease in the number of US employees at March 31, 2005 is primarily the result of the sale of the prestress and polypipe operations.

 

In the US, Rinker Materials provides certain union and non-union employees with a defined contribution retirement plan that allows employees to defer a portion of their salary in accordance with US Internal Revenue Service guidelines.  Pursuant to the plan, Rinker Materials matches a percentage of the employee contribution and annually makes a discretionary profit sharing contribution.  Additionally, in connection with certain acquisitions, Rinker Materials is obligated to maintain defined benefit retirement plans. Rinker Materials funds these defined benefit plans in accordance with government guidelines.  On January 1, 2005 an unaudited actuarial review was performed on the defined benefit pension plans.  The actuarial review reflected an estimated shortfall of US$19.2 million (A$24.8 million).  This deficit is being funded progressively by Rinker Materials and all minimum funding requirements have currently been satisfied.  Details are provided in “Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

Rinker Materials has approximately 45 different collective bargaining agreements with a number of unions.  These agreements, most of which have been in place for many years, cover approximately 4,000 employees.  Of these 4,000 employees, approximately 1,800 are covered by various chapters of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters each of which negotiates different agreements for its members, and approximately 1,300 are covered by various chapters of the Laborers International Union, each of which negotiates different agreements for its members.  The terms of ongoing collective bargaining contracts vary with expirations ranging from 2005 to 2010. Rinker Materials, while covered by these various collective bargaining agreements, has experienced a relatively low level of industrial disruption over the past three years.  Rinker group’s relationship with its various labor unions may be characterized as mature and productive.

 

130



 

U.S. employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, not covered by single employer pension plans, generally receive pension and health benefits directly from multiemployer trust funds jointly managed by trustees appointed by labor and management.

 

Readymix Holdings in Australia has approximately 61 enterprise bargaining agreements and certified agreements covering approximately 2,000 employees.  Major respondent unions include the CSR & Rinker Salaried Staff Association, the Australian Workers Union, the Australian Manufacturing Workers’ Union and the Transport Workers Union.  Readymix Holdings administration, production, maintenance and transport employees are eligible for membership in these various unions.  The Readymix Holdings enterprise agreements or enterprise awards are registered with either the Australian Industrial Relations Commission or Queensland or New South Wales Industrial Relations Commissions.  The enterprise agreements and awards are underpinned by relevant industry awards and operate for fixed terms of various lengths (although they continue to operate after the expiry of those terms unless replaced by another agreement/award).   Salaried staff are employed under individual contracts of employment, which are underpinned by an award of the Australian Industrial Relations Commission and, in some cases, by certified agreements (which comprise about 21 of the total number of 61 mentioned above).    Over the past three fiscal years, industrial disputation has been minimal and Readymix Holdings believes that it has good relationships with its employees.

 

In Australia, Rinker group entities participate in superannuation (pension) plans that will continue to provide ongoing benefits for employees.  Harwood Superannuation Fund (formerly the CSR Australian Superannuation Fund) provides ongoing benefits for the employees of the Rinker Group entities in Australia (including expatriates in China), with Rinker assuming responsibility to fund defined benefits and accumulation benefits for Rinker group employees.  Readymix Holdings is also a participating employer in the Monier PGH Superannuation Fund, which provides superannuation benefits for some employees.

 

Rinker group entities have comprehensive safety and health management systems.  These systems are designed to improve overall safety performance in all operations.  Rinker continues to focus on safety, health and environment management training for business managers and other frontline people, improving root cause analysis, advancing risk assessment processes, addressing potential occupational health hazards and integrating new acquisitions into the Rinker group management system approach.  In addition, the current safety, health and environment audit program is being revised and strengthened although many of Readymix Holdings sites continue to be audited externally to be in compliance with self-insurance requirements.

 

E.              Share Ownership

 

No director or senior manager has beneficial ownership of one percent or more of the voting securities.  Note 32 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report shows actual shareholdings of directors, each of whom is required by Rinker’s constitution to own a minimum of 2,000 shares in his or her name.  As at March 31, 2005 the holdings of directors and senior management of Rinker, as a group, of Rinker’s voting securities were as follows:

 

Title of Class

 

Identity of Person or Group

 

Number
Owned

 

Percent
of Class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

Directors and senior management

 

3,167,055

 

0.34

%

 

As at March 31, 2005, 4,663,367 ordinary shares were owned by current senior managers or other employees of Rinker group entities under Rinker employee equity plans.

 

131



 

No options to acquire Rinker shares are held by any directors, members of senior management or other employees as at May 12, 2005.

 

Item 7              Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

A.            Major Shareholders

 

Rinker is not directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation or by any foreign government and does not know of any arrangement the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of Rinker.

 

As at May 12, 2005 there were four registered holders known to Rinker of more than 5 percent of Rinker’s outstanding voting securities.  Westpac Custodian Nominees Limited held 165.1 million ordinary shares or 17.6 percent of Rinker’s issued capital.  J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited held 123.7 million ordinary shares or 13.2 percent of Rinker’s issued capital.  National Nominees Limited held 99.5 million ordinary shares or 10.6 percent of Rinker’s issued capital.  RBC Global Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited held 49.3 million ordinary shares, or 5.3 percent of Rinker’s issued capital.  The shares are held as nominee for numerous beneficiaries, most of whom are believed to be pension funds but whose identity is not known to Rinker.

 

In addition, as at May 12, 2005, three beneficial owners of more than 5 percent of Rinker’s outstanding voting shares were known to Rinker.  These were Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, holding 87.1 million ordinary shares or 9.3 percent of Rinker’s issued capital, Barclays Global Investors Australia Limited, holding 47.8 million ordinary shares or 5.1 percent of Rinker’s issued capital, and Capital Group Companies, Inc., holding 47.1 million ordinary shares or 5.0 percent of Rinker’s issued capital.  None of these holders of larger blocks of shares have voting rights that are different from the rights of other shareholders.

 

As at May 12, 2005, 516,553 (0.1% of the total ordinary shares outstanding) fully paid ordinary shares are held by 889 shareholders who, on record, are resident in the United States.

 

Based on inquiries made of registered holders, Rinker estimates that as at April 30, 2005 approximately 229 million fully paid ordinary shares representing approximately 25% of total ordinary shares outstanding were beneficially owned by residents in the United States.

 

B.            Related Party Transactions

 

Relationship of directors

 

As at March 31, 2005, there were no interest free loans to the directors of Rinker and its subsidiary entities other than one interest free loan to a director of a subsidiary as noted at page 108. During fiscal year 2005, no directors of Rinker or any of its subsidiaries and their director-related entities have received or are entitled to receive any additional benefit, other than a benefit shown in “Item 6.B. - Remuneration details of executive directors and senior management” or the accompanying financial statements (specifically, Note 26 “Directors’ and executives’ remuneration”, Note 11 “Receivables” and Note 32 “Related party information”) by reason of a contract made by Rinker or a related party with the directors, or with a firm or company in which they have a substantial financial interest or over which they have a significant influence.

 

132



 

Relationship with CSR

 

Separation matters

 

On March 28, 2003, the Federal Court of Australia approved the demerger of Rinker from CSR.  Rinker was admitted to the official list of the ASX and its shares were quoted on the stock market conducted by the ASX effective March 31, 2003 (on a deferred settlement basis).  In accordance with the terms of the demerger, Rinker issued 944.7 million shares on April 11, 2003.

 

Prior to the demerger, Rinker was historically a 100% owned subsidiary of CSR.  As a result of the demerger, Rinker became a separately listed company and CSR and Rinker now operate independently of each other.

 

As part of the demerger transition process, CSR and Rinker have entered into various contractual arrangements dealing with the separation and the ongoing business relationships and operations between CSR and Rinker as independent companies as detailed below:

 

Property

 

As a result of the demerger, CSR’s beneficial 40% interest in Penrith Lakes Development Corporation Limited (“PLDC”), which extracts the majority of the aggregates for the Sydney region, was transferred to Readymix.  Boral and Hanson own 40% and 20% respectively of PLDC.  Readymix has agreed to share future profits produced from land sales equally with CSR.  A significant portion of the PLDC land holdings have been identified as having potential, subject to planning approvals, for a major urban land development, creating approximately 4,900 residential lots.

 

Indemnity and claims management

 

CSR has granted Rinker, its subsidiaries, directors, officers and employees and the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries an indemnity against liability (to the extent it is not covered by Rinker’s insurance) arising from any claim made against any of them arising from any actions or omissions, including negligence and other alleged torts, breach of contract or law or any other act committed, omitted or done by CSR or any of the businesses being conducted by members of the CSR group after the demerger (or businesses that would have been conducted by any member of the CSR group after the demerger except that those businesses have been closed before the demerger), regardless of when the liability or loss to which the claim relates arises.   Rinker has granted CSR, its subsidiaries, directors, officers and employees and the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries an indemnity against liability (to the extent it is not covered by CSR’s insurance) arising from any claim made against any of them arising from any actions or omissions, including negligence and other alleged torts, breach of contract or law or any other act committed, omitted or done by Rinker or any of the businesses being conducted by members of the Rinker group after the demerger (or businesses that would have been conducted by any member of the Rinker group after the demerger except that those businesses have been closed before the demerger), regardless of when the liability or loss to which the claim relates arises.

 

It is not clear at law whether these indemnities would be enforceable in respect of fines or pecuniary penalties of a penal nature.

 

In accordance with the indemnity, CSR and Rinker have agreed arrangements pursuant to which the economic and management responsibility for claims will be determined. CSR and Rinker have agreed to assist each other in respect of the conduct of claims to which the indemnity relates.

 

133



 

Further, CSR has agreed to indemnify Rinker, its subsidiaries, directors, officers and employees and the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries against liability incurred by them arising from any claim made against them arising from a failure of the demerger booklet, Rinker’s listing memorandum to the ASX or marketing or other material distributed or published in connection with the demerger (including any associated refinancing) to comply with any applicable legal requirement where the failure is caused by, or arises out of, information about the businesses which are to be conducted by any member of the CSR group after the demerger (or businesses that would have been conducted by any member of the CSR group after the demerger except that those businesses have been closed before the demerger).

 

Rinker has agreed to indemnify CSR, its subsidiaries, directors, officers and employees and the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries against liability incurred by them arising from any claim made against them arising from a failure of the demerger booklet, Rinker’s listing memorandum to the ASX or marketing or other material distributed or published in connection with the demerger (including any associated refinancing) to comply with any applicable legal requirement where the failure is caused by, or arises out of, information about the businesses which are to be conducted by any member of the Rinker group after the demerger (or businesses that would have been conducted by any member of the Rinker group after the demerger except that those businesses have been closed before the demerger).

 

Insurance

 

Rinker is responsible for its own insurance arrangements, including directors’ and officers’ insurance following the demerger. However, the directors and officers of Rinker and CSR as of March 28, 2003 will continue to have the benefit of the directors’ and officers’ run off insurance held by CSR in respect of matters that occurred before the demerger took effect.

 

Statutory licenses

 

CSR and Rinker have agreed to cooperate and to act reasonably in relation to the transfer of statutory licenses from members of CSR group to members of the Rinker group.

 

Tax liability

 

The Rinker group is responsible for, and has indemnified CSR in respect of, tax liabilities relating to the businesses to be conducted by Rinker group companies after the demerger as though the relevant Rinker group companies had always owned and operated those businesses, and the CSR group is responsible for, and has indemnified Rinker in respect of, tax liabilities relating to the businesses conducted by the CSR group after the demerger.

 

Financial and tax assistance

 

Rinker and CSR have agreed to assist each other in relation to past and future financial and tax matters and each will allow the other access to records in connection with the preparation of tax returns or tax audits by the Australian Taxation Office or State Revenue authorities.

 

Business records

 

Rinker has agreed to maintain the business records transferred to it as part of the internal restructuring prior to the demerger for a period of seven years after the demerger and allow CSR to access and make copies of those records.

 

134



 

CSR has agreed to maintain any business records that relate to the Rinker group’s businesses and which were not transferred to the Rinker group as part of the internal restructuring for a period of seven years after the demerger and allow Rinker to access and make copies of those records.

 

Transition and shared services arrangements

 

Following the demerger Rinker and CSR entered into an agreement pursuant to which CSR supplied, or procured the supply of, a variety of services to the Rinker group during a transitional period. The transitional period was completed for all services within fiscal year 2005.

 

Certain limited services, primarily access to human resources and payroll IT systems, are obtained from CSR under an ongoing supply agreement.

 

The CSR group and the Rinker group have each granted the other a consideration free license to use the copyright in certain works that are required for the business operations of the Rinker group and CSR group respectively.

 

Workers’ compensation arrangements

 

CSR and Rinker have entered into Deeds of Indemnity and Management Agreements relating to workers’ compensation claims based on incidents prior to the demerger.  The Deeds of Indemnity provide for indemnities in respect of common law and statutory workers’ compensation liabilities after the demerger, the key features of which are consistent with the following principles:

 

                  Rinker is responsible for all common law and statutory workers’ compensation claims which have arisen or arise out of the businesses conducted by companies in the Rinker group after the demerger;

 

                  CSR is responsible for all common law and statutory workers’ compensation claims which have arisen or arise out of the businesses conducted by companies in CSR group after the demerger; and

 

                  Rinker has agreed to indemnify CSR in respect of any amounts CSR is required to pay as a consequence of a common law or statutory workers’ compensation claim for which Rinker is responsible.

 

Agency agreements have been executed by CSR and Rinker, whereby the party responsible for the payment of any claim is also responsible for its administration and defense.

 

Superannuation arrangements

 

The Harwood Superannuation Fund (previously CSR Australian Superannuation Fund) and the Monier PGH Superannuation Fund continue to provide ongoing benefits for employees of CSR and Rinker in Australia (including expatriates in China).  As determined by the CSR board prior to the demerger, as part of the demerger separation terms (having regard to, principally, the division of assets and liabilities between the respective entities to be demerged and the number of employees of each entity who were members of the Harwood Superannuation Fund), CSR and Rinker will each separately cover, in effect, 50% of the funding of the accrued defined benefit liabilities of Harwood Superannuation Fund as at March 28, 2003, which will be revalued by the actuary at least annually.  Subject to that arrangement, Rinker and CSR are separately responsible for funding defined benefits and accumulation benefits for their respective employees and CSR continues to be responsible for pensioners and deferred members as at March 31, 2003.

 

135



 

C.            Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 8                                      Financial Information

 

A.            Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Except as set out below, no company in the Rinker group is involved in any litigation the outcome of which is likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial position or financial performance of the Rinker group.

 

                  Certain corporate entities within the CSR group that are currently defendants in litigation have sold businesses to Readymix.  To the extent such litigation concerns those businesses, Readymix, under the sale agreements, and Rinker, under the demerger agreements, have agreed to indemnify CSR in respect of any costs or liabilities arising in connection with that litigation. To the extent it is material, this litigation, together with other material litigation directly against companies in the Rinker group, is described below.

 

                  Rinker Materials holds one and is the beneficiary of one other of 12 federal mining permits granted for the Lake Belt area in South Florida.  The permit held by Rinker Materials covers Rinker Materials’ SCL and FEC quarries.  Rinker Materials’ Krome quarry is operated under one of the other permits.  The FEC quarry is the largest of Rinker Materials’ quarries measured by volume of aggregates mined and sold.  See “Risk Factors — Operational and supply failures”.  Various governmental agencies are involved in litigation brought by environmental groups concerning the manner in which all 12 permits were granted.  The plaintiffs allege that the relevant governmental agencies acted capriciously, abused their discretion and failed to comply with administrative regulations and procedures and to consider all appropriate information when issuing the permits.  The plaintiffs seek to set aside the permits and to enjoin the relevant governmental agencies from granting further permits.  Although not named as a defendant, Rinker Materials has intervened in the proceedings to protect its interests.  The proceedings are continuing and it is not possible to determine the likely outcome or what impact that will have on Rinker Materials’ operations.  If the Lake Belt permits, including the key permits for the SCL, FEC and Krome quarries were ultimately set aside, Rinker Materials and the other industry participants with quarries in the Lake Belt region would need to source aggregates, to the extent available, from other locations in Florida or import aggregates. This would likely result in increased costs and other adverse operational effects on Rinker Materials. However, Rinker believes that Rinker Materials’ permits were validly issued and does not believe that there is a material risk of such an outcome.

 

                  Rinker Materials has been served with two lawsuits filed in Hillsborough County, Florida Circuit Court which name Rinker Materials and several other parties, relating to an animal feed supplement processing site formerly operated by an entity that was later merged into an existing Rinker Materials subsidiary. The site was sold in 1993 prior to Rinker Materials ownership of the subsidiary. The lawsuits are filed on behalf of multiple residents of Hillsborough County living near the site and allege various injuries related to alleged exposure to toxic chemicals. At this time, the Rinker group has inadequate information from which to estimate a potential range of liability, if any.

 

136



 

                  The litigation commenced in December 2001 by TNT Australia Pty Ltd as described in the equivalent item in last year’s report has been settled.

 

                  The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission advised during the year that it had discontinued its investigation into potential anti-competitive conduct by CSR Emoleum as described in the equivalent item in last year’s report.

 

Although Rinker Materials is currently named as a defendant in a number of asbestos claims in the United States (approximately 357 as at May 12, 2005) relating to the alleged sale of raw asbestos by CSR Limited, and has been named in other such claims in the past, to date it has never been held liable in response to any such claims and all resolved claims have been dismissed for no payment by Rinker Materials, usually with express agreement from claimant’s attorneys that Rinker Materials was not a proper party (CSR ceased such sales in 1966 and Rinker Materials was not formed until 1981).  Rinker has no reason to believe that these circumstances will change and does not believe such claims present a material risk of material liability.  Furthermore, CSR Limited has agreed to indemnify Rinker group companies in the event of any asbestos-related liabilities being imposed on them in respect of CSR’s alleged torts.  Accordingly, Rinker does not believe asbestos litigation against CSR will have a material impact on the business, financial position or financial performance of the Rinker group.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Prior to the demerger, during fiscal year 2003, Rinker paid a dividend of A$16.1 million to its sole shareholder, CSR Limited.

 

At the time of the demerger, the directors adopted a dividend policy for Rinker of distributing between 20-30% of available net profit after finance and income tax in the form of dividends, with an interim dividend payable in December of each year and a final dividend in July. Since the demerger, Rinker has declared the following dividends:

 

137



 

Dividends Declared

 

2005

 

2004

 

In respect of fiscal years ending 31 March

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount per share

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend (A$ cents per share) (1)

 

7.0

 

6.0

 

Final dividend (A$ cents per share) (2)

 

14.0

 

8.0

 

Total

 

21.0

 

14.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Franking

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend (1)

 

100

%

100

%

Final dividend (2)

 

60

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payout Ratio (3)

 

34

%

31

%

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)            Interim dividends are paid in December of the current fiscal year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)            Final dividends are paid in July of the following fiscal year.

 

(3)            Defined as dividends declared in respect of a given fiscal year divided by net profit attributable to Rinker shareholders for that corresponding fiscal year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker declared a final dividend in respect of the year ended March 31, 2005 of Australian dollar 14 cents (A$0.14) per share, 60% franked, totaling approximately A$131 million, payable on July 2, 2005, reflecting the intention of Rinker’s directors to seek to distribute in future around 35% of available net profit after finance and income tax in the form of dividends.

 

Subject to the Australian Corporations Act 2001, the directors of Rinker may declare a dividend and set the amount and date for its payment.  The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Rinker board.  Dividends are payable to shareholders of fully paid shares equally.  Generally, shares rank for dividend from their date of allotment.

 

The level of dividends declared by the Rinker board is subject to a number of factors, including the financial results of the Rinker group, the general business environment, ongoing capital expenditure requirements, ongoing cash requirements, applicable law and any other factors the Rinker board may consider relevant.

 

Holders of Rinker ADRs, which each represent five Rinker ordinary shares, are each entitled to a final US$ dividend equivalent of A$0.70 per share, or five times the final dividend per ordinary share.

 

B.            Significant Changes

 

Except as otherwise disclosed in note 38 to the audited financial statements, no significant change has occurred to the Rinker group entities, since the date of the financial statements.

 

138



 

Item 9              The Offer and Listing

 

A.            Listing Details

 

Not applicable

 

Nature of Trading Market

 

The principal trading market for Rinker’s fully paid ordinary shares is conducted by the ASX.  Rinker ordinary shares were listed on the ASX (ticker symbol ’RIN’) for the first time on March 31, 2003 (on a deferred settlement basis).

 

In the United States, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Depositary (the “Depositary”), issues ADRs evidencing ADSs.  Effective April 27, 2005, each ADS represents 5 ordinary shares.  The ADRs commenced trading on the NYSE on October 28, 2003.

 

The following table sets forth, for the months indicated, the high and low sales prices in A$ per ordinary share as reported by the ASX and the high and low sales prices in US$ per ADS as reported by the NYSE.

 

 

 

Month

 

Per Ordinary Share

 

Per ADS (1)

 

 

 

 

 

(A$)

 

(US$)

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

2003

 

April to June

 

5.46

 

4.50

 

 

 

 

 

July to September

 

5.98

 

5.02

 

 

 

 

 

October to December

 

6.59

 

5.60

 

24.48

 

21.18

 

2004

 

January to March

 

7.34

 

6.08

 

27.90

 

23.63

 

 

 

April

 

7.38

 

6.62

 

27.25

 

24.73

 

 

 

May

 

7.66

 

6.80

 

27.17

 

23.75

 

 

 

June

 

8.09

 

7.51

 

28.05

 

26.32

 

 

 

July

 

8.51

 

7.74

 

30.71

 

28.02

 

 

 

August

 

8.70

 

7.96

 

30.98

 

28.89

 

 

 

September

 

8.80

 

8.39

 

31.32

 

29.54

 

 

 

October

 

8.98

 

8.48

 

32.50

 

31.10

 

 

 

November

 

9.75

 

8.68

 

37.77

 

32.91

 

 

 

December

 

10.75

 

9.40

 

41.59

 

36.65

 

2005

 

January

 

11.46

 

10.25

 

44.05

 

39.50

 

 

 

February

 

11.40

 

10.76

 

45.25

 

42.88

 

 

 

March

 

11.92

 

10.67

 

47.00

 

41.38

 

 

 

April

 

11.65

 

10.61

 

44.47

 

41.07

 

 

 

May (through May 12)

 

12.09

 

10.81

 

45.50

 

42.68

 

 


(1)          Effective April 27, 2005, ordinary shares represented by each ADR changed to 5 from 10.  The table above as been adjusted to reflect the new ratio.

 

At May 12, 2005, 936,961,922 ordinary shares were outstanding and were held by 91,228 holders of record.  As at May 12, 2005, 5,653,199 ADRs representing 28,265,995 ordinary shares, or 3.0 percent of the ordinary shares outstanding on such date, were held by an estimated 2,700 beneficial holders in the United States based on inquiries made of registered holders.

 

139



 

B.            Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C.            Markets

 

Rinker ordinary shares are listed on the ASX.  Rinker ADRs, representing its ADSs, are listed for trading on the NYSE.

 

D.            Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E.              Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F.              Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 10                               Additional Information

 

A.            Share Capital

 

During the year ended March 31, 2004, Rinker issued 944.7 million ordinary shares on April 11, 2003 (as a result of the demerger from CSR Limited) and 0.3 million ordinary shares in August and September 2003 under the Employee Universal Share Plan (USP).

 

During the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker repurchased and immediately cancelled 4.0 million ordinary shares as part of the on-market buyback.  In August and September 2004, 0.3 million ordinary shares were issued under the Employee Universal Share Plan (USP).  Subsequent to March 31, 2005 and prior to May 12, 2005, a further 4.3 million shares were repurchased and immediately cancelled under the on-market buyback.

 

B.            Overview of the Rinker constitution

 

Rinker’s corporate organization and conduct is governed by its constitution (the “Constitution”). Set forth below is a summary of the provisions of the principal terms of the Constitution.

 

Company Objects & Purposes

 

Rinker is taken to be registered as a public company limited by shares under the Corporations Act 2001 of the Commonwealth of Australia (the “Corporations Act”) and is registered with Australian Business Number 53 003 433 118.

 

The Constitution became effective on March 28, 2003. The Constitution does not specify Rinker’s objects and purposes.  Rather, under section 124 of the Corporations Act, Rinker has the legal capacity and powers of an individual person.

 

140



 

Directors’ Powers & Qualifications

 

(a)                      No director is permitted to vote or be counted in the quorum as a director in respect of any matter in which the director has a personal material interest unless permitted by the Corporations Act (clause 71.5).

 

(b)                     Directors remuneration is to be determined by them from time to time and in such proportions and manner as they determine, provided that the aggregate remuneration paid to directors in any year must not exceed the amount approved in general meeting (clause 58).

 

(c)                      In addition, every director is entitled to be paid all traveling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of directors of Rinker or any committee of the directors or general meetings of Rinker (clause 58.6).

 

(d)                     Directors may exercise all the powers of Rinker to borrow money, charge property, issue debentures (or give other security) and provide guarantees for the company’s purposes (rule 47).

 

(e)                      The Constitution does not contain any age limit requirement on the retirement of directors.

 

(f)                        A director must hold 2000 fully paid shares in Rinker in his or her own name as a qualification for office (clause 64).

 

(g)                     At each Annual General Meeting one third of the directors (or the nearest number to one third, rounded down) retire from the office and are subject to re-election. In any event, a director, other than the managing director, shall retire from office at the conclusion of the third Annual General Meeting after the general meeting at which he or she was last elected or re-elected.

 

Rights & Restrictions Attaching to Each Class of Shares

 

(a)                      Rinker has only one class of shares, the ordinary class. The rights attached to ordinary shares include the right to dividends in the event that the directors declare them. Directors may determine that a dividend is payable, fix the amount, the date at which the entitlement accrues, date for payment and the method of payment.

 

(b)                     Dividends, which have not been claimed for one year after having been declared, may be invested or otherwise made use of by the directors for the benefit of Rinker until claimed or disposed of according to law (clause 97).

 

(c)                      The voting right attached to ordinary shares is the right to vote in person, by representative, attorney or proxy in general meeting.  There is no power to approve corporate matters by written consent.

 

(d)                     On a show of hands each shareholder (regardless of the number of shares held) has one vote. On a poll each shareholder may exercise one vote for each fully paid ordinary share held. Shareholders may not cumulate their votes.  In respect of partly paid shares, the shareholder has a vote equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid up bears to the total amounts paid and payable, whether or not called, on the share when the poll is taken (clause 43.1).

 

(e)                      In the event of a winding up, ordinary shares rank equally in the division of any surplus.

 

(f)                        Shareholders cannot redeem ordinary shares.

 

141



 

(g)                     The holders of fully paid ordinary shares have no further liability to Rinker in respect of those shares. The holders of partly paid shares are liable to Rinker once a call is made for the payment of the unpaid amount.

 

(h)                     There is no provision in the Constitution that discriminates against an existing or prospective shareholder as a result of that shareholder owning a substantial number of shares unless such ownership leads to a partial takeover offer (see heading “Partial Takeover Approval” below).

 

(i)                         The rights attached to any class of shares may be varied in accordance with the Corporations Act (clause 8.1).  Under the Corporations Act, rights of shareholders may be varied or cancelled only by a special resolution (75% majority of votes cast) of all shareholders, together with either a special resolution of the relevant class or with the written consent of shareholders with at least 75% of the votes in the class.  Any variation of class rights is subject to challenge by shareholders with at least 10% of the votes on grounds of unfair prejudice.

 

(j)                         There are no provisions in the Constitution that provide a shareholder owning 5% or more of Rinker’s ordinary shares with access to corporate records.  However, under the Corporations Act, shareholders have rights of access to the register of shareholders and minutes of general meetings of shareholders.

 

General Meetings of Rinker

 

The board may convene general meetings of Rinker to be held at such times and places and in the manner determined by the Board.  No shareholder or director may convene a general meeting unless entitled to do so under the Corporations Act.

 

Subject to the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, notices of a general meeting convened by the board may be given in the form and in the manner determined by the board.  At least 28 days notice must be given of a general meeting (section 249HA of the Corporations Act).

 

All shareholders may attend general meetings in person, or be represented by the attendance of a representative, attorney or by proxy (who need not be shareholders of Rinker in their own right).

 

The quorum for a general meeting is twelve shareholders entitled to vote, present in person, by proxy or attorney or by representative, together holding not fewer than 80,000 shares (clause 34.2). If within 30 minutes of the time appointed for holding the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened by requisition, is dissolved, but in all other cases stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to another day, time and place determined by directors (clause 34.3).  If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for holding the meeting, two shareholders shall constitute a quorum.

 

Limitations on the Right to Own Securities

 

Rinker’s Constitution does not impose limitations on the right to own securities except those provisions relating to minimum holdings (known as an Unmarketable Parcel, as described below).

 

Unmarketable Parcel Rationalization Scheme

 

The Constitution contains a procedure whereby Rinker can sell the shares of shareholders who hold a parcel of shares in Rinker of less that A$500 value (an “Unmarketable Parcel”). The procedure sets out notice requirements that Rinker must comply with prior to selling any shares and also includes the right of shareholders (who hold an Unmarketable Parcel) to exempt their holdings from its operation.  The

 

142



 

procedure can only be invoked once in any 12-month period with respect to any particular member (clause 22).

 

Other Takeover Limitations

 

The rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on Rinker’s securities are subject to the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth). The Treasurer of the Australian Federal Government has the power to prohibit the acquisition of a controlling interest in any Australian company by a foreign person or foreign persons, if the Treasurer is of the opinion that the acquisition would be contrary to the national interest. For this purpose, a shareholding of 15% or more held by a single foreign person or 40% or more held by two or more foreign persons is deemed to constitute a controlling interest.

 

Section 50 of the Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) prohibits an acquisition of shares that would have the effect, or be likely to have the effect, of substantially lessening competition in a substantial market for goods or services, unless the acquisition is authorized by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

 

There are no provisions to allow for the issuance of preferred stock or other ’poison pill’ measures that could prevent a takeover attempt.

 

Partial Takeover Approval

 

In the event that there is an offer made under a “proportional takeover bid” (being an off-market bid for a specified proportion of the securities in the bid class) to acquire shares in Rinker, the registration of a transfer giving effect to a contract resulting from the acceptance of the bid, is prohibited unless and until a resolution to approve the proportional takeover bid is passed in accordance with clause 23 of Rinker’s Constitution. This resolution is to be voted on at a meeting convened and conducted by Rinker, of the persons entitled to vote on the resolution.  The resolution is taken to have been passed if the proportion that the number of votes in favor of the resolution bears to the total number of votes on the resolution is greater than one-half.  The provisions of clause 23 of Rinker’s Constitution cease to have effect on the third anniversary of the date of their adoption or last renewal.

 

Disclosure of Share Ownership

 

The Constitution does not prescribe an ownership threshold above which shareholders must disclose their holding to Rinker. However, Part 6C.1 of the Corporations Act imposes disclosure requirements on persons who acquire or cease to hold a substantial holding (see section 9 of the Corporations Act) in Rinker. The disclosure must be given to Rinker and the ASX within the prescribed time.

 

Changes in Share Capital

 

Rinker may alter its share capital in one or more of the ways provided for, and in the manner prescribed by, the Corporations Act.

 

C.            Material Contracts

 

Demerger Deed

 

On March 27, 2003, Rinker and CSR entered into a Demerger Deed to facilitate the orderly separation of the Rinker group companies from CSR.  The arrangements were intended to assist Rinker to function as an independent company after the demerger.  The key terms of the deed are summarized below.

 

143



 

Demerger Principle

 

The underlying principle of the demerger is that, following its implementation the Rinker group will have the entire economic benefit, commercial risk and liabilities of the businesses to be conducted by the Rinker group companies after the demerger as though the Rinker group companies had always owned and operated those businesses.  The CSR group will have the entire economic benefit, commercial risk and liabilities of the businesses to be conducted by the CSR group after the demerger.  Rinker and CSR acknowledged in the deed that the restructure of the Rinker group within the CSR group prior to the demerger occurred in accordance with the internal restructure agreements and the demerger principle.

 

Limited Rights in Accordance with the Demerger Principle

 

Rinker and CSR acknowledged that once the demerger was complete, no member of the CSR group will have any rights against, or obligations to, a member of the Rinker group and no member of the Rinker group will have any rights against, or obligations to, a member of the CSR group except those rights and obligations expressly contained in or conferred by the Demerger Deed, the agreements effecting the internal restructure or any agreement between a member of the Rinker group and a member of the CSR group executed after the Demerger Deed.  The release of rights included a release of rights to make a claim for loss or damage arising in relation to the internal restructure of the Rinker group within the CSR group that occurred prior to the demerger and the demerger generally.

 

Accounting Separation

 

The Demerger Deed confirmed that Rinker and CSR will prepare separate accounts on a demerged basis from April 1, 2003, or such other date as may be agreed between CSR and Rinker.  No such other date was agreed between Rinker and CSR.

 

Other Assets

 

The Demerger Deed provides that the Rinker group and the CSR group will agree mechanisms for the future transfer between them of, or other access to, any asset, contract or intellectual property which either owns or holds after the effective date of the demerger (April 11, 2003) but which forms part of or is required to conduct the other’s business, which was incorrectly transferred as part of the internal restructure or the owning or holding of which is inconsistent with the demerger principle.

 

Additional Liabilities

 

Each of Rinker and CSR agreed to accept any liabilities that in accordance with the demerger principle should have been assigned to, or assumed by, it pursuant to the internal restructure, but which were not so assigned or assumed.

 

Indemnity and Claims Management

 

These arrangements are summarized under this heading in “Item 7.B. – Related Party Transactions.”

 

Insurance

 

These arrangements are summarized under this heading in “Item 7.B. – Related Party Transactions.”

 

Statutory Licenses

 

These arrangements are summarized under this heading in “Item 7.B. – Related Party Transactions”.

 

144



 

Tax Liability

 

These arrangements are summarized under this heading in “Item 7.B. – Related Party Transactions”.

 

Financial and Tax Assistance

 

These arrangements are summarized under this heading in “Item 7.B. – Related Party Transactions”.

 

Business Records

 

These arrangements are summarized under this heading in “Item 7.B. – Related Party Transactions.”

 

Bond Guarantee Indemnity Deed

 

As described in “Item 5.B. – Liquidity and Capital Resources – US$ bonds”, Rinker and Rinker Materials have agreed to indemnify CSR for any obligations that come due under CSR’s guarantee obligations in respect of the US$250 million outstanding 6.875% bonds due on July 21, 2005 issued by Rinker Materials and guaranteed by Rinker and CSR.  To support its indemnity, Rinker Materials has obtained, under its US$1,177.5 million bank credit facilities, bank letters of credit for CSR’s benefit for any obligations that come due under CSR’s guarantee in respect of the bonds that remain outstanding.

 

Transition and Shared Services Agreement

 

This agreement is summarized in “Item 7.B. – Related Party Transactions - Transition and Shares Services Arrangements.”

 

D.            Exchange Controls

 

There are no foreign exchange controls or other governmental laws, decrees or regulations, other than in relation to withholding taxes (see “Taxation” below), which affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments by Rinker to non-resident holders of Rinker securities in the United States.

 

Subject to the exceptions referred to below, there are no limitations on the right of United States residents or owners to hold or vote Rinker ordinary shares imposed by Australian law or Rinker’s constitution.

 

Changes in interests held by foreign persons in Australian companies may be subject to review and approval by the Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975.  Generally, that statute requires prior notification of any acquisition which would result in a foreign person together with any associates either holding interests in 15 percent or more of an Australian company’s issued shares or controlling 15 percent or more of the voting power in the company.  The statute also requires prior notification of any acquisition resulting in two or more foreign persons and their associates similarly holding interests in 40 percent or more of an Australian company’s issued shares or controlling, in the aggregate, 40 percent or more of its total voting power.  In each case, the Treasurer may prohibit any part of the acquisition if the Treasurer is satisfied it would be contrary to the national interest of Australia.

 

Further, the Corporations Act 2001 regulates the acquisition of shares in public companies in Australia.  Subject to certain exceptions, it prohibits such an acquisition if (1) after the acquisition the acquirer and the acquirer’s associates would be entitled to more than 20 percent of the company’s issued ordinary shares and (2) the acquisition does not satisfy one of a number of specified exceptions.  The more significant exceptions are: a formal, registered takeover offer to all the shareholders in the target

 

145



 

company, acquisitions by a broker on the stock market under a formal takeover announcement, acquisitions of no more than three percent of the target company’s voting share capital every six months or acquisitions approved by the target company’s shareholders in general meeting.

 

E.              Taxation

 

This section describes the material United States federal income and Australian tax consequences of United States residents owning Rinker’s ordinary shares.  Investors contemplating the purchase of shares are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences relevant to their specific situations.

 

Except as otherwise noted, the statements of Australian tax laws set out below are based on the laws in force as of the date of this annual report, and are subject to any changes in Australian law, and in any double taxation convention between the United States and Australia occurring after that date.

 

Commonwealth of Australia Taxation

 

With effect from July 1, 2002, Australia introduced a revised dividend imputation system relating to company tax.

 

Broadly, the new dividend imputation system simplifies the old dividend system and it is intended to produce the same tax outcomes as the old system.  The dividend imputation system of company tax relieves double taxation on dividends paid by Australian resident corporations.  Under this system, companies are required to identify dividends paid as either franked or unfranked dividends.  Franked dividends are those paid out of profits that have borne Australian corporate tax (i.e. to which franking credits have been allocated) while unfranked dividends are paid out of untaxed profits.  The Australian corporate tax rate is 30%.  Franked dividends paid to non-residents are exempt from withholding tax.  Unfranked dividends paid from a Foreign Dividend Account are also exempt from Australian withholding tax.  Foreign Dividend Accounts comprise certain non-assessable dividends received by an Australian parent company from foreign subsidiaries and associates. However, unfranked (or partly franked) dividends that are not paid out of a Foreign Dividend Account are subject to withholding tax, generally at 15% on the unfranked amount.  Notices are provided to shareholders that specify the amount (if any) of dividend withholding tax deducted.

 

All ordinary shareholders will be advised as to the extent to which each future dividend will be franked as dividends are declared.

 

The current Australian tax rules require taxpayers to hold shares “at risk” for certain periods before obtaining the benefit of the dividend imputation system.  The minimum period for holding ordinary shares “at risk” is currently 45 days, but the Australian Government is considering a proposal to reduce the minimum period.  Failure to satisfy these requirements may result in the deduction of Australian withholding tax from dividends paid to non-residents of Australia.  There is an exemption from these rules for defined “small” transactions.

 

The tax rules classify interests that satisfy a financial arrangements test as either debt or equity.  An interest that is classified as equity will be frankable, whereas an interest that is classified as debt will not be frankable.  Ordinary shares are likely to be classified as equity on the basis that the return is contingent on Rinker’s performance or at the discretion of Rinker.  Ordinary shareholders will be advised, by public announcement to the market at the time each future dividend is determined, of the extent to which each such dividend is franked and if unfranked, whether any amount will be paid out of the Foreign Dividend Account.

 

146



 

Under the provisions of the current Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Australia for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”), the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends paid by Rinker to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 15%.  However, where the recipient’s shareholding is effectively connected with a permanent establishment in Australia or a fixed base in Australia from which independent personal services are carried out, the recipient will generally be subject to ordinary income tax for dividends received under the Australian tax rules.  Australia and the United States have agreed to reduce the withholding tax rate to 5% for holders of more than 10% of the shares in a company and 0% for holders of 80% or more of the shares in a company.  In all other cases the 15% rate limit will continue to apply.  These changes took effect on July 1, 2003.

 

Some foreign shareholders are exempt from Australian dividend withholding tax on dividends that are not franked; most notably, foreign superannuation/pension funds that are exempt from income tax in their home jurisdiction.

 

A United States citizen who is resident in Australia, or a United States corporation that is resident in Australia (by reason of carrying on business in Australia and being managed or controlled in Australia or having its voting power controlled by shareholders who are residents of Australia) holding ordinary shares as capital assets, may be liable for Australian capital gains tax (“CGT”) on the disposal of Rinker ordinary shares.  In calculating the amount of a capital gain that may be subject to Australian CGT, special rules apply to individuals, trusts and certain superannuation funds.  For ordinary shares acquired after September 21, 1999 and held for at least 12 months, these taxpayers will pay tax on half of the gain (calculated in nominal terms or two-thirds of the gain for certain superannuation funds) after allowing for any offsetting capital losses which are applied against the whole nominal gain.  For ordinary shares acquired before that time and held for at least 12 months, these taxpayers may choose between paying CGT on half of the gain (or two-thirds of the gain for certain superannuation funds), or paying CGT on all of the gain with the gain being calculated on the basis of the cost of the shares being indexed for inflation up to September 30, 1999.  For all types of taxpayers, the legislation freezes the indexation (for inflation) of the cost of ordinary shares as at September 30, 1999, and abolishes such indexation for ordinary shares acquired after September 21, 1999.

 

Under current Australian law, no income or other tax is payable on any profit on disposal of the ordinary shares held by persons who are residents of the United States within the meaning of the Treaty except:

 

(a)          if the person (together with associates, if any) owns or owned ordinary shares at any time during the period of five years preceding the disposal, representing 10% or more of the issued share capital of Rinker (excluding share capital carrying no right to participate beyond a specified amount in distribution of profits or capital).  However, in these circumstances there may be relief from Australian tax for residents of the United States under the Treaty; or

 

(b)         if the ordinary shares have been used by the person in carrying on a trade or business wholly or partly at or through a permanent establishment in Australia.

 

Different rules will apply to persons and corporations that are not residents of the United States.

 

Australia does not impose gift, estate or inheritance taxes in relation to gifts of shares or upon the death of a shareholder.

 

Neither the issue nor transfer of Rinker’s ordinary shares or the payment of a dividend will give rise to a liability to goods and services tax in Australia.

 

147



 

Australian Stamp Duty

 

No Australian stamp duty will be payable on the issue or the transfer of Rinker’s ordinary shares.

 

United States Federal income tax consequences

 

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of owning ordinary shares or ADSs.  It applies only to holders who hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.  This section does not apply to a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

                  a dealer in securities,

 

                  a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for the securities holdings,

 

                  a tax-exempt organization,

 

                  a life insurance company,

 

                  a person liable for alternative minimum tax,

 

                  a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the voting stock of Rinker,

 

                  a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, or

 

                  a US holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

 

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions all as currently in effect, as well as on the Treaty.  These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.  In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs and:

 

                  a citizen or resident of the United States,

 

                  a domestic corporation,

 

                  an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source,

 

                  a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

US Holders should consult their own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs in their particular circumstances.

 

This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation.

 

148



 

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income and Australian tax purposes, if a Holder holds ADRs evidencing ADSs, a Holder will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADRs.  Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income or to Australian tax.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid by Rinker out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) is subject to United States federal income taxation.  Dividends paid to a noncorporate US holder and before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that the US holder holds the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements.  Dividends Rinker pays with respect to the ordinary shares will generally be qualified dividend income.

 

A US holder must include any Australian tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though the amount withheld was not in fact received. The dividend is taxable when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the US holder in the case of ordinary shares, or by the Depositary, in the case of ADSs. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.  The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income as a US holder will be the US dollar value of the Australian dollar payments made, determined at the spot Australian dollar/US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.  The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.  Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the basis in the ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Subject to generally applicable limitations that limit the availability of the US foreign tax credit depending on the nature of the income received by the US holder and that particular US holder’s proportion of foreign source income to worldwide income, the Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Treaty and paid over to Australia will generally be creditable against that holder’s United States federal income tax liability.  Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% rate.

 

Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, but dividends paid in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2007 generally will be “passive” or “financial services” income and dividends paid in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006 will, depending on your circumstances, be “passive” or “general” income which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable.

 

Distributions of additional ordinary shares or ADSs with respect to ordinary shares that are made as part of a pro rata distribution to all shareholders of Rinker generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

 

149



 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realized and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in ordinary shares or ADSs.  The capital gain of a noncorporate US holder that is recognized before January 1, 2009 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the holder has a holding period greater than one year.  The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

PFIC Rules

 

We believe that Rinker’s ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change.  If Rinker were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a US holder makes a valid election to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, gain realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain.  Instead, a US holder would be treated as if the US holder had realized such gain and certain “excess distributions” ratably over the holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.  With certain exceptions, ordinary shares or ADSs received by a holder will be treated as stock in a PFIC if Rinker were a PFIC at any time during the holder’s holding period in the ordinary shares or ADSs.  Dividends that you receive from us will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if we are a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

If a holder owns shares or ADSs in any year that Rinker is a PFIC, the holder must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

 

F.              Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not Applicable.

 

G.            Statement by Experts

 

Not Applicable.

 

H.            Documents on Display

 

It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in the annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington DC 20549 and over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  Please telephone the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the public reference room.  Copies of these documents may also be obtained from Rinker on request.

 

I.                 Subsidiary Information

 

All controlled entities are 100% owned, unless otherwise indicated.  Rinker’s significant subsidiaries are described in Note 36 to the financial statements.

 

150



 

J.              Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

 

Rinker is a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia.  Some of the directors and certain of the senior managers of Rinker, and some of the experts named in this document reside outside the United States, principally in Australia.  Some of the assets of Rinker, and the assets of some of Rinker’s directors, officers and experts, are located outside the United States.  Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Rinker or these persons so as to enforce judgments of United States courts against them based on the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws.  In addition, it may be difficult to bring an original action in an Australian court to enforce liabilities against some or any of these persons based on US federal securities laws.

 

Item 11                               Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

 

The Rinker group is exposed to the following types of market risk:  (i) interest rates, and (ii) foreign currencies.

 

The Rinker group has in place principles and policies approved by Rinker’s Board of Directors designed to manage financial risks associated with exposures to interest rates and foreign currencies.  These risks are managed through a variety of means including natural hedges, forward contracts, swaps, caps, collars and other options.  Rinker’s policies prohibit speculative transactions, restrict hedging transactions to preset limits and require senior management approval of hedging instruments.  In addition, the policies limit who may authorize transactions and segregate relevant functions among different individuals.

 

Rinker group has established a Finance Committee – consisting of the Chief Financial Officer; Vice President Strategy & Development; Chief Financial Officer, Readymix; and Group Manager, Finance & Treasury – which is responsible for managing exposures in accordance with the policies in consultation with specialist advice from Rinker Treasury.

 

Rinker group entities utilize a variety of domestic and international financial institutions as counter parties for hedging transactions. Transaction limits based on credit ratings are placed on each financial institution and reviewed regularly.  Predominantly, Rinker group entities will only utilize counter parties with a Moody’s or Standard & Poors “A3/A -” equivalent rating or higher.  In a few instances where no Moody’s or Standard & Poors rating is available, management may assign a small limit based on alternative arrangements.

 

It is management’s opinion that Rinker group entities in the past year have not engaged in any financial transactions of a trading or speculative nature.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity and Risk Management

 

Interest rate exposure is managed with an objective of reducing year-to-year volatility in interest costs to obtain a stable and predictable interest expense outcome.  To achieve this result, Rinker group entities enter into interest rate hedges, including interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps and collars.

 

As at March 31, 2005 approximately 98 percent of the Rinker group’s gross debt is US dollar denominated.  For the year ended March 31, 2005, the proportion of the Rinker group’s gross interest rate exposure that was subject to fixed interest rates averaged 97 percent.  It is estimated that a hypothetical 100 basis point movement in interest rates would have an US$0.2 million impact on the Rinker group’s net profit, based on average debt levels.

 

151



 

Specific information concerning interest rate exposure and financial instruments used to limit that exposure is disclosed in Note 21 and 28 of the financial statements.

 

Foreign Exchange Sensitivity and Risk Management

 

As Rinker Materials records its transactions in its own financial statements in US dollars and these results are translated into Australian dollars for the purposes of consolidation into the financial statements of the Rinker group for Australian dollar reporting purposes, the Rinker group is susceptible to changes in the exchange rate between the US dollar and the Australian dollar.  To a lesser extent, for US dollar reporting purposes, the opposite impact occurs when Readymix Australian results are translated into US dollars.

 

Active financial management through hedging transactions of either profit or net asset translation exposures is not permitted as a matter of Rinker policy.  Management believes that the Rinker group’s investment in its international entities, mainly in the United States, provides it with a natural hedge against exchange rate fluctuations with respect to US dollar-denominated obligations.  On the exposed portion, a hypothetical one cent movement from the US$/A$ exchange rate used in the accompanying financial statements (US$0.77 per A$1.00, which approximates the exchange rate at March 31, 2005) would result in an approximate US$1.6 million change in the Rinker group’s reported US$ net profit.  Larger movements are an extrapolation of this amount.

 

Specific information concerning the currency exposure and financial instruments used to limit that exposure is reviewed in Note 28 of the financial statements.

 

Item 12                               Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13                               Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

None.

 

Item 14                               Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 15                               Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain a system of controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms.  These disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, with the participation of other management officials, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2005.  Based upon that

 

152



 

evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information required to be included in our periodic SEC filings.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) in Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO Framework”) and also the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

In the opinion of management, the overall system of internal accounting control provides reasonable assurance that the assets of Rinker group entities are safeguarded and that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and are properly recorded for the preparation of financial statements.  In addition, management believes the overall system of internal accounting control provides reasonable assurance that material errors or irregularities would be prevented or detected on a timely basis by employees in the normal course of their duties.

 

The system of internal accounting control is supported by written policies and guidelines, the selection and training of qualified employees, an organizational structure that provides an appropriate division of responsibility, regular reviews of our financial statements by qualified individuals, and a program of internal audits.  Rinker’s written policies include a Code of Business Ethics, which is communicated throughout the company.  Compliance with the Code of Business Ethics is confirmed annually by over 3,000 middle ranking and senior employees.

 

Based on our evaluation under the COSO Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2005.

 

Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005 has been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is shown at page F-3 and is included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

During the period covered by this report, we have not made any change to our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16                               Other matters

 

A.            Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

The board has determined that John Ingram is an “audit committee financial expert” and is independent as defined in the listing standards of the NYSE.  Although the board has determined that this individual has the requisite attributes defined under the rules of the SEC, his responsibilities are the same as those of the other audit committee members.  He is not acting as an auditor or an accountant, does not perform “field work” and is not a full-time employee.  The SEC has determined that an audit committee member who is designated as an audit committee financial expert will not be deemed to be an

 

153



 

“expert” for any purpose as a result of being identified as an audit committee financial expert.  The audit committee is responsible for oversight of management in the preparation of Rinker’s financial statements and financial disclosures.  The audit committee relies on the information provided by management and the external auditor.  The audit committee does not have the duty to plan or conduct audits to determine that Rinker’s financial statements and disclosures are complete and accurate.  Rinker’s audit committee charter provides that these are the responsibility of management and the external auditors.

 

B.            Code of Ethics

 

Our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other senior executives and principal accounting officers are bound to adhere to the company’s code of ethics, which applies to all employees in Rinker Group companies.

 

A copy of the Code of Business Ethics is included as Exhibit 11.1 filed as part of Rinker’s annual report on Form 20-F for fiscal year 2004 and is available at www.rinkergroup.com in the Corporate Governance section.

 

C.            Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

During the fiscal years 2005 and 2004, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu has acted as the Rinker group’s independent registered public accounting firm.

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu’s fees have been as follows:

 

Thousands of dollars
Year ended March 31

 

US$
2005

 

US$
2004

 

Auditors’ remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

Audit fees (1)

 

 

 

 

 

In Australia

 

697

 

527

 

Outside of Australia

 

1,245

 

715

 

 

 

1,942

 

1,242

 

Audit-related fees (2)

 

 

 

 

 

In Australia

 

4

 

21

 

Outside of Australia

 

72

 

107

 

 

 

76

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax fees (3)

 

 

 

 

 

In Australia

 

 

 

Outside of Australia

 

122

 

72

 

 

 

122

 

72

 

Total auditors’ remuneration

 

2,140

 

1,442

 

 


(1) Fees related to the audit of the financial report of the Parent entity (including consolidated entity) and controlled entities, statutory and other audits of subsidiary companies where required, the half year review and for the first time in fiscal 2005 the attestation of internal control over financial reporting as required by Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404.

 

154



 

(2) Fees for the audit of superannuation funds, the audit of bonus payments and other review procedures.

 

(3) Taxation strategy and compliance includes fees for regular tax compliance services.

 

Pre approval for non-audit services

 

Prior to the engagement of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu each year, the engagement is approved by the Board Audit Committee and by vote of shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.  The Board Audit Committee has established a policy by which either the committee or a delegate body approves in advance all services, including non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.  The approval process requires full disclosure of the objectives and scope of services to be performed, including the fee structure.  The committee reviews all approved services and fees at subsequent meetings.  During fiscal year 2005, all services provided by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu were approved by the committee.

 

D.            Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committee

 

Not applicable.

 

155



 

E.              Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Period (identify
beginning and
ending dates)

 

(a) Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased

 

(b) Average Price
Paid per Share (or
Units)

 

(c) Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

 

(d) Maximum
Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares (or
Units) that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs

 

April 1 to April 30, 2004

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

99,499,449

 

May 1 to May 31, 2004

 

500,000

 

A$

7.58

 

500,000

 

98,999,449

 

June 1 to June 30, 2004

 

2,054,929

 

A$

7.68

 

2,054,929

 

96,944,520

 

July 1 to July 31, 2004

 

1,445,099

 

A$

8.14

 

1,445,099

 

95,499,421

 

August 1 to August 31, 2004

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

95,499,421

 

September 1 to September 30, 2004

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

95,499,421

 

October 1 to October 31, 2004

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

95,499,421

 

November 1 to November 30, 2004

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

95,499,421

 

December 1 to December 31, 2004

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

95,499,421

 

January 1 to January 31, 2005

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

95,499,421

 

February 1 to February 28, 2005

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

95,499,421

 

March 1 to March 31, 2005

 

0

 

N/A

 

0

 

95,499,421

 

Total

 

4,000,028

 

A$

7.83

 

4,000,028

 

95,499,421

 

 

156



 

PART IV

 

Item 17                               Financial Statements

 

Refer to Item 18.

 

Item 18                               Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Financial Statements of Rinker Group Limited and its controlled entities as of March 31, 2005 and 2004 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2005

 

The attached financial statements on pages F-1 to F-91, with a full index on page F-1, together with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are filed as part of this annual report.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated statement of financial performance

F-4

Consolidated statement of financial position

F-5

Consolidated statements of cash flows

F-6

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity

F-7

Notes to consolidated financial statements

F-14

 

157



 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1 – Constitution of Rinker

 

1.1                       Constitution of Rinker Group Limited, effective March 28, 2003. *

 

Exhibit 2 – Instruments Defining the Rights of Securities Holders

 

2.1.1               Indenture dated as of April 1, 2003, among Rinker Materials Corporation, Rinker Group Limited and Bank One, N.A., as trustee (including form of Notes). *

 

2.2.1               Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2003, among Rinker Materials Corporation, CSR Limited, Rinker Group Limited and Bank One, N.A., as trustee. *

 

2.2.2               Indenture, dated as of July 21, 1995, among Rinker Materials Corporation, CSR Limited and Bank One, N.A., as trustee (including form of Notes). *

 

2.3.1               First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 20, 2003, among Rinker Materials Corporation, CSR Limited, Rinker Group Limited and Bank One, N.A., as trustee. *

 

2.3.2               Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2003, among Rinker Materials Corporation, CSR Limited, Rinker Group Limited and Bank One, N.A., as trustee. *

 

2.3.3               Indenture, dated as of March 1, 1994, among Rinker Materials Corporation, CSR Limited and Bank One, N.A., as trustee (including form of Notes). *

 

Copies of any instrument relating to long-term debt of Rinker Group Limited which does not exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of Rinker Group Limited will be furnished to the SEC upon request.

 

Exhibit 4 – Material Contracts

 

4.1                       Demerger Deed, dated March 27, 2003. *

 

4.2                       Bond guarantee Indemnity Deed between Rinker Group Limited and CSR Limited, dated March 27, 2003. *

 

4.3                       Transitional Services Agreement between Rinker Group Limited and CSR Limited dated March 27, 2003. *

 

4.4                       Other material contracts

 

4.4.1               Employment Contracts

 

4.4.1.1               Employment agreement dated April 1, 2003 between David Clarke and Rinker Materials Corporation. *

 

4.4.1.2               Employment agreement dated August 1, 2001 between Karl Watson, Sr. and Rinker Materials Corporation. *

 

4.4.1.3               Employment agreement dated April 1, 2003 between Tom Burmeister and Rinker Materials Corporation.*

 


*              Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to Rinker’s registration statement on Form 20-F, filed September 26, 2003.

 

158



 

4.4.1.4               [Intentionally left blank]

 

4.4.1.5               Employment agreement dated August 1, 2001 between Sharon DeHayes and Rinker Materials Corporation. *  Further agreement dated April 19, 2004.**

 

4.4.1.6               Employment agreement dated April 1, 2003 between David Berger and Rinker Materials Corporation. *

 

4.4.1.7               Employment agreement dated August 1, 2001 between Karl Watson, Jr., and Rinker Materials Corporation. *  Further agreement dated June 1, 2004.**

 

4.4.1.8               Employment agreement dated April 1, 2003 between Duncan Gage and Rinker Materials Corporation.**

 

4.4.1.9               Employment agreement dated April 1, 2003 between Ira Fialkow and Rinker Materials Corporation.**

 

4.4.1.10         Synopsis of terms of employment of Peter Abraham.**

 

4.4.1.11         Synopsis of terms of employment of Debra Stirling.**

 

4.4.1.12         Rinker Group Limited Performance Share Plan Rules

 

Exhibit 8 – Significant Subsidiaries

 

8.1                       Entities consolidated in the economic entity.

 

Exhibit 10 – Notices under Regulation BTR

 

10.1                 None

 

Exhibit 11

 

11.1                 Code of Ethics**

 

Exhibit 12

 

12.1                 CEO and CFO section 302 certifications

 

Exhibit 13

 

13.1                 CEO and CFO section 906 certifications

 

Exhibit 14 – Other Exhibits

 

14.1                 Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

 


*              Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to Rinker’s registration statement on Form 20-F, filed September 26, 2003.

 

**           Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to Rinker’s annual report on Form 20-F for its year ended March 31, 2004, filed June18, 2004.

159



 

Signature

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

RINKER GROUP LIMITED

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

By:

/s/ D. Clarke

 

 

 

David Clarke

 

Dated: May 23, 2005

 

Managing Director

 

 

160



Financial Report

 

for the year ended March 31, 2005

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Performance

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

F-5

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

F-6

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

F-7

 

 

Significant Accounting Policies

F-8 to F-13

 

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1

Segment information

F-14 to F-17

2

Other revenue and expenses from ordinary activities

F-18

3

Significant Items

F-18

4

Operating costs

F-18

5

Interest income

F-18

6

Net finance expense

F-19

7

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation

F-19

8

Dividends

F-19

9

Income tax expense

F-20 to F-21

10

Cash

F-22

11

Receivables

F-22

12

Inventories

F-23

13

Investments accounted for using the equity method

F-23

14

Other financial assets

F-23

15

Property, plant and equipment

F-24

16

Movements in property, plant and equipment

F-24

17

Intangibles

F-25

18

Other assets

F-25

19

Current payables

F-25

20

Interest-bearing liabilities

F-26

21

Credit facilities and maturity profile

F-27 to F-28

22

Provisions

F-29 to F-30

23

Contributed equity

F-31

24

Reserves

F-31

25

Outside equity interests in controlled entities

F-32

26

Directors’ and executives’ remuneration

F-32 to F-35

27

Auditors’ remuneration

F-36

28

Financial instruments

F-36 to F-39

29

Contracted capital expenditure

F-40

30

Contracted operating lease and hire expenditure

F-40

31

Non-cash financing and investing activities

F-41

32

Related party information

F-41 to F-44

33

Superannuation commitments

F-44 to F-45

34

Equity accounting information

F-46

35

Acquisitions and disposals of controlled entities and businesses

F-47

36

Particulars relating to entities combined in the economic entity

F-48

37

Contingent liabilities

F-49

38

Subsequent Events

F-49

39

Impact of Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

F-50 to F-51

40

United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (US GAAP) information

F-52 to F-64

41

Consolidating financial information

F-65 to F-91

 

F-1



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Rinker Group Limited

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Rinker Group Limited (a company incorporated in New South Wales, Australia) and its controlled entities (the ‘Company’) as at March 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of financial performance, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2005 (all expressed in United States and Australian dollars).  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Rinker Group Limited and its controlled entities as at March 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Australia.

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in Australia vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 23, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

 

 

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Chartered Accountants

 

Sydney, Australia

 

May 12, 2005 except for Notes 40 and 41, as to which the date is May 23, 2005

 

F-2



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Rinker Group Limited:

 

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting, that Rinker Group Limited (a company incorporated in New South Wales, Australia) and its controlled entities (the ‘Company’)  maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended March 31, 2005 and our report dated May 12, 2005, except for Notes 40 and 41, as to which the date is May 23, 2005, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding differences between accounting principles generally accepted in Australia and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

 

 

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Chartered Accountants

 

Sydney, Australia

 

May 23, 2005

 

F-3



 

RINKER GROUP LIMITED AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

NOTE

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

US$ MILLION
2003

 

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading revenue - sale of goods

 

 

 

4,312.4

 

3,706.2

 

2,955.5

 

 

5,843.0

 

5,339.5

 

5,231.7

 

Cost of sales

 

 

 

(2,405.0

)

(2,158.4

)

(1,766.0

)

 

(3,260.1

)

(3,110.0

)

(3,125.5

)

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

 

 

(824.7

)

(690.8

)

(526.9

)

 

(1,117.1

)

(994.1

)

(932.2

)

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

 

 

(406.8

)

(367.8

)

(303.4

)

 

(550.5

)

(528.6

)

(537.4

)

Share of profits from associate entities

 

 

 

31.4

 

15.0

 

13.7

 

 

42.7

 

22.0

 

24.3

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

707.3

 

504.2

 

372.9

 

 

958.0

 

728.8

 

660.9

 

Other revenue from ordinary activities

 

2

 

126.1

 

31.8

 

73.6

 

 

162.3

 

45.0

 

129.9

 

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

2

 

(126.7

)

(43.3

)

(52.7

)

 

(163.2

)

(60.5

)

(92.7

)

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax expense

 

 

 

706.7

 

492.7

 

393.8

 

 

957.1

 

713.3

 

698.1

 

Interest income

 

5

 

19.5

 

11.7

 

0.3

 

 

26.1

 

16.4

 

0.6

 

Borrowing costs

 

6

 

(51.8

)

(58.9

)

(59.3

)

 

(70.2

)

(85.2

)

(104.9

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

 

 

674.4

 

445.5

 

334.8

 

 

913.0

 

644.5

 

593.8

 

Income tax expense relating to ordinary activities

 

9

 

(236.8

)

(148.8

)

(116.8

)

 

(321.0

)

(216.2

)

(208.1

)

Net profit

 

 

 

437.6

 

296.7

 

218.0

 

 

592.0

 

428.3

 

385.7

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

 

(5.0

)

(1.1

)

(2.3

)

 

(6.8

)

(1.5

)

(4.1

)

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

432.6

 

295.6

 

215.7

 

 

585.2

 

426.8

 

381.6

 

Increase (decrease) in foreign currency translation reserve arising on translation of self-sustaining foreign operations

 

24

 

31.0

 

190.6

 

43.6

 

 

(39.6

)

(410.2

)

(245.7

)

Adjustment to opening retained earnings on adoption of revised AASB No. 1028 “Employee Benefits”

 

 

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

 

(1.6

)

 

Total revenue, expense and valuation adjustments attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited recognised directly in equity

 

 

 

31.0

 

189.6

 

43.6

 

 

(39.6

)

(411.8

)

(245.7

)

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with owners as owners

 

 

 

463.6

 

485.2

 

259.3

 

 

545.6

 

15.0

 

135.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars)

 

 

(dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings, dollars per share based on net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited(a)

 

 

 

0.46

 

0.31

 

0.23

 

 

0.62

 

0.45

 

0.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

 

942,135,211

 

944,860,494

 

944,669,796

 

 

942,135,211

 

944,860,494

 

944,669,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rate (A$=US$)

 

 

 

0.7393

 

0.6897

 

0.5654

 

 

0.7393

 

0.6897

 

0.5654

 

 


(a)          Calculation based on 942.1 million shares in fiscal year 2005, 944.9 million shares in fiscal year 2004, and 944.7 million shares in fiscal year 2003 (includes shares issued as a result of demerger from CSR).

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements are annexed.

 

F-4



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

NOTE

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash assets

 

10

 

588.2

 

328.5

 

 

762.6

 

435.1

 

Receivables

 

11

 

590.3

 

538.5

 

 

765.3

 

713.2

 

Inventories

 

12

 

300.9

 

263.9

 

 

390.2

 

349.5

 

Other current assets

 

18

 

23.6

 

54.8

 

 

30.5

 

72.5

 

Current assets

 

 

 

1,503.0

 

1,185.7

 

 

1,948.6

 

1,570.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

11

 

81.4

 

89.8

 

 

105.6

 

119.0

 

Inventories

 

12

 

51.3

 

42.1

 

 

66.5

 

55.7

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

13

 

162.5

 

143.4

 

 

210.7

 

189.9

 

Other financial assets

 

14

 

22.5

 

13.5

 

 

29.2

 

17.8

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

15

 

1,758.3

 

1,715.7

 

 

2,279.7

 

2,271.8

 

Intangibles

 

17

 

761.8

 

838.8

 

 

987.7

 

1,110.7

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

9

 

75.7

 

60.2

 

 

98.1

 

79.7

 

Other non-current assets

 

18

 

43.9

 

40.8

 

 

56.9

 

54.0

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

2,957.4

 

2,944.3

 

 

3,834.4

 

3,898.6

 

Total assets

 

 

 

4,460.4

 

4,130.0

 

 

5,783.0

 

5,468.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

19

 

494.7

 

459.8

 

 

641.4

 

608.9

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

20

 

257.1

 

17.4

 

 

333.3

 

23.0

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

26.7

 

57.7

 

 

34.6

 

76.4

 

Provisions

 

22

 

72.6

 

88.9

 

 

94.2

 

117.8

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

851.1

 

623.8

 

 

1,103.5

 

826.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

 

 

46.7

 

19.4

 

 

60.5

 

25.7

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

20

 

610.9

 

912.4

 

 

792.1

 

1,208.2

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

9

 

246.3

 

222.8

 

 

319.4

 

295.1

 

Provisions

 

22

 

85.6

 

71.0

 

 

110.9

 

94.0

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

989.5

 

1,225.6

 

 

1,282.9

 

1,623.0

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

1,840.6

 

1,849.4

 

 

2,386.4

 

2,449.1

 

Net assets

 

 

 

2,619.8

 

2,280.6

 

 

3,396.6

 

3,019.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

23

 

1,475.9

 

1,497.1

 

 

2,255.8

 

2,286.2

 

Reserves

 

24

 

227.6

 

196.6

 

 

(336.3

)

(304.3

)

Retained profits

 

 

 

909.0

 

582.0

 

 

1,467.6

 

1,031.4

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

2,612.5

 

2,275.7

 

 

3,387.1

 

3,013.3

 

Outside equity interests in controlled entities

 

25

 

7.3

 

4.9

 

 

9.5

 

6.5

 

Total equity

 

 

 

2,619.8

 

2,280.6

 

 

3,396.6

 

3,019.8

 

 

Exchange rate (A$=US$)

 

 

 

0.7713

 

0.7552

 

0.7713

 

0.7552

 

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements are annexed.

 

F-5



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

NOTE

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

US$ MILLION
2003

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from customers

 

 

 

4,491.9

 

3,857.2

 

3,032.9

 

 

6,080.2

 

5,542.8

 

5,364.8

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

 

 

(3,635.7

)

(3,102.7

)

(2,439.3

)

 

(4,930.1

)

(4,472.9

)

(4,314.6

)

Dividends and distributions received

 

 

 

15.7

 

13.1

 

19.7

 

 

21.3

 

17.4

 

34.1

 

Interest received

 

 

 

18.1

 

10.7

 

0.6

 

 

24.2

 

15.0

 

1.2

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

 

(230.6

)

(117.7

)

(99.6

)

 

(299.1

)

(155.3

)

(172.8

)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

 

659.4

 

660.6

 

514.3

 

 

896.5

 

947.0

 

912.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

 

(281.1

)

(224.4

)

(129.2

)

 

(380.1

)

(340.2

)

(233.5

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

 

13.2

 

25.3

 

43.7

 

 

17.6

 

55.0

 

77.6

 

Purchase of controlled entities and businesses net of cash acquired

 

35

 

(33.2

)

(36.0

)

(531.9

)

 

(45.1

)

(49.2

)

(971.8

)

Proceeds from sale of interests in controlled entities and businesses

 

35

 

104.8

 

4.3

 

26.0

 

 

134.3

 

5.8

 

45.5

 

Loans and receivables advanced

 

 

 

(22.1

)

(16.3

)

(2.3

)

 

(30.1

)

(23.3

)

(3.9

)

Loans and receivables repaid

 

 

 

40.8

 

16.1

 

1.2

 

 

58.2

 

23.8

 

2.5

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

 

 

(177.6

)

(231.0

)

(592.5

)

 

(245.2

)

(328.1

)

(1,083.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (repayments of) proceeds from borrowings

 

 

 

(60.5

)

(297.9

)

223.7

 

 

(83.0

)

(455.5

)

422.2

 

Cash received from CSR Limited (a)

 

 

 

 

192.6

 

 

 

 

315.5

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(104.1

)

(85.6

)

 

 

(141.4

)

(122.8

)

 

Dividends paid to outside equity interests

 

 

 

(2.6

)

(1.4

)

 

 

(3.5

)

(1.8

)

 

Payments for Rinker Group Limited share buyback

 

 

 

(21.9

)

 

 

 

(31.3

)

 

 

Proceeds from issue of shares

 

 

 

0.7

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.9

 

0.8

 

 

Interest and other finance costs paid

 

 

 

(49.2

)

(53.0

)

(51.0

)

 

(66.8

)

(75.0

)

(89.6

)

Net cash (used in) from financing activities

 

 

 

(237.6

)

(244.7

)

172.7

 

 

(325.1

)

(338.8

)

332.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH HELD

 

 

 

244.2

 

184.9

 

94.5

 

 

326.2

 

280.1

 

161.7

 

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

 

 

 

328.5

 

111.0

 

14.8

 

 

435.1

 

184.8

 

28.0

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

 

15.5

 

32.6

 

1.7

 

 

1.3

 

(29.8

)

(4.9

)

Cash at the end of the financial year

 

 

 

588.2

 

328.5

 

111.0

 

 

762.6

 

435.1

 

184.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited to net cash from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit after tax attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

432.6

 

295.6

 

215.7

 

 

585.2

 

426.8

 

381.6

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

7

 

250.5

 

234.2

 

210.6

 

 

339.1

 

336.9

 

372.0

 

Transfer to (from) provisions

 

 

 

5.9

 

(2.1

)

(0.2

)

 

8.0

 

(1.5

)

(0.3

)

Interest expense

 

6

 

46.0

 

54.6

 

49.3

 

 

62.3

 

78.9

 

87.1

 

Other loss (profit) from ordinary activities

 

 

 

0.6

 

11.6

 

(20.8

)

 

0.9

 

15.7

 

(37.0

)

Outside equity interests’ share of profit

 

 

 

5.0

 

1.1

 

2.3

 

 

6.8

 

1.5

 

4.1

 

(Increase) decrease in trade receivables and other current assets

 

 

 

(83.0

)

(29.5

)

1.1

 

 

(117.1

)

(51.1

)

1.7

 

(Increase) decrease in current inventories

 

 

 

(56.4

)

(18.2

)

2.8

 

 

(78.2

)

(25.3

)

4.9

 

Increase in trade payables and other creditors and accruals

 

 

 

47.1

 

107.9

 

12.3

 

 

60.9

 

138.4

 

22.6

 

Net change in tax balances

 

 

 

6.2

 

31.2

 

16.3

 

 

22.0

 

60.9

 

30.0

 

Other

 

 

 

4.9

 

(25.8

)

24.9

 

 

6.6

 

(34.2

)

46.0

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

 

659.4

 

660.6

 

514.3

 

 

896.5

 

947.0

 

912.7

 

Exchange rate (A$=US$)

 

 

 

0.7393

 

0.6897

 

0.5654

 

 

0.7393

 

0.6897

 

0.5654

 

 


(a)          As part of the demerger the Rinker group received US$192.6 million or A$315.5 million from CSR Limited.

 

Credit facilities are shown in note 21.

The consolidated statement of cash flows is prepared in accordance with Australian GAAP and therefore results in compliance with International Accounting Standard No. 7 “Cash Flow Statements.”

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements are annexed.

 

F-6



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

US$ MILLION
2003

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISSUED AND PAID-UP CAPITAL (a) (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

1,497.1

 

1,496.5

 

1,216.3

 

 

2,286.2

 

2,285.4

 

1,827.6

 

Deemed equity contribution/distribution

 

 

 

280.2

 

 

 

 

457.8

 

Buyback of shares (c)

 

(21.9

)

 

 

 

(31.3

)

 

 

Issue of shares (d)

 

0.7

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.9

 

0.8

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

 

1,475.9

 

1,497.1

 

1,496.5

 

 

2,255.8

 

2,286.2

 

2,285.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RETAINED PROFITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

582.0

 

371.5

 

165.5

 

 

1,031.4

 

727.0

 

361.5

 

Adjustment to opening retained earnings on adoption of revised AASB 1028 “Employee Benefits”

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

 

(1.6

)

 

Reserve of controlled entities disposed

 

 

 

 

 

(7.6

)

2.0

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

432.6

 

295.6

 

215.7

 

 

585.2

 

426.8

 

381.6

 

Total available for appropriation

 

1,014.6

 

666.1

 

381.2

 

 

1,609.0

 

1,154.2

 

743.1

 

Dividends

 

(105.6

)

(84.1

)

(9.7

)

 

(141.4

)

(122.8

)

(16.1

)

Retained profits at the end of the financial year

 

909.0

 

582.0

 

371.5

 

 

1,467.6

 

1,031.4

 

727.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION RESERVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

196.6

 

6.0

 

(38.1

)

 

(304.3

)

107.9

 

353.6

 

Exchange differences relating to overseas net assets net gain/(loss) on translation

 

31.0

 

190.6

 

43.6

 

 

(39.6

)

(410.2

)

(245.7

)

Reserve of controlled entities disposed

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

7.6

 

(2.0

)

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

227.6

 

196.6

 

6.0

 

 

(336.3

)

(304.3

)

107.9

 

Total shareholders’ equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

2,612.5

 

2,275.7

 

1,874.0

 

 

3,387.1

 

3,013.3

 

3,120.3

 

 


(a)          Changes in equity include deemed changes arising from changes in capital contributed by the parent entity by way of either direct equity or interest free loans.  The major transactions included were as follows:

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

US$ MILLION
2003

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed equity contribution / distribution transactions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash committed from CSR Limited as on demerger part of debt reorganisation

 

 

 

153.3

 

 

 

 

255.3

 

Cash balance allocated from CSR Limited as part of demerger

 

 

 

36.2

 

 

 

 

60.2

 

Fair value adjustment to asset acquired from CSR Limited prior to the demerger

 

 

 

48.6

 

 

 

 

88.0

 

Deemed reinvestment of dividend

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

 

16.1

 

Associate entities distributions remitted to CSR Limited

 

 

 

(10.1

)

 

 

 

(17.7

)

Other transactions

 

 

 

42.5

 

 

 

 

55.9

 

Total

 

 

 

280.2

 

 

 

 

457.8

 

 

(b)         Total number of fully paid ordinary shares issued and outstanding was 941.2 million as at March 31, 2005. (2004: 945.0 million, 2003: 1.7 million).

 

(c)          On February 19, 2004, Rinker announced that a 12 month on-market share buyback of up to 10% of its ordinary shares would commence in May 2004.  4,000,028 shares were repurchased under the on-market buyback during the year to March 31, 2005.  A further 4,270,446 shares were repurchased between April 1, 2005 and May 12, 2005.  Shares repurchased were cancelled immediately on receipt.

 

(d)         Fully paid ordinary shares were issued in August and September 2004 under the employee Universal Share Plan.  Shares cannot be sold by participants within three years of allotment, unless they finish their employment with the company.  Offers of fully paid shares were made to all eligible employees (2,781).  1,259 accepted the offer, subscribing for up to 50 or 100 shares and receiving the same number at no cost.  No expense was recorded in respect of free shares provided to employees under the Universal Share Plan.

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements are annexed.

 

F-7



 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

BACKGROUND

 

On November 19, 2002, CSR Limited announced its intention to demerge its heavy building materials business (primarily aggregate, cement, concrete products and asphalt) to create an independent publicly traded company. The company, Rinker Group Limited (formerly CSR Investments Overseas Limited) was effectively separated from CSR Limited on March 28, 2003 following approval by the Federal Court of Australia, after shareholders voted in favour of the demerger on March 25, 2003.

 

Prior to effecting the demerger, through a series of transactions internal to the CSR Limited Group, Rinker Group Limited acquired CSR Limited’s interests in CSR’s heavy building materials businesses (Readymix) and disposed of its other building products businesses, New Zealand Sugar Company Limited and C.Czarnikow Limited to CSR Limited. Under Australian GAAP, all of these acquisitions were accounted for at net fair value. Under US GAAP, the internal transactions were accounted for as transactions among entities under common control. In preparing the accompanying financial statements, for periods prior to the demerger, the Readymix business has been included for each of the financial years presented, and the other building products businesses, New Zealand Sugar Company Limited and C. Czarnikow Limited have been excluded.   To consummate the demerger, CSR Limited effected a capital reduction and distribution to its shareholders in an amount equivalent to the value of Rinker Group Limited after the internal transfers were completed. The entitlement of CSR Limited’s shareholders to the capital reduction and distribution was ultimately satisfied in the demerger through the distribution to CSR Limited’s shareholders of shares in Rinker Group Limited on a one-for-one basis.

 

BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements.  These standards and reporting requirements form part of generally accepted accounting principles in Australia (Australian GAAP).  A reconciliation of the major differences between these principles and those applicable in the United States of America (US GAAP) is included as Note 40.

 

The financial report is prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention, except for certain assets which are at deemed cost. Unless otherwise stated, the accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous years.

 

The financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 represent the actual results of Rinker Group Limited and its controlled entities (consolidated entity) for the period.  The financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2003 have been prepared on a carve-out basis and include the statements of financial performance, cash flows and changes in equity of Rinker Material’s United States businesses and of the Readymix businesses that were transferred to the Rinker group from the CSR group prior to the demerger.  These financial statements have been prepared from historical accounting records of the CSR group and present all of the operations of the businesses as if the Rinker group had been a separate economic entity inclusive of all of these businesses during the year ended March 31, 2003.   The statement of financial performance for the year ended March 31, 2003 includes general corporate overhead expenses related to corporate headquarters and common support divisions of CSR Limited which have been estimated based on amounts previously incurred by CSR Limited, less those amounts considered specific to the remaining businesses of CSR Limited.  Management believes this allocation basis is a reasonable reflection of the utilisation of services by Rinker Group Limited.  The allocated costs, while reasonable, may not necessarily be indicative of the costs that would have been incurred by Rinker Group Limited if Rinker Group Limited had performed these functions or received services as a stand-alone entity.  Following the demerger, Rinker Group Limited performed these functions using its own resources or purchased services and was responsible for the costs and expenses associated with the management of a public company.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2003 Rinker Materials Corporation, a controlled entity of Rinker Group Limited, held external debt.  In addition, other financing was obtained through CSR Limited or CSR Finance Limited, a 100% owned subsidiary of CSR Limited.  Financing obtained from CSR was extinguished prior to March 31, 2003.  Other businesses, previously owned by CSR Limited and now owned by Rinker Group Limited were funded through equity contributions.  The statement of financial performance for the year ended March 31, 2003, includes the associated interest expense for the external debt and interest-bearing intercompany debt.  The statement of financial performance for the year ended March 31, 2003 does not include any interest expense on non-interest bearing intercompany debt.

 

Changes to equity in the periods presented arise from net income or loss, other comprehensive income and other deemed contributions/distributions with CSR Limited.

 

F-8



 

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICY

 

Rinker Group Limited (Rinker) has adopted the revised Accounting Standard AASB 1046, “Director and Executive Disclosures by Disclosing Entities”, which requires entities to disclose the remuneration of each specified director and executive (including at least five directors and five executives of the entity).  AASB 1046 removes the requirements for banded disclosure of executive and director remuneration under AASB 1017, “Related Party Disclosures” and AASB 1034, “Financial Report Presentation and Disclosures”.  The required disclosures have been included in Note 26. The change in accounting policy has no effect on the Company’s financial position or statement of performance.

 

Rinker Group Limited has adopted the Accounting Standard AASB 1047 “Disclosing the Impacts of Adopting Australian Equivalents to International Reporting Standards”, which resulted in additional disclosure requirements related to the transition to Australian Equivalents to International Reporting Standards (A-IFRS) equivalents.  These additional disclosures have been included in Note 39.

 

In fiscal year 2004, Rinker Group Limited adopted the revised Accounting Standard AASB 1028 “Employee Benefits”, which resulted in a change in the accounting policy for the measurement of employee benefit liabilities.  The effect of the revised policy was to increase employee benefit liabilities at the beginning of the year by US$1.3 million or A$2.1 million, which was taken directly to retained profits (US$1.0 million or A$1.6 million after tax).  Current year profits did not change as a result of this change in accounting policy.

 

REPORTING CURRENCY

 

Rinker has obtained relief from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) under section 340 (1) of the Corporations Act 2001, relieving the company from the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards to the extent necessary to allow Rinker to report in both Australian dollars and United States dollars. To assist users in understanding the effect on the financial report of changes in foreign exchange rates, the foreign exchange rates disclosed on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Performance and Consolidated Statement of Cashflows represent the effective average rates for the period and for the Statement of Financial Position the closing rate at the end of each period.

 

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION/COMBINATION

 

The financial report is prepared for the economic entity, being Rinker Group Limited (parent entity) and the entities it controls following the transfer of certain businesses and entities between Rinker Group Limited and CSR Limited (collectively the “Rinker group”). In these financial statements:

except for the demerger related transfers, results of each controlled entity are included from the date Rinker Group Limited obtains control and until such time as it ceases to control the entity; and

all intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated.

Entities controlled by Rinker Group Limited are under no obligation to accept responsibility for liabilities of other common controlled entities except where such an obligation has been specifically undertaken.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

 

All foreign currency transactions during the year have been brought to account using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items at the reporting date are translated at the exchange rate existing at that date. Exchange differences are brought to account in net profit or loss in the period in which they arise except if designated as hedges.

 

The assets and liabilities of self sustaining controlled operations are translated at year-end exchange rates.  Income and expense items are translated at the weighted average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The adjustment resulting from translating the financial statements of self sustaining controlled operations is reflected as a separate component of shareholders equity in the foreign currency translation reserve.   The financial statements of the parent entity (Rinker Group Limited) have been translated into United States dollars using the methodology described above.  This is consistent with both Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1012 “Foreign Currency Translation” and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 3-20(d) of Regulation S-X.  The exchange rate used is the Australian 9:55 a.m. hedge settlement rate at the end of each month.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Trading revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received, and is recognised when each of the following conditions are met:

(i)             Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, which is usually in the form of a contractual arrangement.

(ii)          Title in the product has transferred to the buyer.

(iii)       The seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable.

(iv)      Collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Revenue from the disposal of other assets is recognised when the consolidated entity has passed control of the goods or other assets to the buyer.

 

RECEIVABLES

 

Trade receivables and other receivables are recorded at amounts due less any allowance for doubtful accounts.  The collectability of receivables is assessed at balance date and specific allowance is made for any doubtful accounts.

 

F-9



 

SIGNIFICANT ITEMS

 

Significant items are those which by their size, nature or incidence are relevant in explaining the financial performance of the consolidated entity, and as such are disclosed separately.

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

All expenditure on research and development is expensed in the year in which it is incurred except where future benefits can be assured beyond reasonable doubt.  Projects are continually under review.

 

CAPITALISATION OF INTEREST

 

Interest is expensed as incurred except where it relates to the financing of major projects constructed for internal use, where it is capitalised up to the date of commissioning.  Following commissioning, the total capitalised cost including interest is amortised over the expected useful life of the project. Interest expense capitalised is shown in Note 6.

 

RECOVERABLE AMOUNT OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

Non-current assets are reviewed annually to ensure the carrying values are not in excess of recoverable amounts.  Recoverable amounts are determined as the present value of the net cash inflows from the continued use and subsequent disposal of the non-current asset.

 

INTANGIBLES

 

Goodwill arising from the purchase of controlled entities or businesses is amortised over the period which the benefits are expected to arise to a maximum of 20 years. Patents, trademarks and other intellectual property acquired are valued at the lower of cost or recoverable amount and are amortised over the period in which the benefits are expected to arise varying from five to 40 years.

 

ACQUISITION OF ASSETS

 

Assets acquired are recorded at the cost of acquisition, being the purchase consideration determined as at the date of acquisition plus costs incidental to the acquisition.  In the event that settlement of all or part of the cash consideration given in the acquisition of an asset is deferred, the fair value of the purchase consideration is determined by discounting the amounts payable in the future to their present value as at the date of acquisition.

 

LEASED ASSETS

 

Leased assets under contracts classified as finance leases are recognised as assets.  The amount initially brought to account is the present value of minimum lease payments.  A finance lease is one which effectively transfers from the lessor to the lessee substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased property.  Finance leased assets are amortised on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset.  Finance lease payments are allocated between interest expense and reduction of lease liability over the term of the lease.  The interest expense is determined by applying the interest rate implicit in the lease to the outstanding lease liability at the beginning of each lease payment period.

 

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense when incurred in a manner which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the leased assets are consumed.

 

SOFTWARE AND SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

The cost of developing new systems, including purchased software, is deferred and subsequently amortised over a period of five to seven years, being the period over which the benefits are expected to arise. Costs associated with software developed or purchased for internal use are capitalised when both a project stage is completed and management of the Rinker group has authorised whatever funding is required so that the entire project is probable of completion for the function intended.

 

Capitalised internal-use software costs include only:

(i) External direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining the software,

(ii) Payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the project, and

(iii) Interest costs incurred, when material, while developing the software.

 

Capitalisation of these costs ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose.

 

DEFERRED COSTS

 

Deferred costs are capitalised to the extent that they provide future economic benefits.  They are amortised over the period those benefits are expected to occur and their carrying value is reviewed annually as part of the business recoverable amounts test.

 

F-10



 

DEPRECIATION (INCLUDING AMORTISATION AND DEPLETION)

 

Depreciable assets other than quarry and other raw material reserves are depreciated at rates based upon their expected economic life, using the straight-line method. Quarry and other raw material reserves are depleted after taking into account the life of the quarry and its estimated residual value. Depletion is determined by production for the year as a proportion of recoverable (proven and probable) reserves. The economic lives of property, plant and equipment assets are detailed in Note 15.

 

ASSOCIATES AND PARTNERSHIPS

 

Investments in associates and partnerships have been accounted for under the equity method in the financial statements as the Rinker group has significant influence over the investees.

 

INVENTORIES

 

Inventories including work in progress and land held for resale are valued at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Costs included in inventories consist of materials, labour, and manufacturing overheads which are related to the purchase and production of inventories.  The value of inventory is derived by the method most appropriate to each particular class of inventory. The major portion is valued on either a first-in-first-out or average cost basis.

 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

Cash is defined as cash at banks and on hand and cash equivalents net of bank overdrafts. Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments which are readily convertible to cash.

 

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

 

Trade creditors and other accounts payable are recognised when the economic entity becomes obliged to make future payments resulting from the purchase of goods and services.

 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

 

Bank loans and other loans are recorded at an amount equal to the net proceeds received.  Interest expense is recognised on an accrual basis.

 

EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS

 

Provision is made for benefits accruing to employees in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave, long service leave and other employee benefits when it is probable that settlement will be required and they are capable of being reliably measured.  Provisions made in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave, long service leave, and other employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months, are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rate expected to apply at the time of settlement.  Provisions made in respect of long service leave and other employee benefits, which are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured as the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to reporting date.

 

RESTORATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION

 

Provision is made for the restoration of areas from which natural resources are extracted.  The restoration cost is provided over the period in which the recoverable mineral reserves are expected to be extracted. Estimates are based on current technology. Changes in estimates are dealt with on a prospective basis.  Provision is also made for the expected cost of environmental rehabilitation of commercial sites which require remediation of existing conditions resulting from present and past operations. The liability is immediately recognised when the environmental exposure is identified and the rehabilitation costs can be reliably estimated.

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

Provisions are recognised when the consolidated entity has a present obligation, the future sacrifice of economic benefits is probable, and the amount of the provision can be measured reliably.  The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.  Where a provision is measured using the cashflows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cashflows.  A provision is recognised for dividends when they have been declared, or determined by the directors.

 

F-11



 

TAX EFFECT ACCOUNTING

 

The liability method of tax effect accounting is applied in the calculation of provisions for current and future tax.

 

Tax expense for the year is based on pre-tax accounting profit adjusted for items which, as a result of treatment under income tax legislation, create permanent differences between pre-tax accounting profit and taxable income.  To arrive at tax payable, adjustments to income tax are made for items which have been included in periods for accounting purposes which differ from those specified by income tax legislation.  The extent to which these timing differences give rise to income tax becoming payable earlier or later than is indicated by accounting treatment, is recorded in the statement of financial position as a deferred income tax asset or a deferred income tax liability.

 

Deferred income tax assets arising from timing differences are not carried forward as an asset unless realisation is assured beyond reasonable doubt, whereas deferred income tax assets arising from tax losses are not carried forward as an asset unless the losses can be regarded as being virtually certain of realisation.

 

No provision for withholding tax has been made on undistributed earnings of overseas controlled entities where there is no intention to distribute those earnings or where the distribution of earnings does not attract withholding tax under both the tax laws of the country where the overseas controlled entity is domiciled and the tax laws of Australia.  The Rinker group’s income taxes are calculated on a separate tax return basis. However, prior to the demerger, CSR Limited was managing its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that the Rinker group would have followed or now follows on a stand-alone basis.

 

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except:

where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included.

 

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the Statement of Financial Position.

 

Cashflows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority are classified as operating cash flows.

 

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

 

CAPITAL GAINS TAX

 

No liability has been provided in the financial statements in respect of possible future capital gains tax that may arise on the disposal of assets, as no decision has been made to sell any of these assets. Such liability is provided at the time of disposal of assets. Where assets were revalued, no provision for potential capital gains tax has been made.

 

DERIVATIVE AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

 

The consolidated entity uses derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) to hedge exposures to interest rate risk. In order to be designated as a hedge, at inception and during the term of the hedging instrument, it must be expected that the hedge will be effective in reducing exposure to the risks being hedged. The hedge items include recognised assets and liabilities and anticipated transactions that are probable of occurring.  Interest rate swaps and options are used to vary the consolidated entity’s mix of fixed and variable rate borrowings. These derivatives are accounted for on an accrual basis consistent with the accounting treatment of the underlying borrowings. Both payments and receipts under the swaps are included in interest expense. The related amount payable to, or receivable from counterparties, is included in other receivables or other payables. Option premiums are deferred and amortised over the term of the option.

 

USE OF ESTIMATES

 

The preparation of the financial statements necessarily requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the statement of financial position dates and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

UNINSURED LOSSES AND FUTURE CLAIMS

 

Provisions for uninsured losses and future claims include retained losses within insurance policies for workers compensation, product liability, general liability, automobile liability and employee medical plan claims. The provisions are based on actuarial calculations and include amounts for claims incurred but not reported as well as increases in claims that have been reported.

 

F-12



 

CONTRIBUTION TO SUPERANNUATION FUNDS

 

Contributions to defined benefit superannuation plans are expensed when incurred.  The Rinker group participates in several superannuation funds which provide benefits upon the disability, retirement, resignation or death of employees. Contributions to these funds are expensed as incurred. The currently assessed shortfall of net market value of plan assets compared to accrued benefits has not been recognised as a liability in the financial statements as Rinker Group Limited and its controlled entities do not presently have a legal or constructive obligation to meet the deficit, other than the annually determined minimum funding amount.  The annually determined minimum funding amount has been appropriately recognised as a liability at year end.  Additional details on superannuation funds are provided in Note 33.

 

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT YET EFFECTIVE

 

Details of the impact of A-IFRS are set out in Note 39 to the financial statements.

 

COMPARATIVE FIGURES

 

Where necessary to facilitate comparison, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform with changes in presentation in the current year.

 

ROUNDING

 

Unless otherwise shown in the financial report, amounts have been rounded to the nearest tenth of a million dollars and are shown in US$ millions and A$ millions.

 

Rinker Group Limited is a company of the kind referred to in the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order 98/100 issued July 10, 1998 and is therefore permitted under this class order to round to the nearest tenth of a million dollars.

 

F-13



 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1                                         SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

US$ MILLION

 

PROFIT FROM ORDINARY
ACTIVITIES BEFORE
INCOME TAX

 

INCOME TAX
(EXPENSE) BENEFIT

 

OUTSIDE EQUITY
INTERESTS

 

NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE
TO MEMBERS OF
RINKER GROUP LIMITED

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregates

 

172.1

 

138.2

 

104.0

 

(59.4

)

(46.9

)

(37.9

)

 

(0.1

)

 

112.7

 

91.2

 

66.1

 

Cement

 

109.0

 

95.5

 

86.8

 

(43.2

)

(36.8

)

(36.6

)

 

 

 

65.8

 

58.7

 

50.2

 

Concrete, block, asphalt

 

197.2

 

116.4

 

85.8

 

(77.5

)

(45.8

)

(33.7

)

 

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

119.7

 

70.5

 

52.0

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

81.5

 

53.1

 

60.1

 

(31.0

)

(21.5

)

(23.7

)

 

 

 

50.5

 

31.6

 

36.4

 

Other

 

18.3

 

(11.4

)

(3.1

)

(7.5

)

7.3

 

0.4

 

(5.0

)

(0.9

)

(1.2

)

5.8

 

(5.0

)

(3.9

)

Total Rinker Materials

 

578.1

 

391.8

 

333.6

 

(218.6

)

(143.7

)

(131.5

)

(5.0

)

(1.1

)

(1.3

)

354.5

 

247.0

 

200.8

 

Readymix

 

140.4

 

110.1

 

67.8

 

(38.8

)

(29.5

)

(13.6

)

 

 

(1.1

)

101.6

 

80.6

 

53.1

 

Segment totals

 

718.5

 

501.9

 

401.4

 

(257.4

)

(173.2

)

(145.1

)

(5.0

)

(1.1

)

(2.4

)

456.1

 

327.6

 

253.9

 

Corporate

 

(11.8

)

(9.2

)

(7.6

)

4.8

 

2.6

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

(7.0

)

(6.6

)

(5.3

)

Group totals

 

706.7

 

492.7

 

393.8

 

(252.6

)

(170.6

)

(142.8

)

(5.0

)

(1.1

)

(2.4

)

449.1

 

321.0

 

248.6

 

Net finance (note 6)

 

(32.3

)

(47.2

)

(59.0

)

15.8

 

21.8

 

26.0

 

 

 

0.1

 

(16.5

)

(25.4

)

(32.9

)

Consolidated Rinker group

 

674.4

 

445.5

 

334.8

 

(236.8

)

(148.8

)

(116.8

)

(5.0

)

(1.1

)

(2.3

)

432.6

 

295.6

 

215.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregates

 

233.7

 

200.9

 

185.4

 

(80.9

)

(68.2

)

(67.4

)

 

(0.1

)

 

152.8

 

132.6

 

118.0

 

Cement

 

147.1

 

137.6

 

153.5

 

(58.4

)

(52.9

)

(64.8

)

 

 

 

88.7

 

84.7

 

88.7

 

Concrete, block, asphalt

 

265.3

 

166.9

 

151.3

 

(104.4

)

(65.7

)

(59.7

)

 

(0.2

)

(0.3

)

160.9

 

101.0

 

91.3

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

111.3

 

78.6

 

107.6

 

(42.3

)

(31.7

)

(42.3

)

 

 

 

69.0

 

46.9

 

65.3

 

Other

 

24.5

 

(16.0

)

(5.8

)

(10.1

)

9.7

 

1.0

 

(6.8

)

(1.2

)

(2.0

)

7.6

 

(7.5

)

(6.8

)

Total Rinker Materials

 

781.9

 

568.0

 

592.0

 

(296.1

)

(208.8

)

(233.2

)

(6.8

)

(1.5

)

(2.3

)

479.0

 

357.7

 

356.5

 

Readymix

 

191.1

 

158.3

 

119.5

 

(52.7

)

(42.6

)

(25.4

)

 

 

(2.1

)

138.4

 

115.7

 

92.0

 

Segment totals

 

973.0

 

726.3

 

711.5

 

(348.8

)

(251.4

)

(258.6

)

(6.8

)

(1.5

)

(4.4

)

617.4

 

473.4

 

448.5

 

Corporate

 

(15.9

)

(13.0

)

(13.4

)

6.3

 

3.7

 

4.0

 

 

 

 

(9.6

)

(9.3

)

(9.4

)

Group totals

 

957.1

 

713.3

 

698.1

 

(342.5

)

(247.7

)

(254.6

)

(6.8

)

(1.5

)

(4.4

)

607.8

 

464.1

 

439.1

 

Net finance (note 6)

 

(44.1

)

(68.8

)

(104.3

)

21.5

 

31.5

 

46.5

 

 

 

0.3

 

(22.6

)

(37.3

)

(57.5

)

Consolidated Rinker group

 

913.0

 

644.5

 

593.8

 

(321.0

)

(216.2

)

(208.1

)

(6.8

)

(1.5

)

(4.1

)

585.2

 

426.8

 

381.6

 

 

F-14



 

US$ MILLION

 

EXTERNAL
TRADING REVENUE

 

INTERNAL
TRADING REVENUE (a)

 

TOTAL
TRADING REVENUE

 

OTHER
REVENUE

 

TOTAL
REVENUE (b)

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

1     SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregates

 

554.6

 

488.1

 

387.3

 

352.4

 

314.5

 

238.7

 

907.0

 

802.6

 

626.0

 

8.8

 

3.8

 

6.1

 

915.8

 

806.4

 

632.1

 

Cement

 

196.3

 

182.5

 

151.9

 

224.7

 

194.5

 

175.3

 

421.0

 

377.0

 

327.2

 

0.3

 

1.3

 

0.1

 

421.3

 

378.3

 

327.3

 

Concrete, block, asphalt

 

1,636.9

 

1,365.0

 

1,010.2

 

 

 

 

1,636.9

 

1,365.0

 

1,010.2

 

3.8

 

2.8

 

4.0

 

1,640.7

 

1,367.8

 

1,014.2

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

472.1

 

421.4

 

437.0

 

 

 

 

472.1

 

421.4

 

437.0

 

6.9

 

1.9

 

19.2

 

479.0

 

423.3

 

456.2

 

Other

 

461.6

 

410.6

 

396.6

 

 

 

 

461.6

 

410.6

 

396.6

 

103.7

 

10.5

 

23.5

 

565.3

 

421.1

 

420.1

 

Intercompany eliminations

 

 

 

 

(577.1

)

(509.0

)

(414.0

)

(577.1

)

(509.0

)

(414.0

)

 

 

 

(577.1

)

(509.0

)

(414.0

)

Total Rinker Materials

 

3,321.5

 

2,867.6

 

2,383.0

 

 

 

 

3,321.5

 

2,867.6

 

2,383.0

 

123.5

 

20.3

 

52.9

 

3,445.0

 

2,887.9

 

2,435.9

 

Readymix

 

990.9

 

838.6

 

572.5

 

 

 

 

990.9

 

838.6

 

572.5

 

2.6

 

11.5

 

20.7

 

993.5

 

850.1

 

593.2

 

Segment totals

 

4,312.4

 

3,706.2

 

2,955.5

 

 

 

 

4,312.4

 

3,706.2

 

2,955.5

 

126.1

 

31.8

 

73.6

 

4,438.5

 

3,738.0

 

3,029.1

 

Interest income (note 5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.5

 

11.7

 

0.3

 

19.5

 

11.7

 

0.3

 

Consolidated Rinker group

 

4,312.4

 

3,706.2

 

2,955.5

 

 

 

 

4,312.4

 

3,706.2

 

2,955.5

 

145.6

 

43.5

 

73.9

 

4,458.0

 

3,749.7

 

3,029.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregates

 

752.8

 

704.6

 

655.5

 

477.1

 

453.1

 

453.1

 

1,229.9

 

1,157.7

 

1,108.6

 

11.8

 

5.6

 

11.9

 

1,241.7

 

1,163.3

 

1,120.5

 

Cement

 

265.4

 

262.0

 

298.6

 

303.6

 

280.5

 

280.6

 

569.0

 

542.5

 

579.2

 

0.3

 

1.8

 

2.2

 

569.3

 

544.3

 

581.4

 

Concrete, block, asphalt

 

2,216.5

 

1,968.8

 

1,782.8

 

 

 

 

2,216.5

 

1,968.8

 

1,782.8

 

5.1

 

4.0

 

9.8

 

2,221.6

 

1,972.8

 

1,792.6

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

642.4

 

611.5

 

777.2

 

 

 

 

642.4

 

611.5

 

777.2

 

9.0

 

2.8

 

33.6

 

651.4

 

614.3

 

810.8

 

Other

 

625.2

 

591.6

 

703.5

 

 

 

 

625.2

 

591.6

 

703.5

 

132.6

 

13.9

 

36.0

 

757.8

 

605.5

 

739.5

 

Intercompany eliminations

 

 

 

 

(780.7

)

(733.6

)

(733.7

)

(780.7

)

(733.6

)

(733.7

)

 

 

 

(780.7

)

(733.6

)

(733.7

)

Total Rinker Materials

 

4,502.3

 

4,138.5

 

4,217.6

 

 

 

 

4,502.3

 

4,138.5

 

4,217.6

 

158.8

 

28.1

 

93.5

 

4,661.1

 

4,166.6

 

4,311.1

 

Readymix

 

1,340.7

 

1,201.0

 

1,014.1

 

 

 

 

1,340.7

 

1,201.0

 

1,014.1

 

3.5

 

16.9

 

36.4

 

1,344.2

 

1,217.9

 

1,050.5

 

Segment totals

 

5,843.0

 

5,339.5

 

5,231.7

 

 

 

 

5,843.0

 

5,339.5

 

5,231.7

 

162.3

 

45.0

 

129.9

 

6,005.3

 

5,384.5

 

5,361.6

 

Interest income (note 5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.1

 

16.4

 

0.6

 

26.1

 

16.4

 

0.6

 

Consolidated Rinker group

 

5,843.0

 

5,339.5

 

5,231.7

 

 

 

 

5,843.0

 

5,339.5

 

5,231.7

 

188.4

 

61.4

 

130.5

 

6,031.4

 

5,400.9

 

5,362.2

 

 


(a)          Inter-segment sales are recorded at amounts comparable to competitive market prices charged to external customers for similar goods.

(b)         Excludes net profit from equity accounted for associate entities and partnerships.

 

US$ MILLION

 

INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED
FOR USING THE
EQUITY METHOD

 

SHARE OF
ASSOCIATE ENTITIES’
NET PROFIT

 

DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION
AND AMORTISATION (c)

 

CAPITAL
EXPENDITURE

 

AS AT AND YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregates

 

4.5

 

4.3

 

4.7

 

1.3

 

1.1

 

(0.2

)

74.2

 

69.5

 

59.3

 

74.2

 

54.0

 

269.4

 

Cement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.7

 

21.4

 

20.7

 

5.6

 

5.9

 

6.6

 

Concrete, block, asphalt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60.9

 

54.1

 

42.4

 

132.2

 

68.9

 

348.2

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.8

 

32.0

 

32.4

 

12.8

 

9.4

 

19.5

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.8

 

21.8

 

25.5

 

12.8

 

11.6

 

7.2

 

Total Rinker Materials

 

4.5

 

4.3

 

4.7

 

1.3

 

1.1

 

(0.2

)

202.4

 

198.8

 

180.3

 

237.6

 

149.8

 

650.9

 

Readymix

 

158.0

 

139.1

 

151.8

 

30.1

 

13.9

 

13.9

 

47.8

 

35.4

 

30.3

 

77.7

 

89.0

 

38.2

 

Segment totals

 

162.5

 

143.4

 

156.5

 

31.4

 

15.0

 

13.7

 

250.2

 

234.2

 

210.6

 

315.3

 

238.8

 

689.1

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Rinker group

 

162.5

 

143.4

 

156.5

 

31.4

 

15.0

 

13.7

 

250.5

 

234.2

 

210.6

 

315.3

 

238.8

 

689.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregates

 

5.9

 

5.7

 

7.9

 

1.8

 

1.7

 

(0.4

)

100.4

 

99.9

 

104.6

 

99.6

 

76.6

 

451.4

 

Cement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.3

 

30.8

 

36.6

 

7.5

 

8.3

 

11.5

 

Concrete, block, asphalt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82.4

 

77.8

 

74.7

 

180.1

 

97.6

 

676.6

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41.8

 

46.1

 

57.3

 

17.2

 

13.6

 

34.7

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.2

 

31.6

 

45.1

 

17.1

 

16.6

 

12.8

 

Total Rinker Materials

 

5.9

 

5.7

 

7.9

 

1.8

 

1.7

 

(0.4

)

274.1

 

286.2

 

318.3

 

321.5

 

212.7

 

1,187.0

 

Readymix

 

204.8

 

184.2

 

252.6

 

40.9

 

20.3

 

24.7

 

64.6

 

50.7

 

53.7

 

105.1

 

125.2

 

66.3

 

Segment totals

 

210.7

 

189.9

 

260.5

 

42.7

 

22.0

 

24.3

 

338.7

 

336.9

 

372.0

 

426.6

 

337.9

 

1,253.3

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Rinker group

 

210.7

 

189.9

 

260.5

 

42.7

 

22.0

 

24.3

 

339.1

 

336.9

 

372.0

 

426.6

 

337.9

 

1,253.3

 

 


(c)          Other non-cash expenses are immaterial.

 

F-15



 

 

 

ASSETS

 

LIABILITIES

 

ALLOCATED
TAX ASSETS
AND LIABILITIES

 

SEGMENT
FUNDS
EMPLOYED

 

US$ MILLION

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment funds employed are calculated based on segment assets and liabilities, adjusted for allocated tax assets and liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregates

 

945.6

 

932.4

 

942.9

 

(113.4

)

(93.3

)

(85.0

)

(49.2

)

(43.1

)

(40.2

)

783.0

 

796.0

 

817.7

 

Cement

 

407.7

 

410.1

 

424.5

 

(37.6

)

(29.8

)

(28.4

)

(32.8

)

(26.2

)

(11.2

)

337.3

 

354.1

 

384.9

 

Concrete, block, asphalt

 

943.0

 

834.7

 

801.9

 

(198.2

)

(183.3

)

(167.6

)

(65.7

)

(43.1

)

(29.4

)

679.1

 

608.3

 

604.9

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

442.1

 

437.4

 

460.4

 

(60.1

)

(60.1

)

(47.6

)

(33.0

)

(29.2

)

(28.6

)

349.0

 

348.1

 

384.2

 

Other

 

118.5

 

219.5

 

228.5

 

(109.9

)

(118.3

)

(99.9

)

4.7

 

(21.4

)

(22.2

)

13.3

 

79.8

 

106.4

 

Intercompany eliminations

 

(30.9

)

(30.9

)

(30.0

)

30.9

 

30.9

 

30.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Rinker Materials

 

2,826.0

 

2,803.2

 

2,828.2

 

(488.3

)

(453.9

)

(398.5

)

(176.0

)

(163.0

)

(131.6

)

2,161.7

 

2,186.3

 

2,298.1

 

Readymix

 

962.2

 

897.0

 

588.2

 

(193.3

)

(170.6

)

(117.2

)

(29.4

)

(26.5

)

(20.5

)

739.5

 

699.9

 

450.5

 

Segment totals

 

3,788.2

 

3,700.2

 

3,416.4

 

(681.6

)

(624.5

)

(515.7

)

(205.4

)

(189.5

)

(152.1

)

2,901.2

 

2,886.2

 

2,748.6

 

Corporate

 

2.9

 

6.6

 

248.4

 

(5.2

)

(2.9

)

(6.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group totals

 

3,791.1

 

3,706.8

 

3,664.8

 

(686.8

)

(627.4

)

(522.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash (note 10)

 

588.2

 

328.5

 

111.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax assets (liabilities)

 

75.7

 

91.0

 

60.7

 

(273.0

)

(280.5

)

(212.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and other finance receivable (payable)

 

5.4

 

3.7

 

4.3

 

(12.8

)

(11.7

)

(8.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

(868.0

)

(929.8

)

(1,213.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Rinker group

 

4,460.4

 

4,130.0

 

3,840.8

 

(1,840.6

)

(1,849.4

)

(1,956.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregates

 

1,225.9

 

1,234.6

 

1,570.3

 

(147.0

)

(123.5

)

(141.5

)

(63.8

)

(57.1

)

(66.9

)

1,015.1

 

1,054.0

 

1,361.9

 

Cement

 

528.7

 

543.0

 

706.8

 

(48.8

)

(39.5

)

(47.3

)

(42.5

)

(34.6

)

(18.6

)

437.4

 

468.9

 

640.9

 

Concrete, block, asphalt

 

1,222.5

 

1,105.3

 

1,334.8

 

(256.9

)

(242.7

)

(279.1

)

(85.2

)

(57.1

)

(49.0

)

880.4

 

805.5

 

1,006.7

 

Concrete pipe and products

 

573.3

 

579.2

 

766.6

 

(77.9

)

(79.6

)

(79.3

)

(42.8

)

(38.7

)

(47.6

)

452.6

 

460.9

 

639.7

 

Other

 

153.6

 

290.7

 

380.5

 

(142.5

)

(156.7

)

(166.3

)

6.1

 

(28.5

)

(36.8

)

17.2

 

105.5

 

177.4

 

Intercompany eliminations

 

(40.0

)

(40.9

)

(50.0

)

40.0

 

40.9

 

50.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Rinker Materials

 

3,664.0

 

3,711.9

 

4,709.0

 

(633.1

)

(601.1

)

(663.5

)

(228.2

)

(216.0

)

(218.9

)

2,802.7

 

2,894.8

 

3,826.6

 

Readymix

 

1,247.5

 

1,187.8

 

979.3

 

(250.7

)

(225.9

)

(195.2

)

(38.1

)

(35.0

)

(34.4

)

958.7

 

926.9

 

749.7

 

Segment totals

 

4,911.5

 

4,899.7

 

5,688.3

 

(883.8

)

(827.0

)

(858.7

)

(266.3

)

(251.0

)

(253.3

)

3,761.4

 

3,821.7

 

4,576.3

 

Corporate

 

3.7

 

8.7

 

413.6

 

(6.7

)

(3.8

)

(11.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group totals

 

4,915.2

 

4,908.4

 

6,101.9

 

(890.5

)

(830.8

)

(870.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash (note 10)

 

762.6

 

435.1

 

184.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax assets (liabilities)

 

98.1

 

120.5

 

101.1

 

(354.0

)

(371.5

)

(354.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and other finance receivable (payable)

 

7.1

 

4.9

 

7.1

 

(16.5

)

(15.6

)

(13.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

(1,125.4

)

(1,231.2

)

(2,019.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Rinker group

 

5,783.0

 

5,468.9

 

6,394.9

 

(2,386.4

)

(2,449.1

)

(3,257.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-16



 

US$ MILLION

 

SEGMENT ASSETS

 

TOTAL REVENUE (d) (e)

 

AS AT AND YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

1  SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

2,826.1

 

2,803.2

 

2,828.2

 

3,445.0

 

2,887.9

 

2,435.9

 

Australia

 

939.3

 

878.5

 

821.5

 

951.2

 

813.2

 

564.5

 

China

 

25.7

 

25.1

 

15.1

 

42.3

 

36.9

 

29.0

 

Group totals

 

3,791.1

 

3,706.8

 

3,664.8

 

4,438.5

 

3,738.0

 

3,029.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

3,664.1

 

3,711.9

 

4,709.0

 

4,661.1

 

4,166.6

 

4,311.1

 

Australia

 

1,218.3

 

1,163.2

 

1,367.8

 

1,287.1

 

1,164.3

 

999.3

 

China

 

32.8

 

33.3

 

25.1

 

57.1

 

53.6

 

51.8

 

Group totals

 

4,915.2

 

4,908.4

 

6,101.9

 

6,005.3

 

5,384.5

 

5,362.2

 

 


(d)         Excludes net profit from equity accounted for associate entities and partnerships.

(e)          Intersegment sales are negligible.

 

US$ MILLION

 

LONG LIVED ASSETS

 

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

 

AS AT AND YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

1,300.1

 

1,299.6

 

1,299.6

 

237.6

 

149.8

 

650.9

 

Australia

 

448.0

 

405.5

 

295.4

 

76.8

 

82.2

 

35.1

 

China

 

10.2

 

10.6

 

6.7

 

0.9

 

6.8

 

3.1

 

Group totals

 

1,758.3

 

1,715.7

 

1,601.7

 

315.3

 

238.8

 

689.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

1,685.6

 

1,720.8

 

2,163.8

 

321.5

 

212.7

 

1,187.0

 

Australia

 

580.8

 

536.9

 

491.8

 

103.8

 

115.7

 

61.0

 

China

 

13.3

 

14.1

 

11.2

 

1.3

 

9.5

 

5.3

 

Group totals

 

2,279.7

 

2,271.8

 

2,666.8

 

426.6

 

337.9

 

1,253.3

 

 

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES OF SEGMENTS

 

Business segments are reported along geographic lines (Rinker Materials in the United States; and Readymix in Australia and China) and within the United States, along product lines. These segments are the same as those used for internal management as the basis for making decisions regarding the allocation of resources.

 

Rinker Materials

 

Aggregates

Cement

Concrete, block and asphalt

Concrete pipe and products

Other: gypsum supply, pre-stressed concrete (f), polyethylene pipe (f), Rinker Materials corporate costs.

 

Readymix

 

Aggregates, concrete, asphalt, cement, concrete pipe and other reinforced concrete products

 


(f)            The pre-stressed concrete and polyethylene pipe businesses were disposed of during year ended March 31, 2005.

 

F-17



 

2              OTHER REVENUE AND EXPENSES FROM ORDINARY ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

NOTE

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

121.9

 

29.4

 

69.7

 

 

156.6

 

41.4

 

122.9

 

Dividend income

 

 

 

0.4

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

 

0.6

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

Other

 

 

 

3.8

 

2.3

 

3.8

 

 

5.1

 

3.4

 

6.8

 

Total other revenue from ordinary activities

 

 

 

126.1

 

31.8

 

73.6

 

 

162.3

 

45.0

 

129.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

(126.2

)

(25.7

)

(51.0

)

 

(162.2

)

(36.4

)

(89.7

)

Other restructure, rationalisation and impairment costs (a)

 

 

 

(0.3

)

(10.5

)

(0.3

)

 

(0.7

)

(15.1

)

(0.5

)

Other

 

 

 

(0.2

)

(7.1

)

(1.4

)

 

(0.3

)

(9.0

)

(2.5

)

Total other expenses from ordinary activities

 

 

 

(126.7

)

(43.3

)

(52.7

)

 

(163.2

)

(60.5

)

(92.7

)

 


(a)                                  An impairment write down of US$10.5 million or A$15.1 million was recorded during the year ended March 31, 2004 relating to Rinker Materials Prestress.

 

3           SIGNIFICANT ITEMS

 

Disposal of Prestress

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue on disposal

 

32.5

 

 

 

 

41.8

 

 

 

Book value of disposed assets

 

(47.6

)

 

 

 

(61.2

)

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

Total loss on sale (a)

 

(13.1

)

 

 

 

(16.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposal of Polypipe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue on disposal

 

67.3

 

 

 

 

85.6

 

 

 

Book value of disposed assets

 

(59.0

)

 

 

 

(75.0

)

 

 

Total gain on sale (b)

 

8.3

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total significant items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue on disposal

 

99.8

 

 

 

 

127.4

 

 

 

Book value of disposed assets

 

(106.6

)

 

 

 

(136.2

)

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

Total significant items

 

(4.8

)

 

 

 

(6.2

)

 

 

 


(a)           Loss on the disposal of Prestress is included within the Rinker Materials Other segment in Note 1.

(b)           Gain on the disposal of Polypipe is included within the Rinker Materials Other segment in Note 1.

 

4           OPERATING COSTS

 

Operating Costs include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

1.8

 

1.3

 

2.8

 

 

2.3

 

1.8

 

4.6

 

Mining royalties paid to governments

 

2.9

 

3.8

 

1.8

 

 

3.9

 

5.5

 

3.2

 

Operating lease and rental payments

 

22.4

 

23.1

 

19.6

 

 

30.3

 

33.3

 

34.8

 

Contributions to employee retirement funds

 

34.4

 

33.5

 

22.8

 

 

46.7

 

48.2

 

40.3

 

Repairs and maintenance

 

115.2

 

105.3

 

80.5

 

 

151.6

 

144.2

 

137.5

 

 

5           INTEREST INCOME

 

Short-term interest income

 

6

 

19.5

 

11.7

 

0.3

 

 

26.1

 

16.4

 

0.6

 

 

F-18



 

6              NET FINANCE EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

NOTE

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid or payable on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

short-term debt

 

 

 

0.5

 

0.7

 

4.6

 

 

0.6

 

1.1

 

8.1

 

long-term debt

 

 

 

45.5

 

53.7

 

44.5

 

 

61.6

 

77.5

 

78.6

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

Total interest

 

 

 

46.0

 

54.6

 

49.3

 

 

62.3

 

78.9

 

87.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

funding costs

 

 

 

5.6

 

4.3

 

10.0

 

 

7.6

 

6.3

 

17.7

 

foreign exchange loss

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.1

 

Borrowing costs

 

 

 

51.8

 

58.9

 

59.3

 

 

70.2

 

85.2

 

104.9

 

Less interest income

 

5

 

19.5

 

11.7

 

0.3

 

 

26.1

 

16.4

 

0.6

 

Net finance expense

 

 

 

32.3

 

47.2

 

59.0

 

 

44.1

 

68.8

 

104.3

 

 

7              DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTISATION

 

Amounts incurred for

depreciation, depletion

and amortisation of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

deferred costs and other non-current assets

 

 

 

10.8

 

11.5

 

11.4

 

 

14.7

 

16.6

 

20.1

 

goodwill

 

 

 

56.3

 

56.5

 

47.1

 

 

76.2

 

81.3

 

83.0

 

property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

179.8

 

161.7

 

146.9

 

 

243.3

 

232.5

 

259.7

 

other intangibles

 

 

 

3.6

 

4.5

 

5.2

 

 

4.9

 

6.5

 

9.2

 

Total depreciation, depletion and amortisation

 

 

 

250.5

 

234.2

 

210.6

 

 

339.1

 

336.9

 

372.0

 

 

8             DIVIDENDS

 

 

 

DATE

 

DATE

 

AMOUNT PER SHARE

 

TOTAL AMOUNT

 

 

 

DECLARED

 

PAID / PAYABLE

 

(AUSTRALIAN CENTS)

 

(A$ MILLION)

 

RECOGNISED IN 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final dividend year ended March 31, 2003 (a)

 

May 20, 2003

 

July 3, 2003

 

7

 

66.1

 

Interim dividend year ended March 31, 2004 (b)

 

November 18, 2003

 

December 15, 2003

 

6

 

56.7

 

Total recognised

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

122.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECOGNISED IN 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final dividend year ended March 31, 2004 (b)

 

May 25, 2004

 

July 2, 2004

 

8

 

75.5

 

Interim dividend year ended March 31, 2005 (b)

 

November 16, 2004

 

December 13, 2004

 

7

 

65.9

 

Total recognised

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

141.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNRECOGNISED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final dividend year ended March 31, 2005 (c)

 

May 12, 2005

 

July 1, 2005

 

14

 

131.8

 

 


(a)  70 per cent franked at the Australian corporate tax rate of 30 per cent.

(b)  100 per cent franked at the Australian corporate tax rate of 30 per cent.

(c)  60 per cent franked at the Australian corporate tax rate of 30 per cent.

 

Dividends declared during the year ended March 31, 2005 have been recognised in the financial report.  The final dividend in respect of ordinary shares for the year ended March 31, 2005 has not been recognised in this financial report because it was declared after March 31, 2005.

 

On April 15, 2005 Rinker announced a change in the conversion ratio of Rinker American Depositary Receipts (ADRs).  Effective April 27, 2005, ADRs, which previously represented 10 Rinker ordinary shares, will represent five Rinker ordinary shares.  This change had no impact on the contributed equity of Rinker Group Limited.  Holders of Rinker American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) in the United States, will receive a dividend equivalent to 70 Australian cents per ADR, or five times the dividend per ordinary share noted above.

 

The adjusted franking account balance as at March 31, 2005 was A$16.8 million (2004: A$6.2 million).

 

F-19



 

9              INCOME TAX

 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

Reconciliation of income tax expense charged to the statement of financial performance with income tax calculated on profit from ordinary activities before income tax:

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax

 

674.4

 

445.5

 

334.8

 

 

913.0

 

644.5

 

593.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense calculated at 30%

 

202.3

 

133.7

 

100.4

 

 

273.9

 

193.4

 

178.1

 

Increase (decrease) in income tax expense due to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas tax rate differential

 

39.1

 

20.9

 

23.4

 

 

53.0

 

30.1

 

41.8

 

Non-tax deductible depreciation and amortisation

 

13.5

 

15.8

 

8.5

 

 

18.3

 

22.8

 

15.4

 

Non-tax deductible other expenditures

 

4.8

 

2.6

 

1.4

 

 

6.5

 

3.7

 

2.6

 

Income tax (over) provided in previous years

 

(9.7

)

(12.4

)

(0.6

)

 

(12.9

)

(17.4

)

(1.1

)

Tax depletion of mineral reserves

 

(5.9

)

(5.8

)

(3.4

)

 

(8.0

)

(8.4

)

(6.1

)

Other items

 

(2.7

)

(4.0

)

(1.7

)

 

(3.5

)

(4.8

)

(2.9

)

Asian trading (profits) not previously recognised

 

(0.5

)

(1.3

)

(0.5

)

 

(0.7

)

(2.0

)

(0.9

)

Equity accounted associates’ profit/rebate on dividends received

 

(5.1

)

(0.6

)

(4.8

)

 

(7.0

)

(1.0

)

(8.4

)

Non-tax deductible other income

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

Asset disposals and writedowns

 

1.1

 

 

(2.1

)

 

1.5

 

 

(3.7

)

Research and development concessions

 

(0.1

)

 

(0.2

)

 

(0.1

)

 

(0.4

)

Non assessable interest on deferred payments from sale of business

 

 

 

(3.6

)

 

 

 

(6.3

)

Total income tax expense on profit from ordinary activities

 

236.8

 

148.8

 

116.8

 

 

321.0

 

216.2

 

208.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense comprises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to provision for current income tax liability

 

228.8

 

157.9

 

99.1

 

 

310.2

 

228.9

 

177.2

 

Additions to (deductions from) provision for deferred income tax liability

 

22.9

 

(5.4

)

11.1

 

 

30.9

 

(7.1

)

19.6

 

(Deductions from) additions to deferred income tax assets

 

(14.9

)

(3.7

)

6.6

 

 

(20.1

)

(5.6

)

11.3

 

Total income tax expense on profit from ordinary activities

 

236.8

 

148.8

 

116.8

 

 

321.0

 

216.2

 

208.1

 

 

Legislation to allow groups, comprising a parent entity and its Australian resident wholly-owned entities, to elect to consolidate and be treated as a single entity for income tax purposes was substantively enacted on October 21, 2002.  Rinker and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities are eligible to consolidate for tax purposes under this legislation and have elected to be taxed as a single entity with effect from April 12, 2003.  The Australian Taxation Office has been provided with formal notification of Rinker’s implementation of the tax consolidation system.  The head entity within the tax-consolidated group for the purposes of the tax consolidation system is Rinker Group Limited.

 

The components of income tax expense consist of the following:

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian

 

45.9

 

41.3

 

10.3

 

 

62.6

 

59.0

 

19.0

 

US

 

182.9

 

116.6

 

88.8

 

 

247.6

 

169.9

 

158.1

 

Other foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Total current income tax expense

 

228.8

 

157.9

 

99.1

 

 

310.2

 

228.9

 

177.2

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian

 

(0.7

)

(8.3

)

(2.1

)

 

(1.1

)

(11.5

)

(3.8

)

US

 

8.7

 

(0.8

)

19.8

 

 

11.9

 

(1.2

)

34.8

 

Other foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Total deferred income tax expense

 

8.0

 

(9.1

)

17.7

 

 

10.8

 

(12.7

)

30.9

 

Total income tax expense

 

236.8

 

148.8

 

116.8

 

 

321.0

 

216.2

 

208.1

 

 

The significant timing differences are as follows:

 

Future income tax benefit arising from

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions (a)

 

64.7

 

56.2

 

48.5

 

 

83.9

 

74.4

 

80.8

 

Tax losses (including the valuation allowance shown below) (b)

 

 

2.3

 

11.4

 

 

 

3.0

 

18.9

 

Other (c)

 

11.0

 

3.3

 

2.2

 

 

14.2

 

4.4

 

3.7

 

Total deferred income tax assets

 

75.7

 

61.8

 

62.1

 

 

98.1

 

81.8

 

103.4

 

Valuation allowance not brought to account

 

 

(1.6

)

(1.4

)

 

 

(2.1

)

(2.3

)

Net deferred income tax assets

 

75.7

 

60.2

 

60.7

 

 

98.1

 

79.7

 

101.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed asset depreciation (d)

 

202.8

 

197.2

 

169.7

 

 

263.0

 

261.2

 

282.5

 

Spares and stores (e)

 

0.3

 

0.6

 

7.3

 

 

0.4

 

0.8

 

12.2

 

Inventory and deferred stripping

 

15.7

 

8.2

 

1.1

 

 

20.3

 

10.9

 

1.8

 

Prepayments

 

8.0

 

8.8

 

5.8

 

 

10.4

 

11.6

 

9.6

 

Other (c)

 

19.5

 

8.0

 

18.7

 

 

25.3

 

10.6

 

31.3

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

 

246.3

 

222.8

 

202.6

 

 

319.4

 

295.1

 

337.4

 

 

F-20



 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

9  INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Analysis of total income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense on operating profit

 

236.8

 

148.8

 

116.8

 

 

321.0

 

216.2

 

208.1

 

 

 

236.8

 

148.8

 

116.8

 

 

321.0

 

216.2

 

208.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets attributable to tax losses carried forward as an asset (f)

 

 

0.7

 

10.0

 

 

 

0.9

 

16.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets not taken to account (valuation allowance) (g) (h)

 

 

1.6

 

1.4

 

 

 

2.1

 

2.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The tax losses carried forward expire as summarised below (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US

expiration 2012 - 2020

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

US

unlimited expiration (j)

 

 

0.3

 

6.8

 

 

 

0.4

 

11.3

 

Australia

unlimited expiration

 

 

0.4

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.5

 

0.4

 

Other

expiration 2004 - 2009

 

 

1.6

 

1.3

 

 

 

2.1

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

11.4

 

 

 

3.0

 

18.9

 

 

UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS

No provision for withholding tax has been made on undistributed earnings of overseas controlled entities where there is no intention to distribute those earnings.  As from July 1, 2003 the withholding tax rate applicable to dividend payments from Rinker group companies in the US to Rinker group companies in Australia became nil.  Dividends from Rinker group companies in China are not subject to Chinese withholding taxes.

 

VALUATION ALLOWANCE

The net change in the valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets was a decrease of US$1.6 million (A$2.1 million) in 2005, an increase of US$0.2 million (decrease of A$0.2 million) in 2004 and a decrease of US$3.6 million (A$7.2 million) in 2003.  The valuation allowance related primarily to income tax losses, with the allowance recorded due to the uncertainty of whether these losses may ultimately be realised.

 


(a)

Provision for tax deduction arising after expense is reported for accounting purposes.

(b)

Tax losses to be offset against future taxable income.

(c)

Other taxable and deductible temporary differences.

(d)

Tax depreciation in excess of accounting depreciation.

(e)

Spares and stores held in inventory, deductible for tax on purchase; expensed for accounting purposes on issue.

(f)

Net of the valuation allowance US$nil (A$nil) (2004: US$1.6 million (A$2.1million), 2003: US$1.4 million (A$2.3 million)).

(g)

Includes capital gains tax losses US$nil (A$nil) (2004: US$nil (A$nil), 2003: US$0.1 million (A$0.2 million)).

(h)

These benefits will only be obtained if the Rinker group derives the necessary future assessable income and capital gains, and there are no adverse changes in tax legislation.

(i)

These balances are not net of the valuation allowance.

(j)

Represents Alternative Minimum Tax credits in the United States.

 

F-21



 

10           CASH

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at banks and on hand

 

57.0

 

55.8

 

 

73.9

 

74.0

 

Short-term loans and deposits

 

531.2

 

272.7

 

 

688.7

 

361.1

 

Cash assets

 

588.2

 

328.5

 

 

762.6

 

435.1

 

 

11           RECEIVABLES

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

580.2

 

512.5

 

 

752.3

 

678.8

 

Provision for doubtful debts (a)

 

(23.8

)

(14.4

)

 

(30.9

)

(19.1

)

 

 

556.4

 

498.1

 

 

721.4

 

659.7

 

Loans to and receivables from associate entities

 

0.2

 

11.3

 

 

0.2

 

15.0

 

Divestment debtors

 

1.6

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

Other loans and receivables

 

32.1

 

29.1

 

 

41.6

 

38.5

 

 

 

33.9

 

40.4

 

 

43.9

 

53.5

 

Total current receivables

 

590.3

 

538.5

 

 

765.3

 

713.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to employees

 

2.0

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

Loans to associate entities

 

74.6

 

84.6

 

 

96.7

 

112.1

 

Other loans

 

4.8

 

5.1

 

 

6.3

 

6.7

 

Term receivables

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

Total non-current receivables

 

81.4

 

89.8

 

 

105.6

 

119.0

 

 


(a)           Provision for doubtful debts as detailed below:

 

US$ MILLION

 

OPENING

 

 

 

NET

 

FOREIGN

 

(ACQUISITIONS)/

 

CLOSING

 

YEAR ENDING MARCH 31

 

BALANCE

 

PROVIDED

 

CHARGED

 

EXCHANGE

 

DISPOSALS

 

BALANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

(12.5

)

(6.6

)

8.0

 

(0.5

)

(2.6

)

(14.2

)

2004

 

(14.2

)

(3.6

)

4.4

 

(0.7

)

(0.3

)

(14.4

)

2005

 

(14.4

)

(13.2

)

4.0

 

(0.5

)

0.3

 

(23.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

OPENING

 

 

 

NET

 

FOREIGN

 

(ACQUISITIONS)/

 

CLOSING

 

YEAR ENDING MARCH 31

 

BALANCE

 

PROVIDED

 

CHARGED

 

EXCHANGE

 

DISPOSALS

 

BALANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

(23.7

)

(12.0

)

14.0

 

2.9

 

(4.8

)

(23.6

)

2004

 

(23.6

)

(5.7

)

6.1

 

4.6

 

(0.5

)

(19.1

)

2005

 

(19.1

)

(18.1

)

5.3

 

0.6

 

0.4

 

(30.9

)

 

In 2003, the US$6.6 million (A$12.0 million) provided was made up of US$8.7 million (A$15.0 million) provided as operating expense offset by US$2.1 million (A$3.0 million) written back as other expenses from ordinary activities.

 

In 2004, the US$3.6 million (A$5.7 million) provided was made up of US$3.6 million (A$5.7 million) provided as operating expense.

 

In 2005, the US$13.2 million (A$18.1 million) provided was made up of US$13.0 million (A$17.9 million) provided as operating expense, and US$0.2 million (A$0.2 million) provided as other expense from ordinary activities.

 

F-22



 

12           INVENTORIES

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw and process materials and stores

 

74.4

 

62.8

 

 

96.4

 

83.2

 

Work in progress

 

19.8

 

16.8

 

 

25.7

 

22.2

 

Finished goods

 

206.7

 

184.3

 

 

268.1

 

244.1

 

Total current inventories

 

300.9

 

263.9

 

 

390.2

 

349.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw and process materials and stores (a)

 

10.0

 

12.3

 

 

13.0

 

16.4

 

Land held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

at cost

 

15.9

 

3.0

 

 

20.7

 

4.0

 

at net realisable value

 

25.4

 

26.8

 

 

32.8

 

35.3

 

Total non-current inventories

 

51.3

 

42.1

 

 

66.5

 

55.7

 

 


(a)           All raw and process materials and stores, work in progress and finished goods are valued at cost.

 

13           INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

 

Shares in associate companies (a) (b)

 

134.6

 

119.4

 

 

174.6

 

158.1

 

Interests in partnerships (b)

 

27.9

 

24.0

 

 

36.1

 

31.8

 

Total investments accounted for using the equity method

 

162.5

 

143.4

 

 

210.7

 

189.9

 

 


(a)           Not quoted on stock exchanges.

(b)           Details of investments in associate entities are shown in Note 34.

 

14           OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

Investments at valuation (a)

 

22.5

 

13.5

 

 

29.2

 

17.8

 

Total other financial assets

 

22.5

 

13.5

 

 

29.2

 

17.8

 

 


(a)           Not quoted on stock exchanges.

 

F-23



 

15           PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (a)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAND AND BUILDINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

532.2

 

514.9

 

 

690.1

 

681.4

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(54.7

)

(42.2

)

 

(71.0

)

(55.5

)

Total land and buildings (b)

 

477.5

 

472.7

 

 

619.1

 

625.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

1,936.1

 

1,823.0

 

 

2,510.1

 

2,405.7

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(810.6

)

(739.6

)

 

(1,050.9

)

(971.1

)

Total plant and equipment

 

1,125.5

 

1,083.4

 

 

1,459.2

 

1,434.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QUARRY AND OTHER RAW MATERIAL RESERVES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

191.1

 

185.6

 

 

247.8

 

245.0

 

Accumulated depletion

 

(35.8

)

(26.0

)

 

(46.4

)

(33.7

)

Total quarry and other raw material reserves

 

155.3

 

159.6

 

 

201.4

 

211.3

 

Total property, plant and equipment

 

1,758.3

 

1,715.7

 

 

2,279.7

 

2,271.8

 

 


(a)                                  The economic life over which assets are depreciated is: Buildings - up to 40 years; Plant and equipment - 1 to 30 years; Quarry and other raw material reserves - 1 to 40 years. The weighted average life is: Buildings - 24 years; Plant and equipment - 11 years; Quarry and other raw material reserves - 15 years.

 

(b)                                 Land and buildings acquired prior to August 2002, owned by the consolidated entity, were independently valued as at December 31, 2003.  Land held for development and sale and properties used in quarrying were not included in this valuation.  Virtually all such valuations were independent and carried out by Jones Lang LaSalle Pty Ltd in Australia and China, and American Appraisal Associates in the United States.  The basis of the valuations was existing use, except for the sites that are considered to be surplus to the Rinker Group’s requirements, where an open market value was used.  The results of these valuations were not materially different from the carrying values above.

 

 

16           MOVEMENTS IN PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

US$ MILLION
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2005

 

LAND AND
BUILDINGS

 

PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT

 

QUARRY AND OTHER
RAW MATERIALS
RESERVES

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

472.7

 

1,083.4

 

159.6

 

acquired

 

50.0

 

240.8

 

5.8

 

disposed of

 

(28.4

)

(41.6

)

(0.6

)

depreciation, depletion and amortisation

 

(17.1

)

(152.2

)

(10.5

)

foreign currency translation

 

3.0

 

6.3

 

0.7

 

reclassifications and other

 

(2.7

)

(11.2

)

0.3

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

477.5

 

1,125.5

 

155.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

625.9

 

1,434.6

 

211.3

 

acquired

 

66.8

 

326.3

 

7.6

 

disposed of

 

(36.4

)

(54.0

)

(0.8

)

depreciation, depletion and amortisation

 

(23.2

)

(206.0

)

(14.1

)

foreign currency translation

 

(10.6

)

(27.0

)

(3.0

)

reclassifications and other

 

(3.4

)

(14.7

)

0.4

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

619.1

 

1,459.2

 

201.4

 

 

F-24



 

17           INTANGIBLES

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GOODWILL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

1,042.9

 

1,082.1

 

 

1,352.1

 

1,432.8

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(294.2

)

(261.4

)

 

(381.4

)

(346.1

)

Total goodwill

 

748.7

 

820.7

 

 

970.7

 

1,086.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INTANGIBLES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

26.3

 

41.5

 

 

34.1

 

54.9

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(13.2

)

(23.4

)

 

(17.1

)

(30.9

)

Total other intangibles

 

13.1

 

18.1

 

 

17.0

 

24.0

 

Total intangibles

 

761.8

 

838.8

 

 

987.7

 

1,110.7

 

 

The weighted average amortisation period for goodwill is currently 20 years.  The goodwill amortisation charge is expected to be nil in the year ending March 31, 2006, following the adoption of A-IFRS.

 

The weighted average amortisation period for other intangibles is eight years.  Future amortisation charges are expected to be similar to the US$3.6 million (A$4.9 million) charge in the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

18           OTHER ASSETS

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayments

 

18.9

 

46.5

 

 

24.5

 

61.6

 

Deferred costs (a)

 

4.7

 

8.3

 

 

6.0

 

10.9

 

Total other current assets

 

23.6

 

54.8

 

 

30.5

 

72.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayments

 

8.2

 

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred costs (a)

 

43.0

 

43.6

 

 

55.8

 

57.7

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(17.9

)

(17.8

)

 

(23.2

)

(23.6

)

 

 

25.1

 

25.8

 

 

32.6

 

34.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software and system development

 

48.6

 

49.3

 

 

62.9

 

65.3

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(38.4

)

(34.6

)

 

(49.7

)

(45.8

)

 

 

10.2

 

14.7

 

 

13.2

 

19.5

 

Other

 

0.4

 

0.3

 

 

0.4

 

0.4

 

Total non-current other assets

 

43.9

 

40.8

 

 

56.9

 

54.0

 

 


(a)           Mainly deferred quarry establishment costs. Amortised over the life of the quarry.

 

19           CURRENT PAYABLES

 

Trade payables

 

398.1

 

360.3

 

 

516.2

 

477.1

 

Employee benefit payables (a)

 

70.2

 

74.1

 

 

91.0

 

98.2

 

Other payables (b)

 

26.4

 

25.4

 

 

34.2

 

33.6

 

Total current payables

 

494.7

 

459.8

 

 

641.4

 

608.9

 

 


(a)                                  In addition to the employee benefit payables disclosed above, US$14.2 million (A$18.5 million) of employee benefits payables are classified as non-current and included in non-current payables.

 

(b)                                 Included in other payables is a US$5.1 million (A$6.6 million) payable secured by mortgage or charge over land.  The carrying amount of the land subject to charge is US$9.9 million (A$12.8 million).

 

F-25



 

20           INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current maturities of long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other facilities (a)

 

3.1

 

4.9

 

 

4.0

 

6.5

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bonds

 

250.0

 

 

 

324.1

 

 

other facilities

 

1.0

 

1.0

 

 

1.3

 

1.3

 

Total current maturities of long-term borrowings

 

254.1

 

5.9

 

 

329.4

 

7.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bank loans

 

3.0

 

11.5

 

 

3.9

 

15.2

 

Total current interest-bearing liabilities

 

257.1

 

17.4

 

 

333.3

 

23.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other facilities (a)

 

2.5

 

3.2

 

 

3.3

 

4.3

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bonds

 

349.9

 

599.9

 

 

453.6

 

794.4

 

commercial paper

 

248.2

 

24.9

 

 

321.8

 

33.0

 

bank lines

 

6.0

 

275.0

 

 

7.8

 

364.1

 

owing to CSR Limited

 

4.3

 

8.4

 

 

5.6

 

11.1

 

other facilities

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

1.3

 

Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities

 

610.9

 

912.4

 

 

792.1

 

1,208.2

 

 


(a)                                  Secured or collateralised by a charge over property, plant and equipment. The net carrying value of the assets subject to charge as at March 31, 2005 is US$7.1 million (A$9.2 million) (March 31, 2004: US$10.9 million (A$14.4 million)).

 

F-26



 

21           CREDIT FACILITIES AND MATURITY PROFILE

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM BORROWINGS ARE REPAYABLE IN THE FOLLOWING CURRENCIES:

United States dollar debt

 

251.8

 

4.1

 

 

326.4

 

5.4

 

Australian dollar debt

 

2.3

 

1.8

 

 

3.0

 

2.4

 

 

 

254.1

 

5.9

 

 

329.4

 

7.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CATEGORY OF AGGREGATE SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chinese renminbi debt

 

3.0

 

11.5

 

 

3.9

 

15.2

 

 

 

3.0

 

11.5

 

 

3.9

 

15.2

 

Total current interest-bearing liabilities

 

257.1

 

17.4

 

 

333.3

 

23.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current payables

 

5.5

 

2.6

 

 

7.1

 

3.4

 

Total current interest-bearing liabilities and other payables

 

262.6

 

20.0

 

 

340.4

 

26.4

 

 

NON-CURRENT INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES AND PAYABLES ARE REPAYABLE IN THE FOLLOWING CURRENCIES:

 

Australian dollars

 

4.9

 

8.8

 

 

6.4

 

11.8

 

United States dollars

 

646.7

 

923.0

 

 

838.4

 

1,222.1

 

Chinese renminbi

 

6.0

 

 

 

7.8

 

 

 

 

657.6

 

931.8

 

 

852.6

 

1,233.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities and payables will mature as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ending March

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 to 2 years

 

23.9

 

273.1

 

 

31.0

 

361.6

 

2 to 3 years

 

14.0

 

2.6

 

 

18.1

 

3.5

 

3 to 4 years

 

105.3

 

302.1

 

 

136.6

 

400.0

 

4 to 5 years

 

157.1

 

1.6

 

 

203.8

 

2.1

 

5 to 6 years

 

205.7

 

0.5

 

 

266.7

 

0.7

 

6 to 7 years

 

0.2

 

200.3

 

 

0.2

 

265.3

 

7 to 8 years

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

8 to 9 years

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

9 to 10 years

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

more than 10 years

 

150.8

 

150.9

 

 

195.4

 

199.7

 

 

 

657.6

 

931.8

 

 

852.6

 

1,233.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate of aggregate short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chinese renminbi debt

 

 

 

4.9%

 

 

4.9%

 

 

 

 

F-27



 

21           CREDIT FACILITIES AND MATURITY PROFILE (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities and payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term maturities backed by long-term credit facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US dollar debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(average rate 2005:2.4%, 2004:1.2%) (a)

 

248.2

 

24.9

 

 

321.8

 

33.0

 

Total

 

248.2

 

24.9

 

 

321.8

 

33.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term maturities of borrowings (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States dollar debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maturity July 2005 (2005:6.9%, 2004:6.9%)

 

 

250.0

 

 

 

331.0

 

maturity August or December 2010 (2005:4.6%, 2004:4.6%)

 

200.0

 

200.0

 

 

259.3

 

264.8

 

maturity July 2025 (2005:7.7%, 2004:7.7%)

 

149.9

 

149.9

 

 

194.3

 

198.5

 

Bank lines (c)

 

 

275.0

 

 

 

364.1

 

Promissory note (2004:4.0%)

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

1.3

 

Payables

 

46.2

 

19.2

 

 

59.9

 

25.4

 

Other items

 

2.4

 

3.0

 

 

3.1

 

4.0

 

Australian dollar debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payable

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

Other (average rate 2005:0.8%, 2004:0.5%)

 

4.4

 

8.8

 

 

5.8

 

11.8

 

Chinese renminbi debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (average rate 5.2%)

 

6.0

 

 

 

7.8

 

 

Total

 

409.4

 

906.9

 

 

530.8

 

1,200.9

 

Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities and payables

 

657.6

 

931.8

 

 

852.6

 

1,233.9

 

 


(a)                                  During the year ended March 31, 2005 US$1,165.1 million (A$1,576.1 million) was drawn and US$941.8 million (A$1,269.8 million) was repaid on commercial paper borrowings.

 

(b)                                 Certain US$ debt has a floating interest rate.  (Refer to note 28 to the financial statements for details).  Interest on this debt is based upon LIBOR plus a margin.  The margins payable under the facilities are generally consistent with that which an A-/BBB+ rated entity would expect to obtain for facilities of this size and nature.

 

(c)                                  Details of long-term credit facilities are disclosed below.  During the year ended March 31, 2005, US$275 million of borrowings under bank lines were repaid.

 

COMMERCIAL PAPER.

Rinker group has a commercial paper program based in the United States.  The program, which totals US$400.0 million, or A$518.6 million (2004: US$400.0 million, or A$529.7 million) is an evergreen facility.  Drawings on the program are backed by the standby facilities referred to below.  As at March 31, 2005 Rinker group had US$248.2 million, or A$321.8 million drawn under the facility.

 

CREDIT FACILITIES.

Rinker group had total committed credit facilities of US$1,177.5 million, or A$1,526.6 million (2004: US$1,077.5 million, or A$1,426.8 million), of which US$670.7 million (A$869.6 million) were undrawn at March 31, 2005.  These facilities have fixed maturity dates ranging between March 2006 and April 2009.  The weighted average commitment fee is 0.12% of the total committed credit facilities.  Commitments can be withdrawn following an event of default under the facility agreements.

 

OTHER.

At March 31, 2005, Rinker group entities had in place uncommitted working capital facilities of US$131.3 million (A$170.2 million) (2004: US$70.0 million A$92.7 million)). US$74.9 million (A$97.1 million) in letters of credit or bank guarantees were issued against these working capital facilities at March 31, 2005 (2004: US$35.8 million (A$47.3 million).

 

F-28



 

22  PROVISIONS

 

US$ MILLION

 

MARCH 31
2004

 

RECOGNISED

 

ACQUIRED

 

SETTLED

 

(DISPOSALS)
TRANSFERS

 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION

 

MARCH 31
2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

34.1

 

52.8

 

 

(55.1

)

(1.2

)

0.4

 

31.0

 

Fringe benefits tax

 

2.2

 

2.4

 

 

(3.9

)

 

(0.1

)

0.6

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

2.6

 

(1.4

)

 

(0.8

)

 

(0.1

)

0.3

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

4.6

 

(1.0

)

 

(1.0

)

 

 

2.6

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

30.8

 

67.7

 

 

(72.1

)

 

 

26.4

 

Other

 

14.6

 

0.8

 

 

(3.7

)

 

 

11.7

 

Total current provisions

 

88.9

 

121.3

 

 

(136.6

)

(1.2

)

0.2

 

72.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

17.3

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

0.4

 

19.2

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

21.2

 

3.3

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

24.7

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

32.4

 

9.2

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

41.7

 

Other

 

0.1

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

 

71.0

 

13.9

 

 

 

 

0.7

 

85.6

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

MARCH 31
2003

 

RECOGNISED

 

ACQUIRED

 

SETTLED

 

(DISPOSALS)
TRANSFERS

 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION

 

MARCH 31
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

34.6

 

53.9

 

0.5

 

(56.1

)

(0.9

)

2.1

 

34.1

 

Fringe benefits tax

 

0.3

 

2.3

 

 

(0.6

)

 

0.2

 

2.2

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

 

3.6

 

 

(1.3

)

 

0.3

 

2.6

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

3.7

 

1.4

 

 

(0.7

)

 

0.2

 

4.6

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

29.7

 

100.6

 

 

(99.7

)

 

0.2

 

30.8

 

Other

 

10.6

 

9.0

 

 

 

(5.6

)

 

 

0.6

 

14.6

 

Total current provisions

 

78.9

 

170.8

 

0.5

 

(164.0

)

(0.9

)

3.6

 

88.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

12.5

 

0.5

 

0.1

 

 

1.0

 

3.2

 

17.3

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

14.3

 

4.4

 

0.3

 

 

 

2.2

 

21.2

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

35.9

 

(3.5

)

 

 

 

 

32.4

 

Other

 

0.9

 

(0.8

)

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Total non-current provisions

 

63.6

 

0.6

 

0.4

 

 

1.0

 

5.4

 

71.0

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

MARCH 31
2002

 

RECOGNISED

 

ACQUIRED

 

SETTLED

 

(DISPOSALS)
TRANSFERS

 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION

 

MARCH 31
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

22.7

 

49.4

 

17.6

 

(56.0

)

0.2

 

0.7

 

34.6

 

Fringe benefits tax

 

1.3

 

0.2

 

 

(1.4

)

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

5.5

 

(1.1

)

 

(4.8

)

0.1

 

0.3

 

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

3.0

 

 

2.3

 

(1.7

)

 

0.1

 

3.7

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

19.0

 

69.7

 

8.1

 

(67.3

)

 

0.2

 

29.7

 

Other

 

2.5

 

1.2

 

6.8

 

(1.9

)

1.7

 

0.3

 

10.6

 

Total current provisions

 

54.0

 

119.4

 

34.8

 

(133.1

)

2.0

 

1.8

 

78.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

11.3

 

(1.1

)

 

 

0.9

 

1.4

 

12.5

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

1.2

 

(1.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

10.6

 

2.8

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

14.3

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

23.1

 

12.4

 

 

 

 

0.4

 

35.9

 

Other

 

 

0.1

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

Total non-current provisions

 

46.2

 

13.0

 

0.8

 

 

0.9

 

2.7

 

63.6

 

 

F-29



 

A$ MILLION

 

MARCH 31
2004

 

RECOGNISED

 

ACQUIRED

 

SETTLED

 

(DISPOSALS)
TRANSFERS

 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION

 

MARCH 31
2005

 

22  PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

45.2

 

71.6

 

 

(74.3

)

(1.6

)

(0.7

)

40.2

 

Fringe benefits tax

 

3.0

 

3.3

 

 

(5.4

)

 

 

0.9

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

3.4

 

(2.0

)

 

(1.0

)

 

 

0.4

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

6.0

 

(1.3

)

 

(1.3

)

 

(0.1

)

3.3

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

40.8

 

92.6

 

 

(98.2

)

 

(1.0

)

34.2

 

Other

 

19.4

 

1.5

 

 

(4.9

)

 

(0.8

)

15.2

 

Total current provisions

 

117.8

 

165.7

 

 

(185.1

)

(1.6

)

(2.6

)

94.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

23.0

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

25.0

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

28.0

 

4.2

 

 

 

 

(0.3

)

31.9

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

42.8

 

12.0

 

 

 

 

(0.8

)

54.0

 

Other

 

0.2

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

 

94.0

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

(1.1

)

110.9

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

MARCH 31
2003

 

RECOGNISED

 

ACQUIRED

 

SETTLED

 

(DISPOSALS)
TRANSFERS

 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION

 

MARCH 31
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

57.7

 

77.4

 

0.8

 

(80.5

)

(1.4

)

(8.8

)

45.2

 

Fringe benefits tax

 

0.5

 

3.3

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

3.0

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

 

5.2

 

 

(1.8

)

 

 

3.4

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

6.1

 

2.1

 

 

(1.0

)

 

(1.2

)

6.0

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

49.4

 

143.9

 

 

(142.0

)

 

(10.5

)

40.8

 

Other

 

17.6

 

12.0

 

 

(8.1

)

 

(2.1

)

19.4

 

Total current provisions

 

131.3

 

243.9

 

0.8

 

(234.2

)

(1.4

)

(22.6

)

117.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

20.8

 

0.7

 

0.2

 

 

1.5

 

(0.2

)

23.0

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

23.8

 

6.2

 

0.4

 

 

 

(2.4

)

28.0

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

59.8

 

(4.8

)

 

 

 

(12.2

)

42.8

 

Other

 

1.5

 

(1.0

)

 

 

 

(0.3

)

0.2

 

Total non-current provisions

 

105.9

 

1.1

 

0.6

 

 

1.5

 

(15.1

)

94.0

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

MARCH 31
2002

 

RECOGNISED

 

ACQUIRED

 

SETTLED

 

(DISPOSALS)
TRANSFERS

 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION

 

MARCH 31
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

42.8

 

87.6

 

32.3

 

(98.7

)

0.3

 

(6.6

)

57.7

 

Fringe benefits tax

 

2.5

 

0.4

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

 

0.5

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

10.4

 

(1.9

)

 

(8.5

)

0.1

 

(0.1

)

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

5.7

 

 

4.3

 

(3.0

)

 

(0.9

)

6.1

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

36.0

 

123.6

 

14.8

 

(118.8

)

 

(6.2

)

49.4

 

Other

 

4.8

 

2.1

 

12.5

 

(3.3

)

3.0

 

(1.5

)

17.6

 

Total current provisions

 

102.2

 

211.8

 

63.9

 

(234.7

)

3.4

 

(15.3

)

131.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

21.4

 

(1.9

)

 

 

1.6

 

(0.3

)

20.8

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

2.2

 

(2.1

)

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

 

20.0

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

(1.2

)

23.8

 

Uninsured losses and future claims

 

43.8

 

22.0

 

 

 

 

(6.0

)

59.8

 

Other

 

 

0.1

 

1.5

 

 

 

(0.1

)

1.5

 

Total non-current provisions

 

87.4

 

23.1

 

1.5

 

 

1.6

 

(7.7

)

105.9

 

 

F-30



 

23 CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

 

PARTICULARS OF SHARES ISSUED DURING THE YEAR BY RINKER GROUP LIMITED

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2005

 

ORDINARY SHARES
FULLY PAID (a)

 

SHARE
CAPITAL
US$ MILLION

 

SHARE
CAPITAL
A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On issue March 31, 2004

 

944,994,496

 

1,497.1

 

2,286.2

 

Share buyback (b)

 

(4,000,028

)

(21.9

)

(31.3

)

Universal Share Plan (c)

 

237,900

 

0.7

 

0.9

 

Total movements during the period

 

(3,762,128

)

(21.2

)

(30.4

)

On issue March 31, 2005

 

941,232,368

 

1,475.9

 

2,255.8

 

Movements since year end

 

(4,270,446

)

(37.3

)

(47.9

)

On issue May 12, 2005

 

936,961,922

 

1,438.6

 

2,207.9

 

 


(a)          Fully paid ordinary shares are listed on the Australian stock exchange, and carry one vote per share and the right to dividends.

 

(b)         On February 19, 2004, Rinker announced that a 12 month on-market share buyback of up to 10 per cent of its ordinary shares would commence in May 2004. 4,000,028 shares were repurchased under the on-market buyback during the year ended March 31, 2005. A further 4,270,446 shares were repurchased between April 1, 2005 and May 12, 2005. Shares repurchased were cancelled immediately on receipt.

 

(c)          Fully paid ordinary shares were issued in August and September 2004 under the employee Universal Share Plan. Shares cannot be sold by participants within three years of allotment, unless they finish their employment with the company. Offers of fully paid shares were made to all eligible employees (2,781). 1,259 accepted the offer, subscribing for either 50 or 100 shares and receiving the same number at no cost. No expense was recorded in respect of free shares provided to employees under the Universal Share Plan.

 

Rinker Employee Share Acquisition Plan (Rinker ESAP)

 

The Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP) is a plan that enables directors and employees of Rinker in Australia to purchase Rinker shares with pre-tax remuneration or bonuses. Those shares are purchased on market, in the ordinary course of trading on ASX, by the ESAP trustee and held on trust for the participant. Eligibility to participate in ESAP is determined by the Rinker board. Shares may be retained in Rinker ESAP for an indefinite period while a participant remains an employee of a Rinker group company. However, taxation deferral benefits only currently apply for a maximum of 10 years. If a participant ceases to be employed by any Rinker group company, the Rinker ESAP trustee must either transfer the relevant shares to the participant or sell the shares and distribute the proceeds of sale (less authorised deductions) to the participant. Withdrawal of shares from Rinker ESAP and their transfer to a participant or sale requires the approval of the Rinker board. Participants are entitled to any dividend, return of capital or other distribution made in respect of Rinker shares held in the plan on their behalf. The Rinker ESAP trustee may allow participants to participate in any pro rata rights and bonus issues of shares made by Rinker or sell such rights (if renounceable) or bonus shares on behalf of the participants and distribute the cash proceeds of such sale (less authorized deductions). Each participant may direct the trustee how to vote any shares held on the participant’s behalf. In the absence of such direction, the shares will not be voted.

 

24 RESERVES

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

 

196.6

 

6.0

 

 

(304.3

)

107.9

 

Exchange differences relating to overseas net assets

 

31.0

 

190.6

 

 

(39.6

)

(410.2

)

Reserve of controlled entities disposed

 

 

 

 

7.6

 

(2.0

)

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

227.6

 

196.6

 

 

(336.3

)

(304.3

)

 

F-31



 

25 OUTSIDE EQUITY INTERESTS IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

3.3

 

3.3

 

 

4.2

 

3.9

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

0.4

 

Retained profits

 

4.0

 

1.6

 

 

5.3

 

2.2

 

Total outside equity interests in controlled entities

 

7.3

 

4.9

 

 

9.5

 

6.5

 

 

26 DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVES’ REMUNERATION

 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION (ALL AMOUNTS IN A$)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCRUED RETIREMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YEAR END MARCH

 

BENEFIT FROZEN AT

 

A$

 

BASE FEES

 

COMMITTEE FEES

 

TOTAL 2005

 

TOTAL 2004 (5)

 

MARCH 31, 2004 (5)

 

John Arthur (1) (2) (7)

 

$

110,000

 

$

20,000

 

$

130,000

 

$

106,820

 

$

133,919

 

Marshall Criser (3)

 

$

220,000

 

$

0

 

$

220,000

 

$

188,000

 

$

419,329

 

John Ingram (1) (2)

 

$

110,000

 

$

24,000

 

$

134,000

 

$

42,452

 

$

0

 

John Morschel (1) (4)

 

$

300,000

 

$

0

 

$

300,000

 

$

240,000

 

$

661,260

 

Walter Revell (2)

 

$

110,000

 

$

20,000

 

$

130,000

 

$

92,000

 

$

147,876

 

Total (6)

 

$

850,000

 

$

64,000

 

$

914,000

 

$

669,272

 

$

1,362,384

 

 


(1)          Mr. Arthur, Mr. Ingram, and Mr. Morschel all contributed to ESAP during the year. Of the above totals, Mr. Arthur received A$78,000, Mr. Ingram received A$16,000 and Mr. Morschel received A$75,000 in the form of ESAP shares, with the balance in cash.

(2)          Non-executive director

(3)          Deputy Chairman, non-executive director

(4)          Chairman, non-executive director

(5)          Prior year data as reflected in last years Annual Report. No adjustments have been made for changes to exchange rates.

(6)          Total directors’ remuneration, including David Clarke (details below) was A$5,029,579 in the year ended March 31, 2005 (2004: A$5,579,555)

(7)          Included in Mr. Arthur’s base fees and committee fees are compulsory superannuation contributions of A$11,700 during the year.

 

SENIOR EXECUTIVES’ REMUNERATION

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

POST

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

Amounts in US$ with

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH

 

NON-MONETARY

 

EMPLOYMENT

 

LONG-TERM

 

 

 

 

 

A$ equivalents also shown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHORT TERM

 

LONG TERM

 

AND OTHER

 

RETIREMENT

 

INCENTIVE

 

LONG-TERM

 

 

 

NAME

 

 

 

 

 

BASE SALARY

 

INCENTIVE (1)

 

INCENTIVE (2)

 

BENEFITS (3)

 

BENEFITS (4)

 

CASP (5)

 

INCENTIVE PSP (6)

 

TOTAL

 

David Clarke (7)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

US$

 

 

792,500

 

 

815,000

 

 

0

 

 

48,872

 

 

400,238

 

 

0

 

 

987,770

 

 

3,044,380

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

1,071,349

 

 

1,101,766

 

 

0

 

 

66,068

 

 

541,066

 

 

0

 

 

1,335,330

 

 

4,115,579

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

740,661

 

 

644,400

 

 

1,541,736

 

 

120,461

 

 

378,647

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

3,425,905

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

1,061,575

 

 

923,606

 

 

2,209,741

 

 

172,654

 

 

542,707

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

4,910,283

 

Karl Watson, Jr. (7)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President Rinker Materials West

 

 

 

US$

 

 

326,250

 

 

293,434

 

 

0

 

 

219,433

 

 

23,936

 

 

76,864

 

 

237,065

 

 

1,176,982

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

441,044

 

 

396,682

 

 

0

 

 

296,643

 

 

32,358

 

 

103,909

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,591,115

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

297,504

 

 

247,656

 

 

0

 

 

248,390

 

 

35,163

 

 

43,921

 

 

0

 

 

872,634

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

426,407

 

 

354,960

 

 

0

 

 

356,013

 

 

50,398

 

 

62,951

 

 

0

 

 

1,250,729

 

Sharon DeHayes (7)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive - Readymix Holdings

 

 

 

US$

 

 

310,000

 

 

304,620

 

 

0

 

 

209,559

 

 

47,610

 

 

0

 

 

237,065

 

 

1,108,854

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

419,077

 

 

411,804

 

 

0

 

 

283,294

 

 

64,362

 

 

0

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,499,016

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

275,004

 

 

247,464

 

 

283,929

 

 

37,012

 

 

37,894

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

881,303

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

394,158

 

 

354,685

 

 

406,950

 

 

53,049

 

 

54,313

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,263,155

 

Thomas Burmeister (7)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VP and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

US$

 

 

337,500

 

 

337,517

 

 

0

 

 

37,734

 

 

53,100

 

 

0

 

 

237,065

 

 

1,002,916

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

456,253

 

 

456,276

 

 

0

 

 

51,011

 

 

71,784

 

 

0

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,355,803

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

320,004

 

 

292,500

 

 

387,679

 

 

33,971

 

 

40,919

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,075,073

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

458,656

 

 

419,235

 

 

555,653

 

 

48,690

 

 

58,648

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,540,882

 

Karl Watson, Sr. (7)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Operating

 

 

 

US$

 

 

337,500

 

 

337,517

 

 

0

 

 

34,267

 

 

55,856

 

 

0

 

 

237,065

 

 

1,002,205

 

Officer - US Construction Materials

 

 

 

A$

 

 

456,253

 

 

456,276

 

 

0

 

 

46,324

 

 

75,509

 

 

0

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,354,841

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

320,004

 

 

292,500

 

 

388,304

 

 

50,868

 

 

46,031

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,097,707

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

458,656

 

 

419,235

 

 

556,549

 

 

72,908

 

 

65,975

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,573,323

 

David Berger (7)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VP Strategy and Development

 

 

 

US$

 

 

310,000

 

 

313,408

 

 

0

 

 

22,232

 

 

37,962

 

 

0

 

 

237,065

 

 

920,667

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

419,077

 

 

423,684

 

 

0

 

 

30,055

 

 

51,319

 

 

0

 

 

320,479

 

 

1,244,614

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

290,004

 

 

255,942

 

 

393,120

 

 

21,943

 

 

12,080

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

973,089

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

415,657

 

 

366,837

 

 

563,451

 

 

31,450

 

 

17,314

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,394,709

 

 

F-32



 

26           DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVES’ REMUNERATION (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

PRIMARY

 

POST

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

Amounts in US$ with

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH

 

NON-MONETARY

 

EMPLOYMENT

 

LONG-TERM

 

 

 

 

 

A$ equivalents also shown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHORT TERM

 

LONG TERM

 

AND OTHER

 

RETIREMENT

 

INCENTIVE

 

LONG-TERM

 

 

 

NAME

 

 

 

 

 

BASE SALARY

 

INCENTIVE (1)

 

INCENTIVE (2)

 

BENEFITS (3)

 

BENEFITS (4)

 

CASP (5)

 

INCENTIVE PSP (6)

 

TOTAL

 

Duncan Gage (7)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President - Hydro Conduit

 

 

 

US$

 

 

292,500

 

 

296,358

 

 

0

 

 

29,191

 

 

42,950

 

 

0

 

 

197,554

 

 

858,553

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

395,419

 

 

400,635

 

 

0

 

 

39,462

 

 

58,062

 

 

0

 

 

267,066

 

 

1,160,644

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

275,000

 

 

209,160

 

 

378,000

 

 

23,895

 

 

16,277

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

902,332

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

394,152

 

 

299,785

 

 

541,780

 

 

34,248

 

 

23,330

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,293,295

 

Ira Fialkow (7)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VP Shared Services

 

 

 

US$

 

 

285,000

 

 

289,300

 

 

0

 

 

19,010

 

 

42,451

 

 

0

 

 

197,554

 

 

833,315

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

385,280

 

 

391,093

 

 

0

 

 

25,699

 

 

57,388

 

 

0

 

 

267,066

 

 

1,126,526

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

265,000

 

 

234,252

 

 

248,049

 

 

32,727

 

 

29,112

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

809,140

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

379,819

 

 

335,749

 

 

355,524

 

 

46,907

 

 

41,726

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

1,159,725

 

Peter Abraham (8)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Counsel and

 

 

 

US$

 

 

288,625

 

 

223,768

 

 

0

 

 

1,128

 

 

119,312

 

 

40,033

 

 

69,144

 

 

742,010

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

A$

 

 

390,182

 

 

302,503

 

 

0

 

 

1,525

 

 

161,294

 

 

54,119

 

 

93,473

 

 

1,003,096

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

254,476

 

 

155,695

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

149,717

 

 

23,142

 

 

0

 

 

583,030

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

364,736

 

 

223,155

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

214,586

 

 

33,169

 

 

0

 

 

835,646

 

Debra Stirling (8)

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President Corporate Affairs

 

 

 

US$

 

 

251,991

 

 

213,620

 

 

0

 

 

854

 

 

33,647

 

 

26,689

 

 

49,389

 

 

576,190

 

and Investor Relations

 

 

 

A$

 

 

340,657

 

 

288,785

 

 

0

 

 

1,155

 

 

45,486

 

 

36,080

 

 

66,767

 

 

778,930

 

 

 

2004

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

 

225,638

 

 

151,324

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

30,066

 

 

15,421

 

 

0

 

 

422,449

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

 

323,402

 

 

216,890

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

43,093

 

 

22,102

 

 

0

 

 

605,487

 

 


(1)          Amounts shown for 2005 represent the amount of short-term incentive awards presently payable to each executive named for performance. (See the following table showing the executives short-term incentive tracked in the contingent bonus reserve.)

(2)          Long-Term Incentive amount was earned for the two years ended March 31, 2004. The 2004 payment represented the last payment due under this superseded plan.

(3)          For fiscal year-end March 2005, other benefits comprise the costs of life insurance, vehicle allowance, club membership fees and, for Mr. Clarke tax preparation fees.  For Ms. DeHayes and Mr. Watson, Jr. this column also contains relocation or expatriate related expenses.  Additionally, other benefits include interest imputed on a US$59,000 loan to an executive that dates back to 1998. The loan relates to a relocation benefit and, at the time, was a customary benefit for relocating executives. The loan is interest free and is payable upon the executive’s termination of employment.  There were no loans made to the Chief Executive or any Non-Executive Director during the year and, there were no loans (other than the one mentioned above), outstanding at March 31, 2005.

(4)          For the US executives, retirement benefits include the company matching and profit sharing contributions relating to retirement plans. The retirement plans comprise the company’s 401 (k) Plan and the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP). Under the SERP, the company matching and profit sharing contributions included in the table represent Rinker’s full financial commitment (or obligation) to the named executives under this plan. For the Australian executives, retirement benefits represent the greater of the incremental increase in the value of the executive’s interest in defined benefit superannuation plans during the year or company contributions made to accumulation superannuation plans in Australia. Mr. Clarke’s retirement benefit also includes his interest in the defined benefit superannuation plan.

(5)          CASP grants are valued at the pro rata value of the total grant. The above value has been prorated based on the market price at August 11, 2003 (the date of grant) and the earliest possible vesting date of August 11, 2006. This represents 33.3 per cent of the projected number of shares estimated to vest. Dividends received by participants are included in the amounts disclosed.  Total dividends for executives shown in the above table for 2005 were A$14,954. More information on CASP is set out below.

(6)          The performance period for the performance share plan grants listed in the above table ends March 31, 2007 when the PSP grant may vest based on the actual performance of Rinker’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) as compared to a specified group of peer companies. The above value has been prorated based on the market price on June 21, 2004 (the prevailing market price when the Board formally approved the grant) and the earliest possible vesting date of March 31, 2007. This represents 33.3 per cent of the total projected number of shares estimated to vest. The estimate is based on Rinker’s TSR for year ended March 31, 2005 compared to the TSRs of the specified group of peer companies for the same period. Performance during that period was above 75th percentile resulting in a projected payout of 100 per cent of the pro rata number of shares granted. This projection will be adjusted each year of the performance period based on the projected (or actual) performance against the peer companies.  As at March 31, 2005, no dividends had been paid to the named executives in respect of shares held by them under this initial PSP grant. More information on PSP is set out below.

(7)          After considering independent advice, the Board is satisfied that the termination benefits of the relevant executives, as set out below, are reasonable, having regard to current US employment practices.  The duration of employment agreements with the relevant executives are for three years, which automatically extends by one year on the anniversary date of the agreement unless written notice is given by either the named executive or Rinker that the agreement is not to be extended. This notice must be given at least 180 days prior to the anniversary date.  If the executive resigns from his or her employment, the company is required to pay the executive the full amount of his or her salary through to his or her termination date and any unpaid amounts accrued for unused leave. The Board may in its sole discretion also elect to pay the executive a pro rata portion of his or her short term incentive for the period of his or her active employment during the financial year.  If, during the Employment Period (as defined in the executive’s employment contract), the company terminates the employment of the executive other than for Cause (as defined in the executive’s employment contract), or the executive resigns from his or her employment for Good Reason (as defined in the executive’s employment contract) the company is required to:

*Pay the executive, in a lump sum, a pro rata portion of his or her short term incentive, a pro rata share of his or her long-term incentive (in accordance with plan rules) and amounts accrued for unused leave.

*Pay the executive amounts he or she would have received in the following 24 months, at the times indicated in his or her employment contract, for his or her base salary and short term incentive at target performance. Additionally, the executive would continue to receive any other benefits he or she was entitled to at time of termination for the following 24 months.

*Provide the executive with professional outplacement services valued up to US$15,000 for Mr. Clarke and up to US$10,000 for the other relevant executives.

If, during the Employment Period, the company terminates the employment of the executive for Cause, the company shall have no further obligations to the executive except the amount of base pay due through his or her termination date and any unpaid amounts of accrued leave.  Upon termination of the executive’s employment for any reason, the executive is prohibited from engaging in any activity that would compete with Rinker for a period of 24 months.

(8)          Termination benefits for Mr. Abraham and Ms. Stirling are the greater of 12 months total remuneration (including target incentives) or three months ‘base remuneration’. (Base remuneration is equivalent to approximately 75 per cent of fixed remuneration) plus 0.7 months base remuneration per year of service, not to exceed 24 months. As at March 31, 2005, Mr. Abraham had 25 years of service and Ms. Stirling had six years. Should Mr. Abraham or Ms. Stirling resign or be terminated for cause, the company shall have no further obligations to them except the amount of base pay due up to the termination date and any unpaid amounts of accrued leave.

(9)          No adjustments have been made for changes to exchange rates.

 

F-33



 

26           DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVES’ REMUNERATION (CONTINUED)

 

Senior Executives’ Short-Term Incentive Plan — Contingent Bonus Reserve

(Amounts shown in US$ with A$ Equivalents also shown)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONDITIONALLY

 

 

 

 

 

YEAR END

 

 

 

DEFERRED AND TRACKED

 

 

 

 

 

MARCH 2005 TOTAL

 

 

 

IN CONTINGENT BONUS

 

NAME

 

 

 

DECLARATION(1)

 

PAYABLE IN 2005

 

RESERVE(2)

 

David Clarke

 

US$

 

 

1,992,675

 

 

815,000

 

 

1,177,675

 

 

 

A$

 

 

2,693,818

 

 

1,101,766

 

 

1,592,052

 

Karl Watson, Jr.

 

US$

 

 

506,303

 

 

293,434

 

 

212,869

 

 

 

A$

 

 

684,451

 

 

396,682

 

 

287,769

 

Sharon DeHayes

 

US$

 

 

556,359

 

 

304,620

 

 

251,739

 

 

 

A$

 

 

752,120

 

 

411,804

 

 

340,316

 

Thomas Burmeister

 

US$

 

 

627,550

 

 

337,517

 

 

290,033

 

 

 

A$

 

 

848,360

 

 

456,276

 

 

392,084

 

Karl Watson, Sr.

 

US$

 

 

627,550

 

 

337,517

 

 

290,033

 

 

 

A$

 

 

848,360

 

 

456,276

 

 

392,084

 

David Berger

 

US$

 

 

582,725

 

 

313,408

 

 

269,317

 

 

 

A$

 

 

787,763

 

 

423,684

 

 

364,079

 

Duncan Gage

 

US$

 

 

553,575

 

 

296,358

 

 

257,217

 

 

 

A$

 

 

748,356

 

 

400,635

 

 

347,721

 

Ira Fialkow

 

US$

 

 

537,900

 

 

289,300

 

 

248,600

 

 

 

A$

 

 

727,165

 

 

391,093

 

 

336,072

 

Peter Abraham

 

US$

 

 

416,055

 

 

223,768

 

 

192,287

 

 

 

A$

 

 

562,448

 

 

302,503

 

 

259,945

 

Debra Stirling

 

US$

 

 

397,187

 

 

213,620

 

 

183,567

 

 

 

A$

 

 

536,943

 

 

288,785

 

 

248,158

 

 


(1)                                  Represents the short-term incentive award earned during fiscal year-end March 31, 2005. These amounts have been fully accrued and expensed.

(2)                                  The amount shown is carried forward and may be paid out in future years, in all or in part. The contingent bonus reserve for the executives named is at risk based on future performance, and is not subject to interest. Upon termination of employment, the executives named do not have any claims for this amount.

 

Performance Share Plan (Rinker PSP)

 

The Performance Share Plan (PSP) is a long-term equity incentive plan for Rinker’s Chief Executive, Senior Executive team and employees making key contributions in Australia or the United States. The PSP is designed to align participant’s interest with that of shareholders by increasing the value of Rinker shares.  For executives in the United States, the PSP replaced a Long-Term Incentive Plan, the performance period of which concluded March 31, 2004. No further payments will be made under that plan. For executives in Australia, the PSP replaced any new issues that would have been made under CASP in Australia. The qualifying period for the one CASP grant issued (and still outstanding) will conclude no later than August 11, 2008.

 

Under the PSP, eligible participants are offered the opportunity to qualify for Rinker shares based on Rinker’s TSR performance versus a peer group of companies. The initial value of the award that can be potentially earned by a participant is based on Rinker’s financial performance, as well as level of responsibility and individual performance. Shares are acquired on market, on behalf of participants. The shares only vest if performance and time qualifications are met.

 

The initial value of the potential award, as referred to above is applied under the PSP to purchase Rinker shares (or ADRs or both) on market in the ordinary course of trading on the ASX or the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) or both. Once the shares are purchased on market, participants are entitled to any dividends, return of capital or other distribution made in respect of Rinker shares (and/or ADRs) held on their behalf, prior to vesting. Each participant may direct the plan trustee how to vote any shares held on the participant’s behalf. In the absence of those directions the shares will not be voted.

 

The first offering under the PSP was during fiscal year-end March 31, 2005. The vesting hurdle for these shares is the Rinker TSR percentile ranking within a group of peer companies between April 1, 2004 and March 31, 2007. For that first offering, a portion of the award will vest at 25th percentile performance and increase up to 100 per cent vesting at 75th percentile performance versus the group of peer companies.

 

The cost of the 2,439,200 shares acquired during fiscal year-end March 31, 2005, and outstanding at the end of the year, totalling US$19.9 million or A$25.9 million, was met by the company and is being progressively expensed over the vesting period.

 

A pro rata share of the PSP award grant related to fiscal year-end March 31, 2005, has been included in the remuneration tables under the heading “Long-Term Incentive PSP”.

 

F-34



 

26           DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVES’ REMUNERATION (CONTINUED)

 

Senior Executives’ Performance Share Plan Award

(Amounts shown in number of Rinker shares)

 

NAME

 

YEAR END MARCH 2005
TOTAL NUMBER OF
SHARES GRANTED (1)

 

PERFORMANCE BELOW
25TH PERCENTILE
0% VESTING

 

PERFORMANCE AT
50TH PERCENTILE
TARGET LEVEL
40% VESTING

 

PERFORMANCE AT OR
ABOVE 75TH PERCENTILE
100% VESTING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Clarke

 

500,000

 

0

 

200,000

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Karl Watson, Jr.

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sharon DeHayes

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Burmeister

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Karl Watson, Sr.

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Berger

 

120,000

 

0

 

48,000

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Duncan Gage

 

100,000

 

0

 

40,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ira Fialkow

 

100,000

 

0

 

40,000

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Abraham

 

35,000

 

0

 

14,000

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debra Stirling

 

25,000

 

0

 

10,000

 

25,000

 

 


(1)                                  Total number of shares granted represents the maximum number of shares that may vest if Rinker’s TSR reaches 75th percentile performance or above when compared to a specified group of peer companies. The executives named are also eligible to receive dividends, returns on capital or other distributions made with respect to these shares.  The executives named may also direct the trustee how to vote these shares.

 

Rinker Cash Award Share Plan (Rinker CASP)

 

The Cash Award Share Plan (CASP) is a long-term equity incentive plan for Australian-based Senior Executives and key contributor employees that was also designed to promote the Total Shareholder Return (TSR) of Rinker shares. This Plan was superseded by the Performance Share Plan effective from April 1, 2004. No shares were purchased under the Plan during the fiscal year-ended March 31, 2005, and the 293,437 shares purchased (at a cost of US$1.2 million (A$1.6 million)) during the prior year remained outstanding.

 

Under CASP, eligible participants were offered the opportunity to qualify for Rinker shares based on the achievement of TSR goals. The value of the potential incentive was based on level of responsibility and performance. The shares were acquired, on behalf of a participant by the plan trustee and are being held by the trustee subject to performance and time qualifications being met. The performance hurdle for shares offered in August 2003 (the only offer made under CASP) was for the percentage increase in Rinker TSR to exceed the percentage increase in the S&P/ASX 200 TSR between August 11, 2003 and any time between August 11, 2006 and August 11, 2008. Each offer was also subject to a minimum holding period. Shares cannot be withdrawn from CASP until 10 years from the date of vesting, or until the participant is no longer an employee of any member of the Rinker group, whichever occurs first.

 

Except as provided in the plan rules, participants are entitled to any dividend, return of capital or other distribution made in respect of Rinker shares held on their behalf, prior to vesting. The plan rules specify the basis on which any bonus shares issued in respect of shares received under CASP, or shares received on behalf of a participant on exercise of rights issues, will be held. Each participant may direct the trustee how to vote any shares held on the participant’s behalf. In the absence of those directions, the shares will not be voted.

 

A pro rata share of the CASP award grant related to fiscal year-end March 31, 2005, has been included in the remuneration tables under the heading “Long-Term Incentive CASP”.

 

F-35



 

27  AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

 

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

US$
2005

 

US$
2004

 

US$
2003

 

A$
2005

 

A$
2004

 

A$
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditing and reviewing the financial report of the parent entity (including the consolidated entity) and each controlled entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditor of parent entity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu in Australia

 

697

 

527

 

120

 

 

942

 

755

 

212

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu outside of Australia

 

1,245

 

715

 

874

 

 

1,683

 

1,025

 

1,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,942

 

1,242

 

994

 

 

2,625

 

1,780

 

1,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit related services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu in Australia

 

4

 

21

 

 

 

5

 

31

 

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu outside of Australia

 

72

 

107

 

48

 

 

97

 

152

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

128

 

48

 

 

102

 

183

 

84

 

Other Services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxation strategy and compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu outside of Australia

 

122

 

72

 

128

 

 

165

 

104

 

227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total auditors’ remuneration(a)

 

2,140

 

1,442

 

1,170

 

 

2,892

 

2,067

 

2,069

 

 


(a)          Rinker Group Limited’s annual fees were paid by the then parent entity CSR Limited in 2003. Note that the 2003 consolidated amounts do not include an allocation of the CSR group fee during 2003, and represent only those amounts charged directly to the individual businesses.

 

28  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The Rinker group uses derivative instruments to manage financial risks. Currently, the only derivatives in use are interest rate derivatives, used to manage interest rate risk. The Rinker group does not use or issue derivative or financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

 

Significant accounting policies

 

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which revenue and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instruments are disclosed under “Significant accounting policies”.

 

Credit exposure

 

The Rinker group is exposed to credit related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to derivative and financial instruments. The counterparties are predominantly prime financial institutions with a Moody’s or Standard and Poor’s rating of at least A3 or A- respectively. The Rinker group controls risk through the use of credit ratings, limits and monitoring procedures. The Rinker group does not usually require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

 

Credit exposure of interest rate derivatives is represented by the net fair value of the contracts. The carrying amounts of financial assets included in the Rinker group’s financial statements represent the Rinker group’s exposure to credit risk in relation to these assets.

 

As at March 31, 2005 and 2004, the Rinker group had no significant concentration of credit risk for derivative instruments with any single counterparty or group of counterparties. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and markets in which the Rinker group does business, as well as the dispersion across many geographic areas.

 

Net fair value

 

Except as detailed in the interest rate risk exposure table below, the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements approximates their net fair values. Net fair value represents in relation to an asset, the fair value after deducting costs expected to be incurred were the asset to be exchanged and in relation to a liability, the fair value plus costs expected to be incurred were the liability to be settled.

 

F-36



 

28           FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following assumptions and methods were used to estimate net fair value:

 

Interest rate swaps, caps, swaptions. The net fair value is estimated using market accepted formulae and market quoted input variables.

 

Cash, short-term loans and deposits, receivables, payables and short-term borrowings. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments approximate net fair value because of their short maturity.

 

Long-term borrowings. The present value of expected cash flows have been used to determine net fair value using interest rates derived from market parameters that accurately reflect their term structure. Certain estimates and judgments were required to develop the fair value amounts.

 

Interest rate sensitivity and risk management

 

The Rinker group enters into derivative instruments in the management of interest rate exposure with the objective of obtaining lower funding costs and a more stable and predictable interest expense. The Rinker group has a policy to maintain the percentage of fixed and variable rate debt within controlled limits. Interest rate swaps and options are entered into to maintain the mix of fixed and variable rate debt. The table below provides information about the Rinker group’s interest rate exposure and should be read in conjunction with Note 20 and 21.

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST RATE RISK EXPOSURE

 

TERM

 

 

 

PRINCIPAL/MATURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AS AT MARCH 31, 2005

 

IN

 

RATE

 

1 YEAR

 

1 TO 2

 

2 TO 3

 

3 TO 4

 

4 TO 5

 

OVER 5

 

 

 

CARRYING AMOUNT (c)

 

NET FAIR VALUE

 

US$ MILLION

 

YEARS

 

%PA (a)

 

OR LESS

 

YEARS

 

YEARS

 

YEARS

 

YEARS

 

YEARS

 

TOTAL

 

ASSET

 

LIABILITY

 

ASSET

 

LIABILITY

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate US$ debt

 

7.0

 

6.2

 

250.8

 

0.7

 

0.7

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

350.4

 

603.1

 

 

610.8

 

 

667.7

 

Floating rate US$ debt (b)

 

3.6

 

2.4

 

 

 

 

98.2

 

150.0

 

 

248.2

 

 

249.2

 

 

255.4

 

Other A$ debt

 

4.5

 

0.8

 

2.3

 

1.4

 

0.9

 

0.5

 

0.4

 

1.2

 

6.7

 

 

8.6

 

 

8.6

 

Fixed rate CNR debt

 

2.2

 

5.2

 

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

 

6.0

 

 

6.0

 

 

6.0

 

Short-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate CNR debt

 

0.1

 

4.9

 

3.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.0

 

Other US$ debt

 

1.0

 

5.8

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

1.2

 

 

1.2

 

Payables and other items

 

 

 

5.5

 

21.8

 

6.4

 

6.4

 

6.4

 

5.7

 

52.2

 

 

52.2

 

 

52.2

 

Cash at bank and on deposit

 

 

4.1

 

588.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

588.2

 

588.2

 

 

588.2

 

 

Total (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

588.2

 

931.0

 

588.2

 

994.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US dollar interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate payer against US$ LIBOR

 

2.0

 

3.4

 

 

125.0

 

125.0

 

 

 

 

250.0

 

0.9

 

1.2

 

 

3.4

 

Total (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

1.2

 

 

3.4

 

 

AS AT MARCH 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate US$ debt

 

7.0

 

6.2

 

325.1

 

0.9

 

0.8

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

454.3

 

781.7

 

 

791.9

 

 

865.7

 

Floating rate US$ debt (b)

 

3.6

 

2.4

 

 

 

 

127.3

 

194.5

 

 

321.8

 

 

323.0

 

 

331.1

 

Other A$ debt

 

4.5

 

0.8

 

3.0

 

1.8

 

1.2

 

0.7

 

0.6

 

1.5

 

8.8

 

 

11.2

 

 

11.2

 

Fixed rate CNR debt

 

2.2

 

5.2

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

7.8

 

 

7.8

 

Short-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate CNR debt

 

0.1

 

4.9

 

3.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

3.9

 

 

3.9

 

Other US$ debt

 

1.0

 

5.8

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

1.5

 

 

1.5

 

Payables and other items

 

 

 

7.1

 

28.3

 

8.2

 

8.3

 

8.4

 

7.3

 

67.6

 

 

67.6

 

 

67.6

 

Cash at bank and on deposit

 

 

4.1

 

762.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

762.6

 

762.6

 

 

762.6

 

 

Total (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

762.6

 

1,206.9

 

762.6

 

1,288.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US dollar interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate payer against US$ LIBOR

 

2.0

 

3.4

 

 

162.1

 

162.1

 

 

 

 

324.2

 

1.2

 

1.6

 

 

4.4

 

Total (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

1.6

 

 

4.4

 

 

F-37



 

28           FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

 


(a)          Average rates for the individual periods do not materially differ from the overall average rates disclosed.

(b)         This debt can be refinanced using existing standby facilities.

(c)          The carrying amount of financial instruments shown above as liabilities are included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as follows:

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

2005

 

2005

 

Current interest-bearing liabilities

 

257.1

 

333.3

 

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities

 

610.9

 

792.1

 

Non-current payables

 

46.7

 

60.5

 

Interest and other current payables

 

17.5

 

22.6

 

Total carrying amount of financial instrument liabilities

 

932.2

 

1,208.5

 

 

F-38



 

28           FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

INTEREST RATE RISK

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPOSURE

 

TERM

 

 

 

PRINCIPAL/MATURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AS AT MARCH 31, 2005

 

IN

 

RATE

 

1 YEAR

 

1 TO 2

 

2 TO 3

 

3 TO 4

 

4 TO 5

 

OVER 5

 

 

 

CARRYING AMOUNT (c)

 

NET FAIR VALUE

 

US$ MILLION

 

YEARS

 

%PA (a)

 

OR LESS

 

YEARS

 

YEARS

 

YEARS

 

YEARS

 

YEARS

 

TOTAL

 

ASSET

 

LIABILITY

 

ASSET

 

LIABILITY

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate US$ debt

 

8.0

 

6.3

 

 

251.7

 

0.6

 

0.6

 

0.3

 

350.7

 

603.9

 

 

611.7

 

 

696.8

 

Floating rate US$ debt (b)

 

3.0

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

299.9

 

 

 

299.9

 

 

300.5

 

 

301.4

 

Other A$ debt

 

7.0

 

0.5

 

 

 

2.0

 

2.0

 

1.6

 

1.3

 

1.7

 

8.6

 

 

8.6

 

 

8.6

 

Other US$ debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate CNR debt

 

0.2

 

4.9

 

11.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.5

 

 

11.5

 

 

11.5

 

Other US$ debt

 

1.0

 

6.5

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

4.1

 

 

4.1

 

Other A$ debt

 

1.0

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

1.8

 

 

1.8

 

Payables and other items

 

 

 

2.6

 

19.4

 

 

 

 

 

22.0

 

 

22.0

 

 

22.0

 

Cash at bank and on deposit

 

 

3.9

 

328.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

328.5

 

328.5

 

 

328.5

 

 

Total (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

328.5

 

960.2

 

328.5

 

1,046.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US dollar interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate payer against US$ LIBOR

 

3.0

 

3.6

 

 

 

125.0

 

125.0

 

 

 

250.0

 

0.4

 

1.2

 

 

9.0

 

US dollar interest rate swaptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$ interest rate swaptions sold

 

2.2

 

3.2

 

 

 

25.0

 

 

 

 

25.0

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.7

 

Total (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

1.2

 

 

9.7

 

 

AS AT MARCH 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate US$ debt

 

8.0

 

6.3

 

 

333.3

 

0.8

 

0.8

 

0.4

 

464.4

 

799.7

 

 

810.0

 

 

922.7

 

Floating rate US$ debt (b)

 

3.0

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

397.1

 

 

 

397.1

 

 

397.9

 

 

399.1

 

Other A$ debt

 

7.0

 

0.5

 

 

2.6

 

2.7

 

2.1

 

1.7

 

2.3

 

11.4

 

 

11.4

 

 

11.4

 

Short-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate CNR debt

 

0.2

 

4.9

 

15.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.2

 

 

15.2

 

 

15.2

 

Other US$ debt

 

1.0

 

6.5

 

5.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

5.4

 

 

5.4

 

Other A$ debt

 

1.0

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

2.4

 

 

2.4

 

Payables and other items

 

 

 

3.4

 

25.7

 

 

 

 

 

29.1

 

 

29.1

 

 

29.1

 

Cash at bank and on deposit

 

 

3.9

 

435.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

435.1

 

435.1

 

 

435.1

 

 

Total (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

435.1

 

1,271.4

 

435.1

 

1,385.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US dollar interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate payer against US$ LIBOR

 

3.0

 

3.6

 

 

 

165.5

 

165.5

 

 

 

331.0

 

0.5

 

1.6

 

 

11.9

 

US dollar interest rate swaptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$ interest rate swaptions sold

 

2.2

 

3.2

 

 

 

33.1

 

 

 

 

33.1

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.9

 

Total (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.7

 

1.6

 

 

12.8

 

 


(a)          Average rates for the individual periods do not materially differ from the overall average rates disclosed.

(b)         This debt can be refinanced using existing standby facilities.

(c)          The carrying amount of financial instruments shown above as liabilities are included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as follows:

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current interest-bearing liabilities

 

17.4

 

23.0

 

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities

 

912.4

 

1,208.2

 

Non-current payables

 

19.4

 

25.7

 

Interest and other current payables

 

12.2

 

16.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total carrying amount of financial instrument liabilities

 

961.4

 

1,273.0

 

 

F-39



 

29  CONTRACTED CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contracted capital expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated capital expenditure contracted for at balance date but not provided for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payable within one year - controlled entities

 

53.9

 

20.4

 

 

69.9

 

27.0

 

Payable within one year - associate entities

 

1.9

 

3.6

 

 

2.4

 

4.8

 

Total contracted capital expenditure

 

55.8

 

24.0

 

 

72.3

 

31.8

 

 

30  CONTRACTED OPERATING LEASE AND HIRE EXPENDITURE

 

Contracted operating lease and hire expenditure commitments not otherwise provided for in the financial statements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

land and buildings

 

68.6

 

54.3

 

 

89.0

 

72.0

 

quarry and other raw material reserves

 

81.2

 

61.0

 

 

105.2

 

80.7

 

plant and equipment

 

36.7

 

22.8

 

 

47.6

 

30.1

 

 

 

186.5

 

138.1

 

 

241.8

 

182.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contracted operating lease and hire expenditure comprises:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cancellable payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

within 1 year

 

32.7

 

27.0

 

 

42.4

 

35.8

 

between 1 and 2 years

 

24.4

 

18.3

 

 

31.6

 

24.2

 

between 2 and 5 years

 

49.3

 

31.4

 

 

63.9

 

41.5

 

after 5 years

 

50.9

 

35.7

 

 

66.0

 

47.3

 

 

 

157.3

 

112.4

 

 

203.9

 

148.8

 

Other payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

within 1 year

 

2.6

 

2.6

 

 

3.4

 

3.4

 

between 1 and 2 years

 

2.2

 

1.8

 

 

2.9

 

2.4

 

between 2 and 5 years

 

4.7

 

3.6

 

 

6.1

 

4.8

 

after 5 years

 

6.0

 

8.6

 

 

7.7

 

11.4

 

 

 

15.5

 

16.6

 

 

20.1

 

22.0

 

Consolidated entity’s share of associate entities’ operating lease and hire expenditure commitments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

within 1 year

 

3.6

 

1.2

 

 

4.7

 

1.6

 

between 1 and 2 years

 

1.2

 

0.6

 

 

1.5

 

0.8

 

between 2 and 5 years

 

4.7

 

3.1

 

 

6.1

 

4.0

 

after 5 years

 

4.2

 

4.2

 

 

5.5

 

5.6

 

 

 

13.7

 

9.1

 

 

17.8

 

12.0

 

Total operating lease and hire expenditure

 

186.5

 

138.1

 

 

241.8

 

182.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance leases payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

within 1 year

 

0.2

 

0.4

 

 

0.2

 

0.5

 

between 1 and 2 years

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

 

0.3

 

0.5

 

between 2 and 5 years

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

Total minimum finance lease payments

 

0.5

 

0.9

 

 

0.6

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less amounts provided for in the financial statements current lease liabilities

 

0.2

 

0.4

 

 

0.2

 

0.5

 

non-current lease liabilities

 

0.3

 

0.5

 

 

0.4

 

0.7

 

Finance lease expenditure not

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

otherwise provided for in the financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contracted lease and hire expenditure not otherwise provided for in the financial statements

 

186.5

 

138.1

 

 

241.8

 

182.8

 

 

The total of minimum rentals to be received in the future under non-cancellable subleases as at March 31, 2005 is not material.

Contingent rentals for 2005 and 2004 financial years were not material.

The leases on most of the Rinker group’s rental premises contain renewal options. The Rinker group’s decision to exercise renewal options is primarily dependent upon the level of business conducted at the location and the profitability thereof.

Leased plant and equipment consists primarily of mobile equipment, computer related items, and to a lesser extent fixed production equipment.

 

F-40



 

31           NON-CASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES

There were no material non-cash transactions during the years shown other than those disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements.

 

32           RELATED PARTY INFORMATION

 

TRANSACTIONS WITHIN CSR LIMITED

To facilitate the demerger internal restructure and demerger transactions occurred during the year ended March 31, 2003. These arrangements were not necessarily on commercial terms and conditions. Amounts receivable from and payable to CSR at each year end are detailed in the statement of financial position, Notes 11 and 20.

 

TRANSACTIONS WITHIN WHOLLY-OWNED GROUP

During the year Rinker Group Limited received dividends from its wholly-owned controlled entities, advanced and repaid loans, sold and purchased goods and services and provided accounting and administrative assistance to its wholly-owned controlled entities. All transactions during the year ended March 31, 2005 with related parties are on commercial terms and conditions. Other than as described above or in Note 34, no material amounts were receivable from, or payable to, related parties as at March 31, 2005 and 2004, and no material transactions with related parties occurred during the year except as detailed in the financial statements.

 

DIRECTORS AND DIRECTOR-RELATED ENTITIES

The directors who held office during the year and their holdings of Rinker Group Limited securities, are detailed in the table below.  Non-executive directors have agreements with Rinker Group Limited which conform to the provisions of the company’s constitution in respect of entitlements to retirement and termination payments.  These entitlements are frozen as at March 31, 2004.

 

TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS AND DIRECTOR-RELATED ENTITIES

Transactions entered into during the year with directors of Rinker Group Limited and its controlled entities and with their director-related entities which are within normal customer or employee relationships on terms and conditions no more favorable than those available to other customers, employees, or shareholders include:

the acquisition of shares in Rinker Group Limited under the employee share plans,

dividends from ordinary shares in Rinker Group Limited,

the sale of goods and services,

contracts of employment and reimbursement of expenses, and

contracts of employment with relatives of directors on either a full-time or work experience basis.

 

SHAREHOLDINGS OF DIRECTORS AND DIRECTOR-RELATED ENTITIES

 

The holdings of directors at March 31, 2005 is given below.

 

 

 

NATURE OF

 

 

 

BALANCE

 

GRANTED SUBJECT TO

 

NET CHANGES

 

BALANCE

 

 

 

HOLDING (1)

 

NOTE

 

March 31, 2004

 

PERFORMANCE HURDLE

 

OTHER (2)

 

March 31, 2005

 

Rinker Group Limited directors shareholdiings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Arthur

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

17,663

 

 

 

17,663

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

6,396

 

 

8,346

 

14,742

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

24,059

 

 

8,346

 

32,405

 

David Clarke

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

260,414

 

 

1,085

 

261,499

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

500,000

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

245,026

 

 

3,994

 

249,020

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

505,440

 

500,000

 

5,079

 

1,010,519

 

Marshall Criser

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

34,000

 

 

 

34,000

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

34,000

 

 

 

34,000

 

John Ingram

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

1,635

 

1,635

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

1,635

 

16,635

 

John Morschel

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

39,640

 

 

 

39,640

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

9,594

 

 

8,228

 

17,822

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

49,234

 

 

8,228

 

57,462

 

Walter Revell

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

F-41



 

32           RELATED PARTY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

Shareholdings of executives and executive-related entities

The holdings of executives at March 31, 2005 is given below.

 

 

 

NATURE OF

 

 

 

BALANCE

 

GRANTED SUBJECT TO

 

NET CHANGES

 

BALANCE

 

 

 

HOLDING (1)

 

NOTE

 

March 31, 2004

 

PERFORMANCE HURDLE

 

OTHER (2)

 

March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Abraham

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

230,773

 

 

(99,800

)

130,973

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

27,796

 

35,000

 

 

62,796

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

4,385

 

 

4,389

 

8,774

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

262,954

 

35,000

 

(95,411

)

202,543

 

David Berger

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

35,860

 

 

302

 

36,162

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

120,000

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

50,840

 

 

67,411

 

118,251

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

86,700

 

120,000

 

67,713

 

274,413

 

Tom Burmeister

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

120,000

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

32,518

 

 

19,484

 

52,002

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

52,518

 

120,000

 

19,484

 

192,002

 

Sharon DeHayes

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

21,319

 

 

176

 

21,495

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

120,000

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

21,690

 

 

353

 

22,043

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

43,009

 

120,000

 

529

 

163,538

 

Ira Fialkow

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

21,540

 

 

2,830

 

24,370

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

42,650

 

 

35,210

 

77,860

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

64,190

 

100,000

 

38,040

 

202,230

 

Duncan Gage

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

40,121

 

40,121

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

40,121

 

140,121

 

Debra Stirling

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

213,577

 

 

500

 

214,077

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

18,531

 

25,000

 

 

43,531

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

36,098

 

 

20,945

 

57,043

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

268,206

 

25,000

 

21,445

 

314,651

 

Karl Watson Jr.

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

13,100

 

 

 

13,100

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

53,369

 

120,000

 

 

173,369

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

97,410

 

 

46,358

 

143,768

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

163,879

 

120,000

 

46,358

 

330,237

 

Karl Watson Sr.

 

Ordinary

 

 

 

10,500

 

 

 

10,500

 

 

 

CASP / PSP

 

(3)

 

 

120,000

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

ESAP

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERP

 

(5)

 

42,650

 

 

689

 

43,339

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

53,150

 

120,000

 

689

 

173,839

 

 

F-42



 

32           RELATED PARTY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 


(1)

Including ADRs (if applicable).

(2)

Includes changes resulting from purchases and sales during the year. This column will also show, when applicable, the vesting or forfeiture of shares held under CASP and PSP.

(3)

CASP and PSP shares are at risk and will be eligible to vest if performance criteria are met.

(4)

Includes shares purchased by the executive under the ESAP scheme.

(5)

During year ended March 31, 2004, the chief executive and some senior executives had an additional exposure to movements in Rinker’s share price by virtue of their election to invest in ‘notional Rinker shares’ under the Rinker group’s SERP. These are listed in the March 31, 2004 Balance column. The SERP is a non- qualified defined contribution plan in the United States to which eligible employees and employers make contributions. During year ended March 31, 2005, a Rinker subsidiary (through a trustee) acquired Rinker ordinary shares or Rinker ADRs reflecting the Rinker group’s liabilities under the SERP, and gave participants the ability to decide how the shares and ADRs will be voted. The amounts shown under Net Changes Other represents the increase during year ended March 31, 2005 in the executive’s future entitlement to Rinker ordinary shares or Rinker ADRs under the SERP.

 

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CSR LIMITED AND RINKER GROUP LIMITED

 

On March 28, 2003, the Federal Court of Australia approved the demerger of Rinker Group Limited from CSR Limited. Rinker Group Limited was admitted to the official list of the ASX and its shares were quoted on the stock market conducted by the ASX effective March 31, 2003 (on a deferred settlement basis).

 

Prior to the demerger, Rinker Group Limited was a wholly owned subsidiary of CSR.  As a result of the demerger, Rinker Group Limited became a separately listed company and the CSR group and the Rinker group now operate independently of each other.

 

As part of the demerger transition process, the CSR group and the Rinker group entered into various contractual arrangements dealing with the separation and the ongoing business relationships and operations between CSR Limited and Rinker Group Limited as independent companies as detailed below:

 

Property

 

Readymix has agreed to share future property profits from certain land sales with CSR Limited.

 

Indemnity and claims management

 

CSR Limited has granted Rinker Group Limited, its subsidiaries, directors, officers and employees and the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries an indemnity against liability (to the extent it is not covered by Rinker Group Limited’s insurance) arising from any claim made against any of them arising from any actions or omissions done in relation to any of the businesses which are conducted by the CSR group after the demerger (or businesses that would have been conducted by the CSR group after the demerger except that those businesses have been closed before the demerger) regardless of when the liability or loss to which the claim relates arises. In addition, CSR Limited would be required to indemnify Rinker group companies in the event of any asbestos related liabilities imposed on them on account of CSR Limited’s legal torts.

 

Rinker Group Limited has granted CSR Limited, its subsidiaries, directors, officers and employees and the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries an indemnity against liability (to the extent it is not covered by CSR Limited’s insurance) arising from any claim made against any of them arising from any actions or omissions done in relation to any of the businesses which are conducted by the Rinker group after the demerger (or businesses that would have been conducted by the Rinker group after the demerger except that those businesses have been closed before the demerger), regardless of when the liability or loss to which the claim relates arises.

 

Insurance

 

Rinker Group Limited is responsible for its own insurance arrangements, including directors’ and officers’ insurance following the demerger. However, the directors and officers of Rinker Group Limited and CSR Limited at March 28, 2003 will continue to have the benefit of the directors’ and officers’ run-off insurance held by CSR Limited in respect of matters which occurred before the demerger took effect.

 

Tax Liability

 

The Rinker group is responsible for, and has indemnified CSR Limited in respect of, tax liabilities relating to the businesses conducted by Rinker group companies after the demerger as though the relevant Rinker group companies had always owned and operated those businesses, and the CSR group is responsible for, and has indemnified Rinker Group Limited in respect of, tax liabilities relating to the businesses conducted by the CSR group after the demerger.

 

Transition and shared services arrangements

 

Following the demerger, Rinker Group Limited and CSR Limited entered into an agreement pursuant to which the CSR group supplied, or procured the supply of, a variety of services to the Rinker group during a transitional period. The transitional period for all services was completed within the year ended March 31, 2005.  Certain limited services, primarily access to human resources and payroll IT systems are obtained from CSR under an ongoing supply agreement.

 

F-43



 

32           RELATED PARTY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

Bond guarantee

 

At March 31, 2005, CSR Limited had outstanding pre-demerger guarantees on 2005 bonds amounting to US$250.0 million (A$331.0 million) taken over by Rinker Group Limited as part of the demerger transaction. Rinker Group Limited has provided CSR Limited bank letters of credit to provide indemnity against any liability arising to CSR Limited in respect of these bonds.

 

Workers’ compensation arrangements

 

CSR Limited and Rinker Group Limited have entered into deeds of indemnity and management agreements relating to workers’ compensation claims relating to incidents prior to the demerger. The deeds of indemnity provides for indemnities in respect of common law and statutory workers’ compensation liabilities after the demerger.

 

Superannuation arrangements

 

Details are provided in note 33.

 

33           SUPERANNUATION COMMITMENTS AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

Rinker Group Limited and its controlled entities participate in a number of superannuation funds in Australia, the United States (US) and other countries where they operate. The funds provide benefits either on a defined benefit or cash accumulation basis, for employees on retirement, resignation or disablement, or to their dependents on death.  Employer contributions are legally enforceable, with the right to terminate, reduce or suspend those contributions upon giving adequate written notice to the participants and trustees. Rinker Group Limited and its Australian controlled entities are required to provide a minimum level of superannuation support for employees under the Australian Superannuation Guarantee Legislation.

 

ASSET BACKING

The assets of the US based superannuation funds were not sufficient to satisfy all benefits which would have been vested in the event of termination of the funds, or in the event of the voluntary or compulsory termination of the employment of each employee to the extent shown below.

 

The total deficit of the US plans based on their most recent audited actuarial reviews totalled US$7.0 million (A$8.8 million) (Rinker Materials Corporation Defined Benefit Pension Plan: deficit US$1.3 million (A$1.6 million),  Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan: deficit US$4.8 million (A$6.1 million), United Metro/San Xavier Collectively Bargained Pension Plan: deficit US$0.9 million (A$1.1 million)) as detailed in the table below.

 

The total deficit of the US plans based on updated but unaudited reviews at January 1, 2005 totalled US$19.2 million (A$24.8 million) (Rinker Materials Defined Benefit Corporation Pension Plan: deficit US$5.3 million (A$6.9 million), Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan: deficit US$8.9 million (A$11.5 million),  United Metro Xavier Collectively Bargained Pension Plan: deficit US$5.0 million (A$6.4 million)).

 

ACCUMULATION FUNDS

The benefits provided by accumulation funds are based on the contributions and income thereon held by the fund on behalf of the member. Contributions are made by the member and the company based on a percentage of the member’s salary, as specified by the rules of the fund. These contributions are expensed in the period they are incurred.

 

DEFINED BENEFIT FUNDS

The benefits provided by defined benefit funds are based on length of service or membership and salary of the member at or near retirement. Member contributions, based on a percentage of salary, are specified by the rules of the fund.  Employer contributions generally vary based on actuarial advice and may be reduced or even cease when a fund is in actuarial surplus. These contributions are expensed in the period they are incurred.  The currently assessed shortfall of net market value of plan assets compared to accrued benefits has not been recognised as a liability in the financial statements as Rinker Group Limited and its controlled entities do not presently have a legal or constructive obligation to meet the deficit, other than the annually determined minimum funding amount.  The annually determined minimum funding amount has been appropriately recognised as a liability at year end.

 

HARWOOD SUPERANNUATION FUND

In Australia, Rinker group entities participate in the Harwood Superannuation Fund (formerly CSR Australian Superannuation Fund) for those Rinker group employees who are currently members of that fund and any new employees who become members of that fund. CSR Limited and Rinker Group Limited each separately cover, in effect, 50% of the funding of the accrued defined benefit liabilities of the Harwood Superannuation Fund as at the demerger date, which are revalued by the actuary at least annually. Rinker Group Limited is responsible for obligations with respect to benefits accrued after the demerger relating to individuals who are employed within the Rinker group post demerger by their respective group companies.

 

F-44



 

33           SUPERANNUATION COMMITMENTS AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

 

DEFINED BENEFIT FUNDS SPONSORED BY RINKER GROUP ENTITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTIONS FOR

 

 

 

ACCRUED

 

MARKET VALUE

 

SURPLUS

 

VESTED

 

THE YEAR

 

US$ MILLION

 

BENEFITS

 

OF ASSETS

 

(DEFICIT)

 

BENEFITS

 

PAID

 

PAYABLE

 

Harwood Superannuation Fund - Defined Benefit Division (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-demerger

 

7.7

 

10.8

 

3.1

 

7.6

 

1.1

 

 

Post-demerger

 

1.6

 

2.2

 

0.6

 

1.3

 

0.6

 

 

Rinker Materials Corporation Defined Benefit Pension Plan (b)

 

12.1

 

10.8

 

(1.3

)

11.5

 

1.3

 

0.3

 

Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan (b)

 

19.9

 

15.1

 

(4.8

)

19.5

 

3.7

 

0.7

 

United Metro/San Xavier Collectively Bargained Pension Plan (c)

 

12.0

 

11.1

 

(0.9

)

11.1

 

2.2

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTIONS FOR

 

 

 

ACCRUED

 

MARKET VALUE

 

SURPLUS

 

VESTED

 

THE YEAR

 

A$ MILLION

 

BENEFITS

 

OF ASSETS

 

(DEFICIT)

 

BENEFITS

 

PAID

 

PAYABLE

 

Harwood Superannuation Fund - Defined Benefit Division (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-demerger

 

10.0

 

14.0

 

4.0

 

9.9

 

1.4

 

 

Post-demerger Rinker group plan

 

2.1

 

2.9

 

0.8

 

1.7

 

0.8

 

 

Rinker Materials Corporation Defined Benefit Pension Plan (b)

 

15.6

 

14.0

 

(1.6

)

15.0

 

1.7

 

0.4

 

Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan (b)

 

25.7

 

19.6

 

(6.1

)

25.2

 

4.8

 

0.9

 

United Metro/San Xavier Collectively Bargained Pension Plan (c)

 

15.5

 

14.4

 

(1.1

)

14.4

 

2.9

 

0.5

 

 


(a)                                  The amounts represent the actuarial liabilities, determined to be past service liabilities, calculated at March 31, 2005 based on the assumptions used for the last actuarial review which was performed on June 30, 2003 by R Paton FIA FIAA.  The Fund was separated into two separate plans from the date of demerger, a Rinker group plan and a CSR Limited plan.  Each of these plans comprises a pre and post demerger component.  Shown above is information on the pre and post-demerger components of the Rinker group plan.

 

As at March 31, 2005, the assets attributable to the Rinker group and CSR Limited combined pre-demerger plan were 118% of the corresponding actuarial liabilities.  There is an enforceable obligation for Rinker Group Limited and CSR Limited to contribute such amounts as to ensure that the assets are not less than 120% of the amount required to meet the accrued defined benefit liabilities as at the demerger date.  CSR Limited has made available to the fund a bank guarantee to satisfy this obligation.  The actuary revalues the accrued benefit liabilities at least annually.  Rinker Group Limited is required to cover, in effect, 50% of such obligations. CSR Limited is required to cover, in effect, the remaining 50%.

 

As at March 31, 2005, the assets attributable to the post demerger Rinker group plan were 140% of the corresponding actuarial liabilities.  There is an enforceable obligation for Rinker Group Limited to contribute such amounts as to ensure that the assets are not less than 120% of the amount required to meet the actuarial liabilities.  The actuary revalues the accrued benefit liabilities at least annually.

 

(b)           Last actuarial review performed by Michael Von Behren EA MAAA on January 1, 2004.

 

(c)           Last actuarial review performed by Michael Von Behren EA MAAA on October 1, 2003.

 

In addition, Rinker Materials contributes to a number of multi-employer defined benefit plans, under the terms of enterprise bargaining/union agreements.  Contributions to these plans are expensed in the period incurred, and amounted to US$11.0 million or A$14.9 million during 2005 (2004:US$9.9 million, A$14.2 million).

 

F-45



 

34           EQUITY ACCOUNTING INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

OWNERSHIP INTEREST

 

CARRYING AMOUNT

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of entity

 

Principal activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cement Australia Holdings Pty Limited (a) (b)

 

cement manufacture

 

25

 

25

 

121.3

 

106.0

 

 

157.3

 

140.3

 

Metromix Pty Limited

 

pre-mixed concrete

 

50

 

50

 

8.7

 

8.9

 

 

11.3

 

11.8

 

Granite Canyon Joint Venture (b)

 

aggregates

 

49

 

49

 

4.5

 

4.3

 

 

5.8

 

5.7

 

Other immaterial associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

Associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134.6

 

119.4

 

 

174.6

 

158.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cement Australia Partnership (a) (b)

 

cement distribution

 

25

 

25

 

6.5

 

7.5

 

 

8.4

 

9.9

 

Emoleum Partnership (b)

 

road resurfacing

 

50

 

50

 

18.5

 

13.6

 

 

24.0

 

17.9

 

Other immaterial partnerships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.9

 

2.9

 

 

3.7

 

4.0

 

Partnerships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.9

 

24.0

 

 

36.1

 

31.8

 

Total associate entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

162.5

 

143.4

 

 

210.7

 

189.9

 

 


(a)                                  On June 1, 2003, Rinker group’s 50% interest in its associated company, Australian Cement Holdings Pty Limited, was reduced to 25% after this business was merged with Queensland Cement Limited.  The entity was then renamed Cement Australia Holdings Pty Limited.  Prior to the merger Australian Cement Holdings Pty Limited repurchased preference shares held by Rinker group in exchange for a US$55.3 million (A$81.8 million) loan.  During the year ended March 31, 2005, Cement Australia Holdings restructured its borrowing arrangements resulting in a repayment to Rinker group of US$14.8 million (A$19.2 million), reducing the outstanding loan balance to US$34.7 million (A$45.0 million).

 

(b)                                 The year end is December 31.

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity accounted amount of investments at the beginning of the financial year

 

143.4

 

156.5

 

 

189.9

 

260.5

 

Share of associate entities’ profit from ordinary activities before income tax

 

26.3

 

15.7

 

 

35.7

 

23.0

 

Share of income tax

 

5.1

 

(0.7

)

 

7.0

 

(1.0

)

Dividends and distributions received

 

(15.4

)

(13.1

)

 

(20.7

)

(17.4

)

Capital repaid

 

 

(55.3

)

 

 

(81.8

)

Capital invested

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

8.2

 

Foreign currency translation and other

 

3.1

 

34.6

 

 

(1.2

)

(1.6

)

Equity accounted amount of investments at the end of the financial year

 

162.5

 

143.4

 

 

210.7

 

189.9

 

 

One of Rinker’s associate companies and that associate company’s wholly-owned Australian resident entities have elected to consolidate and be treated as a single entity from June 1, 2003 under the legislation referred to in Note 9.  The implementation of the tax consolidation system has been formally notified to the Australian Taxation Office.  The financial impact of this election is included in Rinker’s aggregate share of profits of associate companies above.

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of reserves attributable to associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

retained profits

 

4.0

 

10.6

 

 

5.1

 

14.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Summarised financial position of associate entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cash

 

8.3

 

14.6

 

 

10.7

 

19.4

 

other current assets

 

326.7

 

308.6

 

 

423.6

 

408.6

 

property, plant and equipment

 

488.1

 

471.4

 

 

632.8

 

624.2

 

other non-current assets

 

234.0

 

209.8

 

 

303.4

 

277.8

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

current accounts payable

 

(166.2

)

(163.6

)

 

(215.5

)

(216.6

)

current borrowings and other liabilities

 

(33.8

)

(359.3

)

 

(43.8

)

(475.7

)

non-current liabilities

 

(408.3

)

(69.8

)

 

(529.3

)

(92.4

)

Net assets

 

448.8

 

411.7

 

 

581.9

 

545.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances and transactions with associate entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current loans and receivables

 

13.0

 

11.3

 

 

16.8

 

15.0

 

Non current loans and receivables

 

74.6

 

84.6

 

 

96.7

 

112.1

 

New loans and receivables

 

20.3

 

69.6

 

 

27.7

 

102.3

 

Loans and receivables repaid

 

40.4

 

19.4

 

 

57.7

 

28.5

 

Current payables

 

35.0

 

28.5

 

 

45.4

 

37.9

 

Purchases of goods and services

 

200.3

 

140.9

 

 

271.2

 

200.3

 

Sale of goods and services

 

45.1

 

33.9

 

 

61.1

 

48.0

 

Dividends and distributions received and receivable

 

15.4

 

13.1

 

 

20.7

 

17.4

 

 

F-46



 

35           ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS OF CONTROLLED ENTITIES AND BUSINESSES

 

 

 

DATE

 

PRINCIPAL

 

INTEREST

 

CONSIDERATION

 

NET TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2005

 

ACQUIRED

 

ACTIVITY

 

%

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

Controlled entities acquired excluding intragroup transfers (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loven, Inc.

 

April 14, 2004

 

pre-mix concrete

 

100

%

9.9

 

13.6

 

7.6

 

10.5

 

Business acquired during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.9

 

40.6

 

18.6

 

25.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39.8

 

54.2

 

26.2

 

35.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAIN (LOSS)
ON DISPOSAL

 

NET TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

Controlled entities disposed excluding demerged entities (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Materials Polypipe, Inc. and Pipeliners, Inc.

 

February 25, 2005

 

plastic pipe and liner

 

100

%

8.3

 

10.6

 

43.4

 

55.2

 

Business disposed during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18.7

)

(24.2

)

45.0

 

58.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10.4

)

(13.6

)

88.4

 

113.8

 

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED
ACQUISITIONS
US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED
DISPOSALS
US$ MILLION

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003 (b)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003 (b)

 

Value of net assets of controlled entities and businesses acquired (disposed)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

0.8

 

 

18.7

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

4.4

 

4.9

 

67.1

 

 

11.8

 

 

2.2

 

Inventories

 

1.0

 

1.9

 

14.7

 

 

23.3

 

0.5

 

5.5

 

Other current assets

 

0.4

 

0.2

 

3.0

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

Investments

 

 

0.1

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

20.7

 

24.2

 

165.1

 

 

60.5

 

3.1

 

11.5

 

Intangibles

 

0.1

 

 

0.3

 

 

2.0

 

 

0.6

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

0.3

 

9.6

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

Payables

 

(1.2

)

(8.0

)

(54.5

)

 

(9.6

)

 

(1.2

)

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

(0.3

)

(2.7

)

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

 

(1.3

)

(58.9

)

 

 

 

 

Outside equity interests

 

 

5.6

 

(1.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.2

 

27.6

 

166.1

 

 

88.4

 

3.6

 

18.8

 

Goodwill acquired

 

13.6

 

13.5

 

381.3

 

 

27.7

 

0.9

 

0.9

 

(Loss) Profit on disposal

 

 

 

 

 

(10.4

)

(0.2

)

0.4

 

Total consideration

 

39.8

 

41.1

 

547.4

 

 

105.7

 

4.3

 

20.1

 

Cash balances (acquired)

 

(0.8

)

 

(18.7

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred consideration and other

 

(5.8

)

(5.1

)

3.2

 

 

(0.9

)

 

5.9

 

Total flow of cash

 

33.2

 

36.0

 

531.9

 

 

104.8

 

4.3

 

26.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003 (b)

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003 (b)

 

Value of net assets of controlled entities and businesses acquired (disposed)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

1.0

 

 

34.4

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

6.1

 

7.5

 

123.2

 

 

15.0

 

 

4.0

 

Inventories

 

1.3

 

2.8

 

27.1

 

 

29.8

 

0.7

 

9.6

 

Other current assets

 

0.6

 

0.2

 

5.4

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

Investments

 

 

0.1

 

9.2

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

28.1

 

33.3

 

303.4

 

 

78.1

 

4.1

 

20.2

 

Intangibles

 

0.2

 

 

0.5

 

 

2.7

 

 

1.1

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

0.4

 

17.7

 

 

 

0.1

 

0.4

 

Payables

 

(1.7

)

(11.8

)

(100.2

)

 

(12.3

)

 

(2.2

)

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

(0.4

)

(5.1

)

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

 

(1.9

)

(108.2

)

 

 

 

 

Outside equity interests

 

 

7.9

 

(2.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

35.6

 

38.1

 

305.0

 

 

113.8

 

4.9

 

33.1

 

Goodwill acquired

 

18.6

 

18.3

 

695.8

 

 

35.4

 

1.2

 

1.5

 

(Loss) Profit on disposal

 

 

 

 

 

(13.6

)

(0.3

)

1.1

 

Total consideration

 

54.2

 

56.4

 

1,000.8

 

 

135.6

 

5.8

 

35.7

 

Cash balances (acquired)

 

(1.0

)

 

(34.4

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred consideration and other

 

(8.1

)

(7.2

)

5.4

 

 

(1.3

)

 

9.8

 

Total flow of cash

 

45.1

 

49.2

 

971.8

 

 

134.3

 

5.8

 

45.5

 

 


(a)                                  Operating results of the entities acquired (disposed of) are included in the statement of financial performance from the date acquired (up to the date disposed).

 

(b)                                 In addition to the acquisitions and disposals shown above, during the year ended March 31, 2003, certain non-cash intragroup transfers occurred to facilitate the demerger.

 

F-47



 

36           PARTICULARS RELATING TO ENTITIES CONSOLIDATED IN THE ECONOMIC ENTITY

 

 

 

 

 

% RINKER GROUP

 

 

 

 

 

% RINKER GROUP

 

 

 

COUNTRY OF

 

OWNERSHIP

 

 

 

COUNTRY OF

 

OWNERSHIP

 

 

 

INCORPORATION

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

INCORPORATION

 

2005

 

2004

 

PARENT ENTITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMBINED ENTITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALC Las Vegas Mining Claims, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Readymix Emoleum Services Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

American Limestone West, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Readymix Holdings Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

ARC Management Company, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Readymix Properties Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

ARC Materials Corporation

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Readymix Roads Group Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

Ballestrin Concrete Construction Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Group Share Plan Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

Bettaform Constructions Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Jamaica Ltd (a)

 

Jamaica

 

100

 

 

Broadway & Frame Premix Concrete Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials (Qingdao) Co Ltd

 

China

 

100

 

100

 

Excel Concrete (NSW) Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials (Tianjin) Co Ltd

 

China

 

100

 

100

 

Excel Concrete Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Management Company, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

FCS Las Vegas Mining Claims, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials Caribbean LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Florida Crushed Stone Company

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials Corporation

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Fort Calhoun Stone Company

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials Leasing L.L.C.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Guernsey Stone Company

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials Nevada, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

HCC Las Vegas Mining Claims, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials of Florida, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Hydro Conduit Corporation

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials Polypipe, Inc. (b)

 

USA

 

 

100

 

Hydro Conduit Management Company, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials South Central, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Hydro Conduit of Texas, LP

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials Steel Framing, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Hydro Investments, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials West, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

KMC Las Vegas Mining Claims, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker Materials Western, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Loven, Inc. (c)

 

USA

 

100

 

 

Rinker Modular Systems, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

LV Western Mining Claims, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Rinker St. Lucia Ltd.

 

St Lucia

 

100

 

100

 

Marana Golf, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

RMF Las Vegas Mining Claims, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Mili, L.L.C.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

SKCOR, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Minicon Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

Solano Concrete Company, Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Northwest Materials Holding Company

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Steel Construction Systems

 

USA

 

55

 

55

 

Oxi Golf, LLC (d)

 

USA

 

50

 

50

 

Tanner Companies (Yuma), Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Oxi, L.L.C.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Twin Mountain Rock Company

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Pacific Rock Products Trucking, L.L.C.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Twin Mountain Rock Venture

 

USA

 

51

 

51

 

Pacific Rock Products, L.L.C.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

United Metro Materials Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Pipe Liners, Inc (b)

 

USA

 

 

100

 

Western Equipment Company

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Quality Ready Mix, Inc. (d)

 

USA

 

50

 

50

 

Wilson Concrete Company

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

Readymix Cement Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

100

 

100

 

WPB Las Vegas Mining Claims, LLC

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

 


(a)                                  Controlled entity formed during the year

(b)                                 Controlled entity sold during the year

(c)                                  Controlled entity acquired during the year

(d)                                 50% owned entity controlled as Rinker group exerts management control over entity

 

F-48



 

37           CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent liabilities, capable of estimation, arise in respect of the following categories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance bonds provided to third parties

 

72.8

 

94.4

 

 

94.4

 

125.0

 

Bank guarantees given by Rinker group (a)

 

74.9

 

69.5

 

 

97.1

 

92.0

 

Total contingent liabilities

 

147.7

 

163.9

 

 

191.5

 

217.0

 

 


(a)                                  Mainly provided by the Rinker group in lieu of contract retention payments, deposits for rehabilitation of quarry sites, and for insurance policy deductible amounts with the majority of the terms up to one year.  The total bank guarantee facility available is US$111.3 million (A$144.3 million).  No specific Rinker group assets are pledged as security for the bank guarantees.  The guarantees would be called if Rinker group failed to meet contractual obligations relating to commercial contracts, quarry rehabilitation and insurance policy deductibles. No liabilities have been recognised in respect of these guarantees as the fair value of the guarantees is immaterial.  No payments have been made by the banks under these guarantees in years ended March 31, 2005 or 2004.

 

Readymix Holdings Pty Ltd acts as an authorised self-insurer in New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Western Australia and the Australian Capital Territory for workers’ compensation insurance, as does Rinker Materials Corporation and certain of its controlled entities in Arizona, California, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon and Washington. Adequate provision has been made for all known claims and probable future claims that can be reliably measured.

 

38           SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On April 15, 2005, Rinker announced that it was altering the conversion ratio of its American Depositary Receipts (ADR), listed on the New York Stock Exchange.  The change became effective on April 27, 2005 and means that each ADR represents five Rinker ordinary shares.  Prior to the change, each ADR represented 10 ordinary shares.  This change will have no effect on the financial statements of Rinker.

 

On April 22, 2005, a Rinker Materials Corporation subsidiary disposed of a property at Buffalo Road, Las Vegas, Nevada, for net proceeds of US$33.6 million. The effect of this transaction has not been recognised in the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2005 because it occurred after March 31, 2005.  A gain on disposal of approximately US$30 million, or A$39 million, is expected to be recognised in the financial statements for the year ending March 31, 2006.

 

Between April 1, 2005 and May 12, 2005, a total of 4,270,446 shares were repurchased at a cost of US$37.3 million or A$47.9 million. This was completed under the 12 month, on-market share buyback program that commenced in May 2004.  The shares repurchased were cancelled immediately upon receipt.  The effect of these transactions has not been recognised in the financial statements because they occurred after March 31, 2005. On May 12, 2005, Rinker announced the commencement of a new 12 month, on-market share buyback program, of up to 10 per cent of Rinker’s ordinary share capital.

 

F-49



 

39                                  IMPACT OF AUSTRALIAN EQUIVALENTS TO INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (A-IFRS)

 

Rinker will be required to prepare financial statements that comply with Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (A-IFRS) and their related pronouncements with effect from the year ending March 31, 2006. A-IFRS require that, in reporting results from interim periods during the year ending March 31, 2006, Rinker restate prior year comparatives in the financial report such that the comparative balances presented comply with the requirements specified in A-IFRS. Adjustments required on transition will be made retrospectively, against opening retained profits. Various voluntary and mandatory exemptions are available to Rinker on first-time adoption which will not be available on an ongoing basis. The impact on Rinker of the changes in accounting policies on first-time adoption of A-IFRS will be affected by the elections made.

 

Rinker’s A-IFRS project has three phases, initial risk assessment, detailed analysis and implementation. The initial risk assessment was completed during the year ended March 31, 2004. Substantial work has been completed by the A-IFRS project team in determining the effect of changes in accounting policies on Rinker.  Implementation is underway to enable financial reporting under A-IFRS during the year ending March 31, 2006. Rinker’s A-IFRS project is appropriately resourced and reports regularly to the Board Audit Committee.

 

The following have been identified by the board as the areas of most significance to Rinker:

 

Goodwill

Lower reported expenses as goodwill amortisation ceases

 

As at March 31, 2005, Rinker group’s total assets include US$748.7 million or A$970.7 million of goodwill arising on acquisitions made by the group. This asset is currently being amortised over the period over which the benefits are expected to arise, to a maximum of 20 years and is subject to an annual recoverable amount test. The amortisation expense for the year ended March 31, 2005 was US$56.3 million or A$76.2  million. Under A-IFRS, goodwill is not permitted to be amortised, but instead will be subject to an impairment test at least annually, with any impairment provisions to be recognised as an expense in the period they arise.  No goodwill impairment provisions are expected to be recorded in respect of the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

Impairment of assets

Potential for write downs in future

 

Non-current assets are currently written down to recoverable amount when the assets’ carrying amount exceeds their recoverable amount. Historically, although not mandated, Rinker group has discounted estimated future cash flows in determining the recoverable amount of its non-current assets. A-IFRS has a more prescriptive impairment test than current Australian Accounting Standards, and requires discounted estimated future cash flows to be used where value in use is used to assess recoverable amount. Consequently, on adoption of A-IFRS, revised impairment tests have been applied. No impairment write downs have been identified on transition or during the year ended March 31, 2005.  It is not practicable to determine the impact of the change in accounting policy for future financial reports, as any impairment or reversal thereof will be affected by future conditions.

 

Employee Benefits – superannuation

Recognition of superannuation plan surpluses and deficits

Impact of changes in plan valuations on future reported results

 

Rinker group entities sponsor three defined benefit superannuation plans in the United States and one in Australia. Each plan is closed to new members. The Australian plans, comprising the Rinker group pre-demerger and Rinker group post-demerger divisions of the Harwood Superannuation plan, had a net surplus of assets compared to accrued benefits of US$0.2 million or A$0.3 million at March 31, 2005, measured in accordance with A-IFRS. Rinker is currently assessing the accounting treatment of Rinker’s joint obligations with CSR Limited for the pre-demerger plan. The three US plans had a total deficit of assets compared to accrued benefits of US$23.0 million or A$29.9 million at March 31, 2005, measured in accordance with A-IFRS.  The Rinker group does not currently recognise a liability for the deficit on these plans as it does not presently have a constructive or legal obligation to meet the deficit. Currently, the Rinker group accounts for the cost of contributions to superannuation plans in the period in which contributions become payable.

 

Under A-IFRS, the Rinker group will be required to recognise the net surplus or deficit of each plan as an asset or liability in the Statement of Financial Position. The adjustment to recognise the plan position on transition will be recognised against retained profits. Thereafter, ongoing changes in the net surplus or deficit of each plan will be recognised as a change in the asset or liability.  Annually, an expense will be recorded in the Statement of Financial Performance, based on actuarial estimate of the annual cost of funding members’ benefits.  Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in discount rates, market investment performance or other actuarial assumptions representing the difference between actual fund performance and the actuarially determined expense will be recorded directly against equity rather than as an income or expense in the Statement of Financial Performance.

 

The expense recorded in the Statement of Financial Performance under A-IFRS for the year ended March 31, 2005 is expected to be US$4.7 million (A$6.4 million) lower than that recorded under current Australian accounting standards.  An actuarial gain of US$3.7m (A$5.0 million) is expected to be recorded directly to equity reserves for the year ended March 31, 2005.  Rinker group cannot predict the ongoing impact of valuations on future reported results as plan valuations will depend on future assumptions.

 

F-50



 

39                                  IMPACT OF AUSTRALIAN EQUIVALENTS TO INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (A-IFRS) (CONTINUED)

 

Taxation

Increase in deferred tax assets estimated at approximately US$30 million (A$39 million)

Increase in deferred tax liabilities estimated at approximately US$80 million (A$104 million)

Increase in annual tax expense estimated at approximately US$5million (A$6 million)

 

The method of recognising deferred tax assets and liabilities under A-IFRS is different from current Australian Accounting Standards. For Rinker, the principal difference under A-IFRS will be the recognition of additional deferred tax liabilities for (1) increases in the value of land recognised on acquisitions, (2) non tax deductible depreciation and quarry amortisation charges and (3) tax deductible goodwill in the United States. Currently the method of recognising deferred tax liabilities under Australian Accounting Standards does not permit provision for these items.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005, the current estimates of the impact of the changes are to increase tax expense by approximately US$5 million (A$6 million) and increase deferred tax liabilities by approximately US$80 million (A$104 million) and deferred tax assets by approximately US$30 million (A$39 million).  The additional deferred tax assets and liabilities arising on transition to A-IFRS will be recognised as a reduction in retained profits. No change in tax payments will arise as a result of A-IFRS.  The impact on future reported financial position or performance cannot be determined as it depends on the nature of any future acquisitions arising.

 

Derivatives - interest rate swaps

Recognise fair value of interest rate swap assets, US$3.4 million (A$4.4 million),  Gains and losses to be recorded

 

The Rinker group uses interest rate derivatives to convert floating interest rate cash flows to fixed interest rate cash flows. Under current Australian Accounting Standards, no assets or liabilities are recognised by the Rinker group in respect of interest rate swaps held.

 

Under A-IFRS, the Rinker group will be required to recognise the fair value of interest rate swaps as assets and liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. The fair value of interest rate swaps at April 1, 2005 was US$3.4 million (A$4.4 million).  Changes in fair value will be recognised each period either in equity (to the extent the interest rate swap is deemed “effective” under A-IFRS) or the Statement of Financial Performance (to the extent the interest rate swap is not deemed “effective” under A-IFRS). The Rinker group currently expects that the portion of changes in fair value deemed “ineffective” under A-IFRS will be small.

 

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions

Increase provisions on transition, US$17 million (A$22 million)

Unamortised costs to be included in quarry assets US$13 million (A$17 million)

 

The Rinker group currently provides for restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs by recognising a provision over the period in which quarry reserves are extracted. Under A-IFRS, full provisions for relevant restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs will be required to be recognised on transition. The related expense will be deferred and recognised over the economic life of the relevant quarry with the amount of unamortised restoration and rehabilitation expenses relating to future quarry life being included in the carrying value of quarry assets. On transition, the required increase in restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions will be recognised against the carrying value of quarry assets or retained earnings as appropriate. At April 1, 2004 the net effect is that additional provisions of US$17 million (A$22 million) and additional quarry reserve assets of US$13 million (A$17 million) are expected to be recognised.  No significant change in expense is expected to arise.

 

Functional and presentation currency

US$ reporting intended

 

Rinker currently presents results in both Australian dollars and US dollars, having obtained relief from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) to the extent necessary to allow this. Under A-IFRS, Rinker intends to report financial information solely in US dollars.

 

F-51



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION

 

Provided below is a summary and explanation of the differences between net profit, shareholders’ equity and major statement of financial position items disclosed in these financial statements and that which would be reported if the financial statements were prepared in accordance with US GAAP. This summary and explanation is not intended to be a comprehensive US GAAP report.

 

 

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

NOTE

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

432.6

 

295.6

 

215.7

 

 

585.2

 

426.8

 

381.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revaluation of non-current assets

 

A

 

10.9

 

2.4

 

7.6

 

 

14.1

 

3.4

 

13.5

 

Restructure and rationalisation

 

B

 

(2.8

)

2.8

 

 

 

(3.7

)

3.8

 

 

Employee share plan

 

D

 

(0.7

)

(0.6

)

(0.9

)

 

(0.9

)

(0.8

)

(1.7

)

Other

 

F

 

(0.8

)

(0.5

)

(0.5

)

 

(1.0

)

(0.8

)

(0.9

)

Amortisation of goodwill written back

 

H

 

56.3

 

56.5

 

47.1

 

 

76.2

 

81.3

 

83.0

 

Loss on Disposal

 

H

 

(8.0

)

 

 

 

(10.3

)

 

 

Superannuation (pension) fund

 

M

 

6.8

 

(0.5

)

2.0

 

 

8.7

 

(0.7

)

3.6

 

Post-retirement medical benefits

 

R

 

0.6

 

(5.5

)

 

 

0.9

 

(8.0

)

 

Derivatives and hedging

 

N

 

1.5

 

3.9

 

(0.7

)

 

1.4

 

5.7

 

(1.2

)

Unrecognised insurance debtors

 

O

 

 

4.3

 

(3.7

)

 

 

6.2

 

(6.2

)

Executive option plan

 

Q

 

 

 

(3.8

)

 

 

 

(6.8

)

Fair value adjustment

 

P

 

3.8

 

3.0

 

 

 

5.1

 

4.4

 

 

Retirement of long lived assets

 

S

 

(3.6

)

1.8

 

 

 

(4.8

)

2.6

 

 

Deferred income tax assets (acquisition tax balances)

 

T

 

(0.9

)

(3.6

)

 

 

(1.2

)

(5.2

)

 

Lease expense

 

U

 

(1.1

)

 

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

Stock award plans

 

V

 

12.9

 

 

 

 

17.4

 

 

 

Overburden removal

 

W

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

Y

 

 

 

 

 

(7.6

)

 

 

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments

 

 

 

(8.1

)

(11.6

)

(3.6

)

 

(10.9

)

(16.8

)

(6.4

)

 

 

 

 

68.2

 

52.4

 

43.5

 

 

83.8

 

75.1

 

76.9

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

 

 

500.8

 

348.0

 

259.2

 

 

669.0

 

501.9

 

458.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for SFAS 143, net of tax of US$1.1 million (A$1.9 million)

 

S

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

 

(3.5

)

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for EITF 04-6, net of tax of US$5.8 million (A$7.5 million)

 

W

 

(10.8

)

 

 

 

(13.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

490.0

 

345.9

 

259.2

 

 

655.1

 

498.4

 

458.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars per share)

 

 

(dollars per share)

 

Prior to change in accounting principle:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

I

 

0.53

 

0.37

 

0.27

 

 

0.71

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

I

 

0.53

 

0.37

 

0.27

 

 

0.71

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsequent to change in accounting principle:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

I

 

0.52

 

0.37

 

0.27

 

 

0.70

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

I

 

0.52

 

0.37

 

0.27

 

 

0.70

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

 

F-52



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

NOTE

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECONCILIATION OF EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

 

 

2,612.5

 

2,275.7

 

 

3,387.1

 

3,013.3

 

Net effect of US GAAP adjustments on items within the statement of financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

receivables (reclassify loans and receivables to associate entities)

 

L

 

 

 

(0.2

)

(11.3

)

 

(0.3

)

(15.0

)

deferred income tax assets (reclassification from non-current)

 

E

 

 

 

38.9

 

32.3

 

 

50.4

 

42.8

 

deferred income tax assets (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

N

 

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

2.5

 

inventory (overburden removal)

 

W

 

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

property, plant and equipment (revaluation)

 

A

 

 

 

(57.9

)

(68.4

)

 

(75.5

)

(90.3

)

property, plant, & equipment (retirement of long-lived assets)

 

S

 

 

 

16.7

 

9.8

 

 

21.9

 

13.0

 

intangibles (acquisition accounting goodwill)

 

C

 

 

 

55.8

 

54.9

 

 

73.4

 

73.6

 

intangibles (reverse capitalisation of tradenames)

 

F

 

 

 

(6.7

)

(5.9

)

 

(8.6

)

(7.9

)

intangibles (reverse SFAS 142 goodwill amortisation)

 

H

 

 

 

159.9

 

111.6

 

 

207.5

 

147.8

 

intangibles (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

M

 

 

 

1.3

 

1.4

 

 

1.7

 

1.9

 

intangibles (acquisition tax balances)

 

T

 

 

 

(4.5

)

(3.6

)

 

(6.3

)

(5.2

)

receivables (reclassify loans to associate entities)

 

L

 

 

 

(74.6

)

(84.6

)

 

(96.7

)

(112.1

)

deferred income tax assets (reclassification to current)

 

E

 

 

 

(38.9

)

(32.3

)

 

(50.4

)

(42.8

)

deferred income tax assets (minimum pension liability)

 

M

 

 

 

5.7

 

6.6

 

 

7.2

 

8.8

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (reclassify loans)

 

L

 

 

 

74.8

 

96.0

 

 

97.0

 

127.1

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (fair value adjustment)

 

P

 

 

 

(60.5

)

(63.1

)

 

(78.5

)

(83.6

)

investments accounted for using the equity method (gain on sale)

 

G

 

 

 

33.1

 

32.4

 

 

43.0

 

43.0

 

receivables (employee share loans)

 

D

 

 

 

(1.9

)

(1.6

)

 

(2.5

)

(2.1

)

other assets (stock award plans)

 

V

 

 

 

(8.3

)

 

 

(10.8

)

 

other assets (derivatives and hedging)

 

N

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

other assets (overburden removal)

 

W

 

 

 

(14.8

)

 

 

(19.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification from non-current)

 

E

 

 

 

(25.3

)

(27.3

)

 

(32.8

)

(36.2

)

provisions (restructure and rationalisation)

 

B

 

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

3.8

 

provisions (accrued lease expenses)

 

U

 

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

M

 

 

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(6.3

)

other (minimum pension liability)

 

M

 

 

 

(19.3

)

(20.5

)

 

(25.0

)

(27.1

)

deferred income tax liabilities (acquisition accounting)

 

C

 

 

 

(59.4

)

(63.2

)

 

(77.1

)

(83.6

)

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification to current)

 

E

 

 

 

25.3

 

27.3

 

 

32.8

 

36.2

 

deferred income tax liabilities (derivatives and hedging)

 

N

 

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(1.6

)

 

deferred income tax liabilities (US GAAP adjustments)

 

 

 

 

 

(15.8

)

(9.0

)

 

(21.1

)

(12.0

)

provisions (post-retirement medical benefits)

 

R

 

 

 

(4.8

)

(5.5

)

 

(6.9

)

(8.0

)

provisions (retirement of long-lived assets)

 

S

 

 

 

(21.7

)

(11.3

)

 

(28.3

)

(14.9

)

other financial liabilities (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

N

 

 

 

 

(9.7

)

 

 

(12.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2.4

)

(45.4

)

 

(4.1

)

(59.4

)

US GAAP equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

 

 

2,610.1

 

2,230.3

 

 

3,383.0

 

2,953.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

NOTE

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

490.0

 

345.9

 

259.2

 

 

655.1

 

 

498.4

 

458.5

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

foreign currency translation

 

 

 

29.9

 

166.3

 

46.5

 

 

(37.2

)

 

(413.0

)

(235.4

)

minimum pension liability

 

M

 

(2.2

)

(2.0

)

(11.7

)

 

(2.4

)

 

(3.0

)

(20.9

)

derivative instruments and hedging

 

N

 

11.6

 

(2.2

)

(6.2

)

 

15.7

 

 

(3.1

)

(11.0

)

 

 

 

 

39.3

 

162.1

 

28.6

 

 

(23.9

)

 

(419.1

)

(267.3

)

income tax benefit related to items of other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

(1.7

)

7.4

 

2.4

 

 

(2.7

)

 

10.0

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

37.6

 

169.5

 

31.0

 

 

(26.6

)

 

(409.1

)

(263.0

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

527.6

 

515.4

 

290.2

 

 

628.5

 

 

89.3

 

195.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

 

 

 

432.4

 

394.8

 

225.3

 

 

(350.3

)

 

(323.7

)

85.4

 

 

F-53



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

EQUITY ROLLFORWARD

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at April 1, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

1,774.5

 

 

2,954.2

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

345.9

 

 

498.4

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

169.5

 

 

(409.1

)

Increase in share capital (a)

 

 

 

 

 

23.9

 

 

31.7

 

Movement in shareholders’ loans

 

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

1.5

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

(84.1

)

 

(122.8

)

Balance as at March 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

2,230.3

 

 

2,953.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at April 1, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

2,230.3

 

 

2,953.9

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

 

 

490.0

 

 

655.1

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

37.6

 

 

(26.6

)

Increase in share capital (a)

 

 

 

 

 

(41.7

)

 

(57.6

)

Movement in shareholders’ loans

 

 

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

(0.4

)

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

(105.6

)

 

(141.4

)

Balance as at March 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

2,610.1

 

 

3,383.0

 

 


(a)           Reconciliation of Australian GAAP movement of issued and paid-up capital to US GAAP movement in share capital

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

US$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

A$ MILLION

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian GAAP movement

 

(21.2

)

0.6

 

 

(30.4

)

0.8

 

US GAAP adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee shares and share loans - See Note D

 

0.7

 

0.6

 

 

0.9

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Award Plans - See Note V

 

(21.2

)

 

 

(28.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method (SAB 51 gain adjustment, related to CA, net of tax) - See Note G

 

 

22.7

 

 

 

30.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP movement

 

(41.7

)

23.9

 

 

(57.6

)

31.7

 

 

Explanatory notes

 

The differences between US GAAP and Australian GAAP are set out below.

 

A.            Revaluation of non-current assets.  Prior to adoption of Australian Accounting Standard AASB No. 1041 “Revaluation of Non-Current Assets” (“AASB 1041”) by the Rinker Group from April 1, 2001, Australian GAAP allowed non-current assets to be revalued upwards via an asset revaluation reserve. Such revaluations of assets were not allowed under US GAAP and so were reversed.

 

The depreciation charge on the revaluation increment of revalued assets was also reversed. Since adoption of AASB 1041 on April 1, 2001, the Rinker Group has elected to apply the cost basis of recording property, plant and equipment, discontinue the practice of revaluing property, plant and equipment upwards and deemed all our revalued property, plant and equipment carrying amounts as at March 31, 2001 to be their cost going forward. This means that writedowns of assets may no longer be made through the asset revaluation reserve. Assets which had previously been revalued upwards will still require a US GAAP adjustment for depreciation and profit or loss on disposal.

 

Under Australian GAAP, the recoverable amount of non-current assets is assessed each reporting period. An impairment loss is recorded when the future discounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset. Under US GAAP, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment when an event or change in circumstances indicates that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of such assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset (as adjusted from Australian GAAP to US GAAP) to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated from the assets’ use.

 

F-54



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

When the cash flow analysis indicates an asset is impaired, the impairment loss to be recognised is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value is determined by quoted market prices, discounted cash flows or other valuation techniques. There have been no differences in accounting for impairments of long-lived assets under Australian and US GAAP.

 

B.            Restructure and rationalisation.  Under Australian GAAP, certain provisions were made for costs relating to the restructuring of manufacturing processes, plant closure and reorganisation. At the time they were raised in fiscal year 2004 these provisions did not meet US GAAP recognition requirements and so were reversed. The restructuring and rationalisation costs are expensed under US GAAP when the relevant requirements are met.  This adjustment reversed in fiscal 2005 when the reserves were utilized.

 

C.            Acquisition accounting.  US GAAP requires that deferred income taxes be raised to reflect the difference between the tax basis of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and their fair values determined in business combinations accounted for as a purchase. The creation of this deferred income tax liability gave rise to additional goodwill on acquisition which had been amortised over the estimated period of future benefits (not exceeding 20 years) prior to adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”) by the Rinker group on April 1, 2002. Since adoption of SFAS 142, the balance of this goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment on an annual basis or when a trigger event occurs, and the deferred tax liability remains on the statement of financial position. No such deferred income tax liability is required for Australian GAAP.

 

D.            Employee shares and share loans.  Prior to the demerger of the Rinker group from CSR Limited in March 2003, Rinker Group employees received shares in CSR Limited under the CSR group’s Universal Share/Option Plan. Under US GAAP, interest free non-recourse loans granted to Rinker group employees in respect of employee shares issued under the CSR group employee share plan are treated as stock options and are classified as a reduction in shareholders’ equity. Under Australian GAAP, these amounts are disclosed as non-current receivables.  The dividends applied against the CSR group employee share plan loans repaid by Rinker group employees have been recognised as compensation expense for US GAAP. No compensation expense is recognised for Australian GAAP.

 

Commencing in 2001, the CSR group employee share plan added a choice of one free share for each share paid for in cash up to a maximum of 100 shares.  For US GAAP the fair value of the free shares issued to Rinker group employees is recognised as compensation expense.  No compensation expense is recognised for Australian GAAP.

 

E.             Deferred income tax balances.  Under Australian GAAP, all deferred tax balances are classified as non-current. Under US GAAP, deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as current or non-current based on the classification of assets and liabilities to which timing differences relate, or anticipated timing of reversal if they are not associated with any balance sheet items.

 

Under Australian GAAP, deferred tax assets arising from timing differences are not carried forward as assets unless realisation is assured beyond reasonable doubt. Deferred tax assets arising from tax losses are not carried forward as assets unless the losses can be regarded as being virtually certain of realisation. Under US GAAP, deferred tax assets arising from timing differences and tax losses are carried forward as assets and then reduced by a valuation allowance if, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realised. This does not result in any difference to the net deferred income tax assets recognised by the Rinker group as disclosed in Note 9.

 

F.             Other.  Includes immaterial adjustments to account for reversing capitalisation of tradenames.

 

G.            Gain on sale of investment.  As discussed in Note 34, on June 1, 2003 the Rinker group’s 50% interest in Australian Cement Holdings Pty Limited (“ACH”) was reduced to 25% after this business was merged with Queensland Cement Limited (“QCL”) to form Cement Australia Holding Pty Limited (“CA”).  Under Australian GAAP, the difference in the Australian GAAP pre-merger carrying value of the investment in ACH (which approximated fair value) and the Rinker group’s share of net assets of CA subsequent to the merger (“goodwill”) is included in the carrying value of the investment in CA and is amortised over a 20 year period, corresponding to the useful life of the goodwill under Australian GAAP.  Under US GAAP, this transaction is accounted for in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 51, “Accounting For Sales Of Stock By A Subsidiary” (as ACH issued additional shares in connection with the merger, resulting in a dilution of the Rinker group’s interest in the merged entity).  The resulting US$22.7 million or A$30.1 million gain net of income tax (“SAB 51 Gain”) is recorded in additional paid-in capital for US GAAP purposes in accordance with the Rinker group’s accounting policy.  A further US GAAP adjustment is required to reverse the amortisation of goodwill associated with the above transactions under Australian GAAP and is included in Note H.

 

H.            Amortisation of goodwill written back.   Goodwill is subject to amortisation under Australian GAAP as described in Significant accounting policies. Under US GAAP, goodwill acquired in business combinations is not amortised in accordance with SFAS 142. Rather, goodwill is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when impairment factors indicate. Goodwill acquired on or prior to June 30, 2001 was amortised under US GAAP until the Rinker group adopted SFAS 142 on April 1, 2002. This adjustment reverses the current amortization of goodwill.

 

In the year ended March 31, 2005 the Rinker group disposed of the Polypipe and Prestress businesses.  Under US GAAP goodwill has not been amortized since March 31, 2002 and therefore there is additional cost basis in those businesses.  The additional goodwill that was not amortized increases the loss on the sale of Prestress and reduces the gain on the sale of Polypipe.

 

Ending balances of goodwill and intangible assets with finite lives as of March 31, 2005 and 2004 are summarised in the following table which is prepared on a US GAAP basis. There are no intangible assets accounted for with indefinite lives.

 

F-55



40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

US$ MILLION

 

Gross carrying amount

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Goodwill

 

1,142.8

 

1,190.0

 

(182.9

)

(206.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks and tradenames

 

12.5

 

12.6

 

(9.1

)

(8.2

)

Other intangibles

 

15.0

 

30.3

 

(10.8

)

(21.1

)

Total

 

27.5

 

42.9

 

(19.9

)

(29.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

A$ MILLION

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Goodwill

 

1,484.2

 

1,575.2

 

(238.8

)

(273.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks and tradenames

 

16.2

 

16.7

 

(11.8

)

(10.9

)

Other intangibles

 

19.5

 

40.1

 

(13.9

)

(27.9

)

Total

 

35.7

 

56.8

 

(25.7

)

(38.8

)

 

I.                 Earnings per share. Prior to the March 28, 2003 demerger, all of the 1,690 outstanding ordinary shares in Rinker Group Limited were held by CSR Limited. Consequent of the demerger, shareholders in CSR Limited have become shareholders in Rinker Group Limited on a pro-rata basis, and on April 11, 2003, Rinker Group Limited issued 944,668,106 ordinary shares to CSR Limited shareholders.

 

Basic earnings per share for the year ended March 31, 2003 was computed by dividing the net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited for the year by the ordinary shares outstanding after the demerger and subsequent issuance of shares to CSR Limited shareholders as discussed above (944,669,796 shares). The computation of diluted earnings per share is similar to basic earnings per share, except that it assumes the potentially dilutive securities were converted to ordinary shares as of the beginning of the year. For the year ended March 31, 2004, basic earnings per share was calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. As applied to Rinker Group Limited, diluted earnings per share is equivalent to basic earnings per share as there are no potentially dilutive securities in 2004 and 2003.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2005 basic and diluted earnings per share were adjusted to account for the provisions of the stock award plans and the purchase of stock related to the stock award plans, as applicable (Note V). The following table summarizes the differences between basic and diluted earnings per share under Australian GAAP and US GAAP.

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Weighted Average Number of Shares A GAAP

 

942,135,211

 

942,135,211

 

944,860,494

 

944,860,494

 

944,669,796

 

944,669,796

 

Adjustment for shares for treasury stock (See Note V)

 

(894,390

)

(894,390

)

 

 

 

 

Adjustment for stock award plans (See Note V)

 

 

1,339,701

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Number of Shares US GAAP

 

941,240,821

 

942,580,522

 

944,860,494

 

944,860,494

 

944,669,796

 

944,669,796

 

 

J.              Employee entitlements. Employee entitlement provisions include a liability for long service leave. The assumptions used to calculate this liability are consistent with those used under SFAS No. 87 “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” for US GAAP.

 

K.            Consolidated statement of financial performance - classification differences. Under Australian GAAP, the proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets are reported as other revenue from ordinary activities and the book value of assets sold is reported as other expense from ordinary activities. Under US GAAP, net gain/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets are reported in other revenue or other expense from ordinary activities.

 

Under Australian GAAP, the share of net profit of associates accounted for using the equity method is reported as a component of operating profit. Under US GAAP, the share of net profit of associates accounted for using the equity method is generally reported following net (profit)/loss attributable to outside equity interests.

 

Under Australian GAAP, restructuring, rationalisation and impairment charges are recorded as other expenses from ordinary activities below operating profit. Under US GAAP, such charges are recorded as a component of operating profit.

 

Under Australian GAAP, land held for sale is classified as part of non-current inventory. Under US GAAP, land held for sale does not qualify as “held for sale” and would be recorded as part of property, plant and equipment.

 

Investments in the SERP are held by a rabbi trust. Both an asset and a liability are recorded on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Under Australian GAAP, changes in investment value are netted against the changes in the liability, and there is no impact on net profit. Under US GAAP, investments held by a rabbi trust are classified as trading securities, with changes in fair value classified in non-operating income. Changes in the offsetting liabilities are classified in operating income. There is no impact on net profit.

 

L.             Consolidated statement of financial position - classification differences. Under Australian GAAP, advances and loans made to associated entities are classified as receivables. Under US GAAP, such advances and loans made to associated entities are classified in “investments accounted for using the equity method”.

 

M.          Superannuation (pension) fund.

 

In accounting for defined benefit superannuation funds, Australian GAAP requires the recognition of an expense to the Rinker group only when contributions are paid or payable to the superannuation funds. Under US GAAP, the amount charged to the statement of financial performance in each accounting period is the net retirement benefit expense (net periodic pension income) which comprises actual service cost of the plan to the Rinker group and the interest cost of the projected benefit obligations of the fund, less the actual return achieved by the assets invested in the plan and net amortisation and deferral of costs. US GAAP allows certain gains and losses within a corridor to be deferred over future service periods (the ‘corridor method’). For the U.S. plans the corridor method is used. For the Australian plan, gains and losses are immediately recognized.

 

The measurement dates for each of the group’s defined benefit funds are as follows: December 31 for the Rinker Materials Corporation Pension Plan, Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan, and the United Metro/San Xavier Collectively Bargained Pension Plan; March 31 for the Harwood Superannuation Fund.

 

F-56



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

Rinker Group contributes to various multiemployer plans. Under both US GAAP and Australian GAAP these contributions are expensed when the Rinker Group is informed they are required. Expenses incurred in fiscal year 2005, 2004, and 2003 were US$11.0 million (A$14.9 million), US$9.9 million (A$14.2 million) and US$8.5 million (A$15.2 million), respectively.

 

Rinker Group contributes to various defined contribution plans. Under both US GAAP and Australian GAAP these contributions are expensed when known. Expenses incurred in fiscal year 2005, 2004, and 2003 were US$18.8 million (A$25.5 million), US$19.9 million (A$28.5 million) and US$14.0 million (A$24.8 million), respectively.

 

Under US GAAP if an additional minimum pension liability is recognised, an equal amount shall be recognised as an intangible asset, provided that the asset recognised shall not exceed the amount of unrecognised prior service cost. If an additional minimum pension liability required to be recognised exceeds unrecognised prior service cost, the excess (which represents a net loss not yet recognised as net periodic pension cost) shall be reported as a separate component of equity. No such adjustment is required for Australian GAAP. The net impact on fiscal year 2005 and 2004 was a reduction in US GAAP equity of US$12.1 million (A$16.1 million) and US$12.4 million (A$16.4 million), respectively.

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.9

%

6.3

%

6.8

%

Compensation increase

 

4.2

%

4.3

%

4.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.3

%

6.1

%

6.6

%

Compensation increase

 

4.2

%

3.9

%

4.3

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

7.8

%

7.7

%

8.5

%

 

The long term rate of return on assets was developed by considering historical and projected rates of return for each asset class.

 

 

 

 

 

US$

 

A$

 

 

 

Estimated future benefit payments for calendar year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

3.4

 

4.5

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

4.6

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

3.6

 

4.8

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

3.9

 

5.2

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

4.6

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

 

2010-2014

 

25.6

 

34.4

 

 

 

 

F-57



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

US$ MILLION
2003

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the financial year

 

68.4

 

60.4

 

39.0

 

 

84.6

 

92.1

 

65.0

 

Service cost (excluding expenses)

 

2.3

 

3.2

 

2.5

 

 

3.0

 

4.3

 

4.2

 

Interest cost

 

3.9

 

3.7

 

3.1

 

 

5.2

 

4.9

 

5.2

 

Amendments

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

Actuarial gain/loss

 

3.2

 

2.8

 

5.0

 

 

4.4

 

3.7

 

8.3

 

Benefits paid

 

(3.3

)

(2.2

)

(2.5

)

 

(4.4

)

(2.9

)

(4.1

)

Initial obligation transferred

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

6.8

 

Acquisition

 

 

 

8.3

 

 

 

 

13.9

 

Foreign exchange adjustment

 

(4.4

)

0.5

 

0.5

 

 

2.0

 

(17.5

)

(7.8

)

Benefit obligation at the end of the financial year

 

70.1

 

68.4

 

60.4

 

 

94.8

 

84.6

 

92.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the financial year

 

44.4

 

35.8

 

24.3

 

 

55.1

 

54.0

 

40.4

 

Actual return on plan assets (net of expenses)

 

4.3

 

5.4

 

(3.7

)

 

5.9

 

7.4

 

(6.2

)

Employer contribution

 

7.8

 

4.7

 

5.2

 

 

10.5

 

6.3

 

8.6

 

Benefits paid and expenses incurred

 

(3.2

)

(2.3

)

(2.5

)

 

(4.4

)

(3.0

)

(4.1

)

Initial assets transferred

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

6.9

 

Acquisition

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

 

13.2

 

Foreign exchange adjustment

 

(2.7

)

0.8

 

0.5

 

 

2.4

 

(9.6

)

(4.8

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the financial year

 

50.6

 

44.4

 

35.8

 

 

69.5

 

55.1

 

54.0

 

Total funded status

 

(19.5

)

(24.0

)

(24.5

)

 

(25.3

)

(29.5

)

(38.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognised net actuarial gain/loss

 

21.5

 

20.5

 

21.4

 

 

27.9

 

27.2

 

35.6

 

Unrecognised prior service cost

 

1.3

 

1.4

 

1.6

 

 

1.7

 

1.9

 

2.7

 

Intangible asset

 

(1.3

)

(1.4

)

(1.6

)

 

(1.7

)

(1.9

)

(2.7

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(21.3

)

(19.0

)

(17.0

)

 

(27.6

)

(25.2

)

(28.3

)

Total net accrued benefit cost

 

(19.3

)

(22.5

)

(20.1

)

 

(25.0

)

(27.5

)

(30.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost (including expenses)

 

2.9

 

3.5

 

2.8

 

 

3.8

 

4.6

 

4.7

 

Interest cost

 

3.9

 

3.7

 

3.1

 

 

5.0

 

5.0

 

5.2

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(3.6

)

(3.1

)

(3.1

)

 

(4.5

)

(4.1

)

(5.2

)

Amortisation of transitional assets

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Amortisation of prior service cost

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

Recognised net actuarial gain/loss

 

0.8

 

0.9

 

0.1

 

 

1.1

 

1.2

 

0.1

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

4.2

 

5.2

 

3.0

 

 

5.7

 

7.0

 

5.0

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation at March 31, 2005 was US$65.4 million (A$84.8 million) and at March 31, 2004 was US$59.1 million (A$78.2 million).

 

The following table summarizes the weighted average asset allocations for each of Rinker group’s defined benefit superannuation plans as of the respective measurement date:

 

AS OF MARCH 31 2005

 

REAL ESTATE

 

EQUITY SECURITIES

 

DEBT SECURITIES

 

OTHER

 

TOTAL

 

Harwood Superannuation Fund

 

10

%

52

%

38

%

0

%

100

%

Rinker Materials Corporation Pension Plan

 

6

%

57

%

37

%

0

%

100

%

Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan

 

6

%

57

%

37

%

0

%

100

%

United Metro/San Xavier Collectively Bargained Pension Plan

 

6

%

57

%

37

%

0

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AS OF MARCH 31 2004

 

REAL ESTATE

 

EQUITY SECURITIES

 

DEBT SECURITIES

 

OTHER

 

TOTAL

 

Harwood Superannuation Fund

 

10

%

53

%

34

%

3

%

100

%

Rinker Materials Corporation Pension Plan

 

4

%

57

%

39

%

0

%

100

%

Rinker Materials Corporation Retirement Income Plan

 

4

%

57

%

39

%

0

%

100

%

United Metro/San Xavier Collectively Bargained Pension Plan

 

5

%

57

%

38

%

0

%

100

%

 

The target asset allocation is between 45% and 65% for equity securities, 30% and 50% for debt securities, 0% and 10% for real estate and 0% and 10% for other investments. To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, Rinker group considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio.

 

F-58



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

N.            Derivatives and hedging. Rinker Group is required to recognise derivatives as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure them at fair value. Derivatives and hedging activities are managed as part of a formally documented risk management process outlined in the Rinker group’s Financial and Commodity Price Risk Management Policy and in detailed Operational Guidelines. The risk management process detailed in the guidelines specifies what is an exposure, when it is recognised, the objectives of the risk management process, the need for a risk management plan, the approved hedging instruments and detailed reporting requirements. The Rinker group’s hedging activities are under the direct control and review of the Rinker group’s Finance Committee. The general objective of the Rinker group’s risk management activities is to reduce the potential variability in financial returns thus contributing to more certainty and stability.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2005, the only derivatives utilized by Rinker group were interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

 

Hedge effectiveness. The Rinker group measures hedge effectiveness through quarterly review of the retrospective and prospective relationship between changes in the value of a hedge and its underlying transaction. The methods used to assess effectiveness are the short cut method based on criteria as stated in SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” as amended (“SFAS 133”), matched terms method, dollar offset method and regression analysis. To the extent that option contracts are used as hedges, the intrinsic value of the option will be effective if all terms of the contract are matched with the underlying transaction. The time value of options (amounts excluded from the measurement of effectiveness) and any other ineffectiveness is reported through earnings in the current period. During the year ended March 31, 2004, certain of the group’s interest rate hedges were treated as ineffective under SFAS 133. This was because, for part of the year, the maturity dates for interest rate hedges were not the same as the maturity dates for the debt being hedged. As at March 31, 2004, all of the group’s interest rate hedges were effective hedges under SFAS 133. For the year ended March 31, 2005, the earnings effect after tax of ineffectiveness was a profit of US$1.0 million or A$1.2 million (2004: profit of US$2.4 million or A$3.4 million, 2003 loss of US$0.5 million or A$0.8 million).

 

Fair value hedges. Under SFAS 133, a fair value hedge mitigates exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment. A fair value hedge protects against changes in value caused by variability in prices, costs or rates. The hedged item and the hedging instrument are marked-to-market in the statement of financial position. The resulting gains/losses on the effective portion of both the hedged item and the hedging instrument are recognised currently in earnings and will offset each other. Any movements in ineffectiveness are recorded in earnings in the current period. Hedged items include fixed rate debt.

 

Cash flow hedges. Under SFAS 133, a cash flow hedge mitigates exposure to variable cash flows of a forecast transaction, asset or liability. A cash flow hedge protects against the risk caused by variable prices, costs or rates. The hedging instrument is marked-to-market in the statement of financial position. The resulting gains/losses on the effective portion of a hedging instrument are recorded in OCI. Gains/losses on the ineffective portion of a hedging instrument are recognised currently in earnings. Amounts in OCI are reclassified to interest expense when the hedged item is settled and/or otherwise recognized. Variable cash flows include variable rate debt.

 

Net investment hedges. Under SFAS 133, a net investment hedge mitigates foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. The accounting treatment of net investment hedges under US GAAP is consistent with Australian GAAP.

 

Other Derivatives. Any other derivative transaction that cannot meet the designation requirement as a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge, will be marked-to-market in earnings in the current period. The following table provides a reconciliation of OCI after tax for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 relating to SFAS 133.

 

 

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

US$ MILLION
2003

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2003

 

Opening accumulated (loss) as at April 1

 

(7.2

)

(5.8

)

(2.0

)

 

(12.8

)

(10.9

)

(4.2

)

Net amount reclassified to earnings

 

1.7

 

1.9

 

(0.6

)

 

2.3

 

2.9

 

(1.2

)

Changes in fair value of derivatives

 

7.4

 

(3.3

)

(3.2

)

 

13.0

 

(4.8

)

(5.5

)

Closing accumulated gain (loss) as at March 31

 

1.9

 

(7.2

)

(5.8

)

 

2.5

 

(12.8

)

(10.9

)

 

Based on SFAS 133 revaluations as at March 31, 2005, Rinker group is expected to recognise no loss after tax through earnings on expiring hedging contracts in the next 12 months.

 

O.           Unrecognised insurance debtors. Under Australian GAAP recognition of the insurance recovery is appropriate when management considers it is both probable and measurable. Under US GAAP, recognition of insurance proceeds are appropriate only when a company either receives proceeds or an irrevocable confirmation from the insurer of coverage and the related amount. These conditions were not met at March 31, 2003, therefore the insurance debtors were reversed for US GAAP. This adjustment reversed in fiscal 2004 when the receivables were collected.

 

F-59



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

P.             Fair value adjustment. As discussed in Significant Accounting Policies, as part of an internal restructure prior to the demerger of the Rinker group from CSR Limited (which occurred during the year ended March 31, 2003), a series of transactions occurred whereby Rinker Group Limited acquired CSR Limited’s interest in CSR’s heavy building materials businesses (Readymix). Under Australian GAAP, these transactions were accounted for at fair value, resulting in a step-up to fair value of an investment in an associate entity, ACH. For all other acquired businesses, fair value approximated book value and therefore no change in value occurred. The purchase was funded by an intercompany loan that was subsequently converted to equity in Rinker group. Under US GAAP, these internal transactions are accounted for at book value as transactions among entities under common control, and the increase in fair value has therefore been reversed.

 

Q.           Executive option plan. Prior to the demerger of the Rinker group from CSR Limited in March 2003, Rinker group employees participated in CSR’s Executive Share Option Plan. Under Australian GAAP, no cost attributable to share options issued to Rinker group employees under CSR’s Executive Share Option Plan was recognised in the statement of financial performance. Under US GAAP, the Rinker group accounted for the plan under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). All options granted under the plan had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. The Executive Share Option Plan was considered a variable plan as the number of shares the executives are entitled to receive are not known at the date of grant. The vesting of the share options was conditional on a share performance measure that was beyond the control of the CSR group; as such, compensation expense was only recognised under APB 25 when the target was achieved.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2003, certain options vested to Rinker group executives as the share performance targets were met, and accordingly, the Rinker group recognised compensation expense under APB 25 based on the excess of the market price on the measurement date over the exercise price of the share options held by Rinker group employees. In addition, as a consequence of the demerger, CSR Limited declared a special circumstance in February 2003, which allowed all eligible options held by Rinker group executives to be exercised prior to the demerger taking effect. All options satisfied the performance hurdle and could be exercised during the trading window from late February to April 4, 2003.

 

An estimate of options held by Rinker group employees used to calculate Rinker group compensation expense in fiscal year 2003 relating to CSR’s Executive Share Option Plan is as follows:

 

THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS

 

NO. CSR OPTIONS
(OPTIONS IN THOUSANDS)

 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE EXERCISE PRICE
A$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On issue March 31, 2003

 

1,988

 

5.77

 

issued

 

 

 

exercised

 

(18

)

4.90

 

lapsed

 

(1,970

)

5.77

 

 

Of the CSR options held by Rinker group executives outstanding as at March 31, 2003, 18,200 options have since been exercised. Following the demerger, CSR’s share price was trading at approximately 25% of its pre-demerger value; consequently, the remaining options were not exercised and lapsed in February 2004.

 

Further, Rinker Materials’ senior managers entered into an agreement not to exercise all of their options and instead received a cash payment under the long-term incentive scheme. The options not exercised by the Rinker Materials’ senior managers formally lapsed in December 2003.

 

R.            Post Retirement Medical Benefits. Rinker Materials subsidises post-retirement medical benefits to certain employees and pensioners on a pay-as-you-go basis. The group’s contributions paid during the year ended March 31, 2005 for post-retirement medical benefits was US$0.2 million (A$0.3 million). Under Australian GAAP, Rinker records costs as they arise. No provision or expense is recognised for the estimated potential future costs of providing subsidised post-retirement medical benefits.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2003, Rinker concluded that the US GAAP provision and expense for post-retirement medical benefits costs for these employees was not materially different from that recorded under Australian GAAP. During the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, Rinker obtained an actuarial valuation of the future cost of subsidising post-retirement medical benefits over the lifetime of these pensioners. The following represents the amounts recognised under US GAAP during the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 in accordance with SFAS No. 106 “Accounting for Post-Retirement Benefits Other than Pensions” (“SFAS 106”):

 

AS AT MARCH 31

 

2005

 

2004

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.8

%

 

6.0

%

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

12.0

%

 

13.5

%

Ultimate trend rate

 

5.5

%

 

5.5

%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

 

2009

 

 

2009

 

Measurement date

 

31-Mar-05

 

 

31-Mar-04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.3

%

 

6.8

%

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

12.0

%

 

13.5

%

Ultimate trend rate

 

5.5

%

 

5.5

%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

 

2009

 

 

2009

 

 

F-60



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

AS AT MARCH 31, 2005

 

 

 

US$

 

A$

 

Effect of 1% increase in medical trend rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.4

 

Sum of service cost plus interest cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of 1% decrease in medical trend rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

(0.3

)

Sum of service cost plus interest cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated future benefit payments for calendar year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

2006

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

2007

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

2008

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

2009

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

2010-2014

 

0.6

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the financial year

 

5.5

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

Recognition of transition obligation

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

7.5

 

Service cost (excluding expenses)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

Interest cost

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

 

0.1

 

0.4

 

Amendments

 

(2.9

)

 

 

(3.9

)

 

Actuarial gain/loss

 

(0.5

)

(0.2

)

 

(0.7

)

(0.3

)

Benefits paid

 

(0.2

)

(0.2

)

 

(0.3

)

(0.3

)

Benefit obligation at the end of the financial year

 

2.0

 

5.5

 

 

2.7

 

7.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the financial year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer contribution

 

0.2

 

0.3

 

 

0.3

 

0.4

 

Benefits paid and expenses incurred

 

(0.2

)

(0.3

)

 

(0.3

)

(0.4

)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the financial year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total funded status

 

(2.0

)

(5.5

)

 

(2.7

)

(7.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognised net actuarial gain/loss

 

(0.2

)

(0.3

)

 

(0.4

)

(0.4

)

Unrecognised prior service cost

 

(2.6

)

 

 

(3.8

)

 

Total net accrued benefit cost

 

(4.8

)

(5.8

)

 

(6.9

)

(8.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of transition obligation

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

7.5

 

Service cost (including expenses)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

Interest cost

 

0.1

 

0.3

 

 

0.1

 

0.4

 

Amortisation of prior service cost

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

Net periodic pension expense

 

(0.2

)

5.9

 

 

(0.3

)

8.0

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation at March 31, 2005 was US$1.9 million (A$2.4 million) and at March 31, 2004 was US$5.1 million (A$6.7 million).

 

F-61



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

S.             Retirement of long lived assets. Under Australian GAAP, the Rinker group provides for asset retirement obligations by recognising a provision for retirement obligations over the life of the asset concerned. Rinker group’s asset retirement obligations relate to obligations to rehabilitate quarry sites at the end of quarry life. These obligations arise under legislation and under the terms of quarry permitting arrangements.

 

Prior to April 1, 2003, there were no differences in accounting for asset retirement obligations under Australian GAAP and US GAAP. Effective April 1, 2003, for US GAAP purposes the Rinker group adopted SFAS No. 143 “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations” (“SFAS 143”), which applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of a long-lived asset that result from acquisition, construction, development and/or normal operation of a long-lived asset.

 

Under SFAS 143, the Rinker group is required to recognise the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it incurs a legal obligation, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and amortised over the life of the related asset using the unit-of-production method. At the end of each year, the liability is increased to reflect the passage of time (accretion expense) and adjusted (increase or decrease) to reflect changes in the estimated future cash flows underlying the initial fair value measurement. If the obligation is settled for other than the carrying amount of the liability, the Rinker group will recognise a gain or loss on settlement.

 

Under US GAAP, on April 1, 2003, the Rinker group would have recorded a loss of US$3.2 million or A$5.4 million as the cumulative effect before tax of a change in accounting principle, a net increase of US$10.5 million or A$17.5 million to property, plant and equipment and an increase in the provision for quarry rehabilitation cost of US$13.7 million or A$22.9 million to reflect the effect of this change in the method of accounting for asset retirement obligations in accordance with SFAS 143. The following table describes all changes to the Rinker group’s asset retirement obligation liability on a US GAAP measurement basis:

 

 

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

33.6

 

15.2

 

 

44.4

 

25.2

 

Impact of adoption of SFAS 143

 

 

13.7

 

 

 

22.9

 

Impact of foreign exchange translation

 

0.2

 

2.9

 

 

(0.5

)

(6.3

)

Expense for the period

 

10.9

 

3.1

 

 

14.1

 

4.4

 

Liabilities settled

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

(1.8

)

Balance at end of year

 

44.7

 

33.6

 

 

58.0

 

44.4

 

 

The cumulative effect of the change on prior years resulted in a charge to income of US$2.1 million or A$3.5 million, net of income taxes of US$1.1 million or A$1.9 million (US$0.00 or A$0.00 per share) which is included in the reconciliation of net profit for the year ended March 31, 2004. Such charge is presented net of the cumulative expenses previously recorded under Australian GAAP of US$15.2 million or A$25.2 million.

 

T.             Acquisition Tax Balances. During the year ended March 31, 2004, the Rinker group received US$3.6 million (A$5.2 million) of income tax refunds associated with pre-acquisition income tax returns for its subsidiary Kiewit (acquired in September 2002). Under Australian GAAP, the income tax refunds are accounted for as an income tax benefit. Under US GAAP, the income tax refunds are applied to reduce goodwill attributable to the acquisition of Kiewit.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2005, Rinker Materials Corporation utilized a deferred tax asset associated with the Florida Rock acquisition. A valuation allowance had been established for this amount upon acquisition. Under US GAAP reversal of the allowance is a purchase price adjustment and is applied to reduce goodwill. Under Australian GAAP the reversal is reflected as a decrease in tax expense.

 

U.             Rental Payments. The Rinker group leases various pieces of property and equipment. Under Australian GAAP operating lease payments are generally expensed as paid. Under US GAAP scheduled operating lease payments must be expensed on a straight-line basis. The difference between the amount paid and the amount expensed is recorded as an asset or liability, as appropriate. This adjustment records operating lease payments on a straight-line basis.

 

V.            Stock Award Plans. The Rinker group has two stock award plans which are long-term equity incentive plans for key executives. Eligible participants are offered the opportunity to qualify for Rinker shares based on the achievement of specific goals and vesting requirements. The goals are long term and final measurement of the goals does not occur for three years. As a result, at this time the ultimate number of shares to be transferred to employees is unknown. In connection with each of the plans, the Rinker group has purchased and transferred shares to a trustee, who holds the shares in the employees name. Employees receive dividends and retain voting rights for these shares.

 

Under Australian GAAP vesting begins and expense is recognized over the life of the offer. Under US GAAP, the measurement date is on the first date at which the number of shares each employee is eligible to receive is known, when the share price is known, and when appropriate approval has occurred. Expense is typically recognized from that date through the time when the shares vest, although interim measures of compensation expense may be recognised in certain circumstances. As a result the timing of the expense is different under US GAAP. The PSP is considered a variable plan as the number of shares the executives are entitled to receive are not known at the date of grant. The vesting of the share options is conditional on a share performance measure beyond the control of the Rinker group; as such, compensation expense is only recognised under APB 25 when the target is achieved. In the current year, no expense was therefore recognized. However, under US GAAP the shares included in the plan are added to the diluted weighted average share calculation if the goals of the plan are met in the current period.

 

Under Australian GAAP the cost for the shares purchased is treated as a deferred compensation asset. Under US GAAP, the cost is classified as a reduction of equity. Under US GAAP the shares that represent this unearned amount are subtracted from basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding.

 

F-62



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

W.        Overburden Removal. Under Australian GAAP, the Rinker group capitalizes overburden removal costs that provide benefit over multiple periods and amortizes that cost over the periods benefited. Prior to April 1, 2004 there were no differences between Australian GAAP and US GAAP.

 

In March 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force on issue 04-6 “Accounting for Stripping Costs Incurred during Production in the Mining Industry” (“EITF 04-6”). EITF 04-6 requires that stripping costs incurred during the production phase of a mine are variable production costs that should be included in the cost of the inventory produced during the period that the stripping costs are incurred. The Rinker group has elected to adopt the standard as of April 1, 2004. As a result of adopting this standard, balances capitalized under Australian GAAP will be recorded in inventory and expensed at time of sale for US GAAP purposes.

 

The cumulative effect of the change on prior years resulted in a charge to income of US$10.8 million or A$13.9 million, net of income taxes of US$5.8 million or A$7.5 million (US$0.01 or A$0.01 per share) which is included in the reconciliation of net profit for the year ended March 31, 2005.

 

X.            Stock Based Compensation Pro Forma Disclosure. The Rinker group has determined the unaudited pro-forma information (below) under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). For the executive option plan (Note Q) the Black-Scholes option pricing model was used with the following weighted-average assumptions for options issued in the year ended March 31, 2003. There were no significant options under this plan requiring pro forma disclosure in 2004 and 2005. The weighted-average fair values of options granted in 2003 were US$0.74 (A$1.30).

 

 

 

2003

 

Risk free interest rate

 

5.89

%

Dividend yield

 

3.65

%

Volatility factor

 

23.60

%

Weighted-average expected life (yrs)

 

4.2

 

 

For the Stock Award Plans (Note V) a path dependent option pricing model has been used as required by SFAS 123 with the following weighted average assumptions for options issued in the year ended March 31, 2005. There were no significant awards under this plan requiring pro-forma disclosure in 2004 or 2003. The weighted average fair values for stock awards granted in 2005 were US$3.77 (A$5.10).

 

 

 

2005

 

Risk free interest rate

 

5.70

%

Dividend yield

 

2.00

%

Volatility factor

 

25.00

%

Weighted-average expected life (yrs)

 

3.0

 

 

The following table illustrates the effect on US GAAP net income and earnings per share if the Rinker group had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based employee compensation.

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31

 

US$ MILLION
2005

 

US$ MILLION
2004

 

US$ MILLION
2003

 

A$ MILLION
2005

 

A$ MILLION
2004

 

A$ MILLION
2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP net income, as reported

 

490.0

 

345.9

 

259.2

 

 

655.1

 

498.4

 

458.5

 

Add: Total stock-based employee compensation determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

(2.0

)

 

0.8

 

 

(2.7

)

 

5.3

 

Pro forma net income unaudited

 

488.0

 

345.9

 

260.0

 

 

652.4

 

498.4

 

463.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GAAP earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic as reported

 

0.52

 

0.37

 

0.27

 

 

0.70

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

Diluted as reported

 

0.52

 

0.37

 

0.27

 

 

0.70

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

Basic - proforma - unaudited

 

0.52

 

0.37

 

0.28

 

 

0.69

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

Diluted - proforma - unaudited

 

0.52

 

0.37

 

0.28

 

 

0.69

 

0.53

 

0.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Y.             Foreign currency translation reserve - Under Australian GAAP, the foreign currency translation reserve is reclassified to retained earnings upon disposal of a foreign controlled entity. Under US GAAP, the foreign currency translation reserve attributable to the disposed entity is recognised as part of the gain or loss resulting from the disposal.

 

Z.             United States accounting standards recently adopted by Rinker Group Limited

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities - an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46”). The interpretation addresses consolidation by business enterprises of Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”) that either: (1) do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. FIN 46 requires disclosure of VIEs in financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, if it is reasonably possible that as of the transition date: (1) the enterprise will be the primary beneficiary of an existing VIE that will require consolidation or, (2) the enterprise will hold a significant variable interest in, or have significant involvement with, an existing VIE. In December 2003, the FASB further revised FIN 46 through FIN No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”). FIN 46R changes the effective date for certain entities and makes other significant changes to FIN 46 based on implementation issues that arose during 2003. The Rinker Group adopted FIN 46R on April 1, 2004. The Rinker group found no material entities that would be judged to be VIEs and therefore the adoption of FIN 46R had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-63



 

40           UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 109-1 “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP 109-1”). FSP 109-1 clarifies that the deduction for qualified domestic production activities should be accounted for as a special deduction under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” As such, the special deduction has no effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities existing at the date of enactment. Rather, the impact of this deduction will be reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on the Rinker group tax return beginning in fiscal year 2006. The Rinker group is still evaluating the impact of FSP 109-1 on tax expense in future years.

 

In March 2005, the FASB ratified the consensus reached in EITF 04-6. EITF 04-6 requires that stripping costs incurred during the production phase of a mine are variable production costs that should be included in the cost of the inventory produced during the period that the stripping costs are incurred. The consensus is effective for the first reporting period in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005, with early adoption permitted. The Rinker group has elected to adopt EITF 04-6 as of April 1, 2004. The impact on the Rinker group is set out in Note 40W.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs–An Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” (“SFAS No. 151”). SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in Accouning Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” (“ARB No. 43”) to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Among other provisions, the new rule requires that items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal” as stated in ARB No. 43. Additionally, SFAS No. 151 requires that the allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Rinker group is therefore required to adopt this standard with effect from April 1, 2006. The Rinker group is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS No. 151 will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows but does not expect SFAS No. 151 to have a material impact.

 

In December 2004, the FASB, issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS 123 (R)”), which replaces SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. SFAS 123 (R) addresses the accounting for share-based payments transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value on the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. This statement eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using an intrinsic value method as prescribed under APB 25, and generally requires that such transaction be accounted for using a fair value based method (based on the most appropriate model to calculate the value of the options) and recognised as an expense. The Rinker group will also be required to determine the transition method (the prospective or retrospective adoption options) to be used at the date of adoption. SFAS 123(R) will be effective for the Rinker group as of April 1, 2006. Rinker group is currently evaluating the impact SFAS 123(R) will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“the Act”) was signed into law. The Act introduced a prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retirement health care plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. In accordance with FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 106-1, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (“FSP 106-1”), the Rinker group elected to defer recognizing the effect of the Act on the accounting for its postretirement benefit plans until authoritative accounting guidance was issued. FSP 106-1 is effective as of the first period beginning after June 15, 2004. In May 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (“FSP 106-2”) which supersedes FSP 106-1 and provides final guidance on accounting for the Act. The Rinker group will adopt the provisions of FSP 106-2 for the year ending March 31, 2006. The Rinker group is currently evaluating the impact FSP 106-2 will have on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets–An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets in paragraph 21(b) of APB Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions,” and replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS 153 is effective for the fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Rinker group is therefore required to adopt this standard with effect from April 1, 2006. The Rinker group is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows but does not expect it to have a material impact.

 

F-64



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS CORPORATION AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

Rinker Materials Corporation is a 100% owned subsidiary of Rinker Group Limited. As part of the financial restructuring to accommodate the demerger, certain outstanding US$ bonds were restructured. In particular, the indenture governing the US$250 million bonds due on July 21, 2005 paying interest of 6.875% per annum issued by Rinker Materials Corporation and guaranteed by CSR Limited was amended to add Rinker Group Limited as guarantor of Rinker Materials Corporation’s obligations under that indenture on the same terms and conditions as the existing guarantee from CSR Limited. Rinker Group Limited and Rinker Materials Corporation agreed to indemnify CSR Limited for any obligations that come due under the guarantee of CSR Limited in respect of these bonds. To support its indemnity, Rinker Materials Corporation has procured, under its US$1,177.5 million credit facilities, bank letters of credit for the benefit of CSR Limited, for any obligations that come due under CSR Limited’s guarantee obligations in respect of these bonds.

 

Rinker Group Limited is providing in its financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F certain financial information regarding Rinker Materials Corporation. For its fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, CSR Limited provided in its consolidated financial statements included in its annual report on Form 20-F certain financial information regarding Rinker Materials Corporation which prior to demerger, was a 100% indirectly owned subsidiary of CSR Limited. In light of this financial information provided by Rinker Group Limited and CSR Limited and the fact the bonds issued by Rinker Materials Corporation and due on July 21, 2005 are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Rinker Group Limited and CSR Limited as well as the fact that bank letters of credit have been obtained for the benefit of CSR Limited to support the indemnity of Rinker Materials Corporation and Rinker Group Limited to CSR Limited for any obligations that come due under CSR Limited’s guarantee obligations in respect of these bonds, Rinker Group Limited does not believe that separate, more formal financial statements of Rinker Materials Corporation would be material to investors investing in these bonds.

 

Rinker Materials Corporation is a corporation duly incorporated and in good standing in the State of Georgia (the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated), and is entitled to declare dividends and borrow funds to the extent legally permissible under the laws of the State of Georgia. In the event that Rinker Materials Corporation fails to pay the holders of the bonds due July 21, 2005 directly, thereby requiring Rinker Group Limited to make payment pursuant to the terms of its full and unconditional guarantee of those bonds, there is no impediment to Rinker Group Limited obtaining reimbursement for any such payments through dividends or loans from Rinker Materials Corporation or to the full extent that such dividends or loans are permitted under applicable law.

 

F-65



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

The following consolidating financial information for Rinker Group Limited has been prepared in accordance with Australian GAAP based on the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s revised Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, which requires investments in subsidiaries to be equity accounted by the parent entity (Rinker Group Limited).

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2005

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading revenue - sale of goods

 

3.6

 

3,321.5

 

990.9

 

(3.6

)

4,312.4

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(1,753.9

)

(661.2

)

10.1

 

(2,405.0

)

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

 

(706.3

)

(118.4

)

 

(824.7

)

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

(11.8

)

(293.7

)

(101.3

)

 

(406.8

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries (less dividends received)

 

270.9

 

 

 

(270.9

)

 

Share of profits from associate entities

 

 

1.3

 

30.1

 

 

31.4

 

Operating profit

 

262.7

 

568.9

 

140.1

 

(264.4

)

707.3

 

Other revenue from ordinary activities

 

 

123.4

 

2.8

 

(0.1

)

126.1

 

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

 

(124.3

)

(2.5

)

0.1

 

(126.7

)

Dividend income from controlled entities

 

150.0

 

 

 

(150.0

)

 

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax expense

 

412.7

 

568.0

 

140.4

 

(414.4

)

706.7

 

Interest income

 

30.7

 

0.5

 

3.4

 

(15.1

)

19.5

 

Borrowing costs

 

(7.6

)

(69.9

)

(0.6

)

26.3

 

(51.8

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

435.8

 

498.6

 

143.2

 

(403.2

)

674.4

 

Income tax expense relating to ordinary activities

 

(3.2

)

(187.7

)

(39.7

)

(6.2

)

(236.8

)

Net profit

 

432.6

 

310.9

 

103.5

 

(409.4

)

437.6

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

(5.0

)

 

 

(5.0

)

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

432.6

 

305.9

 

103.5

 

(409.4

)

432.6

 

Increase (decrease) in currency translation reserve arising on translation of self-sustaining foreign operations

 

19.9

 

 

18.3

 

(7.2

)

31.0

 

Total revenue, expense and valuation adjustments attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited recognised directly in equity

 

19.9

 

 

18.3

 

(7.2

)

31.0

 

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with owners as owners

 

452.5

 

305.9

 

121.8

 

(416.6

)

463.6

 

 

F-66



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2004

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Trading revenue - sale of goods

 

4.5

 

2,867.6

 

838.9

 

(4.8

)

3,706.2

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(1,593.5

)

(564.8

)

(0.1

)

(2,158.4

)

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

 

(593.4

)

(97.4

)

 

(690.8

)

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

(9.2

)

(272.2

)

(85.9

)

(0.5

)

(367.8

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries (less dividends received)

 

(89.2

)

 

 

89.2

 

 

Share of profits from associate entities

 

 

1.1

 

13.9

 

 

15.0

 

Operating profit

 

(93.9

)

409.6

 

104.7

 

83.8

 

504.2

 

Other revenue from ordinary activities

 

12.1

 

20.3

 

11.5

 

(12.1

)

31.8

 

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

(34.1

)

(37.1

)

(18.3

)

46.2

 

(43.3

)

Dividend income from controlled entities

 

386.9

 

 

 

(386.9

)

 

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax expense

 

271.0

 

392.8

 

97.9

 

(269.0

)

492.7

 

Interest income

 

16.7

 

0.4

 

3.8

 

(9.2

)

11.7

 

Borrowing costs

 

 

(72.2

)

(0.3

)

13.6

 

(58.9

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

287.7

 

321.0

 

101.4

 

(264.6

)

445.5

 

Income tax benefit (expense) relating to ordinary activities

 

7.9

 

(116.1

)

(30.8

)

(9.8

)

(148.8

)

Net profit

 

295.6

 

204.9

 

70.6

 

(274.4

)

296.7

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(1.1

)

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

295.6

 

203.8

 

70.6

 

(274.4

)

295.6

 

Increase (decrease) in currency translation reserve arising on translation of self-sustaining foreign operations

 

418.0

 

 

139.2

 

(366.6

)

190.6

 

Adjustment to opening retained earnings on adoption of revised AASB 1028 “Employee Benefits”

 

 

(0.4

)

(0.6

)

 

(1.0

)

Total revenue, expense and valuation adjustments attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited recognised directly in equity

 

418.0

 

(0.4

)

138.6

 

(366.6

)

189.6

 

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with owners as owners

 

713.6

 

203.4

 

209.2

 

(641.0

)

485.2

 

 

F-67



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2003

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Trading revenue - sale of goods

 

 

2,383.0

 

572.5

 

 

2,955.5

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(1,370.3

)

(398.1

)

2.4

 

(1,766.0

)

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

 

(459.3

)

(67.6

)

 

(526.9

)

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

(7.6

)

(236.5

)

(59.3

)

 

(303.4

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries (less dividends received)

 

211.3

 

 

 

(211.3

)

 

Share of profits (losses) from associate entities

 

 

(0.3

)

14.0

 

 

13.7

 

Operating profit

 

203.7

 

316.6

 

61.5

 

(208.9

)

372.9

 

Other revenue from ordinary activities

 

 

52.9

 

20.7

 

 

73.6

 

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

 

(43.8

)

(8.9

)

 

(52.7

)

Dividend income from controlled entities

 

9.7

 

 

 

(9.7

)

 

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax expense

 

213.4

 

325.7

 

73.3

 

(218.6

)

393.8

 

Interest income

 

 

0.2

 

0.1

 

 

0.3

 

Borrowing costs

 

 

(58.7

)

(0.6

)

 

(59.3

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

213.4

 

267.2

 

72.8

 

(218.6

)

334.8

 

Income tax benefit (expense) relating to ordinary activities

 

2.3

 

(105.8

)

(12.4

)

(0.9

)

(116.8

)

Net profit before outside equity interests

 

215.7

 

161.4

 

60.4

 

(219.5

)

218.0

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

(1.3

)

(1.0

)

 

(2.3

)

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

215.7

 

160.1

 

59.4

 

(219.5

)

215.7

 

Increase (decrease) in currency translation reserve arising on translation of self-sustaining foreign operations

 

70.4

 

 

56.4

 

(83.2

)

43.6

 

Total revenue, expense and valuation adjustments attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited recognised directly in equity

 

70.4

 

 

56.4

 

(83.2

)

43.6

 

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with owners as owners

 

286.1

 

160.1

 

115.8

 

(302.7

)

259.3

 

 

F-68



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2005

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Trading revenue - sale of goods

 

4.9

 

4,502.3

 

1,340.7

 

(4.9

)

5,843.0

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(2,378.9

)

(894.2

)

13.0

 

(3,260.1

)

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

 

(957.2

)

(159.9

)

 

(1,117.1

)

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

(15.9

)

(397.9

)

(136.7

)

 

(550.5

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries (less dividends received)

 

359.5

 

 

 

 

 

(359.5

)

 

 

Share of profits from associate entities

 

 

1.8

 

40.9

 

 

42.7

 

Operating profit

 

348.5

 

770.1

 

190.8

 

(351.4

)

958.0

 

Other revenue from ordinary activities

 

 

158.8

 

3.7

 

(0.2

)

162.3

 

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

 

(160.0

)

(3.4

)

0.2

 

(163.2

)

Dividend income from controlled entities

 

208.6

 

 

 

(208.6

)

 

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax expense

 

557.1

 

768.9

 

191.1

 

(560.0

)

957.1

 

Interest income

 

41.4

 

0.7

 

4.6

 

(20.6

)

26.1

 

Borrowing costs

 

(8.2

)

(94.7

)

(0.8

)

33.5

 

(70.2

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

590.3

 

674.9

 

194.9

 

(547.1

)

913.0

 

Income tax expense relating to ordinary activities

 

(5.1

)

(254.4

)

(54.1

)

(7.4

)

(321.0

)

Net profit

 

585.2

 

420.5

 

140.8

 

(554.5

)

592.0

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

(6.8

)

 

 

(6.8

)

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

585.2

 

413.7

 

140.8

 

(554.5

)

585.2

 

Increase (decrease) in currency translation reserve arising on translation of self-sustaining foreign operations

 

 

(31.0

)

(0.4

)

(8.2

)

(39.6

)

Total revenue, expense and valuation adjustments attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited recognised directly in equity

 

 

(31.0

)

(0.4

)

(8.2

)

(39.6

)

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with owners as owners

 

585.2

 

382.7

 

140.4

 

(562.7

)

545.6

 

 

F-69



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2004

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Trading revenue - sale of goods

 

6.4

 

4,138.5

 

1,201.0

 

(6.4

)

5,339.5

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(2,300.8

)

(808.4

)

(0.8

)

(3,110.0

)

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

 

(854.4

)

(139.7

)

 

(994.1

)

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

(13.1

)

(392.0

)

(122.9

)

(0.6

)

(528.6

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries (less dividends received)

 

(129.6

)

 

 

129.6

 

 

Share of profits from associate entities

 

 

1.7

 

20.3

 

 

22.0

 

Operating profit

 

(136.3

)

593.0

 

150.3

 

121.8

 

728.8

 

Other revenue from ordinary activities

 

16.1

 

28.1

 

16.9

 

(16.1

)

45.0

 

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

(45.2

)

(51.6

)

(25.0

)

61.3

 

(60.5

)

Dividend income from controlled entities

 

558.9

 

 

 

(558.9

)

 

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax expense

 

393.5

 

569.5

 

142.2

 

(391.9

)

713.3

 

Interest income

 

22.9

 

0.7

 

5.3

 

(12.5

)

16.4

 

Borrowing costs

 

 

(103.6

)

(0.4

)

18.8

 

(85.2

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

416.4

 

466.6

 

147.1

 

(385.6

)

644.5

 

Income tax benefit (expense) relating to ordinary activities

 

10.4

 

(169.2

)

(44.3

)

(13.1

)

(216.2

)

Net profit

 

426.8

 

297.4

 

102.8

 

(398.7

)

428.3

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

(1.5

)

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

426.8

 

295.9

 

102.8

 

(398.7

)

426.8

 

Increase(decrease) in currency translation reserve arising on translation of self-sustaining foreign operations

 

 

(362.2

)

(4.1

)

(43.9

)

(410.2

)

Adjustment to opening retained earnings on adoption of revised AASB 1028 “Employee Benefits”

 

 

(0.6

)

(1.0

)

 

(1.6

)

Total revenue, expense and valuation adjustments attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited recognised directly in equity

 

 

(362.8

)

(5.1

)

(43.9

)

(411.8

)

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with owners as owners

 

426.8

 

(66.9

)

97.7

 

(442.6

)

15.0

 

 

F-70



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2003

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Trading revenue - sale of goods

 

 

4,217.6

 

1,014.1

 

 

5,231.7

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(2,424.2

)

(705.3

)

4.0

 

(3,125.5

)

Warehouse and distribution costs

 

 

(812.6

)

(119.6

)

 

(932.2

)

Selling, general and administrative costs

 

(13.4

)

(418.7

)

(105.3

)

 

(537.4

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries (less dividends received)

 

374.9

 

 

 

(374.9

)

 

Share of profits (losses) from associate entities

 

 

(0.4

)

24.7

 

 

24.3

 

Operating profit

 

361.5

 

561.7

 

108.6

 

(370.9

)

660.9

 

Other revenue from ordinary activities

 

 

93.7

 

36.2

 

 

129.9

 

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

 

(76.2

)

(16.5

)

 

(92.7

)

Dividend income from controlled entities

 

16.1

 

 

 

(16.1

)

 

Profit from ordinary activities before finance and income tax expense

 

377.6

 

579.2

 

128.3

 

(387.0

)

698.1

 

Interest income

 

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

 

0.6

 

Borrowing costs

 

 

(103.7

)

(1.2

)

 

(104.9

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

377.6

 

475.8

 

127.4

 

(387.0

)

593.8

 

Income tax benefit (expense) relating to ordinary activities

 

4.0

 

(188.0

)

(22.5

)

(1.6

)

(208.1

)

Net profit

 

381.6

 

287.8

 

104.9

 

(388.6

)

385.7

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests

 

 

(2.3

)

(1.8

)

 

(4.1

)

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

381.6

 

285.5

 

103.1

 

(388.6

)

381.6

 

Increase (decrease) in currency translation reserve arising on translation of self-sustaining foreign operations

 

 

(235.1

)

(8.8

)

(1.8

)

(245.7

)

Total revenue, expense and valuation adjustments attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited recognised directly in equity

 

 

(235.1

)

(8.8

)

(1.8

)

(245.7

)

Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with owners as owners

 

381.6

 

50.4

 

94.3

 

(390.4

)

135.9

 

 

F-71



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT MARCH 31 2005

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATAION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash assets

 

372.6

 

195.5

 

20.1

 

 

588.2

 

Receivables

 

4.9

 

418.9

 

278.6

 

(112.1

)

590.3

 

Inventories

 

 

214.7

 

62.4

 

23.8

 

300.9

 

Other current assets

 

 

17.5

 

6.1

 

 

23.6

 

Current assets

 

377.5

 

846.6

 

367.2

 

(88.3

)

1,503.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

335.9

 

6.1

 

834.6

 

(1,095.2

)

81.4

 

Inventories

 

 

51.3

 

 

 

51.3

 

Equity accounted investment in subsidiaries

 

276.4

 

 

 

(276.4

)

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

 

4.5

 

158.0

 

 

162.5

 

Other financial assets

 

1,656.6

 

22.5

 

 

(1,656.6

)

22.5

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

1,300.1

 

458.2

 

 

1,758.3

 

Intangibles

 

 

749.2

 

12.6

 

 

 

761.8

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

31.7

 

56.1

 

 

(12.1

)

75.7

 

Other non-current assets

 

0.9

 

24.1

 

18.9

 

 

43.9

 

Non-current assets

 

2,301.5

 

2,213.9

 

1,482.3

 

(3,040.3

)

2,957.4

 

Total assets

 

2,679.0

 

3,060.5

 

1,849.5

 

(3,128.6

)

4,460.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

3.1

 

347.8

 

274.4

 

(130.6

)

494.7

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

251.8

 

5.3

 

 

257.1

 

Income tax liabilities

 

6.8

 

19.9

 

 

 

26.7

 

Provisions

 

 

57.5

 

15.1

 

 

72.6

 

Current liabilities

 

9.9

 

677.0

 

294.8

 

(130.6

)

851.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

21.4

 

46.2

 

 

(20.9

)

46.7

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

900.5

 

766.2

 

(1,055.8

)

610.9

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

34.1

 

203.0

 

 

9.2

 

246.3

 

Provisions

 

1.1

 

52.7

 

31.8

 

 

85.6

 

Non-current liabilities

 

56.6

 

1,202.4

 

798.0

 

(1,067.5

)

989.5

 

Total liabilities

 

66.5

 

1,879.4

 

1,092.8

 

(1,198.1

)

1,840.6

 

Net assets

 

2,612.5

 

1,181.1

 

756.7

 

(1,930.5

)

2,619.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

1,475.9

 

785.5

 

499.7

 

(1,285.2

)

1,475.9

 

Reserves

 

146.1

 

 

152.6

 

(71.1

)

227.6

 

Retained profits

 

990.5

 

388.3

 

104.4

 

(574.2

)

909.0

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

2,612.5

 

1,173.8

 

756.7

 

(1,930.5

)

2,612.5

 

Outside equity interests in controlled entities

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

7.3

 

Total equity

 

2,612.5

 

1,181.1

 

756.7

 

(1,930.5

)

2,619.8

 

 

F-72



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT MARCH 31 2004

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

OTHER
CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
COMBINED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash assets

 

242.9

 

60.5

 

25.3

 

(0.2

)

328.5

 

Receivables

 

6.5

 

372.4

 

271.7

 

(112.1

)

538.5

 

Inventories

 

 

193.1

 

57.1

 

13.7

 

263.9

 

Other current assets

 

30.8

 

17.2

 

5.9

 

0.9

 

54.8

 

Current assets

 

280.2

 

643.2

 

360.0

 

(97.7

)

1,185.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

333.9

 

3.7

 

807.3

 

(1,055.1

)

89.8

 

Inventories

 

 

42.1

 

 

 

42.1

 

Equity accounted investment in subsidiaries

 

29.2

 

 

 

(29.2

)

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

 

4.3

 

139.1

 

 

143.4

 

Other financial assets

 

1,622.0

 

13.5

 

 

(1,622.0

)

13.5

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

1,299.6

 

416.1

 

 

1,715.7

 

Intangibles

 

 

826.4

 

12.4

 

 

838.8

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

13.1

 

41.3

 

15.7

 

(9.9

)

60.2

 

Other non-current assets

 

0.8

 

22.1

 

18.7

 

(0.8

)

40.8

 

Non-current assets

 

1,999.0

 

2,253.0

 

1,409.3

 

(2,717.0

)

2,944.3

 

Total assets

 

2,279.2

 

2,896.2

 

1,769.3

 

(2,814.7

)

4,130.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

1.8

 

337.4

 

260.5

 

(139.9

)

459.8

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

4.1

 

13.3

 

 

17.4

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

16.6

 

42.0

 

(0.9

)

57.7

 

Provisions

 

 

67.0

 

21.9

 

 

88.9

 

Current liabilities

 

1.8

 

425.1

 

337.7

 

(140.8

)

623.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

0.6

 

19.2

 

0.2

 

(0.6

)

19.4

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,203.8

 

735.4

 

(1,026.8

)

912.4

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

0.1

 

182.4

 

34.1

 

6.2

 

222.8

 

Provisions

 

1.0

 

42.9

 

27.1

 

 

71.0

 

Non-current liabilities

 

1.7

 

1,448.3

 

796.8

 

(1,021.2

)

1,225.6

 

Total liabilities

 

3.5

 

1,873.4

 

1,134.5

 

(1,162.0

)

1,849.4

 

Net assets

 

2,275.7

 

1,022.8

 

634.8

 

(1,652.7

)

2,280.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

1,497.1

 

785.5

 

493.3

 

(1,278.8

)

1,497.1

 

Reserves

 

115.1

 

 

134.3

 

(52.8

)

196.6

 

Retained profits

 

663.5

 

232.4

 

7.2

 

(321.1

)

582.0

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

2,275.7

 

1,017.9

 

634.8

 

(1,652.7

)

2,275.7

 

Outside equity interests in controlled entities

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

4.9

 

Total equity

 

2,275.7

 

1,022.8

 

634.8

 

(1,652.7

)

2,280.6

 

 

F-73



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT MARCH 31 2005

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATIONS AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

OTHER
CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash assets

 

483.1

 

253.5

 

26.0

 

 

762.6

 

Receivables

 

6.3

 

543.1

 

361.2

 

(145.3

)

765.3

 

Inventories

 

 

278.4

 

80.9

 

30.9

 

390.2

 

Other current assets

 

 

22.6

 

7.9

 

 

30.5

 

Current assets

 

489.4

 

1,097.6

 

476.0

 

(114.4

)

1,948.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

435.5

 

7.9

 

1,082.1

 

(1,419.9

)

105.6

 

Inventories

 

 

66.5

 

 

 

66.5

 

Equity accounted investment in subsidiaries

 

358.3

 

 

 

(358.3

)

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

 

5.9

 

204.8

 

 

210.7

 

Other financial assets

 

2,147.8

 

29.2

 

 

(2,147.8

)

29.2

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

1,685.6

 

594.1

 

 

2,279.7

 

Intangibles

 

 

971.3

 

16.4

 

 

987.7

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

41.1

 

72.7

 

 

(15.7

)

98.1

 

Other non-current assets

 

1.2

 

31.2

 

24.5

 

 

56.9

 

Non-current assets

 

2,983.9

 

2,870.3

 

1,921.9

 

(3,941.7

)

3,834.4

 

Total assets

 

3,473.3

 

3,967.9

 

2,397.9

 

(4,056.1

)

5,783.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

4.1

 

451.0

 

355.6

 

(169.3

)

641.4

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

326.4

 

6.9

 

 

333.3

 

Income tax liabilities

 

8.8

 

25.8

 

 

 

34.6

 

Provisions

 

 

74.5

 

19.7

 

 

94.2

 

Current liabilities

 

12.9

 

877.7

 

382.2

 

(169.3

)

1,103.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

27.7

 

59.8

 

 

(27.0

)

60.5

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,167.5

 

993.4

 

(1,368.8

)

792.1

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

44.2

 

263.2

 

 

12.0

 

319.4

 

Provisions

 

1.4

 

68.3

 

41.2

 

 

110.9

 

Non-current liabilities

 

73.3

 

1,558.8

 

1,034.6

 

(1,383.8

)

1,282.9

 

Total liabilities

 

86.2

 

2,436.5

 

1,416.8

 

(1,553.1

)

2,386.4

 

Net assets

 

3,387.1

 

1,531.4

 

981.1

 

(2,503.0

)

3,396.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

2,255.8

 

1,177.5

 

821.4

 

(1,998.9

)

2,255.8

 

Reserves

 

16.4

 

(291.4

)

8.1

 

(69.4

)

(336.3

)

Retained profits

 

1,114.9

 

635.8

 

151.6

 

(434.7

)

1,467.6

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

3,387.1

 

1,521.9

 

981.1

 

(2,503.0

)

3,387.1

 

Outside equity interests in controlled entities

 

 

9.5

 

 

 

9.5

 

Total equity

 

3,387.1

 

1,531.4

 

981.1

 

(2,503.0

)

3,396.6

 

 

F-74



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT MARCH 31 2004

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

OTHER
CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash assets

 

321.6

 

79.9

 

33.6

 

 

435.1

 

Receivables

 

8.6

 

493.6

 

359.8

 

(148.8

)

713.2

 

Inventories

 

 

255.8

 

75.6

 

18.1

 

349.5

 

Other current assets

 

40.8

 

22.7

 

7.8

 

1.2

 

72.5

 

Current assets

 

371.0

 

852.0

 

476.8

 

(129.5

)

1,570.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

442.1

 

5.0

 

1,069.0

 

(1,397.1

)

119.0

 

Inventories

 

 

55.7

 

 

 

55.7

 

Equity accounted investment in subsidiaries

 

38.4

 

 

 

(38.4

)

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

 

5.7

 

184.2

 

 

189.9

 

Other financial assets

 

2,147.8

 

17.8

 

 

(2,147.8

)

17.8

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

1,720.8

 

551.0

 

 

2,271.8

 

Intangibles

 

 

1,094.3

 

16.4

 

 

1,110.7

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

17.4

 

54.7

 

20.8

 

(13.2

)

79.7

 

Other non-current assets

 

1.3

 

29.4

 

24.6

 

(1.3

)

54.0

 

Non-current assets

 

2,647.0

 

2,983.4

 

1,866.0

 

(3,597.8

)

3,898.6

 

Total assets

 

3,018.0

 

3,835.4

 

2,342.8

 

(3,727.3

)

5,468.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

2.4

 

447.2

 

345.0

 

(185.7

)

608.9

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

5.4

 

17.6

 

 

23.0

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

22.0

 

55.6

 

(1.2

)

76.4

 

Provisions

 

 

88.8

 

29.0

 

 

117.8

 

Current liabilities

 

2.4

 

563.4

 

447.2

 

(186.9

)

826.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables

 

0.8

 

25.4

 

0.3

 

(0.8

)

25.7

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

1,594.0

 

973.8

 

(1,359.6

)

1,208.2

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

0.1

 

241.5

 

45.1

 

8.4

 

295.1

 

Provisions

 

1.4

 

56.8

 

35.8

 

 

94.0

 

Non-current liabilities

 

2.3

 

1,917.7

 

1,055.0

 

(1,352.0

)

1,623.0

 

Total liabilities

 

4.7

 

2,481.1

 

1,502.2

 

(1,538.9

)

2,449.1

 

Net assets

 

3,013.3

 

1,354.3

 

840.6

 

(2,188.4

)

3,019.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed equity

 

2,286.2

 

1,177.5

 

821.4

 

(1,998.9

)

2,286.2

 

Reserves

 

16.4

 

(268.2

)

8.5

 

(61.0

)

(304.3

)

Retained profits

 

710.7

 

438.5

 

10.7

 

(128.5

)

1,031.4

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

3,013.3

 

1,347.8

 

840.6

 

(2,188.4

)

3,013.3

 

Outside equity interests in controlled entities

 

 

6.5

 

 

 

6.5

 

Total equity

 

3,013.3

 

1,354.3

 

840.6

 

(2,188.4

)

3,019.8

 

 

F-75



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2005

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATIONS AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
COMPANIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from customers

 

3.6

 

3,421.4

 

1,070.5

 

(3.6

)

4,491.9

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

(10.2

)

(2,729.7

)

(908.9

)

13.1

 

(3,635.7

)

Dividends and distributions received

 

150.0

 

1.5

 

14.2

 

(150.0

)

15.7

 

Interest received

 

30.2

 

0.6

 

2.5

 

(15.2

)

18.1

 

Income taxes paid

 

(51.9

)

(178.7

)

(39.4

)

39.4

 

(230.6

)

Net receipt of income taxes under tax funding agreement

 

39.4

 

 

 

(39.4

)

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

161.1

 

515.1

 

138.9

 

(155.7

)

659.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

(207.2

)

(73.9

)

 

(281.1

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

10.9

 

2.3

 

 

13.2

 

Purchase of controlled entities and businesses net of cash acquired

 

 

(31.7

)

(1.5

)

 

(33.2

)

Proceeds from sale of interests in controlled entities and businesses

 

 

104.8

 

 

 

104.8

 

Loans and receivables advanced

 

 

 

(22.1

)

 

(22.1

)

Loans and receivables repaid

 

0.3

 

0.1

 

40.4

 

 

40.8

 

Net cash resulting from (used in) investing activities

 

0.3

 

(123.1

)

(54.8

)

 

(177.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (repayment of) proceeds from borrowings

 

 

(55.7

)

(9.0

)

4.2

 

(60.5

)

Net financing of controlled entities

 

78.3

 

 

(79.8

)

1.5

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(104.1

)

(150.0

)

 

150.0

 

(104.1

)

Dividends paid to outside equity interests

 

 

(2.6

)

 

 

(2.6

)

Payments for Rinker Group Limited share buyback

 

(21.9

)

 

 

 

(21.9

)

Proceeds from issue of shares

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

0.7

 

Interest and other finance costs paid

 

 

(48.7

)

(0.5

)

 

(49.2

)

Net cash (used in) financing activities

 

(47.0

)

(257.0

)

(89.3

)

155.7

 

(237.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH HELD

 

114.4

 

135.0

 

(5.2

)

 

244.2

 

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

 

242.9

 

60.5

 

25.3

 

(0.2

)

328.5

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

15.3

 

 

 

0.2

 

15.5

 

Cash at the end of the financial year

 

372.6

 

195.5

 

20.1

 

 

588.2

 

 

F-76



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2004

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
COMPANIES (a)

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from customers

 

4.9

 

2,954.9

 

902.6

 

(5.2

)

3,857.2

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

(15.4

)

(2,335.5

)

(790.9

)

39.1

 

(3,102.7

)

Dividends and distributions received

 

386.9

 

1.6

 

11.5

 

(386.9

)

13.1

 

Interest received

 

12.6

 

0.4

 

3.7

 

(6.0

)

10.7

 

Income taxes paid

 

(34.5

)

(82.0

)

(0.9

)

(0.3

)

(117.7

)

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

354.5

 

539.4

 

126.0

 

(359.3

)

660.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

(178.9

)

(59.3

)

13.8

 

(224.4

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

27.6

 

11.2

 

(13.5

)

25.3

 

Purchase of controlled entities and businesses net of cash acquired

 

 

(6.9

)

(28.8

)

(0.3

)

(36.0

)

Proceeds from sale of interests in controlled entities and businesses

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

4.3

 

Loans and receivables advanced

 

(2.4

)

 

(13.9

)

 

(16.3

)

Loans and receivables repaid

 

39.4

 

2.5

 

13.4

 

(39.2

)

16.1

 

Net cash resulting from (used in) investing activities

 

37.0

 

(151.4

)

(77.4

)

(39.2

)

(231.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from (repayments of) borrowings

 

0.6

 

(151.8

)

(29.1

)

(117.6

)

(297.9

)

Cash received from CSR Limited

 

 

149.9

 

 

42.7

 

192.6

 

Net financing of controlled entities

 

(86.1

)

 

 

86.1

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(85.6

)

(300.0

)

(86.9

)

386.9

 

(85.6

)

Dividends paid to outside equity interests

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

(1.4

)

Proceeds from issue of shares

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.1

 

0.6

 

Interest and other finance costs paid

 

 

(52.6

)

(0.4

)

 

(53.0

)

Net cash (used in) from financing activities

 

(170.6

)

(355.9

)

(116.4

)

398.2

 

(244.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH HELD

 

220.9

 

32.1

 

(67.8

)

(0.3

)

184.9

 

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

 

 

28.4

 

82.3

 

0.3

 

111.0

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

22.0

 

 

10.8

 

(0.2

)

32.6

 

Cash at the end of the financial year

 

242.9

 

60.5

 

25.3

 

(0.2

)

328.5

 

 


(a)          Includes allocations from CSR Limited and other legal entities that carried out businesses now operated by the Rinker group.

 

F-77



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

US$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2003

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
COMPANIES (a)

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from customers

 

 

2,411.9

 

621.0

 

 

3,032.9

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

 

(1,935.7

)

(503.6

)

 

(2,439.3

)

Dividends and distributions received

 

 

0.1

 

19.6

 

 

19.7

 

Interest received

 

 

0.5

 

0.1

 

 

0.6

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

(83.7

)

(15.9

)

 

(99.6

)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

393.1

 

121.2

 

 

514.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

(97.6

)

(31.6

)

 

(129.2

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

28.3

 

15.4

 

 

43.7

 

Purchase of controlled entities and businesses net of cash acquired

 

 

(531.9

)

 

 

(531.9

)

Proceeds from sale of interests in controlled entities and businesses

 

 

26.0

 

 

 

26.0

 

Loans and receivables advanced

 

 

 

(2.3

)

 

(2.3

)

Loans and receivables repaid

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

1.2

 

Net cash (used in) from investing activities

 

 

(574.0

)

(18.5

)

 

(592.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from (repayments of) borrowings

 

 

244.9

 

(21.2

)

 

223.7

 

Net financing of controlled entities

 

 

11.8

 

(11.8

)

 

 

Interest and other finance costs paid

 

 

(50.6

)

(0.4

)

 

(51.0

)

Net cash resulting from (used in) financing activities

 

 

206.1

 

(33.4

)

 

172.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH HELD

 

 

24.5

 

70.0

 

 

94.5

 

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

 

 

3.8

 

11.0

 

 

14.8

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

1.7

 

Cash at the end of the financial year

 

 

28.3

 

82.7

 

 

111.0

 

 


(a)          Includes allocations from CSR Limited and other legal entities that carried out businesses now operated by the Rinker group.

 

F-78



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2005

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
COMPANIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from customers

 

4.9

 

4,632.6

 

1,447.6

 

(4.9

)

6,080.2

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

(13.9

)

(3,703.6

)

(1,233.5

)

20.9

 

(4,930.1

)

Dividends and distributions received

 

208.6

 

2.0

 

19.3

 

(208.6

)

21.3

 

Interest received

 

40.7

 

0.7

 

3.4

 

(20.6

)

24.2

 

Income taxes paid

 

(68.7

)

(230.4

)

(53.7

)

53.7

 

(299.1

)

Net receipt of income taxes under tax funding agreement

 

53.7

 

 

 

(53.7

)

 

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

225.3

 

701.3

 

183.1

 

(213.2

)

896.5

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

(280.1

)

(100.0

)

 

(380.1

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

14.5

 

3.1

 

 

17.6

 

Purchase of controlled entities and businesses net of cash acquired

 

 

(43.1

)

(2.0

)

 

(45.1

)

Proceeds from sale of interests in controlled entities and businesses

 

 

134.3

 

 

 

134.3

 

Loans and receivables advanced

 

 

 

(30.1

)

 

(30.1

)

Loans and receivables repaid

 

0.4

 

0.1

 

57.7

 

 

58.2

 

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

 

0.4

 

(174.3

)

(71.3

)

 

(245.2

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (repayment of) proceeds from borrowings

 

 

(76.4

)

(10.8

)

4.2

 

(83.0

)

Net financing of controlled entities

 

107.8

 

 

(108.2

)

0.4

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(141.4

)

(208.6

)

 

208.6

 

(141.4

)

Dividends paid to outside equity interests

 

 

(3.5

)

 

 

(3.5

)

Payments for Rinker Group Limited share buyback

 

(31.3

)

 

 

 

(31.3

)

Proceeds from issue of shares

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

Interest and other finance costs paid

 

 

(66.1

)

(0.7

)

 

(66.8

)

Net cash (used in) from financing activities

 

(64.0

)

(354.6

)

(119.7

)

213.2

 

(325.1

)

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH HELD

 

161.7

 

172.4

 

(7.9

)

 

326.2

 

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

 

321.6

 

79.9

 

33.6

 

 

435.1

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

(0.2

)

1.2

 

0.3

 

 

1.3

 

Cash at the end of the financial year

 

483.1

 

253.5

 

26.0

 

 

762.6

 

 

F - 79



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2004

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
COMPANIES (a)

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from customers

 

6.9

 

4,254.7

 

1,288.1

 

(6.9

)

5,542.8

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

(22.0

)

(3,371.4

)

(1,134.5

)

55.0

 

(4,472.9

)

Dividends and distributions received

 

558.9

 

2.1

 

15.3

 

(558.9

)

17.4

 

Interest received

 

17.5

 

0.7

 

5.2

 

(8.4

)

15.0

 

Income taxes paid

 

(45.4

)

(108.4

)

(1.2

)

(0.3

)

(155.3

)

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

515.9

 

777.7

 

172.9

 

(519.5

)

947.0

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

(255.3

)

(84.6

)

(0.3

)

(340.2

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

39.1

 

15.8

 

0.1

 

55.0

 

Purchase of controlled entities and businesses net of cash acquired

 

 

(9.9

)

(39.5

)

0.2

 

(49.2

)

Proceeds from sale of interests in controlled entities and businesses

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

5.8

 

Loans and receivables advanced

 

(3.1

)

(0.1

)

(20.1

)

 

(23.3

)

Loans and receivables repaid

 

60.5

 

3.8

 

19.8

 

(60.3

)

23.8

 

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

 

57.4

 

(216.6

)

(108.6

)

(60.3

)

(328.1

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from (repayments of) borrowings

 

0.8

 

(234.5

)

(52.5

)

(169.3

)

(455.5

)

Cash received from CSR Limited

 

 

255.3

 

 

60.2

 

315.5

 

Net financing of controlled entities

 

(130.5

)

 

 

130.5

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(122.8

)

(444.0

)

(114.9

)

558.9

 

(122.8

)

Dividends paid to outside equity interests

 

 

(1.8

)

 

 

(1.8

)

Proceeds from issue of shares

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

Interest and other finance costs paid

 

 

(74.6

)

(0.5

)

0.1

 

(75.0

)

Net cash (used in) from financing activities

 

(251.7

)

(499.6

)

(167.9

)

580.4

 

(338.8

)

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH HELD

 

321.6

 

61.5

 

(103.6

)

0.6

 

280.1

 

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

 

 

47.1

 

137.0

 

0.7

 

184.8

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

(28.7

)

0.2

 

(1.3

)

(29.8

)

Cash at the end of the financial year

 

321.6

 

79.9

 

33.6

 

 

435.1

 

 


(a)   Includes allocations from CSR Limited and other legal entities that carried out businesses now operated by the Rinker group.

 

F - 80



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

A$ MILLION

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2003

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
COMPANIES (a)

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from customers

 

 

4,265.7

 

1,099.1

 

 

5,364.8

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

 

(3,433.4

)

(881.2

)

 

(4,314.6

)

Dividends and distributions received

 

 

0.2

 

33.9

 

 

34.1

 

Interest received

 

 

0.9

 

0.3

 

 

1.2

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

(145.1

)

(27.7

)

 

(172.8

)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

688.3

 

224.4

 

 

912.7

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

(170.9

)

(62.6

)

 

(233.5

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets

 

 

50.5

 

27.1

 

 

77.6

 

Purchase of controlled entities and businesses net of cash acquired

 

 

(971.8

)

 

 

(971.8

)

Proceeds from sale of interests in controlled entities and businesses

 

 

45.5

 

 

 

45.5

 

Loans and receivables advanced

 

 

 

(3.9

)

 

(3.9

)

Loans and receivables repaid

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

2.5

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

 

(1,044.2

)

(39.4

)

 

(1,083.6

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from (repayments of) borrowings

 

 

465.2

 

(43.0

)

 

422.2

 

Net financing of controlled entities

 

 

23.5

 

(23.5

)

 

 

Interest and other finance costs paid

 

 

(88.7

)

(0.9

)

 

(89.6

)

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

 

 

400.0

 

(67.4

)

 

332.6

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH HELD

 

 

44.1

 

117.6

 

 

161.7

 

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

 

 

7.0

 

21.0

 

 

28.0

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

(4.0

)

(0.9

)

 

(4.9

)

Cash at the end of the financial year

 

 

47.1

 

137.7

 

 

184.8

 

 


(a)   Includes allocations from CSR Limited and other legal entities that carried out businesses now operated by the Rinker group.

 

F-81



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (US GAAP) INFORMATION

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2005
US$  MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

432.6

 

305.9

 

103.5

 

(409.4

)

432.6

 

Revaluation of non-current assets

 

 

5.4

 

5.5

 

 

10.9

 

Restructure and rationalization

 

 

(0.7

)

(2.1

)

 

(2.8

)

Employee share plan

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

(0.7

)

Other

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(0.8

)

Amortisation of goodwill written back

 

 

55.7

 

0.6

 

 

56.3

 

Loss on disposal

 

 

(8.0

)

 

 

(8.0

)

Superannuation (pension) fund

 

 

6.3

 

0.5

 

 

6.8

 

Post-retirement medical benefits

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.6

 

Derivatives and hedging

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

1.5

 

Unrecognised insurance debtors

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Adjustment

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

3.8

 

Retirement of long lived assets

 

 

(2.6

)

(1.0

)

 

(3.6

)

Deferred tax assets (acquisition tax balances)

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(0.9

)

Lease expense

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

 

 

(1.1

)

Stock award plan

 

 

 

11.1

 

1.8

 

 

 

12.9

 

Overburden removal

 

 

1.9

 

(0.5

)

 

1.4

 

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments

 

 

(7.5

)

(0.6

)

 

(8.1

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

57.4

 

 

 

(57.4

)

 

 

 

57.4

 

60.9

 

7.3

 

(57.4

)

68.2

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to member of Rinker Group Limited before cumulative change in accounting principles

 

490.0

 

366.8

 

110.8

 

(466.8

)

500.8

 

Cumulative change in accounting principle for EITF 04-6, net of tax of US$5.8 million

 

 

(5.5

)

(5.3

)

 

(10.8

)

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

490.0

 

361.3

 

105.5

 

(466.8

)

490.0

 

 

F-82



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

AS AT MARCH 31, 2005
US$  MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

2,612.5

 

1,173.8

 

756.7

 

(1,930.5

)

2,612.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net effect of US GAAP adjustments on items within the statement of financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

receivables (reclassify loans and receivables to associate entities)

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

(0.2

)

deferred income tax assets (reclassification from non-current)

 

 

31.7

 

7.2

 

 

38.9

 

deferred income tax assets (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

 

 

 

 

inventory (overburden removal)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(0.4

)

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

property, plant and equipment (revaluation)

 

 

(29.5

)

(28.4

)

 

(57.9

)

property, plant & equipment (retirement of long lived assets)

 

 

15.7

 

1.0

 

 

16.7

 

intangibles (acquisition accounting goodwill)

 

 

48.8

 

7.0

 

 

55.8

 

intangibles (reverse capitalisation of tradenames)

 

 

(6.7

)

 

 

(6.7

)

intangibles (reverse SFAS 142 goodwill amortisation)

 

 

158.6

 

1.3

 

 

159.9

 

intangibles (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

1.3

 

intangibles (acquisition tax balances)

 

 

(4.5

)

 

 

(4.5

)

receivables (reclassify loans to associate entities)

 

 

 

(74.6

)

 

(74.6

)

deferred income tax assets (reclassification to current)

 

 

(31.7

)

(7.2

)

 

(38.9

)

deferred income tax assets (minimum pension liability)

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

5.7

 

equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

(2.4

)

 

 

2.4

 

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (reclassify loans)

 

 

 

 

74.8

 

 

74.8

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (fair value adjustment)

 

 

 

 

 

(60.5

)

 

 

(60.5

)

investments accounted for using the equity method (gain on sale)

 

 

 

 

 

33.1

 

 

33.1

 

receivables (employee share loans)

 

 

 

(1.9

)

 

(1.9

)

other assets (stock award plans)

 

 

(6.5

)

(1.8

)

 

(8.3

)

other assets (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

3.4

 

other assets (overburden removal)

 

 

 

(6.2

)

(8.6

)

 

 

(14.8

)

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification from non-current)

 

 

(21.0

)

(4.3

)

 

(25.3

)

provisions (restructure and rationalization)

 

 

 

 

 

 

provisions (accrued lease expenses)

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(1.1

)

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

 

 

 

 

 

other (minimum pension liability)

 

 

(19.2

)

(0.1

)

 

(19.3

)

deferred income tax liabilities (acquisition accounting)

 

 

(53.1

)

(6.3

)

 

(59.4

)

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification to current)

 

 

21.0

 

4.3

 

 

25.3

 

deferred income tax liabilities (US GAAP adjustments)

 

 

(7.5

)

(8.3

)

 

(15.8

)

other financial liabilities (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(1.2

)

provisions (post-retirement medical benefits)

 

 

(4.8

)

 

 

(4.8

)

provisions (retirement of long-lived assets)

 

 

(18.1

)

(3.6

)

 

 

(21.7

)

 

 

(2.4

)

74.7

 

(77.1

)

2.4

 

(2.4

)

US GAAP equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

2,610.1

 

1,248.5

 

679.6

 

(1,928.1

)

2,610.1

 

 

F-83



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2004
US$ MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

295.6

 

203.8

 

70.6

 

(274.4

)

295.6

 

Revaluation of non-current assets

 

 

1.9

 

0.5

 

 

2.4

 

Restructure and rationalization

 

 

0.7

 

2.1

 

 

2.8

 

Employee shares and share loans (Universal share/option plan)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(0.6

)

Other

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.5

)

Amortisation of goodwill written back

 

 

56.4

 

0.1

 

 

56.5

 

Superannuation (pension) fund

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.5

)

Post-retirement medical benefits

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

(5.5

)

Derivatives and hedging

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

3.9

 

Unrecognised insurance debtors

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

4.3

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.0

 

Retirement of long lived assets

 

 

0.9

 

0.9

 

 

1.8

 

Deferred tax assets (acquisition tax balances)

 

 

(3.6

)

 

 

(3.6

)

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments

 

 

(10.6

)

(1.0

)

 

(11.6

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

50.6

 

 

 

(50.6

)

 

 

 

50.6

 

46.8

 

5.6

 

(50.6

)

52.4

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to member of Rinker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Limited before cumulative change in accounting principles

 

346.2

 

250.6

 

76.2

 

(325.0

)

348.0

 

Cumulative change in accounting principle for SFAS 143, net of tax of US$1.1 million

 

 

(1.1

)

(1.0

)

 

(2.1

)

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

346.2

 

249.5

 

75.2

 

(325.0

)

345.9

 

 

F-84



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

AS AT MARCH 31, 2004
US$ MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

2,275.7

 

1,017.9

 

634.8

 

(1,652.7

)

2,275.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net effect of US GAAP adjustments on items within the statement of financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

receivables (reclassify loans and receivables to associate entities)

 

 

 

(11.3

)

 

(11.3

)

deferred income tax assets (reclassification from non-current)

 

 

24.5

 

7.8

 

 

32.3

 

deferred income tax assets (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

1.7

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

property, plant and equipment (revaluation)

 

 

(34.9

)

(33.5

)

 

(68.4

)

property, plant & equipment (retirement of long lived assets)

 

 

8.9

 

0.9

 

 

9.8

 

intangibles (acquisition accounting goodwill)

 

 

54.9

 

 

 

54.9

 

intangibles (reverse capitalisation of tradenames)

 

 

(5.9

)

 

 

(5.9

)

intangibles (reverse SFAS 142 goodwill amortisation)

 

 

110.9

 

0.7

 

 

111.6

 

intangibles (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

1.4

 

intangibles (acquisition tax balances)

 

 

(3.6

)

 

 

(3.6

)

receivables (reclassify loans to associate entities)

 

 

 

(84.6

)

 

(84.6

)

deferred income tax assets (reclassification to current)

 

(0.5

)

(24.0

)

(7.8

)

 

(32.3

)

deferred income tax assets (minimum pension liability)

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

6.6

 

equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

(67.5

)

 

 

67.5

 

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (reclassify loans)

 

 

 

96.0

 

 

96.0

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (fair value adjustment)

 

 

 

(63.1

)

 

(63.1

)

investments accounted for using the equity method (SAB 51 gain)

 

 

 

32.4

 

 

32.4

 

receivables (employee share loans)

 

(1.6

)

 

 

 

(1.6

)

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification from non-current)

 

 

(25.2

)

(2.1

)

 

(27.3

)

restructure and rationalization

 

 

2.1

 

0.7

 

 

2.8

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

 

(4.9

)

 

 

(4.9

)

other (minimum pension liability)

 

 

(20.5

)

 

 

(20.5

)

deferred income tax liabilities (acquisition accounting)

 

 

(63.2

)

 

 

(63.2

)

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification from non-current)

 

 

25.2

 

2.1

 

 

27.3

 

deferred income tax liabilities (US GAAP adjustments)

 

 

0.6

 

(9.6

)

 

(9.0

)

provisions (post-retirement medical benefits)

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

(5.5

)

provisions (retirement of long-lived assets)

 

 

(10.0

)

(1.3

)

 

(11.3

)

other financial liabilities (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

(9.7

)

 

 

(9.7

)

 

 

(69.6

)

29.4

 

(72.7

)

67.5

 

(45.4

)

US GAAP equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

2,206.1

 

1,047.3

 

562.1

 

(1,585.2

)

2,230.3

 

 

F-85



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2003
US$ MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

215.7

 

160.1

 

59.4

 

(219.5

)

215.7

 

Revaluation of non-current assets

 

 

4.7

 

2.9

 

 

7.6

 

Employee shares and share loans (Universal share/option plan)

 

(0.9

)

 

 

 

(0.9

)

Other

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.5

)

Amortisation of goodwill written back

 

 

47.0

 

0.1

 

 

47.1

 

Superannuation (pension) fund

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

2.0

 

Post-retirement medical benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives and hedging

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(0.7

)

Unrecognised insurance debtors

 

 

(1.4

)

(2.3

)

 

(3.7

)

Executive option plan

 

(3.8

)

 

 

 

(3.8

)

Retirement of long lived assets (quarry/reclaimation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments

 

 

(4.4

)

0.8

 

 

(3.6

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

48.2

 

 

 

(48.2

)

 

 

 

43.5

 

46.7

 

1.5

 

(48.2

)

43.5

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

259.2

 

206.8

 

60.9

 

(267.7

)

259.2

 

 

F-86



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2005
A$ MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

585.2

 

413.7

 

140.8

 

(554.5

)

585.2

 

Revaluation of non-current assets

 

 

6.9

 

7.2

 

 

14.1

 

Restructure and rationalization

 

 

(2.7

)

(1.0

)

 

(3.7

)

Employee share plan

 

 

 

(0.9

)

 

(0.9

)

Other

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(1.0

)

Amortisation of goodwill written back

 

 

75.4

 

0.8

 

 

76.2

 

Loss on disposal

 

 

(10.3

)

 

 

(10.3

)

Superannuation (pension) fund

 

 

8.1

 

0.6

 

 

8.7

 

Post retirement medical benefit

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.9

 

Derivatives and hedging

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

1.4

 

Unrecognised insurance debtors

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Adjustment

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

5.1

 

Retirement of long lived assets

 

 

(3.5

)

(1.3

)

 

(4.8

)

Deferred income tax assets (acquisition tax balances)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(1.2

)

Lease expense

 

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

 

(1.4

)

Stock awards plan

 

 

 

15.0

 

2.4

 

 

 

17.4

 

Overburden removal

 

 

2.5

 

(0.7

)

 

1.8

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

(7.6

)

 

 

(7.6

)

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments

 

 

(10.1

)

(0.8

)

 

(10.9

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

69.9

 

 

 

(69.9

)

 

 

 

69.9

 

72.4

 

11.4

 

(69.9

)

83.8

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to member of Rinker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group Limited before cumulative change in accounting principles

 

655.1

 

486.1

 

152.2

 

(624.4

)

669.0

 

Cumulative change in accounting principle for EITF 04-6, net of tax of A$7.5 million

 

 

(7.1

)

(6.8

)

 

(13.9

)

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

655.1

 

479.0

 

145.4

 

(624.4

)

655.1

 

 

F-87



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

AS AT MARCH 31 2005
A$ MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

3,387.1

 

1,521.9

 

981.1

 

(2,503.0

)

3,387.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net effect of US GAAP adjustments on items within the statement of financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

receivables (reclassify loans and receivables to associate entities)

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

(0.3

)

receivables (insurance)

 

 

 

 

 

 

deferred income tax assets (reclassification from non-current)

 

 

41.1

 

9.3

 

 

50.4

 

deferred income tax assets (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

 

 

 

 

inventory (overburden removal)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.5

)

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

property, plant and equipment (revaluation and impairment)

 

 

(38.4

)

(37.1

)

 

(75.5

)

property, plant & equipment (retirement of long-lived assets)

 

 

20.1

 

1.8

 

 

21.9

 

intangibles (acquisition accounting goodwill)

 

 

64.1

 

9.3

 

 

73.4

 

intangibles (reverse capitalisation of tradenames)

 

 

(8.6

)

 

 

(8.6

)

intangibles (reverse SFAS 142 goodwill amortisation)

 

 

205.8

 

1.7

 

 

207.5

 

intangibles (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

1.7

 

intangibles (acquisition tax balances)

 

 

(6.3

)

 

 

(6.3

)

receivables (reclassify loans to associate entities)

 

 

 

(96.7

)

 

(96.7

)

deferred income tax assets (reclassification to current)

 

 

(41.1

)

(9.3

)

 

(50.4

)

deferred income tax assets (minimum pension liability)

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

7.2

 

equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

(4.1

)

 

 

4.1

 

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (reclassify loans)

 

 

 

97.0

 

 

97.0

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (fair value adjustment)

 

 

 

(78.5

)

 

(78.5

)

investments accounted for using the equity method (gain on sale)

 

 

 

43.0

 

 

43.0

 

receivables (employee share loans)

 

 

 

(2.5

)

 

(2.5

)

other assets (stock award plans)

 

 

(8.5

)

(2.3

)

 

(10.8

)

other assets (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

4.4

 

other assets (overburden removal)

 

 

(8.0

)

(11.1

)

 

(19.1

)

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification from non-current)

 

 

 

(27.2

)

(5.6

)

 

(32.8

)

provisions (restructure and rationalization)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provisions (accrued lease expense)

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

(1.4

)

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

 

 

 

 

 

other (minimum pension liability)

 

 

(24.9

)

(0.1

)

 

(25.0

)

deferred income tax liabilities (acquisition accounting)

 

 

(68.8

)

(8.3

)

 

(77.1

)

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification to current)

 

 

27.2

 

5.6

 

 

32.8

 

deferred income tax liabilities (US GAAP adjustments)

 

 

(10.4

)

(10.7

)

 

(21.1

)

deferred income tax liabilities (deriavative instruments and hedging)

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

 

 

(1.6

)

provisions (post-retirement medical benefits)

 

 

(6.9

)

 

 

(6.9

)

provisions (retirement of long-lived assets)

 

 

(23.5

)

(4.8

)

 

(28.3

)

other financial liabilities (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4.1

)

95.5

 

(99.6

)

4.1

 

(4.1

)

US GAAP equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

3,383.0

 

1,617.4

 

881.5

 

(2,498.9

)

3,383.0

 

 

F-88



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2004
A$ MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

426.8

 

295.7

 

103.0

 

(398.7

)

426.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revaluation of non-current assets

 

 

2.6

 

0.8

 

 

3.4

 

Restructure and rationalization

 

 

2.8

 

1.0

 

 

3.8

 

Employee shares and share loans (Universal share/option plan)

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(0.8

)

Other

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(0.8

)

Amortisation of goodwill written back

 

 

80.9

 

0.4

 

 

81.3

 

Superannuation (pension) fund

 

 

(0.1

)

(0.6

)

 

(0.7

)

Post retirement medical benefit

 

 

(8.0

)

 

 

(8.0

)

Derivatives and hedging

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

5.7

 

Unrecognised insurance debtors

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

6.2

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

4.4

 

Retirement of long lived assets

 

 

1.3

 

1.3

 

 

2.6

 

Deferred income tax assets (acquisition tax balances)

 

 

(5.2

)

 

 

(5.2

)

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments

 

 

(15.7

)

(1.1

)

 

(16.8

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

75.1

 

 

 

(75.1

)

 

 

 

75.1

 

68.9

 

6.2

 

(75.1

)

75.1

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited before cumulative change in accounting principle

 

501.9

 

364.6

 

109.2

 

(473.8

)

501.9

 

Cumulative change in accounting principle for SFAS 143, net of tax of A $1.9 million

 

 

(1.8

)

(1.7

)

 

(3.5

)

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

501.9

 

362.8

 

107.5

 

(473.8

)

498.4

 

 

F-89



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

AS AT MARCH 31 2004
A$ MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

3,013.3

 

1,347.8

 

840.6

 

(2,188.4

)

3,013.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net effect of US GAAP adjustments on items within the statement of financial position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

receivables (reclassify loans and receivables to associate entities)

 

 

 

(15.0

)

 

(15.0

)

receivables (insurance)

 

 

 

 

 

 

deferred income tax assets (reclassification from non-current)

 

0.7

 

31.9

 

10.2

 

 

42.8

 

deferred income tax assets (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

2.5

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

property, plant and equipment (revaluation and impairment)

 

 

(46.0

)

(44.3

)

 

(90.3

)

property, plant & equipment (retirement of long-lived assets)

 

 

11.8

 

1.2

 

 

13.0

 

intangibles (acquisition accounting goodwill)

 

 

73.6

 

 

 

73.6

 

intangibles (reverse capitalisation of tradenames)

 

 

(7.9

)

 

 

(7.9

)

intangibles (reverse SFAS 142 goodwill amortisation)

 

 

146.9

 

0.9

 

 

147.8

 

intangibles (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.9

 

intangibles (acquisition tax refunds)

 

 

(5.2

)

 

 

(5.2

)

receivables (reclassify loans to associate entities)

 

 

 

(112.1

)

 

(112.1

)

deferred income tax assets (reclassification to current)

 

(0.7

)

(31.9

)

(10.2

)

 

(42.8

)

deferred income tax assets (minimum pension liability)

 

 

8.8

 

 

 

8.8

 

equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

(90.2

)

 

 

90.2

 

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (reclassify loans)

 

 

 

127.1

 

 

127.1

 

investments accounted for using the equity method (fair value adjustment)

 

 

 

(83.6

)

 

(83.6

)

investments accounted for using the equity method (SAB 51 gain)

 

 

 

43.0

 

 

43.0

 

receivables (employee share loans)

 

(2.1

)

 

 

 

(2.1

)

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification from non-current)

 

0.1

 

(33.4

)

(2.9

)

 

(36.2

)

restructure and rationalization

 

 

1.0

 

2.8

 

 

3.8

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other (superannuation (pension) fund)

 

 

(6.3

)

 

 

(6.3

)

other (minimum pension liability)

 

 

(27.1

)

 

 

(27.1

)

deferred income tax liabilities (acquisition accounting)

 

 

(83.6

)

 

 

(83.6

)

deferred income tax liabilities (reclassification to current)

 

(0.1

)

33.4

 

2.9

 

 

36.2

 

deferred income tax liabilities (US GAAP adjustments)

 

 

0.6

 

(12.6

)

 

(12.0

)

provisions (post-retirement medical benefits)

 

 

(8.0

)

 

 

(8.0

)

provisions (retirement of long-lived assets)

 

 

(13.2

)

(1.7

)

 

(14.9

)

other financial liabilities (derivative instruments and hedging)

 

 

(12.8

)

 

 

(12.8

)

 

 

(92.3

)

37.0

 

(94.3

)

90.2

 

(59.4

)

US GAAP equity attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

2,921.0

 

1,384.8

 

746.3

 

(2,098.2

)

2,953.9

 

 

F-90



 

41           RINKER MATERIALS AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 2003
A$ MILLION

 

RINKER
GROUP
LIMITED

 

RINKER MATERIALS
CORPORATION AND ITS
CONTROLLED ENTITIES

 

NON-
GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATION
ADJUSTMENTS

 

RINKER
GROUP
CONSOLIDATED

 

Reconciliation of net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

381.6

 

285.5

 

103.1

 

(388.6

)

381.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revaluation of non-current assets

 

 

8.3

 

5.2

 

 

13.5

 

Employee shares and share loans (Universal share/option plan)

 

(1.7

)

 

 

 

(1.7

)

Other

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(0.9

)

Amortisation of goodwill written back

 

 

82.6

 

0.4

 

 

83.0

 

Superannuation (pension) fund

 

 

3.6

 

 

 

3.6

 

Derivatives and hedging

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(1.2

)

Unrecognised insurance debtors

 

 

(2.3

)

(3.9

)

 

(6.2

)

Executive option plan

 

(6.8

)

 

 

 

(6.8

)

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments

 

 

(7.8

)

1.4

 

 

(6.4

)

Equity accounted result of subsidiaries

 

85.4

 

 

 

(85.4

)

 

 

 

76.9

 

82.3

 

3.1

 

(85.4

)

76.9

 

US GAAP net profit attributable to members of Rinker Group Limited

 

458.5

 

367.8

 

106.2

 

(474.0

)

458.5

 

 

F-91